BROTHER

HL-L2376DW - Printer BROTHER - Free user manual and instructions

Name: HL-L2376DW
Brand: BROTHER
Rating: 5.5 (275 reviews)

Find the device manual for free HL-L2376DW BROTHER in PDF.

📄 556 pages

EN ⬇ Download 💬 AI Question

Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

This manual is not available in your language

Desired language Your email address

User questions about HL-L2376DW BROTHER

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Printer in PDF format for free! Find your manual HL-L2376DW - BROTHER and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. HL-L2376DW by BROTHER.

USER MANUAL HL-L2376DW BROTHER

MODELS COVERED BY THIS MANUAL

HL-1***	1050/1070/1110/1111/1112/1118/1200/1201/1202/1208/1210W/1210WE/1210WR/1211W/1212W/1212WR/1218W/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/1650/1660e/1670N/1850/1870N/	HL-B***	B2050DN/B2080DW
HL-2***	2060/2070N/2130/2140/2150N/2170W/2240D/2250DN/2260/2260D/2270DW/2400C/2400Ce/2460/2560DN/2569DW/2590DN/2595DW/2600CN/2700CN	HL-L2***	L2300/L2300D/L2305W/L2320D/L2321D/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2361DN/L2365DW/L2366DW/L2370DN/L2370DW/L2371DN/L2372DN/L2375DW/L2376DW/L2385DW/L2386DW
HL-3***	3040CN/3045CN/3070CW/3075CW/3140CW/3150CDN/3150CDW/3160CDW/3170CDW/3190CDW/3260N/3400CN/3450CN	HL-L3***	L3210CW/L3230CDN/L3230CDW/L3270CDW
HL-4***	4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW	HL-L5***	L5000D/L5100DN(T)/L5102DW/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW
HL-5***	5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/5580D/5585D/5590DN/5595DN	HL-L6***	L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW
HL-6***	6050/6050D/6050DN/6180DW	HL-L8***	L8250CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8350CDW(T)/L8360CDW(T)
HL-7***	7050	HL-L9***	L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L9310CDW
HL-8***	8050N	HL-P***	P2500
		HL-S***	S7000DN

First version	August, 1999 Created for HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C
Ver. A March	2000 Revised for Addition of HL-2400Ce/3400CN
Ver. B March	2001 Revised for Addition of HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460
Ver. C October	2001 Revised for Addition of HL-1450/1470N
Ver. D June	2003 Revised for Addition of HL-7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N
Ver. E September	2003 Revised for Addition of HL-2600CN/3450CN.
Ver. F October	2003 Revised for Addition of HL-5040.
Ver. G January	2004 Correct Paper Source command of PCL5.
Ver. H February	2004 Correct Epson & IBM emulation, PJL and Barcode.
Ver. I June	2004 Revised for Addition of HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN.
Ver. J	July, 2004	Revised for Addition of HL-5140/5150D/5150DN and addition of a section of Carbon Copy and addition of a table of Tray Selection of TRAYCOMMAND Special.
Ver. K December	2004 Revised for Addition of HL-2070N.
Ver. L	March, 2006 Revised for Addition of HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW.
Ver. M	June, 2007 Revised for Addition of HL-4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW.
Ver. N April	2009 Revised for Addition of HL-2140/2150N/2170W.
Ver. O April	2009 Revised for Addition of HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN.
Ver. P	June, 2009 Revised for Addition of HL-3040CN/3070CW
Ver. Q June	2010 Revised for Addition of HL-2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW
Ver. R November	2011 Revised for Addition of HL-3045CN/3075CW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW
Ver. S	March, 2012 Revised for Addition of HL-S7000DN
Ver. T October	2012 Revised for Addition of HL-3150CDW/HL-3150CDN/HL-3170CDW
Ver. U March	2013 Revised for Addition of HL-1110/1111/1112/1118
Ver. V	November, 2013 Revised for Addition of HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)
Ver.W March	2014 Revised for Addition of HL-L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW
Ver.X	June, 2014	Revised for Addition of HL-HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208
Ver.Y	November, 2014 Revised for Addition of HL-L9300CDW(T)
Ver.Z	October, 2015	Revised for Addition of HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW
Ver.AA	January, 2017	Revised for Addition of HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW
Ver.AB	July, 2017	Revised for Addition of HL-L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW
Ver.AC	March, 2018	Revised for Addition of HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
Ver.AD Dec	mber, 2019	Revised for Addition about PJL for SF-4000(Finisher).

Trademark acknowledgments

Brother is a registered trademark of Brother Industries Ltd.

PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Incorporated.

Epson is a registered trademark and FX-850 a trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.

Hewlett Packard, HP, LaserJet and PCL are registered trademarks and LaserJet, HP-GL, and HP-GL/2 are trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company.

IBM is a registered trademark and Proprinter XL is a trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

Microsoft, MS-DOS and Windows are registered trademarks.

Intellifont is a registered trademark of Agfa Corporation.

TrueType is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.

All other brand and product names mentioned in this manual are registered trademarks or trademarks of respective companies.

Compilation and Publication

Under the supervision of Brother Industries Ltd., this manual has been compiled and published, covering the latest product's descriptions and specifications.

The contents of this manual and the specifications of this product are subjected to change without notice.

Brother reserves the right to make changes without notice in the specifications and materials contained herein and shall not be responsible for any damages (including consequential) caused by reliance on the materials presented, including but not limited to typographical and other errors relating to the publication.

GLOSSARY

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

ABOUT THE MANUAL 3
AREAS OF USE 4

CHAPTER 2 PCL PRINTER CONTROL LANGUAGE

COMMAND LIST 7
INTRODUCTION 10
CONTROLLING THE PRINTER----11
JOB CONTROL 15
USING FONTS----47
USING GRAPHICS 81
MACROS 102
STATUS READBACK 108
INDEX 116

CHAPTER 3 PCL5C

INTRODUCTION 3
COLOR MODES 4
COLOR PALLETS----10
COLOR GRAPHICS 12
ENHANCE OUTPUT 14
HP-GL/2----16
INDEX 18

CHAPTER 4 HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS LANGUAGE

COMMOAND LIST 4
INTRODUCTION 6
TERMINOLOGY 7
COMMAND SYNTAX----9
THE HP-GL GRAPHICS WINDOW----10
PREPARING TO PRINT GRAPHIC IMAGES----11
COMMANDS----12
INDEX 52

CHAPTER 5 PJL PRINTER JOB LANGUAGE

INTRODUCTION 4
HOW TO USE PJL 8
COMMAND GROUP----9
KERNEL COMMANDS----10
JOB SEPARATION COMMANDS----13
ENVIRONMENT COMMANDS----15
STATUS READBACK COMMANDS----61
DEVICE ATTENDANCE COMMANDS ----78
INDEX 81

CHAPTER 6 EPSON FX-850

COMMAND LIST 3
INTRODUCTION 5
EMULATION DETAILS 6
TERMINOLOGY 7
CONTROLLING THE PRINTER 8
COMMANDS----9
INDEX 28

CHAPTER 7 IBM PROPRINTER XL

COMMAND LIST 3
INTRODUCTION 5
EMULATION DETAILS 6
NOTATION USED IN THIS EMULATION DESCRIPTION ---- 7
COMMANDS----8
INDEX 21

CHAPTER 8 BAR CODE CONTROL

INTRODUCTION 3
PRINT BAR CODES OR EXPANDED CHARACTERS----4
DEFINITION OF PARAMETERS 5
EXAMPLE PROGRAM LISTINGS ----12

CHAPTER 9 HP-GL GRAPHICS LANGUAGE

COMMAND LIST 3
INTRODUCTION 4
COMMANDS----6
INDEX 27

CHAPTER 10 CARBON COPY FUNCTION

OUTLINE 3
SPECIFICATIONS 4
DETAILED INFORMATION----10

APPENDIX A COMPARISON LIST

APPENDIX B FLASH/PCMCIA CARD COMMANDS

APPENDIX C HBP MODE COMMANDS

APPENDIX D REFERENCE LIST OF MX-2000/4000/5000/7000

SERIES UNIQUE COMMANDS

APPENDIX E REFERENCE LIST OF FS-5050 UNIQUE COMMANDS

GLOSSARY

Absolute plotting	A method of plotting in the HP-GL and HP-GL/2 graphics language where coordinates are specified relative to the origin of the coordinate system currently in use.
Anchor point	The top left-hand corner of the PCL picture frame. You can position this on the page using a PCL command.
Anisotropic scaling	A form of image scaling using the SC command in HP-GL and HP-GL/2 mode in which the user units can be of different sizes. Hence the entire graphics window can be used to display the image.
ASCII The standard system for assigning number codes (0 ~ 255) to alphabetic, numeric and control code characters.
Attribute	A characteristic of a downloadable font or a character of a Downloadable font that is represented by a number of a fixed length.
Bitmap font	A font whose characters are defined as raster images. The characters that make up a bitmap font are of a fixed size.
Bold	A wider line thickness for typographical characters, used to make the text stand out, for example, in headings.
Calling a macro	A way of running a macro in which changes to the modified print environment are not retained when the macro has finished running.
Cartridge	A storage medium that you can insert into the printer cartridge slots. Cartridges can store fonts. The advantage of using cartridges is that they allow you to use more fonts without taking up printer memory space.
Cartridge font	A font that is stored on a cartridge. These are widely available commercially.

Character cell The imaginary grid on which downloadable characters are designed.

Character code A number assigned to a character that uniquely identifies it.

Character descriptor	A block of data that describes the characteristics of an individual character in a downloadable font, such as its width and height.
Character set	A selection of different characters. Characters sets normally include the alphabet in both upper- and lowercase, the digits' 0-9, punctuation marks, common mathematical symbols and a few other useful characters. There are also some specialized character sets that are used for specific applications like mathematics. A font is defined as having a particular character set.
Column	A vertical sub-division of the page whose width is equal to the HMI (horizontal motion index). The print position moves across the page one column width when any single character is printed (in a monospaced font), or when a space character is printed (in a proportionally spaced font). See also HMI.
Control code	An ASCII code that tells the computer to perform a particular function, such as a carriage return.
Control panel reset	A reset or factory reset performed using the printer control panel.
Cross-hatching	A method of shading using perpendicular diagonal lines that cross one another.
Current units	The current unit type in use in HP-GL and HP-GL/2 mode. Current units are either user units or graphics units depending on whether an SC command has been used.
Cursor	Although the printer does not have a cursor, it is sometimes easier to visualize the printer's operation in terms of a cursor that can be moved from place to place on the page.

Cursor position The current position of the imaginary cursor.

Decipoint A unit of measure equal to 1/720".

Default conditions A set of HP-GL and HP-GL/2 mode settings that you restore using the DF; command. The default conditions are a subset of the initial settings.

Destination image The graphic image that is already in place on a page and to which the source image is applied in the LaserJet series print model.

Dots A unit of measure equal to 1/600", the smallest increment that the cursor can move.

Downloadable font A character font that can be downloaded from your computer to the printer. You can either buy Downloadable fonts or create your own. A downloadable font consists of a font descriptor block followed by a character code, character descriptor block and the data for each character in the font.

Downloading The process of sending either a font, a macro or a graphic image from your computer to the printer.

Effective window The area of the page on which HP-GL and HP-GL/2 output can appear. The effective window is determined by the overlap of the logical page, the PCL picture frame, the hard clip and the soft clip limits.

Emulation mode A mode of operation in which the printer imitates the functions of a different model.

Enabling a macro for overlay A macro that is enabled for overlay runs as the final operation before each page is printed, using the macro overlay environment printer settings.

Escape sequence The Esc character followed by a string of other characters that tell the printer which operation to perform.

Factory default environment The collection of printer settings that have been made to the printer before it leaves the factory. You can reset the printer to the factory settings either by using a printer command or using the control panel.

Factory reset A reset in which LaserJet mode is made the current emulation mode and the factory default environment is restored.

Fill A shading applied to a shape that you have drawn.

Fixed spacing	See monospacing.
Font	A collection of characters that are designed to work in harmony together. A font has several characteristics that identify it uniquely: character or symbol set, spacing, pitch, height or point size, style, stroke weight and typeface. Fonts can either be resident in the printer's ROM, installed on cartridge or downloaded from your computer. You can either buy downloadable fonts commercially or create your own. The word "font" is often wrongly used to mean "typeface". A font is confined to a single height or point size whereas a typeface is not.
Font descriptor	A block of data that is downloaded to the printer as the first part of a downloaded font. The font descriptor describes the characteristics that are common to every character in the font, such as stroke weight, and contains other relevant information.
Graphics mode initial settings	The HP-GL and HP-GL/2 mode settings that are in effect when you enter HP-GL and HP-GL/2 mode. You can restore the initial conditions using the IN; command.
Graphics units	The default units of the HP-GL and HP-GL/2 coordinate system. Also sometimes called plotter units.
Graphics window	The area on the page in which HP-GL and HP-GL/2 graphic images can appear. Initially this is the same as the picture frame, but you can change the size, position and aspect ratio of the graphics window using the IW command.
Gray scale A degree of continuous shading ranging from 0%, white, to 100%, black.
Hard clip limits	The area of the page on which it is physically possible to print using HP-GL and HP-GL/2 graphics language commands. The hard clip limits are determined by the size of the physical page and are equivalent to the LaserJet mode printable area.
Hatching A method of shading using parallel lines.
Height	The height in typographic points (1/72" units) of an unaccented capital letter in a font.
HMI Horizontal motion index.	The horizontal distance that the print position moves across the page when any single character is printed (in a monospaced font), or when a space character is printed (in a proportionally spaced font). You can set the HMI using printer commands, however, when you alter any font characteristic (in effect, select a new font) or switch between the primary and secondary fonts, the HMI is reset to its default value based on the newly selected font.
Horizontal plot size	The original horizontal size of an imported HP-GL and HP-GL/2 image.
Internal font	A font that is stored in the printer ROM and is therefore always available for use, for example, Brougham 10 pitch, or a font generated from a scalable typeface stored in the printer's ROM, for example, Tennessee bold 15 pt.
Isotropic scaling	A form of image scaling using the SC command in HP-GL or HP-GL/2 mode in which the user units must be of equal size. Hence it may not be possible to use the entire graphics window to display the image.

Justification The way in which text is aligned. For example, left justification involves aligning the left end of every line of text.

Label A text string that forms part of an HP-GL and HP-GL/2 plot.

Landscape Logical page The orientation in which the top edge of the page is longer than the side edges. The area of the physical page on which the cursor can be positioned in LaserJet mode. You can use PCL commands to specify the position of the logical page on the physical page. Also known as the PCL addressable area.

LSB i) The least significant byte of a set of data bytes.

ii) The least significant bit of a single byte of data.

Macro A sequence of PCL commands that can be stored in the printer memory. To run the sequence you need only use a single PCL command.

Macro execution Executing a macro is a way of running a macro whereby any changes made to the modified print environment by the macro are retained when macro execution has been completed.

Macro overlay environment Used only by a macro that has been enabled for overlay. A combination of the user default environment and the modified print environment.

Medium The line thickness of normal type.

Modified print environment The collection of all current LaserJet printer settings. This environment is saved if you call a macro or enter HP-GL and HP-GL/2 mode, it is restored when the macro has finished running or when you quit HP-GL or HP-GL/2 mode.

Monospacing Some bitmap fonts are printed with each character occupying the same space on a line of text. This is known as monospacing.

MSB i) The most significant byte of a set of data bytes.

ii) The most significant bit of a single byte of data.

Pattern i) The hatching or cross-hatching that can be applied to an outline shape.

ii) The non-white areas of the source image in the LaserJet print model.

Pattern transparency The patterned (non-white) areas of the source image are either transparent, in which case the destination image is visible through the white parts of the pattern, or opaque, in which case the destination image is not visible at all throughout the patterned areas of the source image.

PCL Printer Control Language. The language consisting of escape sequences that is used to control the printer in LaserJet mode

PCL addressable area See logical page.

PCL picture frame See picture frame.

Pen Although this printer is a laser printer the HP-GL/2 and HP-GL graphics languages retains the notion of a pen and allows you to select between two pens, white and black. You must select a pen before you can draw anything. The HP-GL and HP-GL/2 language were originally developed for use with plotters and the terminology remains.

Perforation skip A feature whereby the printer automatically compensates for a page break and resumes printing from the top of the text area on the next page.

Permanent font A downloaded font that is retained when a printer reset is performed.

Permanent macro A macro stored in the printer that will not be erased if the printer is reset.

Physical page The paper or envelope on which the printer prints.

Picture frame The area of the physical page in which HP-GL and HP-GL/2 graphic images can be printed.

Pitch The number of characters in one inch of text. Only applicable to monospaced (fixed pitch fonts.)

Plot A drawing produced using the HP-GL and HP-GL/2 graphics language. So called because the language was originally invented for use with plotters.

Plotter units See graphics units.

Point The standard unit of measurement for character height. Equal to 1/72".

Point factor scaling A form of image scaling using the SC command in HP-GL or HP-GL/2 mode in which the user units and the location of the scaling point P1 are specified in terms of graphics units.

Point size See height.

Polygon A shape consisting of one or more closed groups of connected lines.

Polygon buffer An area of printer memory in which you can store one or more polygons and sub-polygons defined using HP-GL and HP-GL/2 commands. Some HP-GL and HP-GL/2 commands use the polygon buffer automatically.

Portrait The orientation in which the side edges of the page are longer than the top edge.

Posture A component of a font's style - whether it is upright or italic.

Primary font In LaserJet mode the printer maintains two current font settings. The primary font is the first of these.

Print model A way of describing the interaction between different graphic elements (source image, pattern and destination image).

Printable area The area of the page on which the printer can print.

Print position The position from which printing of the next character or graphic object will begin, providing that no operations that change the print position are performed in the interim.

Proportional spacing Fonts intended for high quality typographic output use a method of character spacing in which the space occupied by a single character on a line of text depends on the individual design of the character. This is known as proportional spacing. Scalable fonts are almost invariably proportionally spaced.

RAM Random Access Memory. The printer's memory in which fonts and macros can be stored and where pages that are to be printed are composed.

Raster graphics A method of representing a graphic image as a series of zeroes and ones that correspond to white and black dots respectively.

Relative plotting A method of plotting in the HP-GL and HP-GL/2 graphics language where coordinates are specified relative to the point at which the last graphics command terminated.

Reset When you reset the printer you restore a base set of conditions. A reset can either be performed using the control panel or by sending the printer a reset command. There are two types of reset, the normal reset and factory reset. A normal reset simply restores the current emulation mode with the most recent control panel settings -- it does not change the emulation mode itself. A factory reset makes LaserJet mode the current emulation mode and restores the factory default environment.

Resident font See internal font.

ROM Read Only Memory. Part of the printer's memory that contains the software controlling the printer and the printer internal fonts. The ROM cannot be altered unless the type of ROM fitted to the printer is Flash ROM, in which case it can be written to electronically via the parallel port of the printer.

Row A horizontal sub-division of the page whose height is equal to the VMI (vertical motion index). The print position moves down the page a distance equal to the row height when a line feed is performed.

Sans serif A kind of typeface normally used for headlines. Sans serif typefaces do not have little hooks (serifs) on the individual characters. This helps Sans serif headline text stand out more prominently.

Scalable fonts A font for which you can specify the character size. The printer will automatically scale the characters to the size you require.

Scaling In HP-GL or HP-GL/2 mode you can use the SC command to scale graphic images. The three types of scaling are known as anisotropic, isotropic and point factor scaling.

Scaling points Two imaginary points called P1 and P2 that define a rectangular area relative to the picture frame. You can use the HP-GL or HP-GL/2 SC and IP or IR commands to transform and scale images by changing the relationship between the two scaling points.

Scalable typeface A typeface for which you can choose a point size (height) in order to obtain a particular font for printing. For example, you might select the Utah typeface and then select 14 pt. as the height. The printer has many resident typefaces. You can also buy scalable typeface cartridge and disks.

Secondary font In LaserJet mode the printer maintains two current font settings. The secondary font is the second of these.

Serif A kind of typeface normally used for body text. Serif typefaces have little hooks (serifs) on the individual characters that makes text more readable.

Soft clip limits See graphics window. The soft limits are determined by the IW command.

Source image The graphic image that is applied to the destination image in the LaserJet print model. The interaction of the two images is determined by the current source and pattern transparency settings.

Source transparency The source image is either transparent, in which case the destination image is visible throughout the white parts of the source image, or opaque, in which case the destination image is not visible at all through the source image.

Spacing The way in which a font's characters are arranged on a line of text. See monospacing and proportional spacing.

Stick font The default HP-GL and HP-GL/2 font consisting of thin lined characters.

Stroke weight The thickness of the lines that comprise the characters in a particular font. Medium, bold and light stroke weights are commonly used.

Sub-polygon A shape consisting of a closed group of points connected by lines. Several sub-polygons can form one polygon.

Symbol set See character set.

Tab channel A set of up to sixteen vertical tab stops. Up to eight vertical tab channels can be set up in the Epson FX-850 mode.

Temporary font A downloaded font that is erased from the printer's memory when a printer reset is performed. To use the font again you must download it again.

Temporary macro A macro that is erased from the printer's memory when a reset is performed. If you want to use the macro again you must redefine it and download it to the printer again.

Text area The area of the physical page on which the printer can place text.

Text direction The orientation of printed text relative to the physical page.

TIFF Tagged Image File Format. A common file format used for storing raster graphics data.

Transparency See pattern transparency and source transparency.

Typeface The design style of a set of typographic characters. The character design is intended to make the characters work together cohesively to produce readable text. The word "font" is often erroneously used to mean "typeface".

User default environment The current combination of LaserJet factory default settings and settings made using the control panel. This is the environment that is in effect when you switch on the printer in LaserJet mode or change to LaserJet emulation from another emulation mode. You can reset the printer to its user default settings either by using a printer command or using the control panel.

User units Coordinate units specified by the user with the HP-GL and HP-GL/2 SC command.

Vector graphics A method of defining graphic images in terms of coordinates, points and lines. The HP-GL and HP-GL/2 graphics languages use this method.

Vertical plot size The original vertical size of an imported HP-GL and HP-GL/2 image.

VMI

Vertical motion index. The vertical distance that the print position moves down the page when a line feed is performed. This can be set using printer commands or with the printer's control panel by adjusting the "Lines" menu option in PAGE FORMAT MODE.

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1. ABOUT THE MANUAL ....3

2. AREAS OF USE......4

2.1 Using Word Processing Packages and Spreadsheets......4
2.2 Graphics....4
2.3 Programming....4
2.4 Font Development....5

1. ABOUT THE MANUAL

This technical reference manual is intended to help you get the most out of each of the emulation modes supported by your HL-Series printer. It is divided into nine sections - this introductory section and one section for each of the emulation modes. Each emulation mode section describes the software commands (the escape sequences and control codes) that you can use to make the printer perform each of its available functions. Some example programs are included to give you useful ideas.

This manual is for our PCL models. For the differences between each model, see the Appendix "Model Comparison."

"PCL6" includes both "PCLXL" and "PCL5e".

As for "PCL5e", it is described in "chapter 2 PCL" of this manual.

As for "PCLXL", it is mainly used with Windows driver, and its command is structured by binary code.

Therefore, it is not described in this manual.

For basic set-up information, such as how to connect the printer to your computer, look in the User's guide. The User's guide also describes the printers control panel and how you can set various options using the keys.

2. AREAS OF USE

There are several different applications for which you may want to use your HL-Series printer. Four general areas are outlined in the following sections.

2.1 Using Word Processing Packages and Spreadsheets

You may simply wish to use the printer with your software application packages, such as word-processors or spreadsheets. Many software packages automatically send commands to the printer requesting particular type styles, character sizes and specifying page set-up information and other relevant data. In this case you will not need to use this manual, as your software package will perform the task of controlling the printer for you. Other packages allow you to embed software commands within your word-processed or spreadsheet documents. This manual describes the commands you need, and you can simply include them in the form that your package requires. In either case, read the documentation that came with your software to find out its own specific requirements for driving a printer.

2.2 Graphics

HP-GL/2 or HP-GL mode offers many powerful graphic features that enable you to draw and print detailed images quickly and easily. Many commercial graphic packages, notably computer-aided design applications programs, produce HP-GL/2 or HP-GL output. LaserJet mode also has several graphics features. You can either write your own programs to generate images or use existing graphics software.

2.3 Programming

If you are writing software, for example in BASIC or C, to drive the printer, the description and formal specification of each command will enable you to transcribe them straight into your programs. Below is a simple example of a program to draw and print a three inch black square. The program is given in both C and BASIC.

C language program

#include <stdio.h>
main()
{
FILE *prn; /* initialization section */
prn = fopen("PRN", "wb");
fprintf(prn, "\33E"); /* Esc E - Reset the printer */
fprintf(prn, "\33%0B"); /* Esc%0B - Enter HP-GL/2 */
fprintf(prn, "IN"); /* Initialize */
fprintf(prn, "SP1PA1024, 1024"); /* Select pen 1 & move to 0, 0 */
fprintf(prn, "PDFT1RA4096, 4096"); /* Draw 3" solid square */
fprintf(prn, "\33%0A"); /* Quit HP-GL/2 & restore original cursor position */
fprintf(prn, "\33E /* Reset and eject page */
}
BASIC language program
10 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E"; :REM Esc E - Reset the printer
20 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B"; :REM Esc%0B - Enter HP-GL/2
30 LPRINT "IN"; :REM Initialize
40 LPRINT "SP1PA1024, 1024"; :REM Select pen 1 & move to 0, 0
50 LPRINT "PDFT1RA4096, 4096"; :REM Draw 3" solid square
60 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A"; :REM Quit HP-GL/2 & restore original cursor position
70 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E"; :REM Reset and eject page

2.4 Font Development

In LaserJet mode you can send your own character designs to an HL-Series printer and print text using them. To do this you need first to design your characters on paper. Having done this you can then either input and download your characters using a commercial software package, or encode your designs numerically and write your own program to download them.

CHAPTER 2 PCL

PRINTER CONTROL

LANGUAGE

1. COMMAND LIST....7

2. INTRODUCTION .... 10

3. CONTROLLING THE PRINTER....11

3.1. Control Codes....11

3.1.1. Backspace (08) <08h>.....11
3.1.2. Line feed (10) <0Ah> 11
3.1.3. Form feed (12) <0Ch> 11
3.1.4. Carriage return (13) <0Dh> 11
3.1.5. Select primary font (14) <0Eh>....11
3.1.6. Select secondary font (15) <0Fh>....11
3.1.7. Escape (27) <1Bh>....11
3.1.8. Horizontal tab (09) <09h> 11
3.1.9. Space (32) <20h> 11

3.2. Escape Sequences....12

3.2.1. Line termination....12
3.2.2. End-of-line wrap....13
3.2.3. Display functions mode....13

3.3. Environments....14

3.3.1. Factory default environment ....14
3.3.2.User default environment....14
3.3.3. Modified print environment....14
3.3.4. Macro overlay environment....14

4. JOB CONTROL....15

4.1. Commands....15

4.1.1. Page size 15
4.1.2. Media type selection....20
4.1.3. Output tray 21
4.1.4. Paper source....22
4.1.5. Left long-edge offset registration .....27
4.1.6. Top offset registration ....27
4.1.7. Simplex/duplex printing....28
4.1.8. Paper side selection....28
4.1.9. Job separation command....28
4.1.10. Reset....28
4.1.11. Reset to factory default settings....30
4.1.12. Reset to user settings ....30
4.1.13. Printer self test .... 30
4.1.14. Exit current emulation mode ....30
4.1.15. Change emulation mode....30

4.2. The Page 32

4.2.1. Physical page....32
4.2.2. Printable area....32
4.2.3. Logical page....32
4.2.4. Text area....32

4.2.5. HP-GL/2 graphics window 32

4.2.6. Portrait page dimensions 33

4.2.7. Landscape page dimensions ....35

4.2.8. Coordinates....37

4.2.9. Units 37

4.2.10. Unit of measure....37

4.2.11. Setting the left and right margins ....37

4.2.12. Resetting the horizontal margins ....38

4.2.13. Setting the top margin....38

4.2.14. Setting the vertical motion index (VMI) 39

4.2.15. Setting the horizontal motion index (HMI)....39

4.2.16. Setting line spacing....40

4.2.17. Text length 40

4.2.18. Page length....41

4.2.19. Perforation skip 41

4.2.20. Positioning the cursor 42

4.2.21. Vertical positioning....42

4.2.22. Horizontal position 43

4.2.23. Positioning the cursor using control codes 44

4.2.24. Using the cursor position stack....44

4.2.25. Half line feed 45

4.2.26. Logical page orientation....45

4.2.27. Text direction....45

5. USING FONTS 47

5.1. Introduction 47

5.1.1. Font types 47

5.1.2. Bitmap fonts 47

5.1.3. Scalable fonts....47

5.1.4. Bound fonts 49

5.1.5. Unbound fonts....49

5.1.6. Font sources 49

5.1.7. Internal fonts 49

5.1.8. Card/cartridge fonts 49

5.1.9. Downloadable fonts 49

5.1.10. Primary and secondary fonts ....50

5.1.11. Specifying the primary font ....50

5.1.12. Specifying the secondary font....50

5.1.13. Selecting the default fonts....50

5.1.14. Switching between the primary and secondary fonts 50

5.1.15. Criteria for font selection....51

5.1.16. Symbol set ....51

5.1.17. Symbol collections ....51

5.1.18. Type of character spacing....51

5.1.19. Pitch ....51

5.1.20. Height....51

5.1.21. Style ....51

5.1.22. Stroke weight ....52

5.1.23. Typeface ....52

5.2. Font Selection Commands....53

5.2.1.User-defined symbol sets 53

5.2.2. Symbol set ID code command....53

5.2.3. Define symbol set ....53

5.2.4. Symbol set control command....55

5.2.5. Selecting the symbol set....55
5.2.6. Selecting the type of character spacing....57
5.2.7. Selecting the pitch....57
5.2.8. Selecting the height ....58
5.2.9. Scaling the scalable fonts vertically or horizontally ....58
5.2.10. Selecting the style....58
5.2.11. Selecting the stroke weight....59
5.2.12. Selecting the typeface....59
5.2.13. Font orientation....60
5.2.14. Transparent print data....61
5.2.15. Esc&d#D (27)(38)(100) #(68) <1Bh><26h><64h>#<44h>....61

5.3. Downloadable font manipulation....62

5.3.1. Font ID 62
5.3.2. Operations on downloaded fonts 62
5.3.3. Selecting a downloaded font....62

5.4. Creating Downloadable Fonts....63

5.4.1. Downloading 63
5.4.2. Sending the font descriptor....63
5.4.3. Unicode symbol index character complement bits....74
5.4.4. Sending a character code....75
5.4.5. Sending a character descriptor and data....75

6. USING GRAPHICS......81

6.1. Source, Pattern and Destination....81

6.1.1. Set source transparency....81
6.1.2. Set pattern transparency....82
6.1.3. Set area fill identity....83
6.1.4.User-defined pattern command 84
6.1.5. Set pattern reference point 84
6.1.6. User-defined pattern control 85
6.1.7. Set pattern type....85

6.2. Plotting Rectangles 87

6.2.1. Cursor position....87
6.2.2. Set rectangle width 87
6.2.3. Set rectangle height 87
6.2.4. Draw filled rectangle 87

6.3. Raster Graphics 89

6.3.1. Positioning the cursor ....89
6.3.2. Set raster resolution....89
6.3.3. Set high resolution control 89
6.3.4. Set raster image orientation....89
6.3.5. Set raster area height 90
6.3.6. Set raster area width....90
6.3.7. Set raster y-offset....90
6.3.8. Set compression mode 90
6.3.9. Start raster transfer....96
6.3.10. Send raster data....96
6.3.11. Compress transfer graphics....96
6.3.12. End raster transfer 96
6.3.13. Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027)....98

6.4. Vector Graphics 100

6.4.1. Enter HP-GL/2 mode 100

6.5. The Picture Frame 101

6.5.1. The default picture frame....101
6.5.2. Set picture frame anchor point....101
6.5.3. Set picture frame vertical size....101
6.5.4. Set picture frame horizontal size ....101
6.5.5. Specify vertical plot size....101
6.5.6. Specify horizontal plot size ....101

7. MACROS....102

7.1. The Purpose of a Macro 102

7.2. Defining a Macro....103

7.2.1. Macro ID....103
7.2.2. Start macro definition....103
7.2.3. End macro definition 103

7.3. Running a Macro....104

7.3.1. Execute macro....104
7.3.2. Call macro....104
7.3.3. Enable macro for overlay 104
7.3.4. Disable macro for overlay 104

7.4. Handling Macros....105

7.4.1. Delete all macros 105
7.4.2. Delete all temporary macros....105
7.4.3. Delete macro....105
7.4.4. Make macro temporary....105
7.4.5. Make macro permanent....105
7.4.6. Delete all macros from the storage device ....105
7.4.7. Delete macro from the storage device....105
7.4.8. Save macro into the storage device 105
7.4.9. Execute data....106
7.4.10. AppleTalk configuration ....106
7.4.11. MIO video I/O port control....107

8. STATUS READBACK......108

8.1. Introduction....108
8.2. Memory Status request....108
8.3. Entity Status.... 108
8.4. Status Response....108
8.5. Status Response Syntax....109

8.5.1. Set status readback location type....109
8.5.2. Set status readback location unit....109
8.5.3. Inquire status readback entity....110
8.5.4. Entity status response....110
8.5.5. Font response....110
8.5.6. Bitmap fonts 111
8.5.7. Bound scalable fonts....111
8.5.8. Unbound scalable fonts 111
8.5.9. Download fonts ....111
8.5.10. Location type 1 (currently selected) font.....111
8.5.11. Font extended response 112
8.5.12. Macro response 113
8.5.13. Use-defined pattern response 113

8.5.14. Symbol set response ....113
8.5.15. Entity error codes....114
8.5.16.Free space command 114
8.5.17. Font cache ....115
8.5.18. Memory status response....115
8.5.19. Memory error response....115
8.5.20. Flush all pages command....115
8.5.21. Echo command....115

9. INDEX......116

1. COMMAND LIST

Control Codes 11

Escape sequences 12

Esc&k#G	Line	termination	12
Esc&s#C	End-of-line	wrap	13
EscY Display function mode 13
EscZ Display function mode 13

Environments 14

Job Control 15

Esc&l#A	Page size	15
Esc&n#	Media type selection		16
Esc&l#G	Output tray		16
Esc&l#H	Paper source		18
Esc&l#U	Left long-edge offset registration		21
Esc&l#Z	Top offset registration		21
Esc&l#S	Simplex/duplex printing		22
Esc&a#G	Paper side selection		22
Esc&llT	Job separation command		22
EscE	Reset		22
EscCR FD	Reset to factory default settings		23
EscCR!#R	Reset to user settings		23
Escz	Printer self test		23
Esc%-12345X	Exit current emulation mode		23
EscCR##	Change emulation mode		23

The Page 25

Esc&u#D	Unit of measure	28
Esc&a#L	Setting the left and right margins	28
Esc&a#M	Setting the left and right margins	28
Esc9	Resetting the horizontal margins	29
Esc&l#E	Setting the top margin	29
Esc&l#C	Setting the vertical motion index (VMI)	30
Esc&k#H	Setting the horizontal motion index (HMI)	30
Esc&l#D	Setting line spacing	31
Esc&l#F	Text length	31
Esc&l#P	Page length	32
Esc&l#L	Perforation skip	32
Esc&a#R	Vertical cursor positioning -rows	33
Esc*p#Y	Vertical cursor positioning - units	33
Esc&a#V	Vertical cursor positioning - decipoints	33
Esc&a#C	Horizontal cursor positioning - columns	34
Esc*p#X	Horizontal cursor positioning - units	34
Esc&a#H	Horizontal cursor positioning - decipoints	35
Esc&f#S	Using the cursor position stack	35
Esc=	Half line feed	36
Esc&l#O	Logical page orientation	36
Esc&a#P	Text direction	36

Using fonts 38

Esc(3@, Esc)3@ Selecting the default fonts		40
SI, SO	Switching between the primary and secondary font	40
Esc*c#R	Symbol set ID code command	43
Esc(f#W	Define symbol set	43
Esc*c#S	Symbol set control command	45
Esc(symbol set ID	Select the symbol set	45
Esc(s#C, Esc)s#C	Select the symbol set	46
Esc(s#P, Esc)s#P	Selecting the type of character spacing	47

Esc(s#H, Esc)s#H Selecting the pitch 47

Esc(s#V, Esc)s#V Selecting the height 48

EscCR!#H, EscCR!#V Scaling the scalable fonts vertically or horizontally 48

Esc(s#S, Esc)s#S Selecting the style 48

Esc(s#B, Esc)s#B Selecting the stroke weight 49

Esc(s#T, Esc)s#T Selecting the typeface 49

Esc&p#X Transparent print data 51

Esc&d#D, Esc&d@ Underlining text 51

Esc&*c#D Font ID 52

Esc*c#F Operations on downloaded fonts 52

Esc(#X, Esc)#X Selecting a downloaded font 52

Esc)s#W Sending the font descriptor 53

Esc*c#E Sending a character code 65

Esc(s#W Sending a character descriptor and data 65

Using graphics 71

Esc*v#N	Set source transparency	71
Esc*v#O	Set pattern transparency	72
Esc*c#G	Set area fill identity	73
Esc*c#W	User-defined pattern command	74
Esc*p#R	Set pattern reference point	74
Esc*c#Q	User-defined pattern control	75
Esc*v#T	Set pattern type	75
Escc#A, Escc#H	Set rectangle width	77
Escc#B, Escc#V	Set rectangle height 77
Esc*c#P	Draw filled rectangle	77
Esc*t#R	Set raster resolution 79
EscCR ##	Set high resolution control	79
Esc*r#F	Set raster image orientation	79
Esc*r#T	Set raster area height	80
Esc*r#S	Set raster area width	80
Esc*b#Y	set raster y-offset	80
Esc*b#M	Set compression mode	80
Esc*r#A	Start raster transfer	86
Esc*b#W	Send raster data	86
Esc*b#C	Compress transfer graphics	86
Esc*rB	End raster transfer	86
Esc*rC	End raster transfer	86
Esc*b##W	Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027)	88
Esc%#B	Enter HP-GL/2 mode	90
Esc*c0T	Set picture frame anchor point	91
Esc*c#Y	Set picture frame vertical size	91
Esc*c#X	Set picture frame horizontal size	91
Esc*c#L	Specify vertical plot size	91
Esc*c#K	Specify horizontal plot size	91

Macros 92

Esc&f#Y	Macro ID	93
Esc&f0X	Start macro definition	93
Esc&f1X	End macro definition	93
Esc&f2X	Execute macro	94
Esc&f3X	Call macro 94
Esc&f4X	Enable macro for overlay	94
Esc&f5X	Disable macro for overlay	94
Esc&f6X	Delete all macros	95
Esc&f7X	Delete all temporary macros	95
Esc&f8X	Delete macro	95
Esc&f9X	Make macro temporary	95
Esc&f10X	Make macro permanent	95
Esc&f1030X	Delete all macros from the storage device	95
Esc&f1036X	Delete macro from the storage device	95
Esc&f1038X	Save macro into the storage device	95
EscCR!#E	Execute data	96
Esc&b#W	AppleTalk configuration	96

EscCR!1234#M MIO video I/O port control 97

Status Readback 98

Esc*s#T Set status readback location type 99

Esc*s#U Set status readback location unit 99

Esc*s#1 Inquire status readback entity 100

Esc*s1M Free space command 104

Esc&r#F Flush all pages command 105

Esc*s#X Echo command

2. INTRODUCTION

This laser / ink printer provides a complete emulation of the supported Hewlett Packard LaserJet printer. Features include raster and vector graphics, support for bitmap and scalable fonts and page control. There are many resident fonts in the printer and you can gain access to more by inserting a font cartridge/card or the storage device into the printer or by downloading fonts from your computer.

3. CONTROLLING THE PRINTER

3.1. Control Codes

Control codes are ASCII codes that tell the printer to perform a given function, such as a carriage return. You can send these codes to the printer as part of a program.

3.1.1. Backspace

(08)

<08h>

ASCII code 8. This code moves the cursor one column to the left.

3.1.2. Line feed (10) <0Ah>

ASCII code 10. This code performs a line feed.

3.1.3. Form feed (12) <0Ch>

ASCII code 12. This code ejects the most recently printed page from the printer.

3.1.4. Carriage return (13) <0Dh>

ASCII code 13. This code performs a carriage return.

3.1.5. Select primary font (14) <0Eh>

ASCII code 15. When you send this code to the printer subsequent characters will be printed in the current primary font. This is explained further in the sub-section entitled "Using fonts".

3.1.6. Select secondary font (15) <0Fh>

ASCII code 14. When you send this code to the printer subsequent characters will be printed in the current secondary font. This is explained further in the sub-section entitled "Using fonts".

3.1.7. Escape

(27)

<1Bh>

ASCII code 27. You must use this character code to start every instruction sequence that you send to the printer.

3.1.8. Horizontal tab (09) <09h>

ASCII code 9. This code moves the cursor one tab position to the right. The tab positions are at the left margin and at the left edge of every 8th column as defined by the horizontal motion index (HMI) described in the next section, entitled "The Page".

3.1.9. Space

(32)

<20h>

ASCII code 32. This code moves the cursor one column to the right.

3.2. Escape Sequences

Escape sequences, also known as PCL (Printer Control Language) commands, tell the printer which operations to perform. An escape sequence consists of the Esc character followed by a string of characters which define the operation to be performed. Some escape sequences require parameter values. These are included in the sequence as numeric characters. The final letter of an escape sequence must be uppercase: all others must be lowercase.

You can send the printer instructions by embedding escape sequences in programs or in word processed documents.

In this manual escape sequences are shown as they would be entered, except that the character # in a sequence indicates that a number should be included at that point in the sequence. If no number is included, the printer interprets that parameter's value as 0.

When downloading fonts or sending raster scan images to the printer the final uppercase character of the sequence is followed by the relevant data.

Two escape sequences can be combined into one if the first three characters of each sequence (including the Esc character itself) are the same. Hence, Esc*c45G and Esc*c2P may be combined to give Esc*c45g2P. The uppercase 'G' which terminated the first sequence becomes a lowercase character in the combined sequence. Combined escape sequences are executed left to right, so be careful to place commands in the order in which you want them to be executed.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Escape Sequences - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Esc*c45G"] --> C["Esc*c45g2P"]
    B["Esc*c2P"] --> C["Esc*c45g2P"]

3.2.1. Line termination

You can set the carriage return, line feed and form feed control codes to perform compound functions. You can either do this using the printer's control panel (see the User Guide) or by sending the printer the following escape sequence:

Esc&k#G (27) (38) (107) #(71) <1Bh><26h><6Bh>#<47h>

0 = Carriage return, line feed and form feed perform their normal functions.
1 = Carriage return performs carriage return/line feed, line feed and form feed perform their normal functions.
2 = Carriage return performs its normal function, line feed performs carriage return/line feed and form feed performs carriage return/form feed.
3 = Carriage return performs carriage return/line feed, line feed performs carriage return/line feed and form feed performs carriage return/form feed.

0	CR→CR	LF→LF	FF→FF
1	CR→CR+LF	LF→LF	FF→FF
2	CR→CR	LF→CR+LF	FF→CR+FF
3	CR→CR+LF	LF→CR+LF	FF→CR+FF

3.2.2. End-of-line wrap

If the printer tries to print a line of text that is longer than the width of the text area, the end of the line will normally be lost. However, you can set the printer to flow text onto the next line so that text is not lost.

You can turn on the automatic text wrap feature either from the printer's control panel (see the User Guide) or by sending the printer the following escape sequence:

Esc&s0C (27) (38) (115) (48) (67) <1Bh><26h><73h><30h><43h>

To turn off the facility send:

Esc&s1C (27) (38) (115) (49) (67) <1Bh><26h><73h><31h><43h>

3.2.3. Display functions mode

You can choose to make the printer print escape sequences instead of executing them. Send the printer the following sequence:

EscY (27) (89) <1B><59>

Now the printer prints out escape sequences and prints the characters of the control codes. It does not execute them. The only exceptions to this are CR, the carriage return code, which causes a carriage return and line feed to be performed, and the EscZ escape sequence which turns the mode off.

To turn the display functions mode off and enable escape sequences to be executed again send:

EscZ (27) (90) <1B><5A>

The printer exits the display function mode after printing a character of code 1B Hex and the letter "Z". All subsequent escape sequences and control codes are executed normally and not printed literally.

3.3. Environments

3.3.1. Factory default environment

The factory default environment is the collection of printer settings programmed into the printer before it leaves the factory. You can restore the factory default environment using the printer's control panel.

See the User's Guide to find how to reset the printer from the printer's control panel.

Some settings cannot be restored to the factory default environment with the RESET operation from the printer's control panel.

3.3.2. User default environment

The user default environment is a combination of factory default settings and settings which the user has made from the printer's control panel or remote printer console. You can store user default setting(s) in the printer by using the printer control panel. You can restore the user default environment either by sending the reset escape sequence to the printer, EscE, or by performing a reset from the printer's control panel. On some models, there are multiple User settings available, refer to your printer User Guide to see if your printer supports these.

3.3.3. Modified print environment

The modified print environment is made up of all the current printer settings. If you call a macro or go into HP-GL/2 graphics language the modified print environment settings are saved. When the macro has been executed, or when you quit HP-GL/2, these saved settings are restored. The modified print environment consists of settings for the following features:

Page length	Primary font characteristics	Raster graphics presentation mode
Page size	Secondary font characteristics HMI	Raster graphics left margin
Orientation	Primary font	Pattern ID
Left registration	Secondary font	Current pattern
Top registration	Font ID	Source transparency mode
Paper source	Character code Macro ID	Pattern transparency mode
Number of copies	VMI/Line spacing	Print direction
Margins	Horizontal rectangle size	Raster graphics compression mode
Perforation skip mode	Vertical rectangle size	Underline mode
Line termination mode	Area fill ID	Raster graphics height
End-of line wrap	Raster graphics resolution	Raster graphics width
Current font

3.3.4. Macro overlay environment

The macro overlay environment is a combination of the user default environment and the current modified print environment. The overlay environments settings take effect when a macro is enabled for automatic overlay. This is detailed in the section of this manual in which macros are described.

4. JOB CONTROL

4.1. Commands

4.1.1. Page size

Esc&I#A (27) (38) (108) # (65) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<41h>

# stands for the type of paper or envelope to be used.

Values for # correspond to the paper or envelope sizes shown in the table. Envelopes sizes are shown in the shaded part of the table.

Model

HL-1050/1070

HL-1250/1275N/P230D

HL-1860er/2060

HL-2400C/2400Ce

HL-343DCN

HL-1450/1470N

HL-1650/1670N

HL-3260N

HL-2460 HL-7030

HL-1550/1570N/S420/1550/167CN5140/5150D/S170CN/16350B/1650H830DN/2070N/S240S/250DN/S270DN/S280DN

HL-2600CN

HL-3450CN HL-8550N HL-2700CN

HL-4040CN/4050CDN/4370CDW

HL-2150N/2170W

HL-5340D/5350DN/S370DW/5380DN

1 Executive

√

2 Letter

√

3 Legal

√

6 Ledger

√

10 Oficio

24 A6

√

25 A5

√

26 A4

√

27 A3

√

44 B6 JIS)

45 B5 JIS)

√

46 B4 JIS)

√

71 POSTCARD

√

109 B5

√

101

Free size

√

110

JIS Envelop #3

111

JIS Envelop #4

1024

√

JIS B6

√

1025

√

1026

√

1028

13"X19"

√

1029 A4 Short Edge

1030

Letter Short Edge

1033

Organizer J

√

1034

Organizer K

√

1035

Organizer L

√

1036

Organizer M

√

1037

DL Long Edge

1038

Folio

√

1039 3"K5"

√

1042

A5 Long Edge

√

1043

A4 Short

√

1044

JIS Envelop #3

1045

JIS Envelop #4

1046

Mexican Legal

1047

Indian Legal

16K(197x273mm)

16K(195x270mm)

16K(184x260mm)

2048 16 (A4 Long)

√

2050

Wide Letter

Monarch

√

81 CO M-10

√

International DL

√

International C5

√

1037

International DL

√

Model

HL-1050/1070

HL-1250/12720/P200D

HL-1860e/2060

HL-2400C/2400Ce

HL-343DCN

HL-1450/1470N

HL-1650/1670N

HL-3263N

HL-2460 HL-7630

HL-1550/1570N/50420/550/567GN51460/5160D/5170CN/6350B/650D8350DN/270NN-5240/5260DN-5270DN/5280DN

HL-2603CN

HL-3450CN HL-8550N HL-2703DN

HL-4043CN/4050CDN/4070CDW

HL-2153N/2170W

HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN

1040 Envelop #4

1041 Envelop MAX

CHAPTER 2 PCL - 16

Model

HL-3170CDW3073CW

HL-2250DN2273DNW4140CN4180CDW4570CDW

HL-5440D5450DN5470DW56180DW

HL-57300DN

HL-3170CDW

HL-L8250CDWL8350CDWHL9200CDWHL9300CDW

HL-L2362DNL7360DWL7385DWL23850DN2369DW

HL-L5300D/SSB004L5100DNL52500DWL6250DWL85300DWL6400DW

HL-L8260CDWL8280CDWHL8380CDWHL8360CDWT/L9310CDW

HL-L2370DNL2371DNL2372N2550DNW58505CNL2376DNW12375DWL23780DW62850DWL2385DWL2386DNL2385DW2385ZW

HL-L3270CDWHL3230CDWHL3230CDN132185GW3190CDW58180CDW

1 Executive

√

2 Letter

√

3 Legal

√

6 Ledger

√

10 Oficio

√

24 A6

√

25 A5

√

26 A4

√

27 A3

√

44 B6

JIS)

√

45 B5

JIS)

√

46 B4

JIS)

√

71 POSTCARD

√

100 B5

√

101 Free size

√

110

JIS Envelop #3

√

111

JIS Envelop #4

√

1024 B6

√

44 JIS

√

1025 A5

√

1026 A6

√

1028 13"X19"

√

1029 A4

Short Edge

√

1030

Letter ShortEdge

1033 Or

ganizer J

√

1034 Or

ganizer K

√

1035 Organizer L

√

1036 Organizer M

√

1037 DL

Long Edge

√

1038

Folio

√

1039 3"K5"

√

1042 A5

Long Edge

√

1043

A4 Short

√

1044

JIS Envelop #3

√

1045

JIS Envelop #4

√

1046 Mexican Legal

√

1047 Indian Legal

√

16K(197x273mm)

√

16K(195x270mm)

√

16K(184x260mm)

√

2048

16"(A4 Long)

√

2050 Wide Letter

√

Monarch

√

81 COM-10

√

International DL

√

International C5

√

1037

InternationalDL

√

Model

HL-3170CDW3D73CW

HL-2250CDN/2273DW4H414DCN4H150CDW4570CDW

HL-S440D/S450DN/S470DWNS180DW

HL-S7000DN

HL-3170CDW

HL-L2750CDWL8350CDWL9250CDWL15300CDW

HL-L2560DWL1.2380DW/L.23BSWV2350DN/2560DW

HL-L5000DSB0DL51100DN8280CDWL8380CDWL9836CDW/T859310CDW

HL-L8260CDWL8280CDWL8380CDWL9836CDW/T859310CDW

HL-L2370DNL2371DNL2372NDN2560DNF5850CNL12570DAW12375DW12378DW46280DW52580DWL2369DW2895C2W

HL-L3270CDWL3325CDWL3326CDWL3350CDWL3550W3100CDW

1040 Envelop #4

√

1041 Envelop MAX

√

CHAPTER 2 PCL - 18

When the printer receives this command any unprinted pages are printed and the left, right and top margins and the text length are set to their factory defaults for the new page size.

The cursor is moved to the top left of the text area on the new page.
Depending on your model, you may also set the page size from the printer's control panel or remote printer console program (see the User Guide).
If the paper size you select differs from the size of the currently loaded paper, a message appears in the control panel prompting you to load the selected size of paper (for HL-1660e, 2060, 2400C/Ce, 3400CN, 3260N 2460, 7050, 1850, 1870N and 2700CN).

Example)

Select letter size: Esc&l2A <1Bh><26h><6Ch><32h><41h>

Select the width of free size paper: Esc&f#G (1/720 inch unit; for HL-3260N, 2460, 7050, 1850, 1870N, 5040, 5050, 5070N, 5140, 5150D, 5170DN, 2600CN, 3450CN, 2700CN, 2070N, 5240, 5250DN, 5270DN, 5280DW, 4040CN, 4050CDN, 4070CDW, 2150N, 2170W, 5340D, 5350DN, 5370DW, 5380DN, 3070CW, 3075CW, 2250DN, 2270DW, 4140CN, 4150CDN, 4570CDW, 5440D, 5450DN, 5470DW, 6180DW, 3170CDW, L8250CDN, L8350CDW, L9200CDW, L9300CDW, L2360DN, L2360DW, L2365DW, 2560DN, 2569DW, S7000DN, L2370DN, L2371DN, L2372DN, 2590DN, B2050DN, L2370DW, L2375DW, L2376DW, B2080DW, L2385DW, L2386DW, 2595DW, L3270CDW, L3230CDW, L3230CDN, L3210CW, 3190CDW and 3160CDW.)

Select the height of free size paper: Esc&f#F (1/720 inch unit; for HL-3260N, 2460, 7050, 1850, 1870N, 5040, 5050, 5070N, 5140, 5150D, 5170DN, 2600CN, 3450CN, 2700CN, 2070N, 5240, 5250DN, 5270DN, 5280DW, 4040CN, 4050CDN, 4070CDW, 2150N, 2170W, 5340D, 5350DN, 5370DW, 5380DN, 3070CW, 3075CW, 2250DN, 2270DW, 4140CN, 4150CDN, 4570CDW, 5440D, 5450DN, 5470DW, 6180DW, 3170CDW, L8250CDN, L8350CDW, L9200CDW, L9300CDW, L2360DN, L2360DW, L2365DW, 2560DN, 2569DW, S7000DN, L2370DN, L2371DN, L2372DN, 2590DN, B2050DN, L2370DW, L2375DW, L2376DW, B2080DW, L2385DW, L2386DW, 2595DW, L3270CDW, L3230CDW, L3230CDN, L3210CW, 3190CDW and 3160CDW.)

4.1.2. Media type selection

Esc&n# (27) (38) (110)# <1Bh><26h><6Eh>#

# stands for the media type of paper to be used.

Values for # correspond to the media type shown in the table.

Model		HL-2073DN5240/5256DN/5276DN/5280DW/5216DN/5217DW/5343D/5350DN/5373DW/5380DN	HL-4040CN/4050CDN/4076CDW/3040CW/3040CN/2250DN/2270DW/5440DW/5450DN/S770DW/6190DW	HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/3170CDW/LB200CDN/LB350CDWL/820XCDWL/8300CDWL/2380DNL/2380DW/LB200DW/LB350DW/LB450DW	HL-S7000DN	HL-L5000DX/5580DL5110DX/NL5200DW/LB200DW/LB350DW/LB450DW	HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDW/LB350CDWL/8300CDW/LB350CDWL/8300DW/LB450DW	HL-L2570DNL/2371DNL/2372DN/2390DN/52050DN/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2380DW/L2380DW/2580DW	HL-L3270CDWL/3230CDWL/3230CDNL/3210GW/3180CDW/3160CDWT
6WdPlain	Set as Plain Paper.	√	√		√		√		√
5WdRegular	Set as Plain Paper.	√	√		√		√		√
5WdThin	Set as Thin Paper.	√	√		√		√		√
6WdLight	Set as Thin Paper.						√	√	√
6WdThick	Set as Thick Paper.	√	√		√		√		√
11WdMid Weight							√	√	√
6WdHeavy							√	√	√
12WdExtra Heavy							√	√	√
7WdThick2	Set as Thicker Paper.	√	√		√			√
5WdBond	Set as Bond Paper.	√	√		√		√		√
13WdTransparency	Set as Transparent Paper.	√				√	√		√
10WdEnvelopes	Set as Envelope.	√	√		√			√
9WdEnvelope	Set as Envelope.						√	√	√
9WdEnvthick	Set as Thick Envelope.	√	√		√				√
8WdEnvthin	Set as Thin Envelope.	√	√		√			√
9WdRecycled	Set as Recycled Paper.	√	√		√		√		√
9WdPostcard	Set as Post Card.		√	√	√	√	√	√	√
8WdLabel	Set as Label.		√	√		√	√	√	√
7WdLabels	Set as Label.		√	√		√	√	√	√
7WdGlossy	Set as Glossy			√		√	√	√	√
8WdGloss							√	√	√
18WdHP Soft Gloss 120							√	√	√
12WdHeavy Gloss							√	√	√
18WdExtra Heavy Gloss							√	√	√
14WdHP Glossy 130							√	√	√
14WdHP Glossy 160							√	√	√
14WdHP Glossy 220							√	√	√
12WdCard Glossy							√	√	√
8WdColor	Set as Color Paper					√	√		√
11WdLetterhead	Set as Letterhead					√	√		√
12WdHolepunched	Set as HolepunchedPaper.					√	√		√
11WdPrepunched	Set as HolepunchedPaper.						√	√	√
11WdCard Slack	Set as Plain Paper.						√	√	√
12WdHP Matte 90							√	√	√
13WdHP Matte 105							√	√	√
13WdHP Matte 120							√	√	√
13WdHP Matte 160							√	√	√
13WdHPCoverMatte							√	√	√
11WdPreprinted							√	√	√
9WdHP Tough							√	√	√

4.1.3. Output tray

Esc&I#G (27) (38) (108) #(71)

<1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<47h>

# denotes the output tray.

1: Select the printer output tray.
3: Select #1 bin. (CT:HL-8050N)
4: Select #2 bin.
5: Select #3 bin.
6: Select #4 bin.
7: Select #5 bin.
8: Select #6 bin.
9: Select #7 bin.
10: Select #8 bin.
11: Select #9 bin.
12: Select #10 bin.
100: Select the finisher tray (HL-3260N)

• This command selects the specified output tray.
• This command is ignored when the specified tray is not available.
- The PJL OUTBIN command is ignored when this command is executed.
- If the printer has data to print when this command is executed, the command is valid from the next page immediately after the data is printed.

4.1.4. Paper source

Esc&I#H (27) (38) (108) # (72) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<48h>

# denotes the paper source.

Values for # may be 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.

If # = 0 the current page is ejected and the paper source remains the same.
If # = 1 the current page is printed and the upper cassette becomes the paper source.
If # = 2 the current page is printed and paper is fed in manually.
If # = 3 the current page is printed and envelopes are fed in manually.
If # = 4 the current page is printed and the lower cassette becomes the paper source.

- If # = 4 the current page is printed and the multi-purpose tray becomes the paper source. (HL-1660e/2060/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/S7000DN/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW)

- If # = 5 the current page is printed and the lower cassette becomes the paper source. (HL-1070/1250/1270N/P2500/1660c/2060/2400C/2400Cc/3400CN/1450/1470N/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4050CDW/4070CDW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDW/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L8250CDW/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW /S7000DN/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW)

- If # = 6 if TRAYCOMMAND is LJ3, the current page is printed and the lower cassette becomes the paper source. (HL-1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450/6050/6050D/6050DN/2700CN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4050CDN/4070CDW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/S7000DN/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW)

- If # = 7 the current page is printed and the paper source is auto selected.

- If # = 8 the current page is printed and the lower cassette (Tray 3) becomes the paper source. (HL-3400CN/3450CN/3260N/2460/7050/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/S7000DN/L9300CDW)

- If # = 9 the current page is printed and the lower cassette (Tray 4) becomes the paper source. (HL-3260N/2460/7050/S7000DN)

- If # = 100 the current page is printed and the Tray ID 1 becomes the paper source. (HL-2460/7050/S7000DN)

- If # = 101 the current page is printed and the Tray ID 2 becomes the paper source. (HL-2460/7050/S7000DN)

- If # = 102 the current page is printed and the Tray ID 3 becomes the paper source. (HL-2460/7050/S7000DN)

- If # = 103 the current page is printed and the Tray ID 4 becomes the paper source. (HL-2460/7050/S7000DN)

- If # = 1001 the current page is printed and the paper source is fixed tray.

- If # = 1002 the current page is printed and the paper source is auto selection.

- If # = 1 or # = 2 either paper or envelopes may be fed in, depending on the current page size setting.

- The cursor is positioned at the top left of the text area on the next page.

If PJL TRAYCOMMAND is NORMAL;

HL-1050H

HL-1070

HL-1250/1270N/P2500/1450/1470N/2400C/Ce

HL-3400CN

HL-1660e/2060/1650/1670N

HL-3260N

HL-1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN

HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN

HL-5040/5140

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W/2250DN/2270DW

HL-2460/7050

HL-S7000DN

HL-8050N

HL-2600CN/2700CN

HL-3450CN

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN/4070CDW/4140CN/4150CDW/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

#=0 Eject

←

Eject

←

Eject

←

#=1

Sheet Feeder

Tray 1

←

Tray 1

←

Tray 1

←

#=2

Manual Feed

←

Manual Feed

←

Manual Feed

←

#=3 N/A

←

Envelope

←

Envelope

←

Envelope

←

#=4 N/A Tray 2

←

MP Tray

←

MP Tray

←

N/A

←

MP Tray

←

Tray2

←

MP Tray

←

#=5 N/A Tray 2

←

Tray 2

←

N/A Tray 2

←

N/A Tray 2

#=6 N/A

←

N/A

←

N/A

←

#=7

Auto selection

←

Auto selection

←

Auto selection

←

#=8 N/A

←

Tray 3 N/A

Tray3 N/A

←

Tray3

←

N/A Tray3

N/A

←

#=9 N/A

←

Tray 4 N/A

←

Tray4

←

N/A

←

N/A

←

#=10 N/A

←

#=100 N/A

←

Tray ID 1

←

N/A

←

N/A

←

#=101 N/A

←

Tray ID 2

←

N/A

←

N/A

←

#=102 N/A

←

Tray ID 3

←

N/A

←

N/A

←

#=103 N/A

←

Tray ID 4

←

N/A

←

N/A

←

#=1001 Fixed tray

←

Fixed tray

←

#=1002

Auto selection

←

N/A

←

N/A

←

	HL-3070CW/3075CW/3170CDW	HL-L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW	HL-L9300CDW	HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW	HL-L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW	HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW/L8360CDWT/L9310CDW	HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/L2386DW	HL-L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/B2080DW	HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
#=0	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=1	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=2	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=3	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=4	N/A MP Tray		←	←	←	←	←	N/A	←
#=5	N/A	←	Tray 2	←	←	←	N/A	←	←
#=6	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=7	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=8	←	←	Tray3 N/A	Tray3 Tray	B N/A			←	←
#=9	←	←	←	←	Tray4 Tray	4 N/A		←	←
#=10	←	←	←	←	Tray5 Tray	5 N/A		←	←
#=100	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=101	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=102	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=103	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=1001	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←
#=1002	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←	←

If PJL TRAYCOMMAND is SPECIAL:

HL-1660e/2060/1650/1670N

HL-2400C/Ce

HL-3400CN

HL-3260N

HL-1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN

HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN

HL-5040/5140

HL-2070N/215DN/2170W/2250DN/2270DW

HL-2600CN/2700CN

HL-3450CN

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN/4070CDW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-3070CW/3075CW/3170CDW

HL-S7000DN

HL-L9300CDW

HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW

HL-L2360DN/L2360DW/L23650DW/2560DN/2569DW

HL-L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW

HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW/L8360CDWT/L9310CDW

#=0 Elect

←

Elec1

←

#=1 Tray 1

←

Tray 1

←

#=2

Manual Feed

←

Manual Feed

←

#=3 Envelope

←

Envelope

←

#=4 Tray 2

←

N/A Tray 2

←

N/A Tray 2

←

N/A Tray 2

Tray 2

#=5 Tray 2

←

N/A Tray 2

←

N/A Tray 2

←

N/A Tray 2

Tray 2

#=6 MP Tray Tray 2

←

MP Tray

←

N/A

←

Tray 2

←

MP Tray

←

N/A MPTray

←

#=7

Auto selection

←

Auto selection

←

#=8 N/A

←

Tray 3

←

N/A Tray 3

N/A

←

Tray 3 N/A

←

Tray 3

←

N/A

←

Tray 3 Tray 3

#=9 N/A

←

Tray 4 N/A

←

N/A

←

Tray 4 N/A

←

Tray 4 Tray 4

#=10 N/A

←

Tray 5 Tray 5

#=100 N/A

←

N/A

←

Tray ID 1 N/A

←

#=101 N/A

←

N/A

←

Tray ID 2 N/A

←

#=102 N/A

←

N/A

←

Tray ID 3 N/A

←

#=103 N/A

←

N/A

←

Tray ID 4 N/A

←

#=1001 N/A

←

Fixed tray

←

Fixed tray

←

#=1002 N/A

←

Auto selection

←

N/A

←

N/A

←

Auto selection

N/A

←

# stands for the distance in decipoints (1/720") that the left edge of the logical page is to be moved.

• Values for # may be in the range -32,767 to 32,767.
• The distance specified is relative to the logical page's current position.
- # can be positive or negative. Use a positive number to move the logical page to the right on the physical page, and a negative number to move it to the left.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Paper source - 1

text_image

Positive Negative

4.1.6. Top offset registration

Esc&I#Z (27) (38) (108) #(90) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<5Ah>

# stands for the distance in decipoints (1/720") that the top edge of the logical page is to be moved.

• Values for # may be in the range -32,767 to 32,767.
• The distance specified is relative to the logical page's current position.
- # can be positive or negative. Use a positive number to move the logical page downwards on the physical page, and a negative number to move it upwards.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Top offset registration - 1

text_image

Negative Positive

4.1.7. Simplex/duplex printing

(For HL-1660e/2060/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5150D/5170DN/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4050CDN/4070CDW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW /L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDW/3190CDW/3160CDW)

Esc&I#S (27) (38) (108) # (83) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<53h>

# can be 0, 1, or 2.

= 0 indicates Simplex printing.
# = 1 indicates Duplex - Long edge binding printing.
= 2 indicates Duplex - Short edge binding printing.

- If the optional duplex unit is not installed onto the printer, this mode is set to Simplex mode.

This command setting is not saved in the printer's NV-RAM.

[Long Edge Binding]
BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Simplex/duplex printing - 1

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Simplex/duplex printing - 2

= 0 indicates the next side. If there is a page being processed, the printer finishes the processing of that page. If there are no pages being processed, this command is ignored.
= 1 indicates the front face.
If the currently processing page is an odd page, the printer finishes the processing of that page and attaches a dummy page.
If the odd page has already been processed onto the page and the even page has not been processed yet, only a dummy page is attached.
If the currently processing page is an even page, the printer finishes the processing of the page.
If both an even and odd page have been processed and the next odd page has not been processed yet, this command is ignored.

- # = 2 indicates the back face.

If the currently processing page is an odd page, the printer finishes the processing of the page.

If the odd page has already been processed onto the page and the even page has not been processed yet, this command is ignored.

If the currently processing page is an even page, the printer finishes the processing of the page and attaches a dummy (white) page.

If both an even and odd page have been processed and the next odd page has not been processed yet, only a dummy (white) page is attached.

4.1.9. Job separation command

(For HL-3260N/2460/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/S7000DN)

Esc&1T (27) (38) (108) (49) (84) <1Bh><26h><6Ch><31h><54h>

It is recommended to insert this command at the end of each job.

4.1.10. Reset

EscE (27) (69) <1Bh><45h>

A printer reset restores the user default environment, deletes any temporary fonts and temporary macros.
Any pages that have been transmitted are printed out.
You can also perform a printer reset using the printer's control panel or remote printer console program (see the User Guide).

4.1.11. Reset to factory default settings

EscCRFD (27) (13) (70) (68) <1Bh><0Dh><46h><44h>

This command causes a factory reset to be performed, restoring all the printer's factory default settings. See the section "Factory default environment" for a list of the factory default settings.
You can also perform a factory reset using the printer's control panel or remote printer console program (see the User Guide).

4.1.12. Reset to user settings

EscCR!#R (27) (13) (33) # (82) <1Bh><0Dh><21h>#<52h>

can be 0, 1 or 2.
0 indicates the current settings are restored. Unlike the Esc E reset command, the Esc CR!0R command resets the input buffer.
1 indicates the user settings 1 are restored, if the printer supports multi user settings.
2 indicates the user settings 2 are restored, if the printer supports multi user settings (Except for HL-7050).
Depending on the model, you may be able to lock the control panel settings ("SETTING LOCK=ON"). In that case, parameters 1 and 2 are ignored.

4.1.13. Printer self test

Escz (27) (122) <1Bh><7Ah>

A printer self test causes a test sheet to be printed out to show that the machine is working properly. Depending on the model, you may also see the test pattern for HRC setting.

4.1.14. Exit current emulation mode

Esc%-12345X (27) (37) (45) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (88) <1Bh><25h><2Dh><31h><32h><33h><34h><35h><58h>

When the printer receives this command, all page data already received is printed out.
• All settings are reset to the user settings.
Exits the current emulation mode.

PR2000070

4.1.15. Change emulation mode

EscCRGL (27) (13) (71) (76) <1Bh><0Dh><47h><4Ch>

This command changes the emulation mode to HP-GL mode.

EscCRAB (27) (13) (65) (66) <1Bh><0Dh><41h><42h>

This command changes the emulation mode to BR-Script Batch mode.

EscCRAI (27) (13) (65) (73) <1Bh><0Dh><41h><49h>

This command changes the emulation mode to BR-Script Interactive mode.

EscCRI (27) (13) (73) <1Bh><0Dh><49h>

This command changes the emulation mode to IBM Proprinter XL mode.

EscCRE (27) (13) (69) <1Bh><0Dh><45h>

This command changes the emulation mode to Epson FX-850 mode.

Depending on the model, you can also switch between emulation modes using the printer's control panel (see the User Guide).

Emulations available for each model are listed below.

	PCL HP	GL BR-Script2	BR-Script3		Epson FX-850	IBM Proprinter XL
HL-1050	√				√	√
HL-1070	√		√		√	√
HL-1250	√				√	√
HL-1270N	√		√		√	√
HL-P2500	√
HL-1660e	√	√	√		√	√
HL-2060	√	√	√		√	√
HL-2400C	√	√	√		√	√
HL-2400Ce	√	√	√		√	√
HL-3400CN	√	√	√		√	√
HL-1650/1670N	√		√	√	√
HL-3260N	√	√		√	√	√
HL-2460	√	√		√	√	√
HL-1450	√				√	√
HL-1470N	√		√		√	√
HL-7050	√	√		√	√	√
HL-1850/1870N	√		√	√	√
HL-5040/5140	√
HL-2070N/	√				√	√
HL-5050/5070N/ 5150D/5170DN	√		√	√	√
HL-2600CN	√	√		√	√	√
HL-3450CN	√	√		√	√	√
HL-6050/6050D/ 6050DN	√		√	√	√
HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW	√		√	√	√
HL-8050N	√	√		√	√	√
HL-2700CN	√	√		√	√	√
HL-4040CN	√
HL-4050CDN /4070CDW	√			√
HL-2150N/2170W	√
HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN	√		√	√	√
HL-3070CW/3075CW	√			√
HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW	√			√
HL-2250DN/2270DW	√
HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW	√		√	√	√
HL-S7000DN	√			√
HL-3170CDW	√			√
HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/ L9300CDW	√			√
HL-L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW	√
HL-L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW	√		√	√	√
HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW/L8360CDWT/L9310CDW	√			√
HL-L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW	√
HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW	√			√
HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW	√			√

4.2. The Page

4.2.1. Physical page

The physical page refers to the size of the paper or envelope currently in use: A4, Letter, B5, JIS B5, Legal and Executive are the permitted paper sizes: Monarch, COM-10, International DL and International C5 are the allowable envelope sizes.

4.2.2. Printable area

The printable area is a rectangular area of the physical page on which the printer can print. Its edges are approximately 1/6" in from the edges of the physical page, please refer to the printer User Guide for the exact measurement for each model.

4.2.3. Logical page

The logical page is the area of the physical page where the cursor can be positioned. (Although the printer does not really have a cursor, we refer to the position on the page from which the printing of a character or graphic starts as the cursor position). You can alter the size of the logical page using the left offset registration and top offset registration commands. The logical page is also called the PCL (printer control language) addressable area.

4.2.4. Text area

The text area is the area of the physical page on which text can be printed, and is determined by the left, right and top margin settings, the text length and whether the perforation skip facility is on or off. All these settings can be made either from the printer's control panel (see the User Guide) or using PCL commands.

4.2.5. HP-GL/2 graphics window

The HP-GL/2 graphics window is the area of the physical page on which images can be printed using HP-GL/2 commands. This is described in the HP-GL/2 section of this manual. The default graphics window is bound by the left and right edges of the logical page and horizontal boundaries half an inch below the top and above the bottom of the logical page.

4.2.6. Portrait page dimensions

(DEFAULT VALUES)
BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Portrait page dimensions - 1

text_image

Physical page Printable area Logical page Default HP-GL/2 picture frame B Physical page length D Maximum logical page length F Distance from edge of physical page to edge of logical page

PAPER SIZE A B	C D	E F G H
LETTER	2550		3300		2400		3300
LEGAL	2550		4200		2400			4200
EXECUTIVE	2175	3150	2025	3150	75	0	50	150
A4	2480	3507		2338				3507
B5	2078	2952		1936				2952
JIS B5	2149	3035	2007	3035	71	0	50	150
B6	1476	2078		1334				2078
JIS B6	1511	2149	1369	2149	71	0	50	150
A5	1748	2480		1606				2480
A6	1240	1748		1098				1748
A4 80 character	2480	3507	2400	3507	40	0	50	150
A4 long	2480	4783	2338	4783	71	0	50	150
COM-10	1237	2850		1087		2850
MONARCH	1162	2250	1012	2250	75	0	50	150
C5	1913	2704		1771				2704
DL	1299	2598		157				2598
DL Long Edge	2598	1299	2450	1299	74	0	50	150
FOLIO	2550	3900		2400			3900
ORGANIZER J	825	1500	675	1500	75	0	50	150
ORGANIZER K	1125	2025	975	2025	75	0	50	150
ORGANIZER L	1650	2550	1500	2550	75	0	50	150
ORGANIZER M	2550	3300	2400	3300	75	0	50	150
3X5	900	1500	750	1500	75	0	50	150
A3	3507	4960		3365				4960
13"X19"	3900		5700		3750		5700
B4	2952	4156		2810				4156
JIS B4	3035	4298	2893	4298	71	0	50	150
Lcdger	3300	5100		3150			5100

75	0
75		0
	71
	71
	71
	71
	71
	0	50
	71
	71
75	0

	71
75	0	50
	71
75	0	50

POSTCARD	1181	1748		1039		1748	71
Envelop #4 1240	2776 10	98 2776	71 0 50	150
Envelop MAX 141	7 2776	1275 27	76 71 0	50 150
A5 Long Edge 248	0 1748	2338 17	48 71 0	50 150
A4 Short 2480 31	89 2338	3189 71	0 50 150
16K(197x273mm)	2325	3225	2175	3225	75	0	50	150
16K(195x270mm)	2303	3189	2161	3189	71	0	50	150
16K(184x260mm)	2173	3070	2031	3070	71	0	50	150
Mexican Legal 25	50 4014	2400 40	14 75 0	50 150
India Legal 2539	4074 23	97 4074	71 0 50	150

All measurements are in 1/300" units

4.2.7. Landscape page dimensions

(DEFAULT VALUES)
BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Landscape page dimensions - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["A"] --> B["C"]
    B --> C["G"]
    C --> D["H"]
    D --> E["E"]
    E --> F["F"]
    F --> G["D"]
    G --> H["B"]
    H --> I["G"]
    I --> J["E"]
    J --> K["F"]
    K --> L["D"]
    L --> M["B"]
    M --> N["E"]
    N --> O["F"]
    O --> P["H"]
    P --> Q["G"]
    Q --> R["E"]
    R --> S["F"]

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Landscape page dimensions - 2

Physical page

Printable area

Logical page

Default HP-GL/2 picture frame

B D F

Physical page length

Maximum logical page length

Distance from edge of physical page to edge of logical page

PAPER SIZE A B	C D	E F G H
LETTER	3300		2550		3180		2550
LEGAL	4200		2550		4080			2550
EXECUTIVE	3150	2175	3030	2175	60	0	50	150
A4	3507	2480		3389				2480
B5	2952	2078		2834				2078
JIS B5	3035	2149	2917	2149	59	0	50	150
B6	2078	1476		1960				1476
JIS B6	2149	1511	2031	1511	59	0	50	150
A5	2480	1748		2362				1748
A6	1754	1240		1636				1240
A4 long	4783	2480	4665	2480	59	0	50	150
COM-10	2850	1237		2730		1237
MONARCH	2250	1162	2130	1162	60	0	50	150
C5	2704	1913		2586				1913
DL	2598	1299		2480				1299
DL Long Edge	1299	2598	1151	2598	60	0	74	150
FOLIO	3900	2550		3780			2550
ORGANIZER J	1500	825	1380	825	60	0	50	150
ORGANIZER K	2025	1125	1905	1125	60	0	50	150
ORGANIZER L	2550	1650	2430	1650	60	0	50	150
ORGANIZER M	3300	2550	3180	2550	60	0	50	150
3X5	1500	900	1380	900	60	0	50	150
A3	4960	3507		4842				3507
13"X19"	5700		3900		5580		3900
B4	4156	2952		4038				2952
JIS B4	4298	3035	4180	3035	59	0	50	150
Ledger	5100	3300		4980			3300
POSTCARD	1748	1181	1630	1181	59	0	50	150
Envelop #4	2776	1240	2658	1240	59	0	50	150

60	0
60		0
	59
	59
	59
	59
	59
	0	50
	59
	59
60	0
	59
	59
	59
60	0	50
	59
	59
60	0	50

Envelop MAX 277	6 1417	2658 14	17 59 0	50 150
A5 Long Edge 174	8 2480	1630 24	80 59 0	50 150
A4 Short 3189 24	80 3071	2480 59	0 50 1	50
16K(197x273mm)	3225	2325	3105	2325	60	0	50	150
16K(195x270mm)	3189	2303	3071	2303	59	0	50	150
16K(184x260mm)	3070	2173	2952	2173	59	0	50	150
Mexican Legal 40	4 2550	3894 25	50 60 0	50 150
India Llegal 4074	2539 39	56 2539	59 0 50	150

All measurements are in 1/300" units

4.2.8. Coordinates

The printer control language coordinate system has its origin at the intersection of the left edge of the logical page and the top margin. The x-coordinate value of the current cursor position increases as the cursor moves from left to right, the y-coordinate value increases as the cursor moves down the page. The cursor can be explicitly positioned anywhere on the current logical page using the PCL coordinate system. In addition, the cursor's coordinate position will change as text and graphics are printed.

4.2.9. Units

You can specify cursor movement within the PCL coordinate system using one of three different unit systems.

Decipoints

A decipoint is one-tenth of a typographic point measurement = 1/720".

Rows and columns

Using the horizontal motion index (HMI) (Esc&k#H) and vertical motion index (VMI)(Esc&l#C) commands you can set the width of a column and the height of a row. You can then use the column width and row height as the units of the coordinate system. The line-spacing command is an alternative to the VMI command.

Units

The unit of measurement used must be defined by the unit of measure command as described in 4.2.10.

4.2.10. Unit of measure

Esc&u#D (27) (38) (117) #(68) <1Bh><26h><75h>#<44h>

value can be 96, 100, 120, 144, 150, 160, 180, 200, 225, 240, 288, 300, 360, 400, 450, 480, 600, 720, 800, 900, 1200, 1440, 1800, 2400, 3600, 7200.
stands for the unit of measurement in dots per inch.
The value set by this command is used as the unit setting for use by other setting commands such as ESC*p#X.
• The default value of # is 300.

Example)

Esc&u300D Esc*p+100x+200Y

move cursor 100/300 inch right and 200/300 inch down.

Esc&u600D Esc*p+100x+200Y

move cursor 100/600 inch right and 200/600 inch down.

4.2.11. Setting the left and right margins

Esc&a#L (27) (38) (97) # (76) <1Bh><26h><61h>#<4Ch>

# stands for the distance between the left edge of the logical page and the left margin in columns.

Esc&a#M (27) (38) (97) #(77) <1Bh><26h><61h>#<4Dh>

# stands for the distance between the left edge of the logical page and the right margin in columns.

The column width is as defined by the HMI. If you subsequently change the HMI, the margin positions that you have set do not change - that is, when you specify margin positions they remain fixed physically until you specify new ones or reset them to default values.
You cannot specify a value for the left margin that is greater than the value of the current right margin.
If the current cursor position is to the left of your new left margin setting, the cursor will be moved to the new left margin.
You cannot set the right margin further right than the right edge of the logical page.
If the current cursor position is to the right of your new right margin setting, the cursor will be moved to the new right margin.
The factory default left and right margin settings are at the left and right edges of the logical page respectively.
Depending on your model, margin settings can be made from the printer's control panel (see the User Guide).

10 REM ***** SET AND CLEAR SIDE MARGINS *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
40 REM --- END OF LINE WRAP ON ---
50 LPRINT ESC$+"&s0C";
60 REM --- LEFT MARGIN SET TO 10 COLUMNS ----
70 LPRINT ESC$+"&a10L";
80 REM --- RIGHT MARGIN SET TO 70 COLUMNS ----
90 LPRINT ESC$+"&a70M";
100 REM --- PRINT "0123456789" 10 TIMES
110 FOR I=1 TO 10
120 LPRINT "0123456789";
130 NEXT
140 LPRINT
150 REM --- CLEAR SIDE MARGIN ----
160 LPRINT ESC$+"9";
170 REM --- PRINT "0123456789" 10 TIMES
180 FOR I=1 TO 10
190 LPRINT "0123456789";
200 NEXT
210 REM --- PAPER EJECT ----
220 LPRINT CHR$(12);
230 END

4.2.12. Resetting the horizontal margins

Esc9 (27) (39) <1Bh><39h>

This command resets the left and right margins to the left and right edges of the logical page respectively.

4.2.13. Setting the top margin

Esc&I#E (27) (38) (108) # (69) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<45h>

# stands for the distance between the top of the logical page and the top margin in rows.

The row height is as defined by the VMI. If you subsequently change the VMI (or the line spacing) the top margin position that you have set does not change - that is, when you specify the top margin position it remains fixed physically until you specify a new one or reset it to a default value.
The top margin command is ignored if you try to set a margin greater than the current length of the logical page.
The top margin command is ignored if the current VMI is 0.
The factory default top margin setting is half an inch below the top of the logical page.
Depending on your model, the top margin can be set from the printer's control panel (see the User Guide).

10 REM ***** SET TOP MARGIN TO 10 LINES *****
20 REM
30 ESC=CHR(27)
40 LPRINT ESC$+"&l10E";
50 LPRINT "10 LINES "
60 LPRINT CHR$(12);
70 END

4.2.14. Setting the vertical motion index (VMI)

Esc&I#C (27) (38) (108) #(67) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<43h>

# stands for the height of one row in 1/48".

can have any value in the range 0-32767.
The distance specified by the VMI is the vertical distance moved down the page when the printer performs a line feed. The VMI is also sometimes referred to as the line pitch.
If you try to set a VMI that is greater than the current length of the logical page the command is ignored.
Changing the VMI setting does not affect the position of the top margin.
The factory default setting is 8 - that is, the printer will print six lines of text per inch.
Depending on your model, you can change the number of lines per page setting from the printer's control panel or remote printer console. If you change its setting, the VMI will change automatically.

10 REM ***** SETTING THE LINE PITCH *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 REM
40 REM --- SET LINE PITCH TO 1/48 INCH ---
50 LPRINT ESC$+"&l1C";
60 FOR I=1 TO 10
70 LPRINT "I can't read."
80 NEXT
90 LPRINT ESC$+"&l8C";
100 LPRINT
110 LPRINT
120 REM --- SET LINE PITCH TO 1/12 INCH ---
130 LPRINT ESC$+"&l4C";
140 LPRINT "line pitch is 1/12 inch"
150 REM --- SET LINE PITCH TO 1/8 INCH ---
160 LPRINT ESC$+"&l6C";
170 LPRINT "line pitch is 1/8 inch"
180 REM --- SET LINE PITCH TO 1/6 INCH ---
190 LPRINT ESC$+"&l8C";
200 LPRINT "line pitch is 1/6 inch"
210 REM --- SET LINE PITCH TO 1/4 INCH ---
220 LPRINT ESC$+"&l12C";
230 LPRINT "line pitch is 1/4 inch"
240 LPRINT "line pitch is 1/4 inch"
250 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
260 LPRINT CHR$(12);
270 END

<Sample file 1>

4.2.15. Setting the horizontal motion index (HMI)

Esc&k#H (27) (38) (107) # (72) <1Bh><26h><6Bh>#<48h>

# stands for the width of one column in 1/120".

can have any value in the range 0-32767 and can have up to four decimal places.
If you are using a fixed space font the HMI is the horizontal distance moved across the page when the printer prints one character.
If you are using a proportionally spaced font the HMI is the horizontal distance moved across the page when the printer receives a space control code < 20h .
If any font characteristics are changed, or a Select Primary Font or Select Secondary Font control code is sent to the printer, the HMI is set to correspond to the default pitch value of the newly selected font.
Changing the HMI setting does not affect the positions of the left and right margins.
The factory default setting is 12 - that is, the printer will print ten characters of fixed pitch text per inch.

10 REM ***** SETTING THE CHARACTER PITCH *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 REM --- DEFAULT IS 10 CPI PITCH ---
40 LPRINT "10 PITCH "
50 REM --- SET 5 CPI PITCH ---
60 LPRINT ESC$+"&k24H";
70 LPRINT "AAA"
80 REM --- SET 6 CPI PITCH ---
90 LPRINT ESC$+"&k20H";
100 LPRINT "AAA"
110 REM --- SET 8 CPI PITCH ---
120 LPRINT ESC$+"&k15H";
130 LPRINT "AAA"
140 REM --- SET 10 CPI PITCH ---
150 LPRINT ESC$+"&k12H";
160 LPRINT "AAA"
170 REM --- SET 12 CPI PITCH ---
180 LPRINT ESC$+"&k12H";
190 LPRINT "AAA"
200 REM --- SET 0 CPI PITCH ---
210 LPRINT ESC$+"&kH";
220 LPRINT "I CAN'T READ"
230 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
240 LPRINT CHR$(12);
250 END

<Sample file 2>

4.2.16. Setting line spacing

Esc&I#D (27) (38) (108) # (68) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<44h>

# stands for the number of lines to be printed per inch.

can have any of the following values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24 or 48.
This command performs the same function as the VMI command.
Changing the line spacing setting does not affect the position of the top margin.
The factory default setting is 6 - that is, the printer will print six lines of text per inch.
Depending on your printer model, the number of lines per page can also be set from the printer's control panel or remote printer console (see the User Guide).

4.2.17. Text length

Esc&I#F (27) (38) (108) # (70) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<46h>

# stands for the number of lines of text (at the current VMI) to be printed on each page.

Values for # should be within the value (Logical Page length-Top margin).
Text is printed from the top margin downwards.
If you specify a value that would cause the text area to extend beyond the end of the logical page, the command is ignored.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Text length - 1

text_image

Top margin Text length Page length Bottom margin

4.2.18. Page length

Esc&1#P (27) (38) (108) #(80) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<50h>

# stands for the length of the logical page in lines (at the current VMI).

If you specify a page length greater than is allowed by the physical size of the paper in the currently installed paper tray, a control panel message prompts you to load paper of the appropriate size.
When the printer receives this command any unprinted pages are printed and the left, right and top margins and the text length are set to their user defaults.
If you specify a page length greater than is allowed by any of the supported paper sizes, the command is ignored.
If the current VMI is 0 the command is ignored.
For the USA, the factory default page size is letter, for which the default page length is 66 lines (11 inches at 6 lines per inch). For Europe, the factory default page size is A4, for which the default page length is 70 lines (11.6 inches at 6 lines per inch). The default lengths for other paper sizes are: Legal - 84 lines, Executive - 63 lines (all at 6 lines per inch).
Depending on your printer model, you can also set the page length from the printer's control panel or remote printer console by setting LINES to the required number of lines per page in the PAGE FORMAT mode (see the User Guide).

10 REM ***** SETTING THE PAGE LENGTH TO 66 LINES *****

20 REM
30 ESC\=CHR\(27)
40 LPRINT ESC\$+"&166P";
50 FOR I=1 TO 67
60 LPRINT STR\$(I)
70 NEXT
80 LPRINT CHR\$(12);
90 END

4.2.19. Perforation skip

You can set the printer to flow text from one page to the next when it encounters a line feed (or half line feed) that would otherwise move the cursor position to below the bottom of the text area. When perforation skip is enabled the cursor is automatically moved to the top left hand corner of the text area on the next page and printing continues.

Esc&l#L (27) (38) (108) # (76) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<4Ch>

# is either 0 or 1.

= 0 turns the perforation skip feature off.
= 1 turns the perforation skip feature on.
• The factory default mode is perforation skip on.
Whenever the perforation skip mode is changed, the top margin and page length values are reset to their default values.

4.2.20. Positioning the cursor

You can position the cursor anywhere on the logical page. In addition, the cursor position is automatically changed when text or graphics are printed. You can either position the cursor using absolute PCL coordinate values or position it relative to the current cursor position, using dots, decipoints or rows and columns as units. In case of using dots, the units value is defined by the ESC & u # d command. The commands for positioning the cursor are listed below.

4.2.21. Vertical positioning

Vertical cursor positioning - rows

Esc&a#R (27) (38) (97) # (82) <1Bh><26h><61h>#<52h>

# = number of rows

A plus or minus sign preceding the number of rows parameter indicates that the cursor is to be positioned relative to its current position. A signed positive parameter value signifies that the cursor is to be repositioned vertically downwards on the page, a negative value means that it will be moved upwards.
An unsigned number as the parameter signifies that the vertical repositioning is absolute - the cursor will be repositioned the specified number of rows below the top margin, the PCL coordinate system's x-axis.
The parameter value can have up to two decimal places.
The cursor's horizontal position remains unchanged.
If you attempt to move the cursor to a position that is outside the boundaries of the logical page, the cursor will be positioned at either the top or bottom of the logical page as appropriate.

Vertical cursor positioning - units

Esc*p#Y (27) (42) (112) #(89) <1Bh><2Ah><70h>#<79h>

# = number of units

Units value is defined by the Esc & u # D command.
A plus or minus sign preceding the number of dots parameter indicates that the cursor is to be positioned relative to its current position. A signed positive parameter value signifies that the cursor is to be repositioned vertically downwards on the page, a negative value means that it will be moved upwards.
An unsigned number as the parameter signifies that the vertical repositioning is absolute - the cursor will be repositioned the specified number of dots below the top margin, the PCL coordinate system's x-axis.
The cursor's horizontal position remains unchanged.
If you attempt to move the cursor to a position that is outside the boundaries of the logical page, the cursor will be positioned at either the top or bottom of the logical page as appropriate.

Vertical cursor positioning - decipoints

Esc&a#V (27) (38) (97) #(86) <1Bh><26h><61h>#<56h>

# = number of decipoints in 1/720"

A plus or minus sign preceding the number of decipoints parameter indicates that the cursor is to be positioned relative to its current position. A signed positive parameter value signifies that the cursor is to be repositioned vertically downwards on the page, a negative value means that it will be moved upwards.
An unsigned number as the parameter signifies that the vertical repositioning is absolute - the cursor will be repositioned the specified number of decipoints below the top margin, the PCL coordinate system's x-axis.
The cursor's horizontal position remains unchanged.
If you attempt to move the cursor to a position that is outside the boundaries of the logical page, the cursor will be positioned at either the top or bottom of the logical page as appropriate.

4.2.22. Horizontal position

Horizontal cursor positioning - columns

Esc&a#C (27) (38) (97) #(67) <1Bh><26h><61h>#<43h>

# = number of columns

A plus or minus sign preceding the number of columns parameter indicates that the cursor is to be positioned relative to its current position. A signed positive parameter value signifies that the cursor is to be repositioned to the right on the page, a negative value means that it will be moved to the left.
An unsigned number as the parameter signifies that the horizontal repositioning is absolute - the cursor will be repositioned the specified number of columns to the right of the left edge of the logical page, the PCL coordinate system's y-axis.
The parameter value can have up to two decimal places.
The cursor's vertical position remains unchanged.
If you attempt to move the cursor to a position that is outside the boundaries of the logical page, the cursor will be positioned at either the left or right edge of the logical page as appropriate.

10 REM ***** HORIZONTAL CURSOR POSITIONING *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 REM
40 REM --- POSITIONING CURSOR AT COLUMN 10 ---
50 LPRINT ESC$+"&a10C";
60 LPRINT "A";
70 REM --- MOVING CURSOR 5 COLUMNS TO THE LEFT ---
80 LPRINT ESC$+"&a-5C";
90 LPRINT "B";
100 REM --- MOVING CURSOR 10 COLUMNS TO THE RIGHT ---
110 LPRINT ESC$+"&a+10C";
120 LPRINT "C";
130 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
140 LPRINT CHR$(12);
150 END

<Sample file 3>

Horizontal cursor positioning - units

Esc*p#X (27) (42) (112) #(88) <1Bh><2Ah><70h>#<58h>

# = number of units

• The Units value is defined by the Esc & u # D command.

- A plus or minus sign preceding the number of dots parameter indicates that the cursor is to be positioned relative to its current position. A signed positive parameter value signifies that the cursor is to be repositioned to the right on the page, a negative value means that it will be moved to the left.

- An unsigned number as the parameter signifies that the horizontal repositioning is absolute - the cursor will be repositioned the specified number of dots to the right of the left edge of the logical page, the PCL coordinate system's y-axis.

- The cursor's vertical position remains unchanged.

- If you attempt to move the cursor to a position that is outside the boundaries of the logical page, the cursor will be positioned at either the left or right edge of the logical page as appropriate.

10 REM ***** HORIZONTAL CURSOR POSITIONING *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 REM
40 REM --- POSITIONING CURSOR AT 1 INCH ---
50 LPRINT ESC$+"*p300X";
60 LPRINT "A";
70 REM --- MOVING CURSOR 0.5 INCHES TO THE LEFT ---
80 LPRINT ESC$+"*p-150X";
90 LPRINT "B";

100 REM --- MOVING CURSOR 1 INCH TO THE RIGHT ---
110 LPRINT ESC$+"*p+300X";
120 LPRINT "C";
130 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
140 LPRINT CHR$(12);
150 END
<Sample file 4>

Horizontal cursor positioning - decipoints

Esc&a#H (27) (38) (97) #(72) <1Bh><26h><61h>#<48h>

# = number of decipoints 1/720"

A plus or minus sign preceding the number of decipoints parameter indicates that the cursor is to be positioned relative to its current position. A signed positive parameter value signifies that the cursor is to be repositioned to the right on the page, a negative value means that it will be moved to the left.
An unsigned number as the parameter signifies that the horizontal repositioning is absolute - the cursor will be repositioned the specified number of decipoints to the right of the left edge of the logical page, the PCL coordinate system's y-axis.
The cursor's vertical position remains unchanged.
If you attempt to move the cursor to a position that is outside the boundaries of the logical page, the cursor will be positioned at either the left or right edge of the logical page as appropriate.

10 REM ***** HORIZONTAL CURSOR POSITIONING *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 REM
40 REM --- POSITIONING CURSOR AT 1 INCH ---
50 LPRINT ESC$+"&a720H";
60 LPRINT "A";
70 REM --- MOVING CURSOR 0.5 INCHES TO THE LEFT ---
80 LPRINT ESC$+"&a-360H";
90 LPRINT "B";
100 REM --- MOVING CURSOR 1 INCH TO THE RIGHT ---
110 LPRINT ESC$+"&a+720H";
120 LPRINT "C";
130 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
140 LPRINT CHR$(12);
150 END

<Sample file 5>

4.2.23. Positioning the cursor using control codes

The carriage return, space, horizontal tab and backspace control codes can also be used to reposition the cursor using the current VMI and HMI settings.

4.2.24. Using the cursor position stack

You can save and retrieve up to 20 cursor positions using the cursor position stack.

Esc&f#S (27) (38) (102) #(115) <1Bh><26h><66h>#<73h>

# = 0 or 1

Setting # to 0 stores the current cursor position on the stack.
Setting # to 1 retrieves the cursor position currently on the top of the stack and makes it the current cursor position.
Resetting the printer deletes all the positions from the stack.

4.2.25. Half line feed

$$ \text { Esc } = (2 7) (6 1) < 1 \mathrm{Bh} > < 3 \mathrm{Dh} > $$

This command moves the cursor down half a row as defined by the last VMI or line spacing command (Esc&l#C).

4.2.26. Logical page orientation

Esc&I#O (27) (38) (108) # (79) <1Bh><26h><6Ch>#<4Fh>

# = 0, 1, 2 or 3

• This command sets the orientation of the logical page relative to the physical page.
- Values of # produce orientations as follows: 0 = portrait, 1 = landscape, 2 = reverse portrait and 3 = reverse landscape.
- Sending this command to the printer causes the page length, text length, top, left and right margins to be set to their user default values. Any previously transmitted data is printed out and the cursor is positioned at the top left hand corner of the text area on the next page.
- Portrait or Landscape orientation can also be selected from the printer's control panel.
• The factory default orientation is portrait.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Logical page orientation - 1

text_image

(0,0) X "TEXT" Y Top margin Physical page Logical page X (0,0) Y Portrait # = 0 Landscape # = 1

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Logical page orientation - 2

text_image

Physical page Logical page Top margin "EXT" (0,0) Y X Reverse portrait # = 2 Y (0,0) TEXT X Reverse landscape # = 3

4.2.27. Text direction

Esc&a#P (27) (38) (97) #(80) <1Bh><26h><61h>#<50h>

# = 0, 90, 180 or 270.

This command changes the orientation of the logical page relative to the physical page, but without the side effects of the logical page orientation command. Hence you can print text in different directions on the same page.
Values of # have the following effects: 0 = portrait, 90 = landscape, 180 = reverse portrait and 270 = reverse landscape. The value specifies the angle through which the text direction is rotated counterclockwise.
• The cursor position remains at the same physical page position.
All subsequent text is printed in the newly selected orientation.
The PCL coordinate system and margin settings are rotated through the specified angle. Hence the cursor coordinates will change.
HP-GL/2 graphics images cannot be rotated using this command.
The factory default orientation is portrait.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 REM --- PRINTER RESET ---
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 REM --- MOVING CURSOR TO X=500, Y=500 ---
50 LPRINT CHR$(27); "*p500X";
60 LPRINT CHR$(27); "*p500Y";
70 REM --- 0 deg ---
80 LPRINT CHR$(27); "&a0P";
90 LPRINT "BROTHER ";
100 REM --- 90 deg ---
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "&a90P";
120 LPRINT "BROTHER ";
130 REM --- 180 deg ---
140 LPRINT CHR$(27); "&a180P";
150 LPRINT "BROTHER ";
160 REM --- 270 deg ---
170 LPRINT CHR$(27); "&a270P";
180 LPRINT "BROTHER ";
190 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
200 LPRINT CHR$(12)
210 END

5. USING FONTS

5.1. Introduction

A font is a collection of characters that have common characteristics, such as size, style and typeface, and which ranges over a given set of symbols. For example, 12 point Tennessee Bold in the Roman-8 symbol set is a typical HL Series font. Different sorts of fonts are used to create various typographic effects. Traditionally, large point size sans serif typeface fonts, like Helsinki and Utah are used for document headlines while smaller fonts with serif typefaces, like Tennessee and Portugal are used for body text. In LaserJet mode you can have access to a large range of fonts that are already built in to the printer's ROM, plus the facility for downloading more fonts from a personal computer or plugging in font cards/cartridges or the storage device. When you select a font for printing you will specify a number of characteristics which identify the font you require. The laser / ink printer does its best to print using the font you specified, but if amongst all its available fonts it does not have the exact one that you specified, it will compromise and give you what it regards as the closest available font. Sometimes the results will not be what you expected and you should exercise care in selecting fonts for printing. In most instances the selection of a font will be handled automatically from your word processing software or other applications package. In these cases you need only ensure that the correct font is available (that is, as a standard font in the ROM, on cartridge/card or downloaded) and the application will do the rest. You do not need to concern yourself with sending any escape sequences.

As well as using software commands you can also select fonts using the printer's control panel. Consult the printer User Guide for details.

5.1.1. Font types

There are two types of fonts supported by the HL Series printers in LaserJet mode - bitmap fonts and scalable fonts.

5.1.2. Bitmap fonts

The characters which make up a bitmap font are raster bit images of the relevant symbols. When text is printed using the font it is nearly always monospaced and when you select the font you specify it by its typeface, pitch (the number of characters printed per inch), height (point size) and symbol set.

5.1.3. Scalable fonts

The printer has many scalable fonts available as standard. The following table shows scalable fonts available for models HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660c/2060/2400C/2400Cc/3400CN/1650/1670N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2150N/2170W/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3070CW/3075CW/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW/S7000DN/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW. (For the other models' resident fonts, please see the printer User's Guide.)

Intellifont Compatible Fonts:

		HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3070CW/3075CW/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
Alaska Medium, Extra Bold		√
Antique Oakland Medium, Oblique, Bold		√
PcBrussels Light, Light italic, Demi, Demi italic		√
Oklahoma Medium, Oblique, Bold, BoldOblique		√
Cleveland Condensed		√
Connecticut		√
Brougham Medium, Oblique, Bold, Bold oblique		√
Guatemala Antique, Italic, Bold, Bold italic		√
LetterGothic Medium, Oblique, Bold		√
Maryland		√
PcTennessee Roman, Italic, Bold, Bold italic		√
Utah Medium, Oblique, Bold, BoldOblique		√
Utah Condensed Medium, Oblique, Bold, Bold oblique		√

Microsoft Windows 3.1 TrueType Compatible Fonts:

		HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3070CW/3075CW/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
Tennessee Roman, Italic, Bold, Bold Italic		√
Helsinki Medium, Oblique, Bold, BoldOblique		√
BR Symbol		√
W Dingbats		√

BR-Script Fonts:

		HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN3070CW/3075CW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
Atlanta Book, BookOblique, Demi,DemiOblique		√
Copenhagen Roman, Italic, Bold, Bold italic		√
Portugal Roman, Italic, Bold, Bold italic		√
Calgary	MediumItalic	√

Brother Original Fonts:

	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3070CW/3075CW/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDWL9300CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
Bermuda Script	√
German	√
US Roman	√
San Diego	√

You can select a font in any of these typefaces, specifying height (point size) and symbol set. Characters printed in scalable fonts are always proportionally spaced - that is, the spacing between characters on a line depends on their shapes. To add to the number of fonts available, you can buy scalable typeface cartridges/cards which you can insert into the printer's cartridge/card slots and scalable typeface disks from which you can copy the typefaces into the printer's memory. You can also create your own downloadable scalable typefaces, using software commands.

5.1.4. Bound fonts

Bound fonts are fonts which have only a single symbol set.

5.1.5. Unbound fonts

Unbound fonts are fonts which have a large amount of symbols selected from a complementary symbol index (intellifont) or unicode symbol index (TrueType).

5.1.6. Font sources

Depending on your printer model, fonts available to the printer can be in one of three places, either in the printer's ROM as supplied from the factory, on a cartridge/card, on the storage device, or in the printer's RAM. RAM fonts are downloaded from a personal computer.

5.1.7. Internal fonts

The printer comes with some bitmap fonts contained in its ROM and many scalable typefaces which can be used to create scalable fonts.

5.1.8. Card/cartridge fonts

You can buy cartridge/card -based bitmap fonts and scalable typefaces. Plug the cartridge/card into one of the printer's cartridge/card slots and then select any font from them as if it were in the printer's ROM. Depending on your model, you can also save bitmap fonts and scalable typeface in the flash ROM memory, installed optional storage device and you can use any of these as if they were a font card.

5.1.9. Downloadable fonts

You can buy diskettes containing fonts which can be copied directly to the printer using the DOS COPY command. You can also design your own fonts and download them to the printer.

One disadvantage of downloaded fonts is that they reside in the printer's RAM memory. The printer also uses this memory for composing the text and graphic output that it prints on the page. If the memory contains too many fonts the printer may run out of memory. Since downloaded fonts are stored in the printer's RAM they are lost when the printer is switched off, and you must download them again before you can use them.

5.1.10. Primary and secondary fonts

The printer maintains two sets of font characteristics which define its primary and secondary fonts. The primary font is the one it will use by default, the secondary font can be selected instead. This facility enables you to have two parallel font definitions that you can switch between easily without invoking long escape sequences. You can select the primary and secondary fonts using PCL commands.

Depending on your model, you can also set any available fonts to be the printer's user default primary and secondary fonts using the printer's control panel. Refer to the User Guide for instructions on how to do this.

The factory default settings for both primary and secondary fonts are Brougham 12 point, 10 cpi Roman 8.

5.1.11. Specifying the primary font

When you specify primary font characteristics you send escape codes with '(' as the second character of the sequence. This tells the printer that the font characteristic you are specifying applies to the primary font.

5.1.12. Specifying the secondary font

When you specify secondary font characteristics you send escape codes with ')' as the second character of the sequence. This tells the printer that the font characteristic you are specifying applies to the secondary font.

5.1.13. Selecting the default fonts

To set the primary font settings to those of the printers default font and discard all the software settings you have made in the meantime, send the printer the following escape sequence:

Esc (3@

(27) (40) (51) (64)

<1Bh><28h><33h><40h>

To set the secondary font settings to those of the printers default font send:

Esc) 3@

(27) (41) (51) (64)

<1Bh><29h><33h><40h>

5.1.14. Switching between the primary and secondary fonts

To select the primary font as the font for printing send the printer the SI control code:

(15)

(OF)

To select the secondary font as the font for printing send the printer the SO control code:

(14)

(0E)

5.1.15. Criteria for font selection

The printer will try to match your stated font requirements as best it can with the fonts available to it in any of the three possible font locations. In most cases you will be specifying a font you know to be present in one of the locations and the resulting printed text will appear exactly as you envisaged. However, if you specify a particular combination of font characteristics that is not possible, the printer will produce the closest possible match that it can by satisfying the following specifications in the following order: symbol set / spacing type / pitch (for monospaced fonts) / height / stroke weight / style.

The meanings of each of these are explained in the following sub-sections. Likewise, if you simply specify a font attribute that is not available, for example if you request a Utah Light font when only Utah Medium and Utah Bold are available in the font locations, the printer will simply ignore the requirement (light stroke weight, in this case) that it cannot fulfill.

5.1.16. Symbol set

The symbol set is the list of symbols that constitute a particular font. Normally, symbol sets contain lower and upper case letters, numbers, punctuation marks and a selection of other commonly used symbols. Some symbol sets are designed for specific needs, for example, for generating text with mathematical expressions. The symbol set has the highest priority of all the characteristics you specify when you designate the font you require. If the symbol set you choose is available, but not in conjunction with any of the other characteristics you specify, the printer will satisfy your symbol set request at the expense of the rest of your designation and the text printed out may well look completely different from what you expected to see.

5.1.17. Symbol collections

The symbol collections contain many symbols and a symbol set is made from symbol collections by selecting the required symbols for unbound fonts. As symbol collections have more symbols than symbol sets, unbound fonts can have more symbols than bound fonts. Due to the compatibility between symbol sets and symbol collections, the printer searches the designated MSL or Unicode number by using a symbol set mapping table.

5.1.18. Type of character spacing

Character spacing is either fixed (monospacing), in which every printed character is allocated the same amount of space on the line, or proportional, where characters are spaced according to their shape and size. For any serious typographic work proportional spacing is essential since fixed spacing is unattractive and hard to read. In general, monospacing is used with bitmap fonts and proportional spacing is used with scalable fonts. However, proportionally spaced bitmap fonts do exist.

5.1.19. Pitch

Pitch is the number of characters that are printed per inch and therefore only applies to monospaced fonts. If you make a pitch selection while using a proportionally spaced font the command will have no immediate effect. However, the new pitch will be stored as part of the primary (or secondary) font designation and applied the next time a monospaced font is selected as the primary (or secondary) font.

The printer's in-built bitmap fonts all have a pitch of either 10, 12 or 16.66 characters per inch.

5.1.20. Height

Height refers to the height in points (1/72") of unaccented capital letters in a font. This is the generally accepted method of defining the height of a font's characters. Scaled fonts can be specified to an accuracy of 0.25 points.

5.1.21. Style

A font's style is defined by its posture (upright or italic), width (condensed, normal or expanded) and structure (solid, outline or shadow). Upright and italic bitmap fonts and scalable typefaces are available in the printer's ROM. However, these are all normal and solid fonts. To print using any of the other styles (for example, using Condensed Helsinki or Outline Tennessee) you would have to download the requisite font or install a font card/cartridge containing it.

5.1.22. Stroke weight

Stroke weight refers to the thickness of the lines which make up the printed characters. Characters of normal line thickness are called medium. Thicker lines are referred to as bold or black and thinner lines as light or thin. You can specify 15 different stroke weights - 0 denotes medium weight, negative values signify thinner strokes, and positive values signify bolder (thicker) strokes. If you have the bold font available that matches your font designation, a stroke weight selection of 1 to 7 will produce bold text. Likewise, for light or thin text you would need to make the requisite light or thin font available for the stroke weight selection to have any effect.

5.1.23. Typeface

Typeface refers to the designed style of the characters. Commonly known typefaces include Times, Helvetica, Univers and Palatino. The printer has its own resident typefaces. When selecting a particular typeface ensure that it meets all your other specified criteria, otherwise the printer will substitute a font of a different typeface that can satisfy the other, higher priority criteria, such as style and stroke weight.

5.2. Font Selection Commands

5.2.1. User-defined symbol sets

User-defined symbol sets can be used with Unbound scalable fonts. Three new commands below are prepared for use to control a user-defined symbol set.

To define a symbol set, its ID code must first be defined.

Next, a list of symbols for the symbol set must be downloaded.

Then, you can use the defined ID code for the symbol set selection.

5.2.2. Symbol set ID code command

Esc*c#R (27) (42) (99) # (82) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<52h>

• Value for # can be from 0 to 2047.
- This command defines the ID code for a user-defined symbol set which can be used to control symbol set selection.

- The symbol set ID code defined by this command must be calculated by using the following formula. Symbol Set ID Code = ( # x 32 ) + ( ID - 64 )

Symbol set selection values consists of numerical character(s) and an alphabetical character.

For example, 8U is the symbol set selection value for Roman-8. In this case, the Symbol set ID code is 277 as the result of the following calculation.

$$ (8 \times 3 2) + (8 5 - 6 4) = 2 7 7 $$

- Make sure to select an unused number for a new ID code that you define. If the ID code has been used already, the printer deletes the existing symbol set and defines the new symbol set.

5.2.3. Define symbol set

Esc (f#W[data] (27) (49) (102) #(87) <1Bh><28h><66h>#<57h>

- # value can be from 18 to 32767.

- # stands for number of bytes of data that follow this command.

- If an existing ID code is used for a user-defined symbol set, it is overwritten.

- Up to 2047 downloadable user-defined symbol sets can be stored subject to the printer's memory capacity.

- If a memory full error occurs while downloading the user-defined symbol set, the symbol set which is being downloaded becomes invalid.

- The symbol set which is defined by this command is temporarily stored in the printer memory.

- The data following this command should be in the following format.

	15MSB	8	7	0LSB
0 - 1	Header Size (18)
2 - 3	Encoded symbol set designator
4 - 5	Format Symbol Set Type
6 - 7	First Code
8 - 9	Last Code
10 -	Character Requirements
	Symbol Map [Last Code - First code + 1]

(B) Boolean (0,1)

(UB) Unsigned Byte (0 \~ 255)

(SB) Signed Byte (-128 \~ 127)

(UI) Unsigned Integer (0 \~ 65535)

(SI) Signed Integer (-32768\~32767)

(ULI) Unsigned Long Integer (0 \~ 2 ^32 -1)

(SLI) Signed Long Integer (-2^31 2^31 - 1)

(ASC**) ASCII string array (0 \~ **-1) of characters

0 -1: Header size (UI) - set to 18 or greater.

This value stands for the number of header bytes.

2 -3 : Encoded Symbol Set Designator (UI) - should be as same as the ID code which is defined by ESC*c#R.

4 : Format (UB) - 1 for MSL (Intellifont), 3 for Unicode (TrueType).

5 : Symbol Set Type (UB) - 0, 1 or 2.

0 specifies a 7-bit font with character codes 20H to 7FH acceptable.

1 specifies an 8-bit font with character codes 20H to 7FH and 80H to FFH acceptable.

2 specifies 8-bit 256 all character fonts. Only when the printer is set to transparent print mode can the characters 0, 7\~15 and 27 be printed.

6 -7: First Code (UI) - indicates the first code of definition data following this header.

8 -9: Last Code (UI) - indicates the last code of definition data following this header. This value should be more than the first code value. Also, the data followed this header should have (Last code - first code + 1) bytes.

10 - 17: Character Requirement Flag (8 bytes)

Used in conjunction with the character complement field in the header of the font descriptor to decide the compatibility of a symbol set for an unbound font. This flag indicates which symbol collections are necessary to make the required symbol set.

Each bit in this field stands for the selection of each symbol collection. When set to 1, the symbol collection is included and when set to 0, the symbol collection is not included in the unbound scalable font.

Character Requirements for MSL Symbol index

Bit	Value	Designated Use
63	1	Basic Latin required (such as ISO 8859/1 Latin 1)
63	0	Basic Latin not required
62	1	East European Latin required (such as ISO 8859/2 Latin 2)
62	0	Basic European Latin not required
61	1	Turkish required (such as ISO 8859/9 Latin 5)
61	0	Turkish not required
34	1	Math required (such as Math-8)
34	0	Math not required
33	1	Semi-graphic required (such as PC-8 D/N)
33	0	Semi-graphic not required
32	1	Dingbats required (such as ITC Zapf Dingbats series 100, series 200 )
32	0	Dingbats not required
2,1,0 000 MSL Symbol index

Character Requirements for Unicode Symbol index

Bit	Value	Designated Use
31	1	ASCII required (such as ISO 6 ASCII)
31	0	ASCII not required
30	1	West Europe extensions required (such as ISO 69 French)
30	0	West Europe extensions not required
29	1	East Europe extensions required (such as ISO 8859/2 Latin 2)
29	0	East Europe extensions not required
28	1	Turkish extensions required (such as ISO 8859/9 Latin 5)
28	0	Turkish extensions not required
27	1	Desktop Publishing extensions required (such as Windows 3.1)
27	0	Desktop Publishing extensions not required
26	1	Accent extensions required (such as ISO 8859/1 Latin 1)
26	0	Accent extensions not required
25	1	PCL extensions required (such as Roman-8)
25	0	PCL extensions not required
24	1	Macintosh extensions required (such as MC text)
24	0	Macintosh extensions not required
23	1	PostScript extensions required (such as PS Text)
23	0	PostScript extensions not required
22	1	Code Page extensions required (such as PC-8)
22	0	Code Page extensions not required
2,1,0 001 Unicode Symbol Index

Symbol map (Array of UI)

The symbol map, which has a list of symbol index numbers, is used to define the symbols for the symbol set. This map defines the combinations of symbol index numbers and character codes.

5.2.4. Symbol set control command

Esc*c#S (27) (42) (99) #(83) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<53h>

Values for # can be 0, 1, 2, 4, or 5.
0 specifies to delete all temporary and permanent user-defined symbol sets.
• 1 specifies to delete all temporary user-defined symbol sets.
• 2 specifies to delete current user-defined symbol set.
• 4 specifies to make current user-defined symbol set temporary.
5 specifies to make current user-defined symbol set permanent.

5.2.5. Selecting the symbol set

Esc (symbol set ID (27) (40) <1Bh><28h>

This command selects the symbol set (character set) for the primary font.
Symbol set IDs consist of a number followed by a letter.
Default symbol set ID is Roman-8. If an invalid default symbol set ID is selected, the symbol set becomes Roman-8.
The selectable symbol set varies depending on the printer model.

Symbol set Set primary font Symbol set Set primary font
ISO 60 : Norwegian 1 Esc(0D ISO 57 : Chinese Esc(2K
ISO 61 : Norwegian 2 Esc(1D ISO8859-1 (ECMA-94) Latin			Esc(0N
ISO 4 : United Kingdom Esc(1E Wingdings Esc(579L
Windows 3.1 Latin 2 Esc(9E PS Math		Esc(5M
ISO 25 : French	Esc(0F Ventura Math		Esc(6M
ISO 69 : French	Esc(1F Math-8		Esc(8M
HP German	Esc(0G Symbol		Esc(19M
ISO 21 : German	Esc(1G ISO 8859-2 Latin 2		Esc(2N
ISO 15 : Italian	Esc(0I ISO 8859-9 Latin 5		Esc(5N
Microsoft Publishing	Esc(6J ISO 11: Swedish; names		Esc(0S
Desk Top Esc(7J PS Text		Esc(10J
HP Spanish	Esc(1S Ventura International		Esc(13J
ISO 17 : Spanish	Esc(2S Ventura US Esc(14J
ISO 10 : Swedish	Esc(3S ISO 16 : Portuguese		Esc(4S
ISO 14 : JIS ASCII	Esc(0K ISO 84 : Portuguese		Esc(5S
ISO 85 : Spanish	Esc(6S Windows 3.1 Latin 5		Esc(5T
PC Turkish	Esc(9T ISO 6 : ASCII		Esc(0U
Legal	Esc(1U ISO 2 : IRV Esc(2U
Roman 8	Esc(8U Windows 3.0 Latin 1		Esc(9U
PC-8	Esc(10U PC-8 D/N		Esc(11U
PC-850	Esc(12U Pi Font		Esc(15U
PC-852	Esc(17U Windows 3.1 Latin 1		Esc (19U
MC Text	Esc(12J ISO 8859-10 Latin 6		Esc (6N
OCR-A	Esc(0O OCR-B		Esc(1O
ROMAN EXT.	Esc(0E ISO LATIN9		Esc(9N
ABICOMP B/P	Esc(13P ABICOMP INTL		Esc(14P
ROMAN 9	Esc(4U PC-858		Esc(13U
PC-860	Esc(20U PC-861		Esc(21U
PC-863	Esc(23U PC-865		Esc(25U
TURKISH 8	Esc(8T PC-857		Esc(16U
PC-8 PC NOVA	Esc(27Q PC-853		Esc(18U
ISO GREEK	Esc(12N GREEK 8		Esc(8G
WINDOWS GREEK	Esc(9G PC-851		Esc(10G

PC-869	Esc(11G)	PC-8	L/G
PC-8 GREEK Esc(14G ISO CYRILLIC Esc(10N
PC-866	Esc(3R)	WINDOWS	CYR
PC-855	Esc(10R)	RUSSIAN-GOST	Es
PC-8 BULGARIAN Esc(13R	UKRAINIAN	Esc(14R
Hebrew-7	Esc(0H)	Hebrew-8

User-defined symbol sets are defined by the command ESC (f#W.

Esc) symbol set ID (27) (41) <1Bh><29h>

This command selects the symbol set (character set) for the secondary font.
To select any of the above symbol sets for the secondary font simply substitute ')' for '(' in the command shown in the table.

10 REM ***** SELECT A CHARACTER SET *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 WIDTH "LPT1:",255
40 REM --- ROMAN-8 CHARACTER SET SELECTION ----
50 LPRINT ESC$+" (8U";
60 REM --- PRINT CHARACTERS ----
70 FOR I=160 TO 255
80 LPRINT CHR$(I);
90 NEXT
100 LPRINT
110 REM --- PC-8 CHARACTER SET SELECTION ----
120 LPRINT ESC$+" (10U";
130 REM --- PRINT CHARACTERS ----
140 FOR I=160 TO 255
150 LPRINT CHR$(I);
160 NEXT
170 LPRINT
180 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
190 LPRINT CHR$(12);
200 END

There is a further group of symbol sets that are available for Brother fonts only. You can select these as follows:

Esc (s#C (27) (40) (115) #(67) <1Bh><28h><73h>#<43h>

- This command selects the symbol set (character set) for the primary font.

Esc) s#C (27) (41) (115) #(67) <1Bh><29h><73h>#<43h>

This command selects the symbol set (character set) for the secondary font.
• Brother symbol set IDs consist of a number only.

Symbol Set	Set primary font	Symbol set	Set primary font
Roman-8	Esc(s1C)	Portuguese	Esc(s15C)
US ASCII	Esc(s2C)	Swiss German	Esc(s16C)
German	Esc(s3C)	American Spanish	Esc(s17C)
UK English	Esc(s4C)	Norwegian/Danish	Esc(s18C)
French	Esc(s5C)	Canadian	Esc(s19C)
Dutch	Esc(s6C)	Finnish/Swedish	Esc(s20C)
Italian	Esc(s7C)	South African	Esc(s21C)
S. Spanish	Esc(s8C)	PC-8 D/N	Esc(s23C)
A. English WP	Esc(s9C)	PC-8	Esc(s25C)
UK ASCII/2	Esc(s10C)	PC-850	Esc(s26C)
Symbol	Esc(s11C)	PC-860	Esc(s27C)
International	Esc(s12C)	PC-863	Esc(s28C)
American English	Esc(s13C)	PC-865	Esc(s29C)
UK ASCII	Esc(s14C)	Japanese English	Esc(s38C)

- To select any of the above symbol sets for the secondary font simply substitute ')' for '(' in the command shown in the table.

10 REM ***** SELECTING CHARACTER SETS *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
40 REM --- GERMAN CHARACTER SET SELECTION ----

50 LPRINT ESC$+" (s3C";
60 REM --- PRINT CHARACTERS ----
70 FOR I=33 TO 127
80 LPRINT CHR$(I);
90 NEXT
100 LPRINT
110 REM --- FRENCH CHARACTER SET SELECTION ----
120 LPRINT ESC$+" (s5C";
130 REM --- PRINT CHARACTERS ----
140 FOR I=33 TO 127
150 LPRINT CHR$(I);
160 NEXT
170 LPRINT
180 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
190 LPRINT CHR$(12);
200 END

5.2.6. Selecting the type of character spacing

Esc(s#P (27) (40) (115) #(80) <1Bh><28h><73h>#<50h>

- This command selects the spacing type for the primary font.

Esc) s#P (27) (41) (115) #(80) <1Bh><29h><73h>#<50h>

This command selects the spacing type for the secondary font.
= 0 selects fixed spacing and # = 1 selects proportional spacing.

10 REM ***** SELECTING A PROPORTIONAL OR FIXED SPACE FONT *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 WIDTH "LPT1:",255
40 REM --- SELECT A PROPORTIONALLY SPACED FONT ----
50 LPRINT ESC$+" (s1P";
60 FOR I=33 TO 127
70 LPRINT CHR$(I);
80 NEXT
90 LPRINT
100 REM --- SELECT A FIXED SPACE FONT ---
110 LPRINT ESC$+" (sOP";
120 FOR I=33 TO 127
130 LPRINT CHR$(I);
140 NEXT
150 LPRINT
160 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
170 LPRINT CHR$(12);
180 END

5.2.7. Selecting the pitch

Esc (s#H (27) (40) (115) # (72) <1Bh><28h><73h>#<48h>

This command designates the pitch for the primary font.

Esc) s#H (27) (41) (115) #(72) <1Bh><29h><73h>#<48h>

This command designates the pitch for the secondary font.
= the number of characters to be printed per inch. However, the actual size range is defined in combination with the character height.
The printer's in-built bitmap fonts all have a pitch of either 10, 12 or 16.66 characters per inch, and you can specify any of these as follows:

Esc&k0S (10 cpi)
Esc&k2S (16.66 cpi)
Esc&k4S (12 cpi)

The selection will apply to whichever font you are currently specifying (primary or secondary).
If the printer doesn't have the specified size font, the next largest size font is used. If the printer doesn't have a larger sized font, the next smallest one is used.
This value is ignored by the printer when a proportional spaced font is selected.

10 REM ***** CHARACTER PITCH SELECTION *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
40 REM --- SELECT A 10 CPI PITCH FONT ----
50 LPRINT ESC$+" (s10H";
60 FOR I=33 TO 127
70 LPRINT CHR$(I);
80 NEXT
90 LPRINT
100 REM --- SELECT A 12 CPI PITCH FONT ---
110 LPRINT ESC$+" (s12H";
120 FOR I=33 TO 127
130 LPRINT CHR$(I);
140 NEXT
150 LPRINT
160 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
170 LPRINT CHR$(12);
180 END

5.2.8. Selecting the height

Esc (s#V (27) (40) (115) #(86) <1Bh><28h><73h>#<56h>

This command designates the height of the primary font.

Esc) s#V (27) (41) (115) #(86) <1Bh><29h><73h>#<56h>

This command designates the height of the secondary font.
is the size in points (1/72") from 0.25 to 999.75 in 0.25 increments.
This value is ignored by the printer when a fixed-spaced scalable font is selected.

5.2.9. Scaling the scalable fonts vertically or horizontally

EscCR!#H (27)(13)(33)#(72) <1Bh><0Dh><21h>#<48h>

This command designates the height of the scalable fonts.

EscCR!#V (27)(13)(33)#(86) <1Bh><0Dh><21h>#<56h>

This command designates the width of the scalable fonts.

can be from 0.25 \~ 3.00 in 0.01 increments.
value is set to 0.25 when # is specified less than 0.25, and # value is set to 3.00 when # is specified bigger than 3.00.
The value set by this command is initialized when the emulation is changed, a printer Reset, Test Print or Macro overlay is executed.

5.2.10. Selecting the style

Esc (s#S (27) (40) (115) #(83) <1Bh><28h><73h>#<53h>

- This command designates the style of the primary font.

Esc) s#S (27) (41) (115) #(83) <1Bh><29h><73h>#<53h>

- This command designates the style of the secondary font.

- If you select a particular style (for example upright condensed outline) the command will only take effect if the font is available in one of the three font locations.

Value	Font Style
0	Upright & solid
1	Italic
4	Condensed
5	Condensed italic
8	Compressed, or extra condensed
24	Expanded
32	Outline
64	Inline
128	Shadowed
160	Outline shadowed

10 REM ***** PRINT IN ITALIC & UPRIGHT STYLE *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
40 REM --- PRINT USING AN ITALIC FONT ----
50 LPRINT ESC$+" (s1S";
60 REM --- PRINT FONT ----
70 FOR I=33 TO 127
80 LPRINT CHR$(I);
90 NEXT
100 LPRINT
110 REM --- PRINT USING AN UPRIGHT FONT ----
120 LPRINT ESC$+" (s0S";
130 REM --- PRINT FONT ----
140 FOR I=33 TO 127
150 LPRINT CHR$(I);
160 NEXT
170 LPRINT
180 REM -- PAPER EJECT ---
190 LPRINT CHR$(12);
200 END

5.2.11. Selecting the stroke weight

Esc (s#B (27) (40) (115) #(66) <1Bh><28h><73h>#<42h>

- This command designates the stroke weight of the primary font.

Esc) s#B (27) (41) (115) #(66) <1Bh><29h><73h>#<42h>

• This command designates the stroke weight of the secondary font
- # is an integer between -7 and 7. A value of 0 signifies a medium stroke weight, negative numbers signify thin or light stroke weights and positive numbers signify bold stroke weights.
- If you select a light or bold stroke weight the command will only have an effect if the font is available in one of the three font locations.

5.2.12. Selecting the typeface

Esc(s#T (27) (40) (115) #(84) <1Bh><28h><73h>#<54h>

- This command designates the typeface of the primary font.

Esc) s#T (27) (41) (115) #(84) <1Bh><29h><73h>#<54h>

This command designates the typeface of the secondary font.
If the typeface you specify is not available in any of the three font source locations the printer will substitute a font of a different typeface.

- The available values vary with the printer model. The following table shows the value for each typeface and availability.

Typeface	Set font	Setpebndary font	HL-1050/1250/P2500	HL-2070N/2150N/2170W/2250DN/2270DW	HL-1070/1270N/1660c/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1450/1470N/1650/1670N/2460/3260N/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3070CW/3075CW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
Alaska Antique Oakland Esc(s4168T Esc)s4168T * * *			Esc)s4362T		*	*
Brougham	Esc(s4099T)	Esc)s4099T		*	*
Cleveland Condensed	Esc(s4140T)	Esc)s4140T * * *
Connecticut	Esc(s4116T)	Esc)s4116T	*	*		*
Guatemala Antique	Esc(s4197T)	Esc)s4197T * * *
LetterGothic	Esc(s4102T)	Esc)s4102T	*	*		*
Maryland	Esc(s4297T)	Esc)s4297T	*	*		*
Oakland	Esc(s4113T)	Esc)s4113T	*	*		*
PC Brussels	Esc(s4143T)	Esc)s4143T * * *
PC Tennessee	Esc(s4101T)	Esc)s4101T * * *
Utah	Esc(s4148T)	Esc)s4148T	*	*		*
BR Symbol	Esc(s16686T)	Esc)s16686T	*	*		*
Helsinki	Esc(s16602T)	Esc)s16602T	*	*		*
Tennessee	Esc(s16901T)	Esc)s16901T	*	*		*
W Dingbats	Esc(s31402T)	Esc)s31402T	*	*		*
Atlanta	Esc(s155T)	Esc)s155T				*
Calgary	Esc(s159T)	Esc)s159T				*
Copenhagen	Esc(s157T)	Esc)s157T				*
Portugal	Esc(s158T)	Esc)s158T				*
Letter Gothic 16.66	Esc(s130T)	Esc)s130T	*	*		*
Brougham	Esc(s128T)	Esc)s128T
OCR-A	Esc(s104T)	Esc)s104T	*	*		*
OCR-B	Esc(s110T)	Esc)s110T	*		*
Bermuda Script	Esc(s134T)	Esc)s134T		*		*
Germany	Esc(s132T)	Esc)s132T		*		*
San Diego	Esc(s133T)	Esc)s133T		*		*
US Roman	Esc(s135T)	Esc)s135T		*		*

5.2.13. Font orientation

The printer's built-in fonts are all portrait fonts. If you switch the orientation of the logical page to landscape and select a font, the printer will automatically create the landscape font in its memory. This saves you having to make the landscape font available by installing a card/cartridge or by downloading the font, but takes up printer memory and may cause the printer to run out of space when trying to compose complex page layouts.

5.2.14. Transparent print dataTransparent print data

Esc&p#X (character codes)

(27) (38) (112) #(88)

<1Bh><26h><70h>#<58h>

This command enables you to print characters which are normally unprintable.
is the number of bytes of data that follow the command.
Each byte of data is interpreted as a character code and the corresponding character in the currently selected symbol set is printed (if there is one). You can use this command to print the symbols in the character set which do not appear on the keyboard.
If there is no character in the current symbol set corresponding to a specified code, a space is printed.
The command is useful when using character sets like the IBM All Character Set in which every single code has a corresponding character.
Any control codes within the data will have no effect. The control code byte is treated as a character code.

5.2.15. Esc&d#D

(27)(38)(100)#(68)

<1Bh><26h><64h>#<44h>

• This command enables the underline facility.
- # is either 0 or 3. A value of 0 signifies fixed underlining, 3 specifies floating underlining.
- Fixed underlining means that the underline is drawn in the same place for all the characters of a particular font.
- Floating underlining means that the underline is drawn in the same place for all the characters on a particular line.
- The command below disables the underline facility.

Esc&d@

(27) (38) (100) (64)

<1Bh><26h><64h><40h>

5.3. Downloadable font manipulation

Fonts that you have bought on diskette can be downloaded to the printer from diskette or hard disk using the DOS COPY command or a font downloading applications program. To create your own fonts you can use PCL commands to send the various blocks of data that comprise a do(wnloadable font. There are also a number of PCL commands that enable you to manage fonts that you have already downloaded (both those that you have bought and those you may have created yourself).

If you are using commercially available fonts consult the documentation that came with them for information on how best to send them to the printer.

5.3.1. Font ID

Esc&*c#D (27) (38) (42) (99) # (68) <1Bh><26h><2Ah><63h>#<44h>

This command identifies the numerical ID of the font on which subsequent operations will be performed.
is the font ID number.
Use this command to specify the ID number of a font that you are about to download, or of a font already in printer memory that you want to perform a particular operation on.
If you specify the number of a font that already exists in memory and then download a new font from your computer, the new font will overwrite the original font and assume the ID number that you specified.

5.3.2. Operations on downloaded fonts

Esc*c#F (27) (38) (42) (99) #(70) <1Bh><26h><2Ah><63h>#<46h>

This command performs an operation on one or more downloaded fonts.
identifies the operation to be performed.
= 0 Delete all downloaded fonts from the printer's memory.
= 1 Delete all temporary fonts from the printer's memory.
(Fonts can be made permanent so as to be saved when the printer is reset - see below).
= 2 Delete the font (whose ID number was most recently specified) from the printer's memory.
= 3 Delete the character (whose character code was most recently specified) from the font (whose ID number was most recently specified).
(The command for specifying a character code is given in the section entitled Creating Downloadable Fonts).
= 4 Make the font (whose ID number was most recently specified) temporary
= 5 Make the font (whose ID number was most recently specified) permanent
= 6 Make/Assign a copy of the current font (primary or secondary) with the last specified ID number.
= 1026 Delete the font (whose ID number was most recently specified) from the storage device.
= 1028 Delete all download fonts in the storage device.
= 1029 Save the font (whose ID number was most recently specified) into the storage device. (All download fonts in the storage device are permanent fonts.)
Note: #=1026, 1028, 1029 are available only when a storage device is installed into the printer.

5.3.3. Selecting a downloaded font

Esc (#X (27) (40) #(88) <1Bh><28h>#<58h>

- This command selects a downloaded font as the primary font.

Esc) #X (27) (41) #(88) <1Bh><29h>#<58h>

This command selects a downloaded font as the secondary font.
is the ID number of the downloaded font.

5.4. Creating Downloadable Fonts

5.4.1. Downloading

You can download existing fonts (that is, ones that you have bought or ones that you have created previously) using either a font downloading application program or the DOS command

COPY/b PRN

In addition, some word-processing and DeskTop publishing programs will automatically download the fonts that have been used in a document when that document is printed.

Alternatively, you can create a new downloadable font and download the necessary blocks of data that comprise the downloadable font using PCL commands.

To send a font, you must send

* a font descriptor block followed by the character code
* a character descriptor
* data for each character

The printer can download 3 types of fonts.

Bitmap fonts, Bound Scalable fonts and Unbound Scalable fonts.

5.4.2. Sending the font descriptor

Esc)s#W (font descriptor data) (27)(40)(115) #(58) <1Bh><28h><73h>#<88h>

This command sends the font descriptor to the printer.
• # should be in the range 0 to 32767.
is the number of bytes in the descriptor.
Characters are designed on a notional grid known as the character cell. The positioning and shape of each character on the grid defines its size, shape and alignment to the other characters in the font.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Sending the font descriptor - 1

text_image

Cell width Cell height x-height Baseline distance Baseline Underline distance Underline thickness

The Font descriptor has information for the whole character set. When this font descriptor is sent to the printer with a font header to identify the font ID, the descriptor parameters become the basis of the downloaded fonts.
The data format for each type of font descriptor block is shown below.

Byte	15 (MSB) 87	(LSB) 0
0	Font Descriptor Size (64)
2	Descriptor Format (0)	Font vpc T
4	Style MSB Reserved
6	Base Line Position
8	Cell Width
10	Cell Height
12	Orientation S	pacing
14	Symbol Set
16	Pitch (Default HMI)
18	Height
20	x-Height
22	Width fpc	Style LSB
24	Stroke Weight	Typeface LSB
26	Typeface MSB Serif St	yle
28	Quality	Placement
30	Underline Distance Underline Hei	ght
32	Text Height
34	Text Width
36	First Code
38	Last Code
40	Pitch Extended Hei	ght Extended
42	Cap Height
-47	Font Numbe r
-63	Font Name
64	Copyright (optional)

Byte	15 (MSB) 87	(LSB) 0
0	Font Descriptor Size (68)
2	Descriptor Format (20)	Font vpe T
4	Style MSB Reserved
6	Base Line Position
8	Cell Width
10	Cell Height
12	Orientation S	pacing
14	Symbol Set
16	Pitch (Default HMI)
18	Height
20	x-Height
22	Width fpc	Style LSB
24	Stroke Weht	Typeface LSB
26	Typeface MSB Serif St	yle
28	Quality	Placement
30	Underline Distance Underline Hei	ght
32	Text Heht
34	Text Width
36	First Code
38	Last Code
40	Pitch Extended Hei	ght Extended
42	Cap Height
-47	Font Numbe r
-63	Font Name
64	X Resolution
66	Y Resolution X=Y: 300 or 600
n	Copyright (Optional)

Byte	15 (MSB) 87	(LSB) 0
0	Font Descriptor Size (>80)
2	Descriptor Format (10)	Font ype T
4	Style MSB Reserved
6	Base Line Position
8	Cell Width
10	Cell Height
12	Orientation S	pacing
14	Symbol Set
16	Pitch (Default HMI)
18	Height
20	x-Height
22	Width Ypc	Style LSB
24	Stroke Weight	Typeface LSB
26	Typeface MSB Serif St	yle
28	Quality	Placement
30	Underline Distance Underline Hei	ght
32	Text Height
34	Text Width
36	First Code
38	Last Code
40	Pitch Extended Hei	ght Extended
42	Cap Height
44 - 47	Font Numbe r
48 - 63	Font Name
64	Scale Facto
66	Master X Resolution
68	Master Y Resolution
70	Master Underline Position
72	Master Underline Thickness (Height)
74	OR Threshold
76	Global Italic Angle
Desc. size	Global Intellifont Data Size
80	Global Intellifont Data
n	Copyright (optional)
	Reserved Checksu	m

Byte	15 (MSB) 8 7	(LSB) 0
0	Font Descriptor Size (<88)
2	Descriptor Format (11) Font Type	(10)
4	Style MSB Reserved
6	Base Line Position
8	Cell Width
10	Cell Height
12	Orientation Spacing
14	Symbol Set
16	Pitch (Default HMI)
18	Height
20	x-Height
22	Width Type Style LSB
24	Stroke Weight Typeface LSB
26	Typeface MSB	Serif Style
28	Quality	Placement
30	Underline Distance	Underline Thickness
32	Text Height
34	Text Width
36	Reserved
38	Number of Contours (Characters)
40	Pitch Extended	Height Extended
42	Cap Height
44 - 47	Font Number
48 - 63	Font Name
64	Scale Factor
66	Master X Resolution
68	Master Y Resolution
70	Master Underline Position
72	Master Underline Thickness
74	OR Threshold
76	Global Italic Angle
78-85	Character Complement
Desc. Size - 2	Global Intellifont Data size
Desc. size n	Global Intellifont Data
	Copyright (optional)
	Reserved	Checksum

Byte	15 (MSB) 8 7	(LSB) 0
0	Font Descriptor Size (>72)
2	Descriptor Format (15) Font Type
4	Style MSB Reserved
6	Base Line Position
8	Cell Width
10	Cell Height
12	Orientation Spacing
14	Symbol Set
16	Pitch (Default HMI)
18	Height
20	x-Height
22	Width Type Style LSB
24	Stroke Weight Typeface LSB
26	Typeface MSB	Serif Style
28	Quality	Placement
30	Underline Distance	Underline Thickness
32	Text Height
34	Text Width
36	First Code
38	Last Code / Number of characters
40	Pitch Extended	Height Extended
42	Cap Height
44 - 47	Font Number
48 - 63	Font Name
64	Scale Factor
66	Master Underline position
68	Master Underline Thickness
70	Font Scaling Technology	Variety
72	[ additional data may be inserted here ]
Desc. size	Segmented Font data
# - 2	Reserved	Checksum

- Attributes are in one of six numerical formats.

Unsigned integer (UI) 0 to 65535

Unsigned long integer (ULI) 0 to 2^32 - 1

Signed integer (SI) -32768 to 32767

Unsigned byte (UB) 0 to 255

Signed byte (SB) -128 to 127

Boolean 0 or 1

Font descriptor size (UI) - the size in bytes of the font descriptor block. Minimum size values for each font type are shown in the above figure.
Descriptor format (UB) - format type of the font.

0	Bitmap font
10	Intellifont bound scalable font
11	Intellifont unbound scalable font
15	TrueType bound scalable font
20	Special bitmap font

• Font type (UB) - specifies type of symbol set.

0 Bound font. A 7-bit font with character codes 20H to 7FH acceptable.
1 Bound font. An 8-bit font with character codes 20H to 7FH and 80H to FFH acceptable.
2 Bound font. 8-bit all character codes are printable. However, 00H, 07H to 0FH and 1BH are printable only when the data is defined as transparent print data.

10 Unbound font. Character codes corresponding to MSL numbers are acceptable.
11 Unbound font. Character codes corresponding to Unicode numbers are acceptable.

When a 7-bit font or 8-bit font is selected, it is possible for codes 00H to FFH to load characters or delete them. It is also possible to print the characters if they are defined as transparent print data.

- Style MSB (UW) - combined with the Style LSB to make the style word. The value of the style word is calculated as follows: style word = posture + (4 width) + (32 structure).

Value	Posture
0	Upright
1	Italic
2	Alternate	Italic
3	Reserved

Value	Width
0	Normal
1	Condensed
2	Compressed or Extra Condensed
3	Extra	compressed
4	Ultra	compressed
5	Reserved
6	Extended or Expanded
7	Extra Extended or Extra Expanded

Value	Structure
0	Solid
1	Outline
2	In-line
3	Contour
4	Solid with Shadow
5	Outline with Shadow
6	Inline with Shadow
7	Contour with Shadow
8-11	Patterned (Complex patterns, subject to type family)
12-15	Patterned with Shadow
16	Inverse
17	Inverse in Open Border
18-30	Reserved
31	Unknown structure

The reserved bits should be set to Zero.

- Baseline position (UI) -

Bitmap font - the height in dots from the top of the character cell to the baseline. The units of dots is the same as the defined font resolution. This number can be in the range 0 to (cell height - 1).

Intellifont scalable - a Y coordinate in the design cell.

TrueType scalable - the height in dots from the top of the character cell to the baseline. This should be set to 0.

Cell width (UI) - ignored by these printers. The width in dots of the character cell. This can be from 1 to 65535.
Cell height (UI) - ignored by these printers. The height in dots of the character cell. This can be from 1 to 65535.
Orientation (UB) - 0(portrait), 1(landscape), 2(reverse portrait) or 3(reverse landscape). Ignored by these printers.
Spacing (B) - the type of spacing, 0 (fixed pitch) or 1 (proportional spacing).
Symbol set (UI) - a symbol set ID consists of a number and a letter. The symbol set attribute value is calculated as follows: symbol set = (32 x number) + (ASCII value of letter - 64). For example, Math-8 has the symbol set ID '8M' so it would be encoded as (32 x 8) + (77 - 64) = 269.

Symbol set name Symbol set ID Symbol set name Symbol set ID
Default Set	0@ Math-7 0A
Line Draw-7 0B HP Lar		ge Characters (264x Terminals)	0C
ISO 60: Danish/Norwegian 0D ISO 61: Norwe		gian version 2 1D
Roman Extensions 0E ISO 4: United Kin		gdom	1E
ISO 25: French 0F ISO 69: French 1F
HP German 0G ISO 21: German		1G
Greek-8	8G	Hebrew-7
Hebrew-8	8H ISO 15: Italian		0I
Microsoft Publishing	6J DeskTop		7J
Document	8J PS Text		10J
Ventura International	13J Ventura US		14J
ISO 14: JIS ASCII	0K ISO 13: Katakana		1K
ISO 57: Chinese	2K Kana-8 8K
Korean-8	9K (Same as 0B)Line Draw-7		0L
HP Block Characters	1L Tax Line Draw		2L
Line Draw-8 8L Math-7	(Same as 0A)		0M
Tech-7	1M PS Math		5M
Ventura Math	6M Math-8		8M
ECMA-94 Latin 1 (ISO 8859/1)	0N ECMA-94 Latin 2 (ISO 8859/2)		2N
ECMA-128 Latin 5 (ISO 8859/9)	5N ECMA-113/88 Latin/Gillic		10N
OCR A	0O OCR B		1O
OCR M	2O APL (Typewriter Paired)		0P
APL (Bit Paired)	1P Specials		xQ
Cyrillic ASCII (ECMA-113/86,	0R yriklic		1R
PC Cyrillic	3R ISO 11: Swedish for Names		0S
HP Spanish	1S ISO 17: S panish		2S
ISO 10: Swedish	3S ISO 16: Portu guese		4S
ISO 84: Portuguese	5S ISO 85: S panish		6S
HP European Spanish	7S HP Latin S panish		8S
HP-GL Download	16S HP-GL Drafting		17S
HP-GL Special Symbols	18S Turkish-8		8T
Thai-8	0T ISO 6: ASCII		0U
Legal	1U ISO 2: Interna tional Reference Version		2U
HP-GL Language Set	5U OEM-1
Roman-8	8U Windows
PC-8	10U PC-8 D/N (Danish/Norwegian)		11U
PC-850	12U PC-852		17U
Pi Font	15U Arabic (McKay's version)		0V
Arabic-8	8V 3 of 9 Barcode		0Y
Industrial 2 of 5 Barcode	1Y Matrix 2 of 5 Barcode		2Y
Interleaved 2 of 5 Barcode	4Y CODABAR Barcode		5Y
MSI/Plessey Barcode	6Y Code 11 Barcode		7Y
UPC/EAN Barcode	8Y USPS Zi p		15Y

- Pitch (UI) - This value defines the default spacing for each point size in 1/4 dots. Combined with Pitch Extended to specify the pitch of the font in 1/1024 dots. This is available for fixed pitch font characters including the space character, and the space character of proportional spacing fonts.

For example, in case of a 17 cpi font (at 600 dpi),

$$ \frac {1 \text { inch }}{1 7 \text { chara. }} \times \frac {6 0 0 \mathrm{dpi}}{1 \text { inch }} \times \frac {4}{1} = 1 4 1. 1 7 6 4 6 $$

the value of Pitch (UI) should be 141.

The remainder of 0.17646 is calculated as pitch extended:

$$ \frac {0 . 1 7 6 4 6}{4} \times \frac {2 5 6}{1} = 4 5. 1 7 3 7 6 $$

the value for pitch extended is 45.

For Intellifont-scalable fonts only, the default HMI is calculated as follows.

Default HMI (in dots) = (300 x master design pitch x required point size) /

{Master x Resolution /(height

Default HMI (in dots) =

(300 x master design pitch x required point size) / {72.307 x scale factor}

Height (UI) - specifies the height of the font in 1/4 dots. Combined with Height Extended to specify the height of the font in 1/1024 dots. This value can be converted to the point size (1/72").

For example, in case of a 10 point font at 300 dpi,

$$ 1 0 \text { point } \times \frac {1}{7 2} \times \frac {3 0 0 \text { dots }}{1 \text { inch }} \times \frac {4}{1 \text { dots }} = 1 6 6. 6 6 7 $$

This value is normally set to 2000 for Intellifont and should be set to zero for TrueType fonts.

x-height (UI) - ignored by the HL Series printers. This word specifies the height (for Bitmap fonts) or the distance from the baseline (for Scalable fonts) of a lower case 'x' in 1/4 dots.
Width type (SB) - ignored by the HL Series printers. This byte specifies the font character width according to the table below.

Value	Width	type
-5	Ultra	compressed
-4	Extra	compressed
-3	Compressed or Extra condensed
-2	Condensed
0	Normal
2	Expanded
3	Extra	expanded

• Style LSB (UB) - see Style MSB.
- Stroke weight (SB) - valid values are from -7 to +7 . 0 denotes the normal (Roman) stroke width, -7 is the lightest possible stroke and 7 is the boldest.

Value	Stroke	Weight
-7	Ultra	thin
-6	Extra	thin
-5	Thin
-4	Extra	light
-3	Light
-2	Demi	light
-1	Semi	light
0 Medium, Book, or Text
1	Semi	bold
2	Demi	bold
3	Bold
4	Extra	bold
5	Black
6	Extra	black
7	Ultra	black

- Typeface family (UB) – the typeface. This word is made up of the Typeface MSB and the Typeface LSB and identifies the typeface by number.

Bits 0 to 11 specify the typeface family and bits 12 to 15 specify the vending company.

15 12 11 0

Vendor

Typeface Family

Value	Vendor
0	Reserved
1	Agfa Division, Miles Inc.
2	Bitstream Inc.
3	Linotype Company
4	The Monotype Corporation plc
5	Adobe Systems Inc.

The Typeface family number can be 0 to 4095. This value is calculated as follows;

(TrueType base value) + (Vendor value × 4096) = Typeface Family

Serif style (UB) -
Bitmap font - ignored by these printers.
Scalable font - values for the lower 6 bits are ignored and values for the upper 2 bits indicates the serif style. Bit 6 indicates sans serif and bit 7 indicates serif.
Quality (UB) - ignored by these HL Series printers. This byte specifies the fonts quality according to the following table.
Placement (SB) - ignored by these HL Series printers. This byte specifies the placement of characters relative to the baseline according to the following table.
• Underline distance (SB) -
Bitmap fonts - the distance in dots from the baseline to the underline. A positive value places the underline above the baseline, a negative value places it below the baseline. A value of 0 places it on the baseline. Scalable fonts - ignored by these printers. This value should be set to 0.
• Underline height (UB) - the height of underline itself.
Bitmap fonts - this value is fixed at 3 dots.
Scalable fonts - ignored by these printers. This value should be set to 0.
• Text height (UI) - ignored by these HL Series printers.
This word specifies the spacing between successive lines of text in 1/4 dots for bitmap fonts and in design units for scalable fonts. This is normally about 1.2 times the fonts height.
• Text width (UI) - ignored by these HL Series printers.
This word specifies the average width of the fonts lowercase characters in 1/4 dots for bitmap fonts and in design units for scalable fonts.
First code (UI) - ignored by these printers. This word specifies the character code of the first (lowest numbered) printable character in the font.
Last code (UI) - specifies the character code of the last (highest numbered) character in the font. If this value is less than 255, it is recognized as 00FFH.
Pitch extended (UB) - the fractional part of the character pitch. For a 17 cpi font the bytes value would be calculated as follows:
1200/17 = 70.588 The Pitch byte takes the value 70.
Pitch Extended = 0.588 x 256 = 150 (rounded down).
(According to HP's manual, this should be set to 0.) This printer ignores the value for scalable fonts.
Height extended (UB) - the fractional part of the height of the font. For a 10 point font the bytes value would be calculated as follows:
1200 x 10/72 = 166.667, the Height byte takes the value 166
Height Extended = 0.667 × 256 = 170 (rounded down).
Point size = (character height × 256 + extended character height) × 300 / (72 × 1024)
(According to HP's manual, this should be set to 0.) These printers ignore the value for scalable fonts.
Cap height data (UI) - ignored by these HL Series printers. This word specifies for the font the distance between the baseline and the top of an unaccented capital letter (for example, 'H'), as a percentage of the font's em rule, '—'.
Font number (ULI) - ignored by these HL Series printers. This 4-byte field specifies the number assigned to the font by the vending company. The number is stored as a hexadecimal value in the lower three bytes, bytes 44, 45 and 46.
Font name (16 bytes) - ignored by these HL Series printers. This 16-byte field can be used to specify a name for the font.
• X-Resolution (UI) - specifies the resolution in the X-scan direction.

This value can be 300 or 600 for bitmap fonts, and is normally set to 2540 for Intellifont scalable fonts. This is used for scaling the X-coordinates of font data to the required point size.

After scaling ( in dots ) =

(300 x the required point size x X-coordinate) / {72.307 x scale factor (8782)}

After scaling ( in dots ) =

(300 × the required point size × X-coordinate) / {Master X-resolution × (Height / 8)}

- Y-Resolution (UI) - specifies the resolution in the Y-scan direction.

This value should be set to 300 or 600 dpi for special bitmap fonts and is not available for Bitmap fonts and TrueType fonts.

This is normally set to 2540 for Intellifont -scalable fonts and is used for scaling the Y-coordinates of the font data to the required point size.

This value is calculated as:

After scaling (in dots) = (300 x the required point size x Y-coordinate) / (72.307 x scale factor (8782))

After scaling ( in dots ) = (300 x the required point size x Y-coordinate) /

{ M x (Height / 8) } s

- Scale Factor (UI) - specifies the number of design units per Em. This value can be the unit for the metrics of Intellifont / TrueType scalable fonts.

This is normally set to 8782 and is calculated for Intellifont as follows:

• Scale factor x 72.307 = resolution x height / 8
- This is normally set to 2048 for TrueType fonts.
- Master Underline position (UI) - Specifies the distance from the baseline to the top of the underline in design units and this is an alternative for "Underline Position (bit 30)" only for scalable fonts.
- Master Underline height (UI) - specifies the height of the underline itself in design units and this is an alternative for "Underline Thickness (bit 31)" only for scalable fonts.
- Font Scaling Technology (UB) - specifies the type of font scaling technology for any scalable fonts.
- Variety (UB) - only for TrueType fonts, this value should be set to 0.
- OR (LRE) Threshold (UI) - specifies the pixel size in design units. This is switched on between scaling the font and its rasterization.
- Global Italic Angle (SI) - specifies the italic angle as a tangent relative to the vertical. The value 0 makes upright fonts.
- Global Intellifont Data Size (UI) - indicates the size of the global Intellifont data block.
- Global Intellifont Data - includes the global intellifont data.
- Character Complement (Array of UB) - identifies the symbol set compatibility for unbound fonts used with the Character Requirement flag in the symbol set descriptor.

MSL Symbol Index

Bit Field	Designated Use
58 - 63	Reserved for Latin fonts.
55 - 57	Reserved for Cyrillic fonts.
52 - 54	Reserved for Arabic fonts.
50 - 51	Reserved for Greek fonts.
48 - 49	Reserved for Hebrew fonts.
3 - 47	Miscellaneous uses (South Asian, Armenian, other alphabets, bar codes, OCR, Math, PC Semi-graphics, etc.)
0 - 2	Symbol Index field. 111 - MSL Symbol Index

Unicode Symbol Index

Bit Field	Designated Use
32 - 63	Miscellaneous uses (South Asian, Armenian, other alphabets, bar codes, OCR, Math, etc.)
28 - 31	Reserved for Latin fonts.
22 - 27	Reserved for platform / application variant fonts.
3 - 21	Reserved for Cyrillic, Arabic, Greek and Hebrew fonts.
0 - 2	Symbol Index field. 110 - Unicode Symbol Index

MSL Symbol Index Character Complement bits

Bit Field	Designated Use
63	0 if font is compatible with standard Latin character sets (e.g., Roman-8, ISO 8859-1 Latin 1); otherwise set to 1.
62	0 if font is compatible with East European Latin character sets (e.g., ISO 8859-2 Latin 2); otherwise set to 1.
61	0 if font contains Turkish character sets (e.g., ISO 8859/9 Latin 5); otherwise set to 1.
34	0 if font has access to the math characters of the Math-8, PS Math and Ventura Math character sets; otherwise set to 1.
33	0 if font has access to the semi-graphic character of the PC-8, PC-850, etc. character sets; otherwise set to 1.
32	0 if font is compatible with ITC Zapf Dingbats series 100, 200, etc.; otherwise set to 1.
2,1,0	111 if font is arranged in MSL symbol Index order.

5.4.3. Unicode symbol index character complement bits

Bit Field	Designated Use
31	0 if font is compatible with 7-bit ASCII; otherwise set to 1.
30	0 if font is compatible with ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 (West Europe) character sets; otherwise set to 1.
29	0 if font is compatible with ISO 8859/2 Latin 2 (East Europe) character sets; otherwise set to 1.
28	0 if font is compatible with Latin 5 (Turkish) character sets (e.g., ISO 8859/9 Latin 5, PC-Turkish); otherwise set to 1.
27	0 if font is compatible with Desktop Publishing character sets (e.g., Windows 3.1 Latin 1, DeskTop, MC Text); otherwise set to 1.
26	0 if font is compatible with character sets requiring a wider selection of accents (e.g., MC Text, ISO 8859/1 Latin 1); otherwise set to 1.
25	0 if font is compatible with traditional PCL character sets (e.g., Roman-8, Legal, ISO 4 United Kingdom); otherwise set to 1.
24	0 if font is compatible with the Macintosh character set (MS Text); otherwise set to 1.
23	0 if font is compatible with PostScript Standard Encoding (PS Text); otherwise set to 1.
22	0 if font is compatible with Code Pages (e.g., PC-8, PC-850, PC-Turk, etc.); otherwise set to 1.
2,1,0	110 if font is arranged in Unicode Symbol Index order.

Checksum - This should be set to a value which, when added to the contents of the 64 bytes of this font descriptor data produces a total of 0.
Descriptor size - segmented font data.

	MSB15 8		LSB7 0
	x
	x + 2
	x + 4
x + 4 + 1st seg.size	First segment, segment identifier
	First segment, Segment size
	First segment, Data segment
	Second segment, segment identifier, Size, Data segment
	\|
	# - 6	Null segment identifier
	# - 4	Null segment size
	# - 2	Reserved Checksum

This segment follows just after the font header for TrueType. Each segment is divided into segment identifier, segment size and data segment parts.

*Segment Identifier (UI) -

Each item in the data segment part has an identification number.

Value	Mnemonic	Data Segment
17219	CC	Character Complement
17232	CP	Copyright
18260	GT	Global TrueType Data
20545	PA	Panose Description
22618	XW	X windows font name
65535		Null Segment

*Segment Size (UI) - indicates the size of each item in the data segment.

*Data segment -

AP - Application support segment (reserved)

CC - Character Complement

Function and form are as same as character complement flag in the font descriptor. This is only for unbound fonts.

CP - Copyright

Value should be ASCII data.

GI - Global Intellifont data (reserved)

GT - Global TrueType Data

This segment consists of a table directory and several tables for the TrueType font scaler.

The table directory consists of a 12-byte header and 16 bytes pen entry.

IF - Intellifont Face Data (Reserved)

PA - PANOSE Descriptor

This data segment is used for font selection and substitution.

PF - PS-compatible font name (Reserved)

XW - X-Windows font name

5.4.4. Sending a character code

Esc*c#E (character code) (27) (42) (99) #(69)

<1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<45h>

This command sends a character code for the bitmap font (MSL number for unbound fonts) to the printer. The font data must follow immediately.
is the character code. # can be from 0 to 65535. The specified character is defined by the data which follows the character code.
Use this command also to designate a character for deletion from a font, using the command for deleting a character from a downloaded font.

5.4.5. Sending a character descriptor and data

Esc(s#W (character descriptor and character data)

(27) (40) (115) # (87)

<1Bh><28h><73h>#<57h>

This command sends a character descriptor block and raster data describing the shape of the character to the printer.
is the total number of bytes (descriptor and data) which will follow this command and can be up to 32767. If you need to send more than 32767 bytes to describe a single character you must split it into blocks of 32767 bytes or less and send each block separately.
The character header for the first block of data describing a character is in the following format.

[Bitmap font]

Byte Data

0 - 1	Format	Continuation
2 - 3	Descriptor size	Class
4 - 5	Orientation	Reserved
6 - 7	Left offset
8 - 9	Top offset
0 - 11	Character width
2 - 13	Character height
4 - 15	Delta X
16 -	Raster Character Data

Byte	Data
0-1	Format Continuation
2	Raster Character Data

The bytes which follow the header are the raster data that make up the character.
Attributes are in one of four numerical formats.

Unsigned integer (UI) 0 to 65535

Signed integer (SI) -32768 to 32767

Unsigned byte (UB) 0 to 255

Boolean - 0 or 1

Format (UB) - 4 for bitmap fonts.
Continuation (B) - signifies whether the character data represents a new character (0) or is a continuation of the character described by the previous character descriptor block and its data (non-zero). If the continuation byte is non-zero the bytes following it are interpreted as character data.
Descriptor size (UB) - 14 for bitmap fonts.
Class (UB) - 1 for bitmap fonts, 2 for compressed bitmap fonts. Bitmap fonts are described using uncompressed raster data. Compressed bitmap fonts character data is encoded as follows. The first byte of a line of data contains the number of times that the line is successively repeated. The second byte indicates the number of successive white pixels that start the line and the third byte indicates the number of successive black pixels that follow the white pixels. Subsequent even and odd numbered bytes indicate the number of successive white and black pixels respectively that make up the line. If there are more than 255 successive pixels of a single color this is indicated by a byte set to 255 followed by a byte set to 0 followed by a byte indicating the remaining number of pixels of that color. The width of each line is determined by the character width attribute. All rows must contain the same number of pixels. The total number of pixels on each row must equal the character width attribute.
Orientation (UB) - the orientation of the character. 0 = portrait, 1 = landscape, 2 = reverse portrait or 3 = reverse landscape. This attribute setting must match the orientation specified in the font descriptor block.
Left offset (SI) - the distance between the character reference point and the leftmost dot of the character on the grid. The offset can be from -16384 to 16383.
Top offset (SI) - the distance between the character reference point and the topmost dot of the character on the grid. The offset can be from -16384 to 16383.
Character width (UI) - the width of the download character in grid dots. This can be in the range 1 to 16384.
Character height (UI) - the height of the download character in grid dots. This can be in the range 1 to 16384.
Delta X (UI) - the horizontal distance from the bottom left hand corner of the character's grid that the cursor is moved after the character is printed. The attribute is specified in units of 1/1200" and can be in the range -32768 to 32767.

[Intellifont scalable font data]

Byte	Data
0-1	Format Continuation
2 - 3	Descriptor size Class
4 - 5	Contour Character data
t data	Reserved Checksum

MSB

4	Contour Data size
6	Metric data offset
8	Character Intellifont data offset
10	Contour tree offset
12	XY data offset
14
	Metric data
	Character Intellifont Data
	Contour tree data
	XY coordinate data

Byte Data

0-1	Format	Continuation
2 - 3	Continuous contour character data
Last	Reserved	Checksum

Byte Data

0-1	Format	Continuation
2 - 3	Descriptor size	Class
4 - 5	Compound character escarpment
6 - 7	piled character number	ignore
8 - ...	piled character list ( 6 byte x characters )
Last	Reserved	checksum

Format (UB) - specifies the character format.

Value	Format
4	Bitmap font
10	Intellifont-scalable font
15	TrueType scalable font

Continuation (B) - signifies whether the character data represents a new character (0) or is a continuation of the character described by the previous character descriptor block and its data (non-zero). If the continuation byte is non-zero the bytes following it are interpreted as character data.
Descriptor size (UB) - specifies the character descriptor size in bytes.
• Class (UB). indicates the character format.

Value	Class
1	Bitmap
2	Compressed Bitmap
3	Contour (Intellifont scalable)
4	Compound Contour (Intellifont scalable)
15	TrueType Scalable

Contour data size (UI) - specifies the contour data size.
Metric Data offset (SI) - relative to the address of the contour data size field.
Contour Tree Offset (SI) -relative to the address of the contour data size field.
XY Data Offset (SI) -relative to the address of the contour data size field.
Metric Data
• Character Intellifont Scalable Data
Contour Tree Data
XY Coordinate Data
Checksum - this value is placed at the end of the character data.
• Compound character escapement (SI)
Piled character number (UB)
Piled character list - includes some piled characters. Each of them is 6 bytes.

[TrueType scalable font]

Byte		Data
0-1	Format (15) Continuation (0)
2 - 3	Descriptor size Class (15)
4 ~ Additional descriptor size
2 + Desc.size	Character Data Size
4 + Desc. size	Glyph ID
6 + Desc. size	TrueType Glyph Data
0-1	Format (15) Continuation (0)
2 - 3	Descriptor size Class (15)
4 ~ Additional descriptor size
2 + Desc.size	Character Data Size
4 + Desc. size	Glyph ID
6 + Desc. size	beginning of TrueType Glyph Data
0-1	Format (15) Continuation (1)
	TrueType Glyph Data
Last-2	Reserved	Checksum

The character data follows these header bytes. Characters are represented as raster data and the data bytes are used to build up an image of the character from left to right and from top to bottom, according to the character width and height settings.
Format (UB) - 15 specifies TrueType font.
Continuation (B) - specifies whether the character data represents a new character (0) or is a continuation of the character described by the previous character descriptor block (non-zero). If the continuation byte is non-zero the bytes following it are interpreted as character data.
Descriptor size (UB) - specifies the character descriptor size in bytes.
• Class (UB) - indicates the character format.

1 Bitmap
2 Compressed Bitmap
3 Contour (Intellifont scalable)
4 Compound Contour (Intellifont scalable)
15 TrueType scalable

Character data size (UI) - should be the same value as (the character data size + Glyph ID + TrueType Glyph data) size.
Glyph ID (UI) - specifies the ID number for glyph data, which is used by the TrueType font scaler.
TrueType Glyph data - includes the data segment which is associated with the given character as found in the glyph table of the original TrueType font file.
Checksum (UB) - should be a value which, when added to "Character data + Glyph ID + TrueType Glyph data" size, produces a zero result.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - [TrueType scalable font] - 1

text_image

Portrait character Paper motion Raster scan Top offset = 22 dots Character height = 31 dots Character reference point Left offset = 2 dots Delta X = 30 dots Baseline Cursor position after character has been printed Character width = 26 dots

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - [TrueType scalable font] - 2

text_image

Landscape character Paper motion Top offset = 27 dots Character height = 26 dots Raster scan Left offset = 22 dots Character width = 31 dots Baseline Cursor position after character has been printed Character reference point Delta X = 30 dots

6. USING GRAPHICS

This HL Series printer affords the user considerable flexibility in the creation of graphic images. Vector, raster and rectangle graphics are available, all of which allow a range of shading and filling options. The HP-GL/2 graphics commands that are supported are described in the HP-GL/2 section of this manual.

6.1. Source, Pattern and Destination

We refer to a printing model in which a source image (the image to be drawn) is applied to a destination image (simply the graphics or text that already exist on the page). The source image consists of white space and non-white areas. The non-white areas are covered by a pattern of some description. The pattern may simply be solid black or it may itself consist of white and non-white areas, for example the pattern may consist of vertical spaced lines. You can specify the way in which the white and dark areas of the entire source image and the white and dark areas of the pattern interact with the destination image to produce the finished effect.

For example

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Source, Pattern and Destination - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Pattern Source image"] --> B["Destination image"]
    B --> C["Possible results"]
    B --> D["Patterned Image 1"]
    B --> E["Patterned Image 2"]
    B --> F["Patterned Image 3"]
    B --> G["Patterned Image 4"]

6.1.1. Set source transparency

Esc*v#N (27) (42) (118) #(78)

<1Bh><2Ah><76h>#<4Eh>

• This command sets the source image transparency.
- # is either 0 or 1. Set # to 0 to select transparent mode and to 1 to specify opaque mode.
- Transparent mode means that parts of the destination image will be visible through the white space areas of the source image when the source image has been printed on top of the destination image.
- Opaque mode means that parts of the destination image will not be visible through the white space areas of the source image when the source image has been printed on top of the destination image.

For example

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set source transparency - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Pattern Source image"] --> B["Destination image"]
    B --> C["With transparent source image"]
    B --> D["With opaque source image"]
    C --> E["Possible results"]
    D --> E

6.1.2. Set pattern transparency

Esc*v#O (27) (42) (118) #(79)

<1Bh><2Ah><76h>#<4Fh>

• This command sets the pattern transparency.
- # is either 0 or 1. Set # to 0 to select transparent mode and to 1 to specify opaque mode.
- Transparent mode means that parts of the destination image will be visible through the patterned areas of the source image when the source image has been printed on top of the destination image. If the pattern is a solid black fill obviously you will not be able to see any of the destination image through the patterned areas of the source image.
- Opaque mode means that the destination image will not be visible through the patterned areas of the source image when the source image has been printed on top of the destination image.

For example

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set pattern transparency - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Pattern"] --> B["(Source image is transparent)"]
    C["Source image"] --> B
    B --> D["Destination image"]
    D --> E["With transparent pattern"]
    D --> F["With opaque pattern"]
    E --> G["Possible results"]
    F --> G

6.1.3. Set area fill identity

Esc*c#G

(27) (42) (99) # (71)

<1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<47h>

This command sets the pattern ID of a shading tone, a fill pattern or a user-defined pattern for subsequent selection with the Set Pattern Type command.
1 \~ 100 specify the percentage of a gray scale.
1 \~ 6 select a fill pattern.
1 \~ 32767 select a user-defined pattern.
You can specify a gray scale tone from 1 to 100. To use the specified tone for shading you must then select one of the two gray scale pattern options with the Set Pattern Type command.

For example

Fill patterns
BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set area fill identity - 1

text_image

= 1 # = 2 # = 3

= 4 # = 5 # = 6

6.1.4. User-defined pattern command

Esc*c#W [ data ] (27) (42) (99) #(87) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<57h>

should be in the range 0 \~ 32767.
stands for the number of pattern data bytes.
User defined patterns can be defined by binary data or an 8 byte pattern descriptor.
• The formats for the pattern descriptor are listed below.

MSB

0 - 1	Format (0) Continuation (0)
2 - 3	Pixel Encoding (1) Reserved (0)
4 - 5	Height in Pixels
6 - 7	Width in Pixels
8 -	Pattern Image

LSB

MSB

0 - 1	Format (20) Continuation (0)
2 - 3	Pixel Encoding (1) Reserved (0)
4 - 5	Height in Pixels
6 - 7	Width in Pixels
8 - 9	X resolution
10 - 11	Y resolution X=Y: 300 or 600
12 -	Pattern Image

LSB

A pattern which is defined at 600 dpi cannot be converted to one at 300 dpi.
Format - set to 0 or 20.
Continuation - set to 0.
Pixel Encoding - set to 1.
• Height in Pixels - specifies the pattern height by the number of rows.
Width in Pixels - specifies the pattern width by the number of pixels.
Pattern Image - consists of the raster data for the pattern.
• X resolution - specifies the resolution in the X scan direction.
Y resolution - specifies the resolution in the Y scan direction.

6.1.5. Set pattern reference point

Esc*p#R (27) (42) (112) #(82) <1Bh><2Ah><70h>#<52h>

This command sets the pattern reference point to the current cursor position.
specifies whether the pattern rotates with the print direction or remains fixed.
The Pattern reference point should be placed on a physical page and the base pattern is positioned at the pattern reference point for tiling.

6.1.6. User-defined pattern control

Esc*c#Q (27) (42) (99) #(81) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<51h>

= 0 deletes all (temporary and permanent) user-defined patterns from the printer memory.
= 1 deletes all temporary user-defined patterns from the printer memory.
= 2 deletes the pattern whose ID number was specified most recently.
= 4 saves the user-defined pattern as a temporary pattern whose ID number was specified most recently.
= 5 saves the user-defined pattern as a permanent pattern whose ID number was specified most recently.

6.1.7. Set pattern type

Esc*v#T (27) (42) (118) #(84) <1Bh><2Ah><76h>#<54h>

This command selects the fill pattern (black, white, gray scale or cross-hatch pattern) for use with subsequent graphics operations.
is in the range 0 to 4 or 130.
= 0 selects solid black as the fill pattern.
= 1 selects white as the fill pattern (all source images will be completely white).
= 2 selects one of eight gray scales. Specify the gray scale you require as a percentage (0-100%) with the Set Area Fill Identity command.
= 3 selects the cross-hatch pattern you choose with the Set Area Fill Identity.
= 4 selects the user-defined pattern
= 130 selects one of the 64 gray scales. You can specify the gray scale you require as a percentage (0-100%) with the Set Area Fill Identity command. This feature is unique to these HL-Series printers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set pattern type - 1

heatmap

| Group | 0% | 100% | | :--- | :--- | :--- | | #=130 | 0% | 100% | | #=2 | 1-2% | 81-99% | | #=2 | 11-20% | 36-55% | | #=2 | 21-55% | 56-80% | | #=2 | 56-80% | 81-99% | | #=2 | 81-99% | 36-55% | | #=2 | 11-20% | 11-20% | | #=2 | 36-55% | 36-55% | | #=2 | 56-80% | 56-80% | | #=2 | 81-99% | 81-99% |

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set pattern type - 2

heatmap

| Value | Color Intensity | |---|---| | #=0 | Dark Black | | #=1 | White | | #=2 | Dark Grey | | #=3 | Striped White | | #=3 | Striped White | | #=3 | Crosshatch White | | #=3 | Crosshatch White | | #=130 | Dark Grey (approx) |

• See the following example for programming examples using patterns.

Pattern example

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 ESC= CHR(27)
30 REM --- RESET PRINTER ---
40 LPRINT ESC$; "E";
50 REM --- SET SOURCE=TRANSPARENT ---
60 REM --- SET PATTERN=OPAQUE ---
70 LPRINT ESC$; "*v0n10";
80 REM --- BACKGROUND ---
90 LPRINT ESC; "*c80G"; ESC; "*v2T";
100 LPRINT ESC; "*p100x100Y"; ESC; "*c1000a300b2P";
110 REM --- PATTERN ---
120 LPRINT ESC$; "*p150x300Y";
130 LPRINT ESC$; "(s1p48v0s0b4101T";
140 LPRINT ESC; "*c1G"; ESC; "*v3T"; : LPRINT "P";
150 LPRINT ESC; "*c2G"; ESC; "*v3T"; : LPRINT "A";
160 LPRINT ESC; "*c6G"; ESC; "*v3T"; : LPRINT "T";
170 LPRINT ESC; "*c4G"; ESC; "*v3T"; : LPRINT "T";
180 LPRINT ESC; "*c5G"; ESC; "*v3T"; : LPRINT "E";
190 LPRINT ESC; "*c3G"; ESC; "*v3T"; : LPRINT "R";
200 LPRINT ESC; "*c1G"; ESC; "*v3T"; : LPRINT "N";
210 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
220 LPRINT CHR$(12);
230 END

<Sample file 6>

6.2. Plotting Rectangles

Drawing rectangles is a basic case of printing graphics: the source image consists solely of the rectangle itself. Thus only the pattern transparency has any bearing on the final effect - the source transparency is irrelevant.

6.2.1. Cursor position

Position the cursor using the commands described in the chapter entitled "The Page". You can use units, decipoints or rows and columns as coordinate units. Remember that the y-coordinate value goes up as the cursor moves down the logical page.

6.2.2. Set rectangle width

Esc*c#A (27) (42) (99) #(65) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<41h>

- This command sets the width of the rectangle to be printed in dots.

- # is the number of dots.

Esc*c#H (27) (42) (99) #(72) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<48h>

This command sets the width of the rectangle to be printed in decipoints.
is the number of decipoints.

6.2.3. Set rectangle height

Esc*c#B (27) (42) (99) # (66) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<42h>

This command sets the height of the rectangle to be printed in dots.
is the number of dots.

Esc*c#V (27) (42) (99) #(86) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<56h>

This command sets the height of the rectangle to be printed in decipoints.
is the number of decipoints.

6.2.4. Draw filled rectangle

Esc*c#P (27) (42) (99) # (80) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<50h>

This command fills a rectangular area with the specified shading option.
is 0 to 5 or 130.
# = 0 uses solid black as the fill pattern.
# = 1 uses white as the fill pattern.
= 2 selects the gray scale you chose with the Set Area Fill Identity command as the fill pattern.
= 3 selects the cross-hatch pattern you chose with the Set Area Fill Identity.
= 4 selects the user defined pattern, which is the ID number selected by the set Area Fill Identity.
= 5 uses the pattern specified by the combination of the most recent Set Area Fill Identity command and the most recent Set Pattern Type command.
= 130 selects one of the sixty-four gray scales. You can specify the gray scale you require as a percentage (0-100%) with the Set Area Fill Identity command. This feature is unique to these HL Series printers.

#	Fill
0	Solid black
1	White
2	Gray scale (1 - 8)
3	Cross hatch pattern
4	User-defined pattern
5	Current pattern
130	Gray scale (1 - 64)

• See the following example for programming examples using gray scales.

Gray scale example

10 ESC= CHR(27)
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 REM --- DRAW A PATTERN USING 64 GRAY SCALES ---
40 X = 50: Y = 100: XL=50 :YL=200
50 FOR GRAY = 0 TO 100 STEP 2
60 GOSUB 220
70 X=GRAY*10+50 :XL=X-XL
80 GOSUB 260
90 XL=X
100 NEXT GRAY
110 REM --- DRAW A PATTERN USING 8 GRAY SCALES ---
120 Y=400
130 FOR GRAY = 0 TO 100 STEP 2
140 GOSUB 220
150 X=GRAY*10+50 :XL=X-XL
160 GOSUB 320
170 XL=X
180 NEXT GRAY
190 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
200 LPRINT CHR$(12)
210 END
220 REM --- SET THE CURSOR POSITION ---
230 LPRINT ESC$; "*p"; X; "X";
240 LPRINT ESC$; "*p"; Y; "Y";
250 RETURN
260 REM --- PRINT 64-GRAY SCALE PATTERN ---
270 LPRINT ESC$; "*c"; XL; "A";
280 LPRINT ESC$; "*c"; YL; "B";
290 LPRINT ESC$; "*c"; GRAY; "G";
300 LPRINT ESC$; "*c130P";
310 RETURN
320 REM --- PRINT 8-GRAY SCALE PATTERN ---
330 LPRINT ESC$; "*c"; XL; "A";
340 LPRINT ESC$; "*c"; YL; "B";
350 LPRINT ESC$; "*c"; GRAY; "G";
360 LPRINT ESC$; "*c2P";
370 RETURN

<Sample file 7>

6.3. Raster Graphics

6.3.1. Positioning the cursor

Position the cursor using the commands described in the chapter entitled "The Page", using dots, decipoints or rows and columns as coordinate units.

6.3.2. Set raster resolution

Esc*t#R (27) (42) (116) #(82) <1Bh><2Ah><74h>#<52h>

This command sets the raster image resolution in dots per inch.
is 75, 100, 150, 200, 300 or 600.
The lower the resolution you specify, the less printer memory your raster image will occupy.
Use this command before you issue a Begin Raster Graphics command, otherwise the resolution that you specify will not take effect until the next time you re-enter raster graphics mode.

6.3.3. Set high resolution control

EscCRRO (27) (13) (82) (79) <1Bh><0Dh><52h><4Fh>

• This command sets high resolution control off.
EscCRRL (27) (13) (82) (76) <1Bh><0Dh><52h><4Ch>
• This command sets high resolution control Light level.
EscCRRM (27) (13) (82) (77) <1Bh><0Dh><52h><4Dh>
• This command sets high resolution control Medium level.
EscCRRD (27) (13) (82) (68) <1Bh><0Dh><52h><44h>
• This command sets high resolution control Dark level.

6.3.4. Set raster image orientation

Esc*r#F (27) (42) (114) #(70) <1Bh><2Ah><72h>#<46h>

This command specifies the orientation of the raster image.
is 0 or 3.
= 0 determines that the image will be printed from left to right and from top to bottom within the current logical page.
= 3 determines that the image will be printed from left to right and from top to bottom within the current physical page irrespective of logical page orientation.
• The default value of # is 3.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set raster image orientation - 1

text_image

X Y (X1, Y1) #=0 Portrait

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set raster image orientation - 2

text_image

(X1,Y1) = Cursor position X → Y (X1,Y1) #=0 Landscape

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set raster image orientation - 3

text_image

Y (X1, Y1) #=3 Portrait

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Set raster image orientation - 4

text_image

Y X → ↓ ↓ (X1, Y1) #=3 Landscape

6.3.5. Set raster area height

Esc*r#T (27) (42) (114) #(84) <1Bh><2Ah><72h>#<54h>

This command sets the height of the raster image to be printed.
is the number of raster rows.
If you use this command after using a Start Raster Graphics or a Transfer Raster Data command, it does not take effect until after the next End Raster Graphics command.

6.3.6. Set raster area width

Esc*r#S (27) (42) (114) #(83) <1Bh><2Ah><72h>#<53h>

This command sets the width of the raster image to be printed.
is the number of dots at the specified dots per inch resolution.
If you use this command after using a Start Raster Graphics or a Transfer Raster Data command, it does not take effect until after the next End Raster Graphics command.

6.3.7. Set raster y-offset

Esc*b#Y (27) (42) (98) #(89) <1Bh><2Ah><62h>#<59h>

This command sets the offset (number of blank rows to be skipped) for the raster image to be printed.
is the number of rows that are left blank at the top of the image.
must be in the range 0-32767.
This command is only effective in raster graphics mode, that is, after a Start Raster Graphics mode command.

6.3.8. Set compression mode

Esc*b#M (27) (42) (98) # (77) <1Bh><2Ah><62h>#<4Dh>

Identifies the method of compression used to encode the raster image that is to be sent to the printer.

is 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 1152 or 1024.
# = 0 signifies no compression is to be used.
= 1 indicates that run-length encoding is to be used. The raster data bytes are transmitted in pairs. The second byte of each pair specifies the raster output, the first byte specifies the number of times the second byte is successively repeated. A value of 0 for the first byte indicates a single occurrence of the second byte, a value of 1 indicates two consecutive occurrences of the second byte and so on.
= 2 indicates that TIFF (tagged image file format) encoding is to be used. In this format the data is transmitted in groups of bytes. The first byte of each group is a control byte and defines how the subsequent data byte or bytes should be interpreted, and how many data bytes there are before the next control byte. If the two's complement value of the control byte is in the range -1 to -127, the following byte is a repeated data byte. The number of successive occurrences of the data byte is given by the absolute value of the control byte plus one - that is, if the control byte is -6, the following data byte is repeated 7 times. If the value of the control byte is in the range 0-127 the bytes which follow arc unencoded raster data. The number of data bytes is given by the absolute value of the control byte plus one - that is, if the control byte is 9, the following ten bytes arc unencoded data. If a control byte has the two's complement value -128 it is ignored and the next byte is treated as a control byte.

- # = 3 indicates that delta row compression is to be used. In this method byte sequences identify how each raster row differs from the last row that was transmitted. The first byte identifies the number of consecutive bytes (the value of the most significant 3 bits plus 1) to be changed and the position in the line at which to start substituting the replacement bytes (the least significant 5 bits plus 1). Hence, if the command byte has a 3 in the top three bits and 10 in the bottom five bits, the 11th, 12th, 13th and 14th bytes of the last row will be replaced by the four data bytes that follow.

If the least significant 5 bits are all 1, the next byte is treated as a further offset value and its value is added to 32 to calculate the offset. If this byte in turn is all ones the next byte is also treated as a continuation byte and its value is added to the offset and so on until a byte whose value is not 255 is encountered.

This combination of command bytes and replacement bytes is used to specify all the differences between the last raster row sent (the seed row) and the new row to be transmitted. When the new row has been sent it becomes the new seed row.

- # = 5 indicates that adaptive compression is to be used.

This compression compresses multiple rows (a block) into one transfer graphics command.

Most other compression methods compress only one row to one transfer graphics command.

One transfer graphic command (ESC *b##W) can contain only up to 32,767 bytes.

As mode 5 compression compresses multiple rows, the amount of transferred data may become large.

If compressed data exceeds this limit, reduce the number of rows in the block.

We can use mode 0 to mode 3 compression to compress each row. We can even compress empty (white) rows and duplicate rows with these compression methods.

- Command byte

Mode 5 compressed data consists of multiple elements. Each element contains 3 header bytes at the beginning.

The first byte of the header bytes is a command byte.

First byte Second, third byte
0	Unencoded	bytes of data
1 Run-length Encoding Number of 2	TIFF
3 Delta Row compression
4 Empty Row Number of empty row or repetition
5 Duplicate Row

Command byte

0 - This element is an uncompressed row. The next two bytes contain the byte count of the uncompressed data. Uncompressed data follows the header.

1 - This element identifies a compressed row. Compression method is mode 1. The next two bytes (upper byte first) contain the byte count of the compressed data. Compressed data follows the header.

2 - This element identifies a compressed row. Compression method is mode 2. The next two bytes (upper byte first) contain the byte count of the compressed data. Compressed data follows the header

3 - This element identifies a compressed row. Compression method is mode 3. The next two bytes (upper byte first) contain the byte count of the compressed data. Compressed data follows the header

4 - This element identifies multiple empty rows. The next two bytes (upper byte first) contain the empty row count.

5 - This element identifies duplicate rows. The next two bytes (upper byte first) contain the duplicate row count.

- # = 9 Mode 9 compression

Like mode 3 compression, this mode 9 compression data contains only the difference of the current row from the preceding row.

Replacement data often consists of a repetition of a particular byte in mode 3 compression.

Mode 9 compression is effective in such cases.

Simple mode 9 compression data consists of a command byte and the replacement data.

A Command byte consists of 3 parts. These are the control bit, the offset count and the replacement count.

The Control bit is the most significant bit (bit 7) of a control byte.

Command byte for mode 9 compression (non repeated replacement data)
BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Command byte - 1

text_image

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Offset count Replacement count-1 Control bit

If the control bit is 0, replacement data is not repeated data. Bits 6 to 3 contain the offset count. This field value is from 0 to 15. If this value is 15, the next byte of the control bytes is an optional offset count. The value of this optional offset count byte is from 0 to 255. If this optional offset count value is 255, then the next byte is another (second) optional offset count byte. Optional offset count bytes will continue until the value is less than 255. The total Offset value is the sum of the offset count in the control byte and all the optional offset bytes.

Bits 2 to 0 of the control byte contains the replacement count - 1. The value is from 0 to 7. If this value is 7, optional replacement byte(s) follow the control byte or optional offset byte(s) (if any).

If the first optional replacement count byte is 255, then a second optional count byte follows the first optional count byte. Optional offset count bytes will continue until the value becomes less than 255. The addition of the replacement count in the control byte and all optional replacement count bytes gives the total replacement count.

Replacement data bytes follow the control byte and any optional offset bytes and any optional replacement count bytes.

Seed row 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

Current row 55 55 55 55 55 11 11 22 33 44 55 66 77

Offset count = 5

Replacement count = 8

Replacement data = 11 11 22 33 44 55 66 77

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Command byte - 2

text_image

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 Offset count = 5 Replacement count = 7 + 1 = 8 Optional offset count byte = 0 11 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 8 bytes of replacement data

Command byte for mode 9 compression (repeated replacement data)
BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Command byte - 3

text_image

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Offset count Replacement count Control bit

If the control bit is 1, replacement data is repeated data. Bits 6 to 5 contain the offset count and bits 4 to 0 contain the 'replacement count (repeat count) - 2'.

If bit 6 and bit 5 are '1', then an optional offset byte follows the control byte. If the value of this optional offset byte is 255, another (second) optional offset byte follows the first optional offset byte. The addition of the offset count in the control byte and any optional offset bytes gives the total offset count.

If bits 4 to 0 are all '1', an optional replacement count byte follows the control byte or any optional offset byte(s). If the first optional replacement count byte has a value of 255, a second optional replacement count byte follows the first optional replacement count byte. Optional replacement count bytes will continue until the value becomes less than 255.

Seed row 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

Current row 55 55 55 11 11 11 55 55 66 66 66 66 55

Offset count = 3

Replacement count = 3

Replacement data = 11

Offset count = 2

Replacement count = 4

Replacement data = 66

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Command byte - 4

text_image

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 Optional offset count byte = 0 Replacement data = 11 Replacement count = 1 + 2 = 3 Offset count = 3 Replacement data = 660 Replacement count = 2 + 2 = 4 Offset count = 2

- # = 1152 indicates that CCITT G3/G4 data compression is to be used.

This format is popular in optical document storage areas as this compression is effective to store black and white type pictures. As G3/G4 format does not have picture size/resolution information, the printer requires a header at the beginning of the picture data. The header size is 94 Bytes. Both the header and the picture data are transferred by the ESC*b###W(###=data length) command. The normal PCL transfer graphics data command has a limitation on the data size and ### should not exceed 32767. Unlike other modes, this mode is special and does not have the 32767 size limitation. The data must have the following structure - Header and Picture data. The values in this mode are little endians.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Command byte - 5

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Header"] --> B["Picture data"]
    C["94 bytes"] --> D["Picture data length"]
    E["File Length"] --> F["End"]

Byte position	Data	Description
0 - 1	6E 6E 'nn' This is header ID.
2 - 3	0A 00 Reserved
4 - 7	5E 00 00 00 Picture data start offset from header top
8 - 11	File length File length including 94 Byte header. If file length is 65,536 byte, these 4 bytes become "00 00 01 00"
12 - 13	01 00 Reserved
14 - 15	01 00 Reserved
16 - 19	4A 00 00 00 Reserved
20 - 21	Compression mode 02 00: Fax MH format03 00: Fax MR format04 00: Fax G4 format
22 - 55	00 ... 00 All zero
56 - 59	Picture data length If picture data length is 65,442 (65,536 ~-94) byte, these 4 bytes become "A2 FF 00 00."
60 - 61	01 00 bit / pixel
62 - 63	01 00 bit / pixel
64 - 65	Pixels/line If picture dot width = 2,400, these 2 bytes become "60 09"
66 - 67	Pixels/line Same as above.
68 - 69	Lines/picture If picture dot count = 3,100, these 2 bytes become "1C 0C."
71 - 71	Lines/picture Same as above.
72 - 73	00 00 Reserved
74 - 75	Photometrics 00 00 or 01 00	00 00 : data 0 = white01 00 : data 0 = black
76 - 77	02 00 Reserved
78 - 79	Fill order 01 00 or 02 00	01 00 : filled from MSB02 00 : filled from LSB
80 - 81	01 00 Reserved
82 - 83	00 00 Reserved
84 - 85	01 00 Reserved
86 - 87	Resolution 200,300, 400, 600	C8 00 00 00 : 200 dpi, 2C 01 00 00 : 300 dpi,90 01 00 00 : 400 dpi, 58 02 00 00 : 600 dpi400 and 600 dpi are available when the printer operates in 600 dpi mode.
88 - 89	Resolution 200,300, 400, 600	C8 00 00 00 : 200 dpi, 2C 01 00 00 : 300 dpi,90 01 00 00 : 400 dpi, 58 02 00 00 : 600 dpi400 and 500 dpi are available when the printer operates in 600 dpi mode.
90 - 91	02 00 Reserved
92 - 93	00 00 Reserved

For further information about the CCITT G3/G4 data format, please refer to CCITT (The International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee) BLUE BOOK Volume VII.

- # = 1024 indicates TIFF format. This is valid only for 600 dpi data. The raster graphics data is transferred with the ESC*b###W (### = data length) command. The TIFF file follows this mode set command. This printer does not support LZW compression. Pages that contain TIFF data are printed in gray scale mode. The TIFF data contains the header, tag and print data.

This mode supports TIFF Version 5.0 file format. In this mode, the transfer graphics data count does not have a limitation of 32,767 bytes. This printer supports both "MM" (big endian) format and "II" (little endian) format. The Print model is not applied to this type of data transfer. The printer has some limitations on the TIFF format as follows:-

Tag position has to be prior to the picture (strip) data.
Compression tag - Tag ID : 259

The printer supports 1, 2, 3, 4 and 32773.

1 : no compression (Bits/Sample=1,4,8)

2 : CCITT G3 MH (Bits/Sample=1)

3 : CCITT G3 MR (Bits/Sample=1)

4 : CCITT G4 (Bits/Sample=1)

32773 : Pack Bits (Bits/Sample=1)

Sample/pixel - Tag ID : 277

This value should be 1. This means the printer accepts only monochrome TIFF files.

Bits/Sample - Tag ID: 258

The printer supports 1,4 and 8.

If you specify 4 or 8 and the printer resolution is 600 dpi, the printer prints the page using APT.

Horizontal resolution (Tag ID=282) and Vertical resolution (Tag ID=283)

Compression type	Bits/Sample Available Resolution APT
No Compression 4	8 From 1 dpi to 300 dpi ON
No Compression Pack Bit	1	Printer's Resolution (300 or 600 dpi)	OFF
CCITT G3 & G4 1	200,300,400,600 dpi400 & 600 dpi arc only available when the printer operates in 600 dpi mode.		OFF

We recommend 150 dpi or less resolution for APT to reduce data size.

- # = 1025 indicates the Brother original Compression Method.

- # = 1026 indicates the Brother Advanced Data Transfer Mode.

6.3.9. Start raster transfer

Esc*r#A (27) (42) (114) #(65) <1Bh><2Ah><72h>#<41h>

This command signals the start of the transfer of a raster image to the printer.
is 0 or 1.
= 0 denotes that the image will be printed starting from the left edge of the logical page.
= 1 denotes that the image will be printed starting from the current cursor position.
The transfer of raster data to the printer continues until either an End Raster Transfer command is sent or a command other than Send Raster Data, Set Compression Mode or Set Raster Y-Offset is sent.

This command sends a single row of the raster image to the printer for printing.
signifies the number of bytes to be sent.
If more data is transmitted than can be fitted onto one row of the specified raster area, the excess data will be ignored.

6.3.11. Compress transfer graphics

Esc*b#C (27)(42)(98)#(67) <1Bh><2Ah><62h>#<43h>

As a more efficient alternative to the Send Raster Data command, this command sends a single row of the raster image to the printer for printing in a compressed form.
signifies the number of data bytes that the uncompressed row consisted of.
Pairs of bytes describe the data which follows.
If the MSB of the first byte of a pair is 1, the byte that follows the pair is repeated. The number held in the remaining fifteen bits of the byte pair is the number of times the data byte is repeated.
If the MSB of the first byte of the pair is 0, the bytes that follow the pair are not repeated. The number held in the remaining fifteen bits of the byte pair is the number of bytes of unrepeated raster data that follow.
A raster row is made up of a sequence of byte pair-image data combinations.

6.3.12. End raster transfer

Esc*rB (27) (42) (114) (66) <1Bh><2Ah><72h><42h>

This command signals the end of a transfer of a raster image to the printer.
After execution of this command the cursor is positioned a distance of one raster row (at the last specified number of dots per inch) down from the bottom of the raster area.

Esc*rC (27) (42) (114) (67) <1Bh><2Ah><72h><43h>

This command signifies the end of the raster graphic data transfer and this is a modified version of the ESC *rB command.
After receiving this command, the printer resets the compression seed, compression mode and left-graphics margin to 0.
Also, the cursor is positioned a distance of one raster row (at the last specified number of dots per inch) down from the bottom of the raster data.
This command resets the compression mode setting to 0.
This command defaults the left graphics margin to 0.

Raster graphics example

10 REM ***** A EXAMPLE OF RASTER GRAPHICS *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
40 REM --- SET GRAPHICS RESOLUTION TO 300 DPI ---
50 LPRINT ESC$+"*t300R";
60 REM --- START RASTER GRAPHICS ---
70 LPRINT ESC$+"*r1A";
80 REM --- TRANSFER RASTER GRAPHICS ---
90 FOR I=1 TO 28
100 REM --- TRANSFER 1 LINE OF DOTS (4 byte = line) ---
110 LPRINT ESC$+"*b4W";
120 FOR J=1 TO 4
130 READ A$
140 LPRINT CHR(VAL("&H"+A));
150 NEXT J
160 NEXT I
170 REM --- END RASTER GRAPHICS ---
180 LPRINT ESC$+"*rB"
190 LPRINT
200 LPRINT
210 REM --- CHANGE GRAPHIC RESOLUTION
220 LPRINT ESC$+"*t75R";
230 REM --- START RASTER GRAPHICS ---
240 LPRINT ESC$+"*r1A";
250 REM --- TRANSFER RASTER GRAPHICS ---
260 RESTORE 410
270 FOR I=1 TO 28
280 REM --- TRANSFER 1 LINE OF DOTS (4 byte = line) ---
290 LPRINT ESC$+"*b4W";
300 FOR J=1 TO 4
310 READ A$
320 LPRINT CHR(VAL("&H"+A));
330 NEXT J
340 NEXT I
350 REM --- END RASTER GRAPHICS ---
360 LPRINT ESC$+"*rB"
370 REM --- PAPER EJECT ---
380 LPRINT CHR$(12);
390 END
400 REM --- RASTER DATA ---
410 DATA 00,1F,E0,00
420 DATA 00,7F,F8,00
430 DATA 01,F0,3E,00
440 DATA 03,C0,0F,00
450 DATA 07,00,03,80
460 DATA 0E,00,01,C0
470 DATA 1C,38,70,E0
480 DATA 18,70,70,60
490 DATA 38,38,70,70
500 DATA 30,00,00,30
510 DATA 70,00,00,38
520 DATA 61,00,02,18
530 DATA 61,00,02,18
540 DATA 6F,80,07,98
550 DATA 67,80,07,D8
560 DATA 61,80,06,18
570 DATA 61,C0,0E,18
580 DATA 70,E0,1C,38
590 DATA 30,70,78,30
600 DATA 38,3F,F0,70
610 DATA 18,OF,CO,60
620 DATA 1C,00,00,EO
630 DATA 0E,00,01,CO
640 DATA 07,00,03,80
650 DATA 03,CO,OF,OO
660 DATA 01,FO,3E,OO
670 DATA 0O,7F,F8,OO
680 DATA 0O,1F,EO,OO
690 REM --- DATA END ---
<Sample file 8>

6.3.13. Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027)

The printer supports 1200 dpi printing for special image formats in 1200 dpi mode. We recommend that the installed printer memory is 10 Mbytes or more for 1200 dpi printing.

To set 1200 dpi mode,

Set 1200 dpi printing mode by using the following PJL command:

@PJL SET RAS1200MODE = ON

Choose PCL mode with the following PJL command:

@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL

(If you select a mode other than PCL mode, 1200 dpi printing mode cannot be selected.)

The PCL Mode set command for 1200 dpi Image Format is ESC *b1027M. The transfer raster data command (ESC*b###W) then transfers horizontal 1200 dpi data.

<1200 dpi Graphic Data Compression Format>

This compression format consists of blocks of data 64 dots down the page starting from the leading edge of the paper.

i.e.: If the graphic data extends over three bands as shown in the following diagram, it transfers the data as three blocks of data:

ESC*b##W

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027) - 1

bar

| Band | Value | |---|---| | Block 1 | 128 | | Block 2 | 192 | | Block 3 | 256 | | Band 1 | 64 | | Band 2 | 64 | | Band 3 | 64 | | Band 4 | 64 | | Band 5 | 64 |

In mode 1027, the transfer graphic data command byte count does not have a limitation of 32,767 bytes.

The block data is composed as follows:

Position	Data Description
0 - 1 Block length n - 2
2 - 3 Horizontal position dots from the left of the page
4 - 5 Vertical position dots from the leading edge of the page
6 Height dots number of image vertical dots
7 - 8 Width words number of image horizontal 16 bit words
9 - (n - 1) Compression data compression image data

i.e.: Data is at horizontal position = 256, vertical position = 64, height = 32 dots, width = 100 x 16 bit words (1600 dots), and compression data is 800 bytes;

ESC*b809W 03h 27h 01h 00h 00h 40h 20h 00h 64h [Data800Byte]

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027) - 2

text_image

lfloor a b c d e f

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027) - 3

bar

| Band | Value | |---|---| | Band 1 | 64 | | Band 2 | 32 | | Total | 1600 | | Left Label | 0 | | Right Label | 128 |

a: Block length(807)

b: Horizontal position(256)

c: Vertical position(64)

d: Height dots(32)

e: Width words(100)

f: Compression image data

Data compression compresses the original image data word by word (16 bits).

The compressed data consists of both horizontal compression which uses 16 bit, 8 bit and 4 bit repeating patterns within 1 word or 2 words of data and vertical compression which indicates how many times to repeat the same data as in the previous line within 1 word of data.

• Non-compressed data

When the most significant bit in the first 2 bytes is 0, the printer goes into non-compression mode. The following 11 bits then indicate the number of words of data, the least significant 4 bits are not used. After that, the image data follows word by word.

15 14

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027) - 4

text_image

4 3 0 0 data word count (11 bits) not used data 1 (16 bits) data n (16 bits)

• 16 bit repeating compressed data

When the most significant 3 bits in the first 2 bytes are in the order 1, 0, 0, the remaining 13 bits indicate the number of times to repeat 16 bit data. The following 2 bytes should be the 16 bit data to repeat.

15 14

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027) - 5

text_image

3 12 0 : 1 : 0 : 0 : number of repeats(13 bits) : data to repeat(16 bits)

• 8 bit repeating compressed data

When the most significant 3 bits in the first 2 bytes are in the order 1, 1, 0, the following 5 bits indicate the number of times to repeat 16 bit (two by 8 bits) data. The remaining 8 bits should be the 8 bit data to repeat.

15 14

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027) - 6

text_image

8 12 8 7 0 · 1 · 1 · 0 · number of repeats · data to repeat(8 bits) (5 bits)

• 4 bit repeating compression data

When the most significant 3 bits in the first 2 bytes are in the order 1, 0, 1, the following 4 bits are the 4 bit data to repeat. The remaining 9 bits indicate the number of times to repeat the 16 bit (4 by 4 bits) data.

15 14

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027) - 7

text_image

3 12 9 8 0 · 1 · 0 · 1 · data to repeat · number or repeats(9 bits) (4 bits)

• Vertical repeating compressed data

When the most significant 3 bits in the first 2 bytes are in the order 1, 1, 1, the remaining 13 bits indicate the same data words as in the previous line.

15 14

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Horizontal 1200-dpi image format mode (Raster Graphic Mode 1027) - 8

text_image

3 12 0 · 1 · 1 · 1 · the same data words as in the previous line (13 bits)

The printer cannot support the APT and HRC function in the 1200 dpi printing mode.

6.4. Vector Graphics

For large-scale graphic images it is more efficient to use vector graphics. In LaserJet emulation mode you can set up the page area on which to print vector graphics images. The vector graphics capabilities of these HL Series printers working in HP-GL/2 mode are described in the HP-GL/2 section of this manual.

6.4.1. Enter HP-GL/2 mode

Esc%#B (27) (37) #(66) <1Bh><25h>#<42h>

• This command enters HP-GL/2 graphics mode.
- # = 0 the cursor is positioned at the previous HP-GL/2 cursor position. If this is the first time you have switched to HP-GL/2 mode since switching the printer on, the cursor is placed at the origin of the HP-GL/2 graphics window.
- # = 1 the cursor remains at its current position.

6.5. The Picture Frame

The PCL picture frame is the rectangular area of the page on which you can print graphic images. You can position and size the picture frame to suit your requirements and achieve effects such as scaling or distortion of vector graphics images.

6.5.1. The default picture frame

The default picture frame size and position is determined by the default logical page size and text length for each given paper size.

6.5.2. Set picture frame anchor point

Esc*c0T (27) (42) (99) (48) (84) <1Bh><2Ah><63h><30h><54h>

- This command sets the anchor point (top left hand corner) of the picture frame to the current cursor position.

6.5.3. Set picture frame vertical size

Esc*c#Y (27) (42) (99) #(89) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<59h>

- This command sets the vertical size of the picture frame.

- # is the height of the picture frame in decipoints.

6.5.4. Set picture frame horizontal size

Esc*c#X (27) (42) (99) #(88) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<58h>

• This command sets the horizontal size of the picture frame.

- # is the width of the picture frame in decipoints.

6.5.5. Specify vertical plot size

Esc*c#L (27) (42) (99) # (76) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<4Ch>

• This command specifies the height in inches of an imported image.

- # is the height of the image in inches.

- # can be in the range 0 to 32767 and can have up to four places of decimals.

- This command is only applicable to existing graphic images which are being imported from an application.

- The imported graphic will be scaled so that its height matches that of the HP-GL/2 graphics window.

6.5.6. Specify horizontal plot size

Esc*c#K (27) (42) (99) # (75) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<4Bh>

- This command specifies the width in inches of the image being imported.

- # is the width of the image in inches.

- # can be in the range 0 to 32767 and can have up to four places of decimals.

- This command is only applicable to existing graphic images which are being imported from an application.

- The imported graphic will be scaled so that its width matches that of the HP-GL/2 graphics window.

7. MACROS

7.1. The Purpose of a Macro

A macro is a sequence of commands that you wish to execute. You can specify the command sequence and download it to the printer after which you can execute it with a single command. For example, you might wish to draw a raster image at the top of each page you print. Rather than sending the same sequence of commands every time you print a new page, it is more efficient to define a macro to draw the image and store the macro in the printer's memory. Having done this, you can draw the picture on each page simply by running the macro, that is, with a single command.

Like downloaded fonts, macros take up printer memory. To alleviate this, some macros are available on cartridges that can be plugged into the printer's cartridge slots. A cartridge-based macro must have a unique ID number or else you will not be able to access it. If a downloaded macro has the same ID number as a cartridge macro, all references to the ID number will be interpreted as references to the downloaded macro. To access the cartridge macro you would first have to delete the downloaded macro.

Another method of storing Macros is uniquely available on the HL-1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN/2460/7050/3260N/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN printers. Macros can be saved to these cards as required and then executed from the card. For the HL-2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN/2460/3260N printers, Macros can be also saved to and executed from the optional internal hard disk drive installed as required. A delete facility is also included to allow the removal of macros when no longer required. The rules for identifying and calling Macros from this card are exactly the same as for cartridge stored Macros detailed above. For the HL-

1270N/1470N/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN//5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW/S7000DN/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW printer, Macros can be stored in the incorporated Flash memory.

One macro can call another, however, only two levels of nesting are permitted.

A printer reset will delete macros from the printer's memory unless they have been explicitly designated as permanent.

The PCL picture frame commands, the printer reset command and HP-GL/2 graphic language commands cannot be invoked from within a macro.

7.2. Defining a Macro

To define a macro you must first assign an ID number to it, then send to the printer a Start Macro Definition command, the macro definition itself (consisting of a sequence of PCL commands) and finally an End Macro Definition command.

7.2.1. Macro ID

Esc&f#Y (27) (38) (102) #(89) <1Bh><26h><66h>#<59h>

This command assigns an identity number to a macro that is to be downloaded, or references an existing macro in the printer's memory.
is the ID number of a macro. The ID number must be in the range 0-32767.
If you specify the ID number of an existing macro and then download a new macro definition to the printer, the new macro will overwrite the existing macro.

7.2.2. Start macro definition

Esc&f0X (27) (38) (102) (48) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><30h><58h>

- This command signifies that the following commands constitute a macro definition.

7.2.3. End macro definition

Esc&f1X (27) (38) (102) (49) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><31h><58h>

• This command terminates the macro definition.

7.3. Running a Macro

Macros can be invoked in three different ways: they can be 'executed', 'called' or 'enabled for overlay'. When a macro is 'executed' it uses the current modified print environment. Any changes it makes to the environment are permanent. A macro that is 'called' also uses the current modified print environment, however, any changes it makes to the environment are discarded when the macro has performed its function. When a macro is 'enabled' for overlay, the macro's command sequence is performed as the final operation every time a page is printed. Overlaid macros use the overlay environment. The overlay environment is a combination of the user default environment and the modified print environment. This environment is effective only while the macro is running.

Page length Paper source

Page size Number of copies

Orientation Cursor position stack

Registration

This command executes the macro whose ID number was specified most recently.
Any changes made to the modified print environment during the execution of a macro, such as font selection or margin settings, are retained after macro execution has been completed.

7.3.2. Call macro

Esc&f3X (27) (38) (102) (51) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><33h><58h>

This command calls the macro whose ID number was specified most recently.
Any changes made to the modified print environment during a macro call, such as raster graphics settings, are temporary and remain in effect only while the macro is running. They are not retained after the macro has finished.

7.3.3. Enable macro for overlay

Esc&f4X (27) (38) (102) (52) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><34h><58h>

- This command overlays the macro whose ID number was specified most recently.

7.3.4. Disable macro for overlay

Esc&f5X (27) (38) (102) (53) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><35h><58h>

- This command stops overlaying the macro whose ID number was specified most recently.

7.4. Handling Macros

7.4.1. Delete all macros

Esc&f6X (27) (38) (102) (54) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><36h><58h>

- This command deletes all macros from the printer's memory.

7.4.2. Delete all temporary macros

Esc&f7X (27) (38) (102) (55) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><37h><58h>

- This command deletes all temporary macros from the printer's memory. Temporary macros are those which have not been made permanent with the Esc&f10X command.

7.4.3. Delete macro

Esc&f8X (27) (38) (102) (56) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><38h><58h>

- This command deletes from printer memory the macro whose ID number was specified most recently.

7.4.4. Make macro temporary

Esc&f9X (27) (38) (102) (57) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><39h><58h>

- This command makes the macro whose ID number was specified most recently temporary (that is, it will not be retained if the printer is reset).

7.4.5. Make macro permanent

Esc&f10X (27) (38) (102) (49) (48) (88) <1Bh><26h><66h><31h><30h><58h>

- This command makes the macro whose ID number was specified most recently permanent (that is, it will be retained if the printer is reset).

7.4.6. Delete all macros from the storage device

Esc&f1030X (27) (38) (102) (49) (48) (51) (48) (88)
<1Bh><26h><66h><31h><30h><33h><30h><58h>

- This command deletes all macros and all data from the storage device.

7.4.7. Delete macro from the storage device

Esc&f1036X (27) (38) (102) (49) (48) (51) (54) (88)
<1Bh><26h><66h><31h><30h><33h><36h><58h>

- This command deletes the macro whose ID number was specified most recently from the storage device.

7.4.8. Save macro into the storage device

Esc&f1038X (27) (38) (102) (49) (48) (51) (56) (88)
<1Bh><26h><66h><31h><30h><33h><38h><58h>

- This command saves the macro whose ID number was specified most recently into the storage device.

Macro example

10 REM ***** A EXAMPLE OF A MACRO *****
20 ESC=CHR(27)
30 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
40 REM --- RESET PRINTER ---
50 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E":
60 REM --- SET MACRO ID TO 0 ---
70 LPRINT ESC$+"&f0Y";
80 REM --- START MACRO DEFINITION ---
90 LPRINT ESC$+"&f0X";
100 REM --- SET CURSOR POSITION X=1800 DOT, Y=0 DOT ---
110 LPRINT ESC$+"*p1800x0Y";

120 REM --- SET FONT TO LETTER GOTHIC (18 DOTS WIDE) ---
130 LPRINT ESC$+" (s0p16.66h8.5v0s0b130T";
140 REM --- PRINT COMMENT ---
150 LPRINT "Printed by this printer";
160 REM --- SET CURSOR POSITION X=1790 DOT, Y=-40 DOT ---
170 LPRINT ESC$+" *p1790x-40Y";
180 REM --- PERFORM SHADING ---
190 REM --- SET SHADING WIDTH TO 23 CHARACTERS + 20 DOTS ---
200 LPRINT ESC$+" *c";23*18+20;"A";
210 REM --- SET SHADING HEIGHT TO 30 DOTS ---
220 LPRINT ESC$+" *c60B";
230 REM --- DRAW SHADING PATTERN (5% GRAY SCALE) ---
240 LPRINT ESC$+" *c5g2P";
250 REM --- END MACRO DEFINITION ---
260 LPRINT ESC$+" &f1X";
270 REM --- MACRO OVERLAY ON (PRINT THE MESSAGE ON EVERY PRINTOUT) -- 280 LPRINT ESC$+" &f4X";
290 REM --- SET FONT TO BROUGHAM 10 ---
300 LPRINT ESC$+" (s0p10h12v0s0b128T";
310 REM --- MACRO OVERLAY ON, PAPER EJECT ---
320 LPRINT "MACRO OVERLAY ON";
330 LPRINT CHR$(12);
340 REM --- MACRO OVERLAY ON, PAPER EJECT ---
350 LPRINT "MACRO OVERLAY ON";
360 LPRINT CHR$(12);
370 REM --- MACRO OVERLAY OFF (PRINT WITHOUT THE MESSAGE) ---
380 LPRINT ESC$+" &f5X";
390 REM --- MACRO OVERLAY OFF, PAPER EJECT ---
400 LPRINT "MACRO OVERLAY OFF";
410 LPRINT CHR$(12);
420 END

7.4.9. Execute data

The data saved in the storage device by using Printer's control panel "SAVE DATA" function can be printed by the following command. It can also be printed by operation of the Printer control panel.

EscCR!#E (27)(13)(33)#(69) <1Bh><0Dh><21h>#<45h>

indicates the DATA ID.
Execute the data which is saved in the flash memory card or Hard Disk card.
The printer uses the current environment when this command is executed.
While executing the data, it is possible to change the emulation or reset the printer.
If this command is included in the last data which was saved by the "SAVE DATA" operation from the printer's control panel, the printer enters a permanent loop so that saved data such as DEMO printing keeps printing. To stop it, press the RESET key on the printer's control panel. This function is available only for the Flash ROM card.

7.4.10. AppleTalk configuration

Esc&b#W[key][value] (27)(38)(98) #(87)Key[value] <1Bh><26h><62h>#<57h>[Key]<20h>[value]

• # value can be from 0 to 32767.
- # stands for number of bytes in the data which is following this command.
• [key] should be [RENAME], [JOB] or [TYPE].

- If the key is [RENAME], this command allows the printer to change the name field of the AppleTalk name binding protocol.

<ESC>&b#WRENAME<sp>printername
printername should be specified with 1 to 31 characters.
The characters 00 toFF (except for $00, @, :, *, =, SC5) can be used for the printername.
$00 is used as the terminator.
If invalid characters are used, this command is ignored.

- If the [key] is set to [JOB], this command changes the current job name.

<ESC>&b#WJOB<sp>jobname
All characters from $00 to SFF can be used for the jobname.
jobname can have a maximum of 127 characters.

- If the [key] is set to [TYPE], this command allows the printer to change the type field of the AppleTalk name binding protocol.

<ESC>&b#WTYPE<sp>devicetype

devicetype should be specified with 1 to 31 characters.

The characters \00 to SFF (except for \00, @, :, *, =, \C5) can be used for the devicetype. \00 is used as the terminator.

If invalid characters are used, this command is ignored.

7.4.11. MIO video I/O port control

The HL-1660e and 2060 printers have only the "VSREQ" signal for vertical synchronization that can be sent to the MIO port. This causes a short delay to the actual printing start after sending the VSREQ signal if the video controller is processing an interrupt. This delay causes an incorrect vertical printing position. To avoid the problem, the following command is useful.

EscCR!12340M (27) (13) (33) (49) (50) (51) (52) (48) (77)
<1Bh><0Dh><21h><31h><32h><33h><34h><30h><4Dh>

- Laser diode video interface port of the MIO port is closed.

EscCR!12341M (27) (13) (33) (49) (50) (51) (52) (49) (77)
<1Bh><0Dh><21h><31h><32h><33h><34h><31h><4Dh>

- Laser diode video interface port of the MIO port is opened.

EscCR!12342M (27) (13) (33) (49) (50) (51) (52) (50) (77)
<1Bh><0Dh><21h><31h><32h><33h><34h><32h><4Dh>

- Laser diode video interface port of the MIO port is opened and the print start command is sent to the printer engine immediately after sending the VSREQ signal.

8. STATUS READBACK

8.1. Introduction

Status readback features are explained in this section. The printer sends a status response message after receiving a request for its status by these commands. You can get the information as shown below from the printer.

available printer (user) memory
current available fonts and symbol sets
the ID numbers of downloaded macros and user-defined patterns to verify their presence

The computer system must have a device driver for bi-directional communication to get the printers status response. Bi-directional communication is supported on the HL Series printers by the printer driver that comes with these machines.

8.2. Memory Status request

You can identify the capacity of the user memory in the printer by using the memory status request. You can determine whether to execute "downloading" or not, by knowing the available memory and thus avoid printer memory overrun errors.

8.3. Entity Status

You can request the printer to send the status of its entities. A font, symbol set, macro or user-defined pattern in the printer can be an entity. In order to request entity status, a position type and a position unit must be identified first and then the entity request command must be sent.

Location type is the memory positions that contain the entities. Memory positions are internal ROM, RAM, cartridges/cards, the storage device and one additional position specified as "currently selected". Currently selected means the entity is active. However, "currently selected" can be applied only for fonts and user-defined patterns.

Location unit means a more specific position within the location type.

When the location type and unit are identified, you can request the status with the Inquire Status Readback Entity command. The entity (font, symbol set, macro or user-defined pattern) is specified by this command and the printer sends the response.

When an invalid request is sent, the printer sends an error response back.

8.4. Status Response

If a status request (command) is received, the printer produces the response data. The printer accumulates this data in an I/O status buffer and saves the response in this buffer until a user reads it or you turn off the printer.

The printer clears the status responses when Printer resolution, Page protection or Emulation language is changed.

The printer processes status requests and their related response in the order in which the printer receives them.

According to the internal printer operations, the number of responses the printer can accumulate is different. If you use multiple applications or share the printer, you should read the response to a request before making a new request.

You should use the Echo command so that your applications request will synchronize with the printer's responses, because an earlier application might have requested a status and the printer might retain it.

A status response gets routed back to the I/O port that it was requested from.

8.5. Status Response Syntax

All of the status responses begin with "PCL", Carriage Return control code and a Line Feed control code. The response is ended by a Carriage Return and a Line Feed control code. At the end of the transaction, status responses are ended by a Form Feed Control code. The fundamental syntax for the status response is as shown below.

PCL<CR> <LF>
INFO TITLE<CR><LF>
KEYWORDn=DATAn<CR><LF>
KEYWORDn=DATAn<CR><LF>
.
.
.
<FF>

TITLE, KEYWORDn, and DATAn are strings which differ according to the status readback command being operated. One or more keyword lines related to the status readback response accompany every status readback response. The Echo command response differs from this and is as shown below.

PCL<CR><LF>
ECHO ValueField<CR><LF>
<FF>

ValueField is the decimal number which comes from the Echo command value field.

For future printers, keywords might be added. Applications in which the status readback is used should be made to disregard lines with keywords they do not understand.

8.5.1. Set status readback location type

ESC*s#T (27) (42) (115) #(84) <1Bh><2Ah><73h>#<54h>

This command determines the status location type according to the value of #.

The location type is used in association with the location unit in order to specify an entity location for a status request.

= 0 specifies an invalid location. When the printer receives an Inquire Entity Command, an error response is generated. This is the default value. When you execute a printer reset, this value is reset to 0.
# = 1 specifies the currently selected location.
# = 2 specifies all locations.
= 3 specifies the printer's internal location.
= 4 specifies the downloaded entity.
= 5 specifies the user-installed card/cartridge

The location type setting is retained by the printer. When the printer does not send the set status readback location type command in order to change the setting for an entity request, then the printer uses the currently available location type setting.

8.5.2. Set status readback location unit

ESC*s#U (27) (42) (115) # (85) <1Bh><2Ah><73h>#<55h>

• The status location unit is selected by the value of #.
- The printer uses the location unit in association with the location type in order to specify an entity location for a status request.

Type	Unit
0	-	invalid	location
1	-	currently selected location
2	-	all	locations
3	0	all internal entities

4	0	all downloaded entities
	1	downloaded entity as temporary
	2	downloaded entity as permanent
5	0	All cartridge/cards
	1	the cartridge/card which has the highest priority.
	n	the cartridge/card which has the lowest priority

When the location value is 0, 1 and 2, it ignores the unit value (which might be set to any value). The default value is 0, and whenever you reset the printer, the value is reset to the default value.
The location unit setting is retained by the printer. If the printer does not send this command to change the setting for an entity request, then it uses the currently available location units.
The printer may set the location type and unit in order. It does not identify any invalid combinations until it receives the inquire entity command. Hence, if the unit value is not in the correct range, it sets the unit to the value for a proper error response to be sent when the inquire entity command is received.

8.5.3. Inquire status readback entity

ESC*s#I (27) (42) (115) #(73) <1Bh><2Ah><73h>#<49h>

- Specifies the entity type and makes the printer produce a status response for the entity identified in the status readback location (type and unit).

Value	Entity type
0	Font
1	Macro
2	User-defined Pattern
3	Symbol set
4	Font extended

8.5.4. Entity status response

The status response for an inquire status readback entity command differs according to the type of the requested entity.

8.5.5. Font response

Keywords returned from the printer depend on whether the printer font is a bitmap, unbound scalable or bound scalable. Below is the list of keywords for a font request.

SELECT =
SYMBOLSETS=
LOCTYPE=
LOCUNIT=

Below is an example of a font status response for inquire status command.

Internal, bitmap, LetterGothic 16.66
Internal, unbound scalable, PcTennessee italic
Downloaded, bound scalable, Portugal

Font status:

PCL
INFO FONTS
SELECT="<Esc>(8U<ESC>(s0p16.66h9.5v0s0b130T"
SELECT="<Esc>(slp_v1s0b4101T"
SYMBOLSETS="0D, 0I, 0N, 0S, 0U, 1E, 1F, 1G, ..."
SELECT="<Esc>(1U<Esc>(slp_v0s0b5111T<Esc>(22X"

In a font status response, the "SELECT=" keyword line specifies the individual fonts. The font is identified by this line by specifying the font selection characteristics such as symbol set, spacing, pitch, height, style, stroke weight, and typefaces. It returns the "SELECT=" for all font types.

In a status response, the five characters "<", "E", "s", "c", and "&>" represent an escape character.

Keywords following a "SELECT=" keyword mean the font specified by that "SELECT=" keyword.

8.5.6. Bitmap fonts

For bitmap fonts, the printer returns the "SELECT=" line. This specifies the font selection features. For instance, the printer returns the printer's internal, bitmap, Roman-8 LetterGothic font as follows.

PCL
INFO FONTS
SELECT"=<Esc>(8U<Esc>(s0p16.66h8.5v0s0b130T"

8.5.7. Bound scalable fonts

For bound scalable fonts, an underscore( "...slp__v0s...",") in the "SELECT=" line means it is a bound scalable font. Also, the related features are indicated. Either the height or pitch is indicated depending upon whether the font is proportional or fixed spaced. The printer, for instance, returns the printer's internal scalable Symbol font (proportionally spaced) as follows.

PCL
INFO FONTS
SELECT="<Esc>(19M<Esc>(s1p__v0s0b16901T"

8.5.8. Unbound scalable fonts

For unbound fonts, the printer adds the "SYMBOLSETS=" keyword to specify the symbol sets which can be used, as the symbol sets can also be used with an unbound font, and there is no symbol set sequence in the "SELECT=" line. The printer, for instance, returns the printer's internal unbound scalable Brougham (medium, fixed spaced) font and Pc Tennessee (bold italic, proportional spaced) fonts as follows.

PCL
INFO FONTS
SELECT="<Esc>(s0p_h0s0b4099T"
SYMBOLSETS="0D, 0I, 0N, 0U, 1E, 1F, 1G, ..." 
SELECT="<Esc>(slp_v1s1s3b4101T"
SYMBOLSETS="0D, 0I, 0N, 0S, 0U, 1E, 1F, 1G, ..."

8.5.9. Download fonts

For download fonts (bitmap, bound scalable or unbound scalable), the font ID number is included at the end of the "SELECT=" line. For instance, the printer returns a downloaded bitmap Brougham with a font ID of 40 and a downloaded, unbound scalable, Dom Casual typeface with a font ID of 79 as follows.

PCL
INFO FONTS
SELECT="<Esc>(8U<Esc>(s0p11.00h12.0v0s0b3T<Esc>(40X"
SELECT="<Esc>(s1p__v1s0b5259T<Esc>)79X"
SYMBOLSETS="0D, 0D, 0N, 0S, 0U, 1E, 1F, 1G, ..."

8.5.10. Location type 1 (currently selected) font

For a status location type 1 (currently selected) font, the printer returns a single font, the printer font which is currently selected. The following are the keywords and data returned.

The printer returns the "LOCTYPE=" and "LOCUNIT=" after the "SELECT=" line for every font.

The "SELECT=" line changes for bound and unbound scalable fonts.

For all scalable fonts, the actual size (height or pitch) is indicated instead of the underscores. For unbound scalable fonts, the symbol set which is bound to the font at present is indicated. For all fonts, when the font is a secondary font, ")" replace the "(" characters in the "SELECT=" line.

"LOCTYPE=" specifies the location type of the font which is selected at present. The value field of the Set Status Readback Type command is related to the value returned.

"LOCUNIT=" specifies the location unit of the font which is selected at present. The value field of the Set Status Readback Unit command is related to the value returned.

For instance, if the printer font which is selected at present is a bold 12 point Presentation bitmap font which is selected from a cartridge, and a font entity request with the location type set to 1 is produced, the response will be returned as follows.

PCL
INFO FONTS
SELECT="<Esc>(2U<Esc>(s0p10.00h12.0v0s3b11T"
LOCTYPE=5
LOCUNIT=1

For instance, suppose the printer font which is selected at present is unbound scalable Dom Casual font with the features below:

downloaded (font ID of 78)
temporary
Roman-8(specified for printing)
secondary font
18 point

When an entity request is produced with the location type set to 1(selected at present), it returns the response below.

PCL
INFO FONTS
SELECT="<Esc>) 8U<Esc>) s1p18.00v1s0b4148T<Esc>) 78X"
LOCTYPE=4
LOCUNIT=1

8.5.11. Font extended response

The font extended response supplies a method to return the name and internal ID number of the font as well as the "SELECT=" line. It is the same as a font status response since "SELECT="," SYMBOLSETS=",

"LOCTYPE=", and "LOCUNIT=" are returned in the same way. With regard to a font extended request, it returns the two additional keywords, "DEFID=" and "NAME=" as follows.

"DEFID" specifies the internal ID number of the font which is shown on the test print (font list). This is the number which is used to select the font as the default font from the control panel of printer or from PJL. The "DEFID=" number is made of two parts, which are a location and an ID number. The locations which are likely are as follows;

I - Internal  
C - Cartridge (printer with single cartridge)  
Cn - Cartridge (printer with multiple cartridge/card when n is specified by printer.)  
S - Permanent download fonts

For temporary download fonts, it returns "DEFID=NONE" because temporary download fonts do not have an internal ID number.

The printer assigns the internal ID number of a temporary download font with the Font ID (ESC*c#D) command. This internal ID number differs from the downloaded ID number assigned to a downloaded font.

It returns "NAME=" only for font extended status requests. The name of the font is the same as shown on the font printout.

For instance, it returns the font extended response for the printer's internal bitmap LetterGothic font and a downloaded unbound Portugal temporary font as follows.

PCL
INFO FONTS EXTENDED
SELECT="<Esc>(8U<Esc>(s0p10.00h12.0v0s0b0T"
DEFID="I 45"
NAME="Line Printer"
SELECT="<Ec>(s1p__v1s3b4111T<Esc>(7X"
SymbolSETS="0D, 0I, 0N, 0S, 0U, 1E, 1F, 1G,...
DEFID=NONE
NAME="CG Palacio BdIt"
SELECT="...

For instance, a font extended response with the location type set to 1( selected at present ) where the font which is selected at present is the internal Pc Tennessee (18 point identified for printing) bold, returns the response as follows.

PCL
INFO FONTS EXTENDED
SELECT="<Esc>(8U<Esc>(s0p18.00h0s3b4101T"
DEFID="<Esc>(8U<Esc>s0p18.000s3b4101T"
DEFID="I 2"
NAME="PcTennessee Bd"
LOCTYPE=1
LOCUNIT=1

8.5.12. Macro response

The status response for macros indicates all of the macro IDs ("IDLIST=") for the macros in a particular location.

Status location type 1( selected at present ) is an unused location for macros and an error is returned.

A macro status response may be shown as follows.

PCL
INFO MACROS
IDLIST="1, 3, 8, 29, 32"

8.5.13. Use-defined pattern response

The status response of user-defined patterns indicates all of the user-defined patterns and all of the user-defined pattern IDs ("IDLIST") for the patterns in a particular location.

A user-defined pattern response may be shown as follows.

PCL
INFO PATTERN
IDLIST="1, 2, 9, 13, 27, 456"

When the location type is specified to 1 (selected at present), "LOCTYPE=" and "LOCUNIT=" lines are added.

It returns the "LOCTYPE=" only for a status location type 1 requirement. It specifies the location type of the pattern which is selected at present.

It returns the "LOCUNIT=" only for a status location type 1 requirement. It specifies the location unit of the pattern which is selected at present.

A user-defined pattern response for the pattern selected at present may be shown as follows.

PCL
INFO PATTERN
IDLIST="88"
LOCTYPE=4
LOCUNIT=2

When the pattern selected at present is set to one of the internal HP-specified patterns, there is no number available and it returns the response "ERROR=NONE".

PCL
INFO PATTERNS
ERROR=NONE

8.5.14. Symbol set response

The symbol set response indicates all of the symbol set IDs ("IDLIST") for all of the symbol sets in the identified location. There can be bound and unbound scalable fonts in the identified location (type and unit).

A symbol set response may be shown as follows.

PCL
INFO SYMBOLSETS
IDLIST="0U, 2K, 8M, 11U"

Status location type 1 (selected at present) is an incorrect location for unbound font symbol sets and returns an error.

Example responses in this section for "SYMBOLSETS=" do not indicate the complete list of symbol sets which are available internally, but only a partial list. The internal symbol sets depend on the printer and might differ according to the printer.

8.5.15. Entity error codes

When an out-of-range value exists in the command value fields, or when the entity is not supported or does not exist, or the request is inadequate, the printer replies with one of four likely errors as follows:

Invalid Entity
Invalid Location
None
Internal Error
ERROR=INVALID ENTITY

When the identified entity type is not in the range or not supported, it returns an invalid entity error.

PCL
INFO ENTITY
ERROR=INVALID ENTITY
ERROR=INVALID LOCATION

When the entity type is correct, but the location (the type, the unit, or the combination) is not, or when the identified device is not installed, it returns an invalid location error.

PCL
INFO FONTS
ERROR=INVALID LOCATION
ERROR=NONE

When the entity type and location are correct, but there are not any entities of the identified type in the location, or when the type is not correct for the identified entity, it generates the NONE error response.

PCL
INFO SYMBOLSETS
ERROR=NONE
ERROR=INTERNAL ERROR

The status response for some requirements could be quite big. When status replies are requested, it returns an internal error if the printer runs out of memory as follows:

PCL
INFO SYMBOL SETS
ERROR=INTERNAL ERROR

8.5.16. Free space command

ESC*s1M (27) (42) (115) (48) (77) <1Bh><2Ah><73h><31h><4Dh>

The amount of memory which is free for use is returned by this command. Two values are returned: the total amount of free memory and the largest block of free memory.

When you send a value other than 1, an error ("ERROR = INVALID UNIT") is returned.

The Free Space command is sent to check the free memory space and you can acknowledge whether the printer has enough memory for a job or not before you execute your job. Also you can check the amount of memory which an entity or any other data has already used.

Free memory space will always be changing during different printing conditions.

For example, when the printer receives print data, it is stored in the printer memory and so the free space in the printer memory becomes smaller. After the data is printed, the printer memory becomes empty, so the free space becomes larger again.

Certain action is needed when you decide there is not enough memory to hold the data to be downloaded.

8.5.17. Font cache

In order to print characters from a scalable font, the printer changes the scalable character outlines into sized bitmaps. These bitmapped characters are produced on a character-by-character basis and the produced bitmapped characters are stored in memory. As it prints more pages using more fonts, more memory is consumed by the bitmaps. The bitmap characters used on the first page of a job can stay in memory till the end of a job. These stored bitmap characters are known as the font cache.

If a Brother HL-Series printer encounters a memory low condition, all of the font cache is automatically deleted. Also, font cache and temporary entities can be cleared by a Printer Reset command.

8.5.18. Memory status response

The total available memory is specified by "TOTAL=" and the largest continuous block size of available memory is specified by "LARGEST=".

PCL
INFO MEMORY
TOTAL = 10000
LARGEST = 3500

8.5.19. Memory error response

When the value field of the free memory command is out of range, the response for this command would be as follows;

PCL
INFO MEMORY
ERROR = INVALID UNIT

8.5.20. Flush all pages command

ESC&r#F (27) (38) (114) #(70) <1Bh><26h><72h>#<46h>

This command suspends accepting data from a PC and clears the user memory.

=0 suspends receiving data and clears all completed data. Incompleted data remains in the printers memory.
=1 suspends receiving data and clears all data remaining in the printer memory.

8.5.21. Echo command

ESC*s#X (27) (42) (115) #(88) <1Bh><2Ah><73h>#<58h>

This command is used to distinguish each request and response. In networking/sharing environments, some requests may be sent from a number of PCs to one printer. This command sends the user selected value to the printer and the printer can return the same value. Adding this command before the status request command allows this echo value to distinguish the corresponding status response.

9. INDEX

A

adaptive compression 91

anchor point 101

AppleTalk configuration....106

APT....95

area fill 83

B

backspace 11

binding 28

bitmap font 47,111

bound font 49

bound scalable font 111

C

carriage return 11

CCITT G3/G4 93

character code 75

character descriptor and data 75

character spacing 51

compress transfer graphics 96

compression mode 90

condensed....59

control code 11

coordinate....37

cursor position....42, 44

cursor position stack 44

D

decipoints 37

default fonts 50

defined symbol set 53

destination 81

display function mode 13

download font 111

downloadable font 49

create 63

manipulation....62

downloaded font operation....62

select....62

duplex printing 28

E

Echo command 115

emulation mode change....30

exit....30

end-of-line wrap 13

entity error code 114

entity status 108

entity status response 110

envelope 15

environment 14

error response memory .... 115

Esc....12

escape....11

escape sequence 12

F

factory default environment 14

factory default setting 30

fill pattern 85

filled rectangle draw....87

fixed spacing 57

fixed underlining 61

floating underlining 61

Flush All Pages command.... 115

font 47

font cache 115

font descriptor 63

font extended response 112

font ID 62

font orientation 60

font response 110

font selection criteria 51

font source.... 49

font type 47

form feed 11

Free Space command 114

G

graphics....81

graphics window 32

H

half line feed 45

height 51,58

raster image 90

select....58

high resolution control 89

HMI....39

horizontal cursor position 43

horizontal margin 38

horizontal motion index 39

horizontal plot size 101

horizontal tab 11

HP-GL/2 mode 100

I

internal font 49

italic....59

J

Job separation command 28

L

landscape 45

left long-edge offset registration 27

left margin 37

line feed 11

line pitch 39

line spacing.... 40

line termination 12

location type status readback .... 109

location unit status readback .... 109

logical page 32

logical page orientation....45

lower cassette 22

M

macro....102

call 104

delete 105

execute....104

overlay....104

macro definition end 103

start 103

macro ID.... 103

macro overlay environment 14

macro response 113

manual paper feed 22

measurement....37

media type selection....20

memory status request 108

MIO video I/O port control 107

Mode 9 compression 92

modified print environment 14

multi-purpose tray 22

o

orientation raster image 89

output tray 21

P

page....32

page dimensions landscape....35 portrait....33

page length 41

page size 15

paper side selection.... 28

paper source 22

paper type 15

pattern 81

pattern reference point 84

pattern transparency 82

pattern type 85

PCL 12

perforation skip 41

physical page 32

picture frame .... 101 horizontal size .... 101 vertical size .... 101

pitch .... 51, 57 select.... 57

portrait....45

primary font 11,50

printable area 32

proportional spacing 57

R

Raster Graphic Mode 1027 98

raster graphics 89

raster image send 96

raster resolution 89

raster transfer end......96

rectangle height 87

rectangle width 87

rectangles 87

reset....29

RESET 14

right margin 37

rows and columns 37

S

status response syntax 109

stroke weight 52

select....59

style 51,58

select....58

symbol collection 51

symbol set 51

define....53

select....55

symbol set control command 55

symbol set ID code command 53

symbol set response 113

T

test sheet 30

text area 32

text direction 45

text length 40

text wrap 13

TIFF 90,95

top margin 38

top offset registration 27

transfer start raster image 96

transparent print data 61

type of character spacing select....57

typeface 52

select....59

U

unbound font 49

unbound scalable font 111

underlining text 61

unit of measure 37

units....37

upper cassette 22

upright....59

user default environment 14

user settings 30

user-defined pattern command 84

user-defined pattern control 85

user-defined pattern response 113

V

vector graphics 100

vertical cursor position 42

vertical motion index 39

vertical plot size 101

VMI....39

W

width raster image 90

Y

y-offset raster image 90

CHAPTER 3 PCL5C

1. INTRODUCTION....3

2. COLOR MODES......4

2.1. Using Simple Color Mode - Set Simple Color 4
2.2. Using PCL Color Mode - Set PCL Color Setting 5
2.3. Using HP-GL/2 Color Mode....9

3. COLOR PALETTES 10

3.1. Set Color #1 10
3.2. Set Color #2 10
3.3. Set Color #3 10
3.4. Set Color to Palette 10
3.5. Select Color....11
3.6. Push/Pop Palette 11

4. COLOR GRAPHICS 12

4.1. Start Raster Transfer.... 12
4.2. Set Destination Raster Width 12
4.3. Set Destination Raster Height 12
4.4. Set Scale Algorithm.... 13
4.5. Send Raster Data by Plane.... 13
4.6. Enter HP-GL/2 Mode 13

5. ENHANCE OUTPUT....14

5.1. Set Render Algorithm.... 14
5.2. Set Monochrome Mode.... 14
5.3. Set Gamma Correction.... 15
5.4. Download Dither Matrix.... 15
5.5. User-defined Pattern Command.... 15

6. HP-GL/2....16

6.1. IN (Initialize Set Instruction) Command.... 16
6.2. PC (Pen Color) Command 16
6.3. NP (Number of Pens) Command 17
6.4. CR (Color Range) Command 17

7. INDEX 18

1. INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the enhanced commands for the PCL5C emulation.

PCL5C is upwards-compatible with PCL5e. For the commands of PCL5e, refer to "Chapter 2 PCL" which describes the PCL5e emulation.

If you are reading this technical manual for the first time, it is recommended that you read Chapter 2 first before reading this Chapter.

2. COLOR MODES

The PCL5C emulation provides a B/W mode, which is the default, and three color modes as follows;

1) Simple Color Mode
2) PCL Color Mode
3) HP-GL/2 Color Mode

Simple Color Mode allows you to use a maximum of 8 colors easily. PCL Color Mode allows you to use a maximum of 16,000,000 colors logically. HP-GL/2 Mode allows you to use vector graphics in color.

It is possible to switch between these modes in a single page, which enables you to use each of them for your purpose.

When handling colors in those modes, use palette. For details on palette, refer to Section 3 'Color Palettes' of this chapter.

This section describes the details about each color mode.

2.1. Using Simple Color Mode - Set Simple Color

Command

ESC*r#U (27) (42) (114) #(85) <1Bh><2Ah><72h>#<55h>

# = -4 CMYK mode

# = -3 CMY mode

# = 1* B/W mode

# = 3 RGB mode

* Default value = 1

The # value specifies the palette and the colors for the palette. For specific colors, refer to the table below;
This command specifies each color corresponding to the index number. The color is fixed and unchangeable.
The colors which were specified in the palette by the PCL or HP-GL/2 command are cancelled.

Index No -4 (CMYK) -3(CMY) 1(B/W) * 3(RGB)
0	White	White	White	Black
1	Cyan		Cyan	Black
2	Magenta	Magenta	-	Green
3	Blue	Blue	-	Yellow
4	Yellow	Yellow	-	Blue
5	Green	Green	-	Magenta
6	Red	Red	-	Cyan
7	Black		Black	-

Whit

* = default

2.2. Using PCL Color Mode - Set PCL Color Setting

Command

$$ \text { ESC } * \mathrm{v} # \mathrm{W} (2 7) (4 2) (1 1 8) # (8 7) < 1 \mathrm{Bh} > < 2 \mathrm{Ah} > < 7 6 \mathrm{h} > # < 5 7 \mathrm{h} > $$

$$ # = 6, 1 8 $$

# stands for the number of bytes of data that follow this command.

This command sets the palette size and transformation between the entered value and device-specific value.

This command has two types of format, short format and long format. Here are the formats for the PCL color setting.

1) Short Format

MSB LSB

0 - 1	Format (0) Encoding mode
2 - 3	Bits / index Bits / value #1
4 - 5	Bits / value #2 Bits / value #3

♣ Format

This value must be 0.

♣ Encoding mode

• This value defines how to send the raster image data.
- The value can be from 0 to 3 only, other values are ignored.

Encoding Mode
0 Send Index No by Plane *
1 Send Index No by Pixel
2 Send Direct Value by Plane
3 Send Direct Value by Pixel

* = default

Send Index No by Plane (= 0 default)

• This mode assigns the Index No. to the Plane, then sends it.
- The necessary number for the Plane is determined depending on the number of bits/index. 1 (one) plane should be needed per 1 (one) bit/index. For instance, 4 planes are needed for 4 bits/index.
- Bits/index must be 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.
- This mode sends the plane data except the last one using the Send Raster Data by Plane command (ESC*b#V).
- This mode also sends the last plane data using the Send Raster Data command (ESC*b#W).

(i.e. 4 bits/index)

** The Italic characters shown above are the index No. at the 4th pixel in the 1st raster.

[Example]

If you want to send index No. 7,6,5,4,3,2,1,0;

Enter 'ESC*v6W 00h 00h 04h 08h 08h 08h', then select Send Index No by Plane.

Select 4 bits/index. ( 2^4 = 16 Palettes)

ESC*r1A

Start Raster Transfer

ESC*b1V 10101010B

Send Plane1 data (The Index No Bit0 data)

ESC*b1V 11001100B

Send Plane2 data (The Index No Bit1 data)

ESC*b1V 11110000B

Send Plane3 data (The Index No Bit2 data)

ESC*b1W 00000000B

Send Plane4 data (The Index No Bit3 data)

...

ESC*rC

End Raster Transfer

(xxh: hexadecimal, xxxxxxxxB: binary)

Send Index No by Pixel (= 1)

This mode sends the index No. by pixel.
Bits/index must be 1, 2, 4, 8.

(2 bits/index)

** The Italic characters shown above are the index No. at the 2nd pixel in the 3rd raster.

[Example]

If you want to send the index No. below;

Index No.

3, 2, 1, 0 (1st raster)

2, 1, 0, 3 (2nd raster)

3, 0, 1, 2 (3rd raster)

0, 1, 2, 3 (4th raster)

Enter 'ESC*v6W 00h 01h 02h 08h 08h 08h', then select Send Index No by Plane.

Select 2 bits/index. ( 2^2=4 Palettes)

ESC*r1A

Start Raster Transfer

ESC*b1V 11100100B

Send 1st raster data

ESC*b1V 10010011B

Send 2nd raster data

ESC*b1V 11000110B

Send 3rd raster data

ESC*b1W 00011011B

Send 4th raster data

...

ESC*rC

End Raster Transfer

(xxh: hexadecimal, xxxxxxxxB: binary)

Send Direct Value by Plane (= 2)

This mode sends each value of RGB by plane.
Bits/index must be 1.

- This mode sends the plane data except the last one using the Send Raster Data by Plane command.

- This mode sends the last plane data using the Send Raster Data command.

(i.e.)

ESC*b#V r, r, r, , r...→ Plane 1 1st raster

ESC*b#V g, g, g, g _, g...→ Plane 2

ESC*b#W b, b, b, b _, b...→ Plane 3

ESC*b#V r, r, r, r, r...→ Plane 1 2nd raster

ESC*b#V g, g, g, g, g...→ Plane 2

** The Italic characters shown above are the index No. at the 4th pixel in the 1st raster.

[Example]

If you want to send RGB=(1,1,1)(0,1,1)(1,0,1)(0,0,1)(1,1,0)(0,1,0)(1,0,0)(0,0,0);

** The values in the brackets show the RGB value of the pixel.

Enter 'ESC*v6W 00h 02h 01h 01h 01h 01h', then select Send Direct Value by Plane.

Select 1 bit/index.

ESC*r1A Start Raster Transfer

ESC*b1V 10101010B Send Plane 1 data (Red data)

ESC*b1V 11001100B Send Plane 2 data (Green data)

ESC*b1W 11110000B Send Plane 3 data (Blue data)

ESC*rC End Raster Transfer

(xxh: hexadecimal, xxxxxxxxB: binary)

Send Direct Value by Pixel (= 3)

- This sends each value of RGB pixel by pixel.

- Bits/index must be 8.

(i.e.)

ESC*b#W r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, , , , → 1st raster

ESC*b#W r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, ...→2nd raster

ESC*b#W r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, ...→3rd raster

ESC*b#W r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b,...→4th raster

ESC*b#W r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, r, g, b, ...→ 5th raster

** The Italic characters shown above are the index No. at the 4th pixel in the 1st raster.

[Example]

If you want to send the RGB value below;

RGB value.

(0,0,0)(128,128,128)(128,64,0)(255,128,64) 1st raster

(128,128,128)(128,64,0)(255,128,64) (0,0,0) 2nd raster

(128,64,0)(255,128,64) (0,0,0) (128,128,128) 3rd raster

** The values in the brackets show the RGB value of the pixel.

Enter 'ESC*v6W 00h 03h 08h 08h 08h 08h', then select Send Direct Value by Pixel.

Select 8 bits/index.

ESC*r1A Start Raster Transfer

ESC*b12V 00h 00h 00h 80h 80h 80h 80h 40h 00h ffh 80h 40h Send Plane 1 data (Red data)

ESC*b12V 80h 80h 80h 80h 40h 00h ffh 80h 40h 00h 00h 00h Send Plane 2 data (Green data)

ESC*b12W 80h 40h 00h ffh 80h 40h 00h 00h 00h 80h 80h 80h Send Plane 3 data (Blue data)

ESC*rC End Raster Transfer

(xxh: hexadecimal, xxxxxxxxB: binary)

♣ Bits/index

Specifies the palette size at 2^n . n indicates bits/index. ( n=4 2^4=16 palettes)
When the encoding mode is 0 or 1, the palette size selected by the bits/index value specifies the range of the index No., which can be used for raster data.
• The values specified by the encoding mode are listed below;

Encoding Mode Bits/Index
0	0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8
1	1,2,4,8
2	1
3	8

♣ Bits/value (#1, #2, #3)

Each value indicates a color as follows;

1: red

2: green

3: blue

When the encoding mode is 0 or 1, it ignores this setting. The black/white reference, described later, is set.
When the encoding mode is 2, it shows the number of planes that are required to send each color.
When the encoding mode is 3, it shows the number of bits that are required to send each color.
It sets the black reference to 0. (Valid when the Encoding mode is 0 or 1.)
It sets the white reference to 2^n - 1 . (Valid when the Encoding mode is 0 or 1.)

2) Long Format

	MSB	LSB
0 - 1	Format (0) Encoding mode
2 - 3	Bits / index Bits / value #1
4 - 5	Bits / value #2 Bits / value #3
6 - 7	White reference for value #1
8 - 9	White reference for value #2
0 - 11	White reference for value #3
2 - 13	Black reference for value #1
4 - 15	Black reference for value #2
6 - 17	Black reference for value #3

The long format allows you to make the setting of the white/black reference in addition to the ones available in the short format.

♣ White reference for value #1, #2, #3

• This mode specifies the white value (the lowest level of density).
• Each value indicates a color as follows;

1: red

2: green

3: blue

Range: -32767 \~ 32767

- When the encoding mode is 2 or 3, this setting is valid.

♣ Black reference for value #1, #2, #3
♣ This mode specifies the black value (the highest level of density).
♣ Each value indicates a color as follows;

#1:	red
#2:	green
#3:	blue

Range: -32767 \~ 32767

- When the encoding mode is 2 or 3, this setting is valid.

2.3. Using HP-GL/2 Color Mode

Two methods are provided to set the color mode in the HP-GL/2 mode. Set the color mode by the PCL command, then transfer to the HP-GL/2 mode. Execute the NP command.

For the details on how to use the color selections in the HP-GL/2 mode, refer to Section 6 'HP-GL/2'.

3. COLOR PALETTES

3.1. Set Color #1

Command

ESC*v#A (27) (42) (118) # (65) <1Bh><2Ah><76h>#<41h>

Range = -32767 \~ 32767

Default value = 0

This command sets the red value in the palette. Use the Set Color to Palette command to set the value.
The value range to be set varies depending on the specified black/white reference.

3.2. Set Color #2

Command

ESC*v#B (27) (42) (118) # (66) <1Bh><2Ah><76h>#<42h>

Range = -32767 \~ 32767

Default value = 0

This command sets the green value in the palette. Use the Set Color to Palette command to set the value.
The value range to be set varies depending on the specified black/white reference.

3.3. Set Color #3

Command

ESC*v#C (27) (42) (118) # (67) <1Bh><2Ah><76h>#<43h>

Range = -32767 \~ 32767

Default value = 0

This command sets the blue value in the palette. Use the Set Color to Palette command to set the value.
The value range to be set varies depending on the specified black/white reference.

3.4. Set Color to Palette

Command

ESC*v#I (27) (42) (118) # (73) <1Bh><2Ah><76h>#<49h>

Range = 0 \~ (2^n - 1) (The value n is specified by the Bit/Index setting in the Set PCL Color Setting command.)

Default value = 0

This command sets the red, green and blue values which are set by the Set Color #1, #2, #3 commands in the palette.
When an out of range value is set, it is ignored in the palette.
This command sets the value which was set by the Set Color #1, #2, #3 commands to 0.

3.5. Select Color

Command

ESC*v#S (27) (42) (118) # (83) <1Bh><2Ah><76h>#<53h>

# = 0 current palette size

Default value = 0

This command selects the color as the index number in the palette.
• This command is valid for text, underline, rule and graphics.
This command does not affect the User-defined color pattern or HP-GL/2. (The HP-GL/2 command selects the color using the SP command.)
The value to be selected by this command is never affected by the Set PCL Color Setting, Set Render Algorithm, Download Dither Matrix or Set Gamma Correction commands.

3.6. Push/Pop Palette

Command

ESC*p#P (27) (42) (112) # (80) <1Bh><2Ah><70h>#<50h>

# = 0 * Push palette

= 1 Pop palette

* Default value = 0

The value of 0 pushes the current palette onto the palette stack. This command does not affect the current palette.
The value of 1 pops the palette from the top of the palette stack and replace the current palette with it.
If the Pop Palette command is executed without a Push palette having first having been executed, it is ignored.
The palette stack is controlled as a First In Last Out stack.
The parameters below are pushed to the palette stack;
Color Mode (Simple Color / PCL Color Mode)
Parameters to be set by the Set PCL Color Setting command
♦ Encoding Mode (mode 0, 1, 2, 3)
Bits / index
Bits / value #1
Bits / value #2
Bits / value #3
Black and White Reference
◆ Parameter of Render Algorithm
♦ Parameter of Gamma Correction
Color Palette
♦ Dither to be downloaded by the Download Dither Matrix command
Pen Width (HP-GL/2)

- The data below is pushed to the palette stack;

Colors to be selected by the Select Color command
Colors to be selected by the Set #1, #2, #3 command
♦ Monochrome Print Mode

4. COLOR GRAPHICS

4.1. Start Raster Transfer

Command

ESC*r#A (27) (42) (114) #(65) <1Bh><2Ah><72h>#<41h>

# = 0 * Prints the image from the left edge of the logical page.

= 1 Prints the image from the current cursor position.

= 2 Executes scaling. Prints the image from the left edge of the logical page.

= 3 Executes scaling. Prints the images from the current cursor position.

* Default value = 0

This command signals the start of the transfer of raster image data to the printer.
The transfer of raster data to the printer continues until either an End Raster Transfer command is sent or a command other than Send Raster Data, Set Compression Mode or Y-Offset is sent.
The source width and height are set by the Set Raster Area Width (ESC*r#S) and Set Raster Area Height (ESC*r#T) commands. When the # value is 2 or 3, the data with these source width/height values is enlarged or reduced to the width and height set by the Set Destination Raster Width and Set Destination Raster Height commands. (Refer to the following sections.)

4.2. Set Destination Raster Width

Command

ESC*t#H (27) (42) (116) # (72) <1Bh><2Ah><74h>#<48h>

Range = 0 \~ 32767 (number of decipoints in 1/720")

Default value = 0

If value 2 or 3 is sent with the Start Raster Transfer command and graphic scaling is set, this command sets the destination width.
Values outside the range are invalid.
If the setting is 0 or is omitted, this command uses the same width as the source width.
If the specified width is wider than the page, drawings are clipped by the right physical page boundary. The scaling factor is dealt with correctly.

4.3. Set Destination Raster Height

Command

ESC*t#V (27) (42) (116) #(86) <1Bh><2Ah><70h>#<56h>

Range = 0 \~ 32767 (number of decipoints in 1/720")

Default value = 0

If value 2 or 3 is sent with the Start Raster Transfer command and graphic scaling is set, this command sets the destination height.
Values outside the range are invalid.
If the setting is 0 or is omitted, this command uses the same height as the source height.
If the specified height is longer than the page, drawings are clipped by the bottom of physical page boundary. The scaling factor is dealt with correctly.

4.4. Set Scale Algorithm

Command

ESC*t#K (27) (42) (116) # (75) <1Bh><2Ah><70h>#<4Bh>

# = 0 * Takes the lighter overlying dots when reducing.

= 1 Takes the darker overlying dots when reducing.

* Default value = 0

This command sets which algorithm the data is reduced by.
Any combinations, such as vertical only, horizontal only or vertical and horizontal are allowed to be reduced. If the setting is vertical only or horizontal only, this command affects the set direction.
This command should be used after sending the Start Raster Transfer command after setting the scaling (ESC*r2A or ESC*r3A).

4.5. Send Raster Data by Plane

Command

ESC*b#V [data] (27) (42) (98) #(87) <1Bh><2Ah><62h>#<56h>

Range = 0 32767

Default value = N/A

This command sends a plane of data to the printer and goes ahead to the next plane (not to the next row).
The # value represents the number of data bytes to be sent. The number of planes per row is specified by the Set Simple Color command or the Set PCL Color command, depending on which color mode is used. The first plane sent represents the least significant bit in the pixel.
Since this command does not affect the cursor position, it cannot be used for the last plane or for single-plane rows. Only the ESC*b#W command can progress the cursor to the next row.
The amount of data sent varies depending on the plane, and it is separate from the raster width. When the data sent is shorter than the raster width, the data which was not filled within the specified raster width is cleared to 0. Empty planes can be sent when the # value is 0.

4.6. Enter HP-GL/2 Mode

Command

ESC%#B (27) (37) # (66) <1Bh><2Ah><25h>#<4Ah>

# = 0 * Position the cursor at the previous HP-GL/2 cursor position.

= 1 Leave the cursor at its current PCL position.
= 2 Use current PCL coordinate system and previous HP-GL/2 pen position
= 3 Use PCL dot coordinate system and the current cursor position

Range = 0 3

* Default value = 0

Immediately after the printer receives this command, it switches to HP-GL/2 mode, interpreting commands as HP-GL/2 commands until it receives an Enter PCL Mode, Reset or UEL command, or until the printer is turned off and on.
The # value specifies the cursor position once HP-GL/2 mode is entered. Each value performs the following functions;

- # = 0 : The cursor is positioned at the previous HP-GL/2 cursor position. If this is the first time you have switched to HP-GL/2 mode since switching the printer on, the cursor is placed at the origin of the HP-GL/2 graphics windows.

# = 1 : The cursor remains at its current position.
= 2: The PCL coordinate system is used when entering into HP-GL/2 mode from PCL mode. The HP-GL/2 cursor position uses the previous HP-GL/2 position. It is separate from the P1 and P2 positions.
= 3: The PCL coordinate system is used when entering into HP-GL/2 mode from PCL mode. The PCL cursor position is used instead of the HP-GL/2 cursor position. It is separate from the P1 and P2 positions.

5. ENHANCE OUTPUT

5.1. Set Render Algorithm

Command

ESC*t#J (27) (42) (116) # (74) <1Bh><2Ah><70h>#<4Ah>

# = 0 Scatter dither

= 1 Snap to primaries

= 2 Snap black to white, all other colors to black

= 3 * Scatter dither

= 4 Scatter dither

= 5 Monochrome device best dither

= 6 Monochrome scatter dither

= 7 Clustered dither

= 8 Monochrome clustered dither

= 9 User-defined dither

= 10 Monochrome user-defined dither

= 11 Scatter dither

= 12 Monochrome scatter dither

= 13 Scatter dither

= 14 Monochrome scatter dither

* Default value = 3

- This command selects the halftone render algorithm.

# = 1 : This does not use halftones. For 8 bits/pixel, for instance, any value over 128 is transferred to 255, and any value under 127 is transferred to 0.
# = 2 : This transfers black to white and other colors to black.
= 3: This selects the scatter dither. The scatter dither is the most crisp dither (device best dither) for the HL-2400C/Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN/2700CN.
# = 0, 4, 11, 13 : These show halftones using a dither method, which places dots in a dither pattern to make the special frequency higher.
# = 7 : This shows halftones using a dither method, which enlarges dots from their center.
# = 9 : This shows halftones using the dither which is specified by the Download Dither Matrix command.
= 5, 6, 8, 10, This replaces the color value with gray scale data using the formula below; 12, 14, 1025: gray value = 0.30 x red + 0.59 x green + 0.11 x blue

5.2. Set Monochrome Mode

Command

ESC&b#M (27) (38) (98) # (77) <1Bh><26h><62h>#<4dh>

# = 0 * Monochrome mode off

= 1 Monochrome mode on

* Default value = 0

This command prints the color data by replacing it with gray scale data.
This command replaces the color data with gray scale data using the formula below;
gray value = 0.30 x red + 0.59 x green + 0.11 x blue
This command should be sent before sending the data to be printed. Failure to do so will cause the current page to be closed and printed. This command may be sent on a page-by-page basis.

5.3. Set Gamma Correction

Command

ESC*t#I (27) (42) (116) #(73) <1Bh><2Ah><74h>#<49h>

# = 0.0 \~ 32767.0 (command is ignored for invalid values)

Default value = 0 (gamma correction off)

This command does not destroy the contents of the current palette, but setting a gamma value replaces any lookup table input in either Device CMY or Device RGB.

5.4. Download Dither Matrix

Command

ESC*m#W [data] (27) (42) (109) #(87) <1Bh><2Ah><6dh>#<57h>

Range = 7 \~ 32767 (Any other value is ignored.)

# stands for the number of pattern data bytes.

• This command specifies a single matrix for the R, G, and B colors.
- The dither which is specified by this command is valid when selecting the # value to 9 or 10 with the Set Render Algorithm command.
- The table below shows the format for a dither matrix that is applied to all three primary colors.

MSB
LSB

0 - 1	Format (0) Number of planes (1)
2 - 3	Dither matrix height in pixels
4 - 5	Dither matrix width in pixels

♦ Format: set to 0.

♦ Number of planes: set to 1.

♦ Dither matrix height in pixels: specifies the dither matrix height by the number of pixels.

♦ Dither matrix width in pixels: specifies the dither matrix width by the number of pixels.

** The values for 'Dither matrix height in pixels' and 'Dither matrix width in pixels' should not be 0. The multiple of these two values should not be more than 32767.

5.5. User-defined Pattern Command

Command

ESC*c#W (22) (42) (99) #(87) <1Bh><2Ah><63h>#<57h>

Range = 0 \~ 32767.

# stands for the number of pattern data bytes.

MSB
LSB

0 - 1	Format (1)	Continuation (0)
2 - 3	Pixel Encoding (1/8)	Reserved (0)
4 - 5	Height in Pixels
6 - 7	Width in Pixels
8 - 9	Pattern Image

Format: set to 1. This command downloads the color pattern.

NOTE: If the Format is set to 0 or 20, it sends monochrome format. For details, refer to 'Chapter 2 PCL'.

Pixel encoding: set to either of 1 bit or 8 bits. If selecting 1 bit, 1 pixel is assigned to 1 bit (2 colors). If selecting 8 bit, 1 pixel is assigned to 8 bits (256 colors).
Height in pixels: specifies the pattern height by the number of rows.
♦ Width in pixels: specifies the pattern width by the number of pixels.
Pattern Image: sends the pattern image data as an index number of the palette. It uses the colors of the current palette when the pattern is used.

6. HP-GL/2

A few HP-GL/2 commands are added for the HL-2400C/Ce, HL-3400CN, HL-2600CN, HL-3450CN, HL-2700CN, HL-4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/3070CW/3075CW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDW/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW color laser printer, and the features of some existing commands are also expanded.

The new or revised HP-GL/2 commands as follows are described in this chapter;

Initialize Set Instruction (IN) - resets all programmable functions to their default settings
Pen Color (PC) - changes the palette colors
• Number of Pens (NP) - changes the palette size
• Color Range (CR) - sets the range for specifying relative color data

For the basic commands of HP-GL/2, refer to 'Chapter 8 HP-GL/2 Graphics Language'.

6.1. IN (Initialize Set Instruction) Command

Command

IN [;]

This command returns the graphics mode to initial conditions. It initializes the parameters listed on Page.9 of 'Chapter 8 HP-GL/2' and also those shown below.

Function	Equivalent Instruction	Condition
Number of Pens NP 8
Color Range CR Black reference (red, green, blue) ---->0
White reference (red, green, blue) ---->		255

This command also initializes the parameters of the palette as follows;

Palette No.(Pen No.)	Color
0	White
1	Black
2	Red
3	Green
4	Yellow
5	Blue
6	Magenta
7	Cyan

6.2. PC (Pen Color) Command

Command

PC [pen, red, green, blue]

PC [pen;]

PC [;]

This command changes the pen colors in the palette and sets the colors of all pens to their default settings.

pen: represents the palette number specified by this command. It ignores the command if it is out of the range of the specified parameter.
red, green, blue: specifies the color. The range of the specified value is determined by the CR command. Default range is 0 255 .
• PC [];: initializes all palettes.

• PC [pen];: sets the pen to the default color.

Number of pens in palette	Pen number Color
2 ("NP 2;") 0 White
2 ("NP 2;") 0 White	1	Black
4 ("NP 4;") 0 White
	1	Black
	2	Red
	3	Green
8 ("NP 8;") 0 White
	1	Black
	2	Red
	3	Green
	4	Yellow
	5	Blue
	6	Magenta
	7	Cyan

** If the number of pens in the palette is over 8, the color is set to black.

6.3. NP (Number of Pens) Command

Command

NP [n;]

NP [;]

Range = 2 32768

Default value = 8

This command makes the palette the specified size after the Initialize Set Instruction command or Set PCL Color Setting command is executed.
The n value represents the palette number with the value of 2^n . When it cannot be indicated with the value of 2^n , the next value, 2^n+1 is selected.
When a value over 257 is specified, 256 is selected.
When a value less than 2 is specified, it is ignored.
The specified palette can be selected by the Select Pen command. When the value specified by the Select Pen command is bigger than the palette number specified by this command, the value of the remainder is used.

6.4. CR (Color Range) Command

Command

CR [....]

Range = -32768 \~ 32767

Default value is listed below;

	R		G	B
Black reference 0 0	0
White reference	255	255	255
Black reference: specifies the black value (the highest level of density)
White reference: specifies the white value (the lowest level of density)

• This command sets the range for specifying relative color data.
- The value specified by this command is reset to the default value by the CR [;] or IN [;] command.

7. INDEX

A

algorithm 13

B

B/W mode 4

black value 9

blue value 10

C

color palette 10

color range 17

CR command 17

D

destination raster height 12

destination raster width 12

dither matrix 15

G

gamma....15

green value 10

H

HP-GL/2 color mode 9

HP-GL/2 command 16

HP-GL/2 mode enter....13

I

IN command 16

initialize set instruction .... 16

L

long format 8

M

monochrome mode 14

N

NP command 17

number of pens 17

P

palette....4

palette size....5

PC command 16

PCL color mode 5

pen color 16

pixel 6

Plane 5

pop palette 11

push palette 11

R

raster data send 13

raster image 5

raster transfer start....12

red value 10

render algorithm 14

S

shortformat....5

simple color mode 4

U

User-defined Pattern command .... 15

W

white value 8

CHAPTER 4 HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS LANGUAGE

COMMAND LIST 4
INTRODUCTION 6
TERMINOLOGY 7

3.1. Picture Frame....7

3.2. Anchor Point 7

3.3. Graphics Window 7

3.4. Hard Clip Limits....7

3.5. Soft Clip Limits 7

3.6. Graphics Units 7

3.7. User Units 7

3.8. Current Units 7

3.9. Pens....7

3.10. Absolute and Relative Plotting 8

3.11. Fills 8

COMMAND SYNTAX 9

4.1. Mnemonic....9

4.2. Parameters....9

4.3. Separators 9

4.4. Terminator....9

THE HP-GL GRAPHICS WINDOW 10

5.1. Units 10

5.2. The Scaling Points P1 and P2 10

5.3. Scaling 10

5.4. Transformation.... 10

PREPARING TO PRINT GRAPHIC IMAGES 11

6.1. Setting Up the Graphics Window 11

6.2. Using Existing Image Plots 11

6.3. Printing an Image....11

6.4. Entering HP-GL/2 Mode....11

6.5. Quitting HP-GL/2 Mode.... 11

COMMANDS 12

7.1. Initialize Commands.... 12

7.2. Plot Area and Unit Setting Instructions 14

7.3. Pen Control and Plot Instructions .... 18

7.4. The polygon group 25

7.5. Plot Function Instructions.... 30
7.6. Character Plot Instructions.... 38
7.6.1. Introduction 39

8. INDEX......52

1. COMMAND LIST

DF Default set instruction 12

IN Initialize set instruction 13

IP Input scaling point 14

IR Input relative scaling points 14

SC Scale 15

IW Window 17

RO Rotate coordinate system 17

PU Pen up

PD Pen down

PA Plot absolute

PR Relative coordinate pen move 19

AA Draw absolute arc 20

AR Draw relative arc 21

AT Absolute arc three point 21

RT Relative arc three point 22

PE Polyline encoded 22

BR Bezier relative 24

BZ Bezier absolute

PM Polygon mode 25

EA Edge rectangle absolute 25

ER Edge rectangle relative 26

EP Edge polygon 26

EW Edge wedge 26

RA Fill rectangle absolute 27

RR Fill rectangle relative 28

WG Fill wedge 28

FP Fill polygon 29

AC Anchor corner 30

FT Fill type 31

LA Line attribute 32

LT Line type selection 33

PW Pen width 34

RF Raster fill definition 34

SM Symbol mode 35

SP Select pen 35

SV Screened vectors

TR Transparency mode

UL User-defined line type 37

WU Select unit for pen width 37

SD Define standard font 39

AD Define alternate font 42

SS Select standard font 42

SA Select alternate font 42

FI Select primary font 43

FN Select secondary font 43

LB Character plot

DT Define label terminator 44

LO Label origin 44

DI	Absolute	direction
DR	Relative	direction
DV Define variable text path 47
CP Relative character movement 47
CF Character fill mode 48
SI Set absolute character size 48
SR Set relative character size 49
SL	Character	slant
SB Scalable or bitmap fonts 50
ES	Extra	space
TD	Transparent data

2. INTRODUCTION

Some of the HL series printers can be used in HP-GL/2 graphics mode to produce vector graphics output using the commands of the HP-GL/2 graphics language or to print out existing HP-GL/2 format images.

HP-GL/2 is a part of the PCL emulation, which includes graphics command.

The Default plotting measurement unit in the HP-GL/2 graphics mode is 1/1016" (0.025 mm).

3. TERMINOLOGY

3.1. Picture Frame

The printer frame is the rectangular area of the page on which graphic output can be printed. This is based on the logical page defined for the selected paper size.

3.2. Anchor Point

The anchor point of the picture frame is the top left hand corner of the frame. This can be moved on the page using PCL language page control commands.

3.3. Graphics Window

The graphics window is the rectangular area of the page on which you can generate graphic output using HP-GL/2 commands. Initially the graphics window is the same as the picture frame but may be altered using the HP-GL/2 IW command.

3.4. Hard Clip Limits

Hard clip limits are the physical restrictions which define where printed output can appear on a page.

3.5. Soft Clip Limits

Soft clip limits are the user-defined restrictions which define where printed output can appear on a page.

3.6. Graphics Units

The initial coordinate system employs units of 1/1016" in both the x- and y-axes.

3.7. User Units

The HP-GL/2 graphics language uses a coordinate system. You can impose your own x- and y-scale units on this system using the SC command.

3.8. Current Units

The units in use at a given time are called the current units. Current units are either user units or graphics units, depending on whether scaling has been turned on or not. The SC command is used to turn scaling on, that is, to make user units the current units.

3.9. Pens

By convention, certain HP-GL/2 graphics language commands are thought of as using a pen, which can be either up or down. To produce plotted output the pen must be down. To move to a location on the page without producing output the pen must be in the up position. Some HP-GL/2 commands require you to specify the pen position before you use them, others have implied pen positions built into them, so that you do not need to specify "Pen up" or "Pen down".

3.10. Absolute and Relative Plotting

Drawing commands are of two distinct types: absolute commands, in which the coordinates specified are the absolute user or graphics coordinates and relative commands, whose coordinates are relative to the coordinate position at which the previous graphics command terminated.

3.11. Fills

You can fill in the shapes you have drawn with the plotting commands by using the fill commands. A number of different shading options are available.

4. COMMAND SYNTAX

An HP-GL and HP-GL/2 command can consist of up to four items: a mnemonic, a parameter field, a separator and a terminator.

4.1. Mnemonic

The two-letter mnemonic is the name of the command and should help remind you of its function.

4.2. Parameters

Some commands have parameters following the instruction mnemonic. Multiple parameters must have separators between them. Parameters are shown in italics. Optional parameters are surrounded by square brackets. Parameters that can be repeated are followed by "...".

Integer - integers are allowed in the range -2^30 and 2^30 - 1 . Real numbers specified for a parameter that should be an integer are rounded to the nearest integer.
Clamped integer - integers are allowed in the range -32768 and 32767. Parameters outside this range are converted (clamped) to the nearest integer within the range, for example 40,000 will be clamped to 32767. Non-integers are converted to the nearest integer.
Real number - real numbers whose integer part is in the range -2^30 to 2^30 - 1 . Accuracy to at least 6 significant digits is guaranteed. If a number outside the range is specified the entire command is ignored. The decimal point can be omitted when the number has no fractional part.
Clamped real number - real numbers whose integer part is in the range -32768 to 32767. Parameters outside this range are converted (clamped) to the nearest real number within the range. The decimal point can be omitted when the number has no fractional part.

Text parameters are referred to as labels and can consist of any sequence of characters.

4.3. Separators

If an HP-GL/2 instruction accepts more than one parameter, you must put spaces or a comma between the parameters to separate them.

4.4. Terminator

Most commands are terminated implicitly by the first letter of the next instruction mnemonic. A semi-colon may be used to explicitly terminate a command. However, the final command issued before quitting HP-GL/2 mode must be terminated with a semi-colon. Since a terminator is almost always optional it is shown surrounded by square brackets.

5. THE HP-GL GRAPHICS WINDOW

5.1. Units

When you first enter graphics mode, the prevailing coordinate system has its origin in the bottom left hand corner of the graphics window and has x- and y-units of 1/1016". Using the SC command you can divide the axes into more convenient units. The size of the graphics window remains unaltered.

5.2. The Scaling Points P1 and P2

Many instructions use two reference scaling points, P1 and P2. Initially these are in the bottom left and top right hand corners of the graphics window respectively. You can alter the position of these points relative to the graphics window, or relative to one another, by using the IP or IR commands.

5.3. Scaling

You can easily scale images up or down by increasing or decreasing the distance between P1 and P2. You can do this both with existing images that are to be imported and with images that are generated by a string of HP-GL and HP-GL/2 commands, identical commands can be used to create the same image in different sizes.

5.4. Transformation

You can transform images horizontally or vertically by changing the relative positions of P1 and P2. You can do this both with existing images that are to be imported and with images that are generated by a string of HP-GL/2 commands.

6. PREPARING TO PRINT GRAPHIC IMAGES

6.1. Setting Up the Graphics Window

Before entering HP-GL/2 mode you will probably want to set the dimensions and position of the PCL picture frame and hence the graphics window. (Remember that when you enter HP-GL/2 mode they are initially the same). To do this you will need to send some preparatory PCL commands while in LaserJet mode. Use the Esc*c0T command to position the picture frame and the Esc*c#X and Esc*c#Y commands to determine it's horizontal and vertical dimensions respectively. These commands are described fully in the sub-section Vector Graphics in the LaserJet section of this manual. (Section 2)

If you do not specify a position and dimensions for the picture frame, the default picture frame is used. This is described in the sub-section 'The Page in LaserJet mode' section of this manual.

6.2. Using Existing Image Plots

If you are importing an existing HP-GL/2 plot you can easily determine the size and position on the page of the resulting printed graphic. Images are automatically scaled and fitted to the picture frame (the HP-GL/2 graphics window) in either of the following two cases.

1) If you use the Esc*c#K and Esc*c#L PCL commands to specify the width and height of the original plot before entering HP-GL/2 mode. These commands are explained in the sub-section 'Vector Graphics in LaserJet mode' section of this manual. Only use these commands if you are importing an existing plot.
2) If the imported image code is page-size independent.

An image is page-size independent if it's HP-GL/2 code satisfies the following conditions.

User units are used exclusively, that is, an SC command is used before any drawing commands are issued. Note in particular that if the graphics window is changed from the default using the IW command, it must be specified in user units.
No absolute units are used or implied, that is, drawing commands use relative movement only and character size, pattern length and pen width are always specified as relative measurements. Commands like IP and PA, which imply the use of absolute units even if none are explicitly supplied, should not be used at all.

If you import an image without fulfilling these two criteria, that is, the image is not page size independent and you do not specify its horizontal and vertical plot sizes, the plot will be drawn actual size. Any part of the plot that falls outside the effective window will not appear on the printed page.

6.3. Printing an Image

When you have carried out any necessary preliminary steps that your particular application requires, as described in the preceding sections, enter HP-GL/2 mode using the Esc%#B command and send the sequence of HP-GL/2 commands to generate the image.

6.4. Entering HP-GL/2 Mode

To enter graphics mode from PCL printer control language use the Esc%#B command. Set # to 0 if you want the pen to start from the previous HP-GL/2 pen position. Set # to 1 if you want to the pen to start from the current PCL cursor position. You must specify either one setting or the other.

6.5. Quitting HP-GL/2 Mode

To quit graphics mode use the Esc%#A command. Set # to 0 if you want to place the cursor at the previous PCL cursor position. This is the default setting. Set # to 1 if you want to place the cursor at the current HP-GL/2 pen position.

7. COMMANDS

7.1. Initialize Commands

DF - Default set instruction

DF[;]

- Returns the graphics mode to default conditions. The following are the default settings.

Function	Equivalent Instruction	Condition
Plot mode PA; Absolute plotting
Absolute direction DI 1,0; Horizontal
Line type LT; Solid line
Line pattern length LT; 4% of distance from P1 to P2
Anchor corner AC; Lower left corner of picture frame
Line Attributes LA; Butt cap, mitered joints, miter limit = 5
User-Defined line type UL; All line types set to default
Window	IW; Set at limits of printable area according to paper size
Symbol mode	SM;	Off
Character Fill Mode	CF;	Solid, Fill, no edging
Character set	SS;	Standard character set selected
Scalable or Bitmap Fonts	SB 0;	Scalable font only
Character slant	SL 0;	0 degrees
Scaling	SC;	Off
Label terminator	DT chr(3)	chr(3), non-printing
Raster fill	RF; Solid black
Fill type	FT;	solid fill
Transparency mode	TR1;	Transparency mode on
Screened vectors	SV; No screening
Polygon mode	PM0PM2;	Polygon buffer empty
Standard font	SD; Stick font
Alternate font	AD;	Stick font
Character size transformation	SI;	Off
Label origin	LO1;	Current pen location
Text path	DV;	Left to right with normal line feed
Extra space	ES;	No extra space
Transparent data	TD; Normal printing mode

NOTE: The location of the scaling points(P1, P2) remains constant.

IN - Initialize set instruction

IN[;]

- Returns the graphics mode to initial conditions;

Function	Equivalent Instruction	Condition
Plot mode PA; Absolute plotting
Relative character direction	DR	1,0; Horizontal
Line type LT; Solid line
Line pattern length LT; 4% of distance from P1 to paper size	P2
Window IW; Set at limits of printable area according to paper size
Symbol mode SM; Off
Anchor corner AC; Lower left corner of picture frame
Line attributes LA; Butt caps, mitered joins, miter limit = 5
User-defined line type UL; All line types set to default
Pen	SP;	Select white pen
Pen position	PA0,0;	HP-GL/2 origin
Character set	SS;	Standard character set selected
Character size transformation	SI;	Off
Scalable or bitmap fonts	SB0;	Scalable only
Character slant	SL 0;	0 degrees
Character fill	CF; Solid fill
Scaling	SC;	Off
Label terminator	DT chr(3)	chr(3)
Raster fill	RF; Solid black
Fill type	FT;	Bi-directional fill, type 1
Transparency mode	TR1;	Transparency mode on
Screened vectors	SV; No screening
Polygon mode	PM0PM2;	Polygon buffer empty
Standard font	SD; Stick font
Alternate font	AD; Stick font
Pen condition	PU; Pen up
Pen width type	WU;	Metric
Pen width	PW;	Set at 0.35 mm
Label origin	LO1;	Current pen location
Text path	DV; Left to right with normal line feed
Rotation	RO; Set at 0 degrees
Extra space	ES;	No extra space
Transparent data	TD; Normal printing mode
Scaling points	IP;	Initialized according to paper size

7.2. Plot Area and Unit Setting Instructions

Instruction	Function
IP	Scaling point
IR Input relative scaling points
SC	Scale
IW	Input window
RO Rotate coordinate system

IP - Input scaling point

IP [ P1x, P1y [,P2x, P2y] ] [;]

Plx ; x coordinate of P1 Ply ; y coordinate of P1

P2x ; x coordinate of P2 P2y ; y coordinate of P2

• The coordinates used are absolute values in graphics units.
- Set the location of the scaling points(P1,P2).
- Coordinate values for P1X,P1Y, P2X and P2Y are given as integer numbers.
- You can set P1 and P2 to be anywhere that the range of allowable coordinates permits. However, only parts of resulting images that lie within the effective window will be printed.
- The default location of P1 is the lower left corner and P2 is the upper right corner of the PCL picture frame.
- Using this instruction without a parameter field initializes the scaling points(P1,P2) to the default location.
- P2X and P2Y may be omitted. If P2X and P2Y are omitted, P2 is set automatically so as not to alter the distance between P1 and P2.
- If P2x and P2y are omitted P2 is set to be in the same position relative to P1 that it was before the command was invoked.
- The IP command remains in effect until another IP command, an IR command or an IN command is used.

IR - Input relative scaling points

IR [ P1x, P1y [, P2x, P2y]] [;]

P1x ; x-coordinate of P1 P1y ; y-coordinate of P1

P2x ; x-coordinate of P2 P2y ; y-coordinate of P2

The coordinate values are percentages relative to the bottom left and top right hand corners of the picture frame.
• Coordinate values for P1x, P1y, P2x, and P2y are treated as clamped real numbers.
Using this instruction without parameters sets the scaling points (P1, P2) to their initial positions, the bottom left and top right hand corners of the picture frame.
If P2x and P2y are omitted P2 is set to be in the same position relative to P1 that it was before the command was invoked.
You can set P1 and P2 to be anywhere that the range of allowable coordinates permits. However, only parts of resulting images that lie within the effective window will be printed.
The IR command remains in effect until another IR command, and IP command or an IN command is used.

SC - Scale

SC [ Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax [, type ] ] [;] (Type = 0)

SC [ Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax, type [ left, bottom]] [;] (Type =1)

SC [ X min , X factor , Y min Y factor [, type ]] [;] (Type = 2)

X_min ; X coordinate of P1 X_max ; X coordinate of P2

Y_min ; Y coordinate of P1 Y_max ; Y coordinate of P2

Type ; type of scaling

Left ; percentage of unused space to be left to the left of the scaling area

bottom ; percentage of unused space to be left below the scaling area

X_factor ; number of graphics units per user unit on the x-axis.

Y_factor ; number of graphics units per user unit on the y-axis.

- This command turns scaling on and establishes a user unit coordinate system. The coordinate system is specified relative to the points P1 and P2. The origin need not necessarily be at P1. Three different types of scaling are available.

- The technical terms, user unit and graphics unit, as used in this manual are defined as follows: User unit : the unit of the coordinates set by the SC instruction.

Graphics unit : the unit(1/1016 of an inch) of the coordinates not set by the SC instruction.

- All coordinates are in user units.

- Coordinate values for X , X , Y , and Y are given as real numbers.

- X_min , Y_min , X_max and Y_max specify the range of the X- and Y-axes. X_min and Y_min value should be P1 and X_max and Y_max should be P2.

- X_min must be different from X_max , and Y_min must be different from Y_max .

• Using this instruction without a parameter field turns the scaling off.

- Type can be 0, 1 or 2, which select scaling types known as anisotropic, isotropic and point factor scaling respectively.

- Type 0 scaling (anisotropic scaling, the default) allows you to specify different sized x-axis and y-axis units. Hence the area specified by X , X , Y , and Y will occupy the entire area defined by P1 and P2.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - SC - Scale - 1

text_image

P2 (7,6) P1 (0,0)

• left and bottom settings have no effect in type 0 scaling.

- Type 1 scaling (isotropic scaling) forces x-axis and y-axis units to be the same size. As a result the area specified by X , X , Y , and Y (the isotropic area) may not fit exactly into the rectangular area defined by P1 and P2.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - SC - Scale - 2

text_image

P1 (0,0) (6,7) P2

With type 1 scaling you can specify the percentage of unused space that is to lie below, or to the left of, the isotropic area.
left specifies the percentage of unused space you want to lie to the left of the isotropic area and can be from 0 to 100. If you do not specify the value for left, it is automatically set to the default value = 50%.
bottom specifies the percentage of unused space you want to lie below the isotropic area and can be from 0 to 100. If you do not specify the value for bottom, it is automatically set to the default value = 50%.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - SC - Scale - 3

text_image

(10,10) P2 Extra space P1(0,0)

SC 0,10,0,10,1,0,0

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - SC - Scale - 4

text_image

P2 (10,10) (0,10) Extra space P1

SC0,20,0,10,1,100,100

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - SC - Scale - 5

text_image

Extra space (10,0) (10,10) P1 P2

SC 0,10,0,10,1,100,100

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - SC - Scale - 6

text_image

P2 Extra space (20,10) P1(0,0)

SC 0,20,0,10,1,0,0

- You must either specify both left and bottom, or specify neither. However, the printer can only use one of these two parameters at a time, depending where the extra space is on a page. ¥

- If you do not specify a percentage for unused space to the left or at the bottom, the isotropic area is centred in the rectangle defined by P1 and P2.

- Type 2 scaling (point factor scaling) specifies the ratio of graphics units to user units and sets user units coordinates for P1.

- X_factor specifies the number of graphics units that comprise a single user x-axis unit.

- Y _factor specifies the number of graphics units that comprise a single user y-axis unit.

- Valid values for Xfactor and Yfactor are real numbers.

- An SC command remains in effect until another SC command is issued, until default settings are restored with the DF command or until the printer is initialized with an IN command.

10 '-Scale-'
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 '-- Anisotropic scaling --
70 LPRINT "PA1500,6000;EA3500,8000;"
80 LPRINT "IP1500,6000,3500,8000;SC0,200,0,100,0;PA50,50;CI50;"
90 LPRINT "IN;PA1500,3000;EA3500,5000;"
100 LPRINT "IP1500,3000, 3500,5000;SC0,100,0,200,0;PA50,50;CI50;"
110 LPRINT"IN;PA1300,8200;DT#;LBAnisotropic scaling#";
120 '--Isotropic scaling--
130 'Left,Bottom= 0,0
140 LPRINT "PA4500,6000;EA6500,8000;"
150 LPRINT"IP4500,6000,6500,8000;SC0,200,0,100,1,0,0;PA50,50;CI50;"
160 'Left, Bottom = 100,100
170 LPRINT "IN;PA4500,3000;EA6500,5000;"
180 LPRINT"IP4500,3000,6500,5000;SCO,100,0,200,1,100,100;PA5O,5O;CI5O;"
190 LPRINT "IN;PA400O,82;DT#;LBIsotropooic scaling#";
200 LPRINT CHR$(27);"%OA";
21OLPRINT CHR$(27);"E";
22O END

IW - Window

IW [ X1, Y1, X2, Y2 ] [;]

X_1 -Window lower left X coordinate Y ^1 -Window lower left Y coordinate X_2 -Window upper right X coordinate Y ^2 -Window upper right Y coordinate

This instruction sets the window inside which drawing can be performed (the soft clip limits).
Coordinates are specified in current units.
• Using this instruction with no parameters sets the window to be the same as the picture frame.
You can set the corners of the window to lie outside the picture frame. However, only the portion of the image which lies within both the picture frame and the window will appear on the page.
If scaling is turned on with the SC command before the window is defined with the IW command, you can move the window on the physical page by specifying different locations for P1 and P2 with the IP and IR commands. The user unit coordinates that bound the window remain the same.
If an SC command is used after the IW window definition, the window is fixed on the physical page and does not move when subsequent IP and IR commands are invoked.
An IW command remains in effect until another IW command is issued, until default settings are restored with the DF command or until the printer is initialized with an IN command.

50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";

60 LPRINT "SI0.2,0.35,PA2000,3200;;LBTHIS IS AN EXAMPLE OF IW"; CHR\$(3)

70 LPRINT "IW3000,1300,4500,3700;PD2000,1700;LBTHIS IS AN EXAMPLE OF IW";CHR\$(3)

80 LPRINT "PU3000,1300;PD4500,1300,4500,3700;PD3000,3700,3000,1300;PU;"

90 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "%0A";

100 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "E";

110 END

<Sample 22>

RO - Rotate coordinate system

RO [q] [;]

q : Angle in degrees through which the coordinate system is rotated.

This instruction is used to rotate the graphics coordinate system anti-clockwise.
Using this instruction with no parameter sets the rotation of the coordinate system to 0 degrees (default value).
• The pen position does not change.
P1 and P2 rotate with the coordinate system and retain the same coordinate values.
To relocate P1 and P2 at the lower left and upper right hand corners of the picture frame, use the IP or IR commands.
If you have previously used an IW command, the window is also rotated. Any part of the window that falls outside the hard clip limits will be clipped.
The command remains in effect until another RO command is used or until the printer is initialized with the IN instruction.
Valid values of q are 0, 90, 180 or 270.

10 '--Rotate Coordinate System--

20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255

30 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "E";

40 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "%0B";

50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";

60 FOR I = 0 TO 270 STEP 90

70 LPRINT "RO"; I; "PA1000,2000;PD3000,2000,2000,3000,1000,2000;PU;"

80 LPRINT "LB RO ="; I; CHR\$(3)

90 LPRINT "PA600,1500;LBRotate Coordinate System";CHR\$(3)

100 NEXT I

110 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "%0A";

120 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "E";

130 END

<Sample 23>

7.3. Pen Control and Plot Instructions

Instruction	Function
PU	Pcn	Up
PD	Pcn	Down
PA	Plot	Absolute
PR Relative Coordinate Pen Move
AA Absolute Arc Plot
AR Relative Arc Plot
AT Absolute Three Point Arc
RT Relative Three Point Arc
PE	Polyline	Encoded
CI	Circle
BR	Bezier	Relative
BZ	Bezier	Absolute

PU - Pen up

PU [X,Y[,...]] [;]

X; X coordinate of the cursor movement destination Y; Y coordinate of the cursor movement destination

X and Y are either relative or absolute, depending on whether a PA or a PR was the last plot command executed. The absolute coordinates are set as default.
You can specify as many coordinate pairs as you wish. The cursor moves to each point in turn without drawing.
• Using this instruction without a parameter field raises the pen without changing the cursor position.
• Coordinates are specified in the currently selected unit.
In symbol mode PU draws the specified symbol at each point in the parameter list.
In polygon mode the specified coordinate pairs are placed in the polygon buffer.
If an odd number of coordinates are specified, the final (unpaired) coordinate is ignored.

PD - Pen down

PD [X, Y [, ...]] [;]

X; X coordinate of the cursor movement destination
Y; Y coordinate of the cursor movement destination

X and Y are either relative or absolute, depending on whether a PA or a PR was the last plot command executed. The absolute coordinates are the default setting.
You can specify as many coordinate pairs as you wish. The cursor moves to each point in turn, drawing lines on the page.
Using this instruction without a parameter lowers the pen without changing the cursor position.
• Coordinates are specified in the currently selected unit.
In symbol mode PD draws the specified symbol at each defined point on the x- and y-axis.
In polygon mode the specified coordinate pairs are placed in the polygon buffer.
If an odd number of coordinates are specified, the final (unpaired) coordinate is ignored.

PA - Plot absolute

PA [X, Y [, ...]] [;]

X ; X coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Y; Y coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Coordinates are absolute values in user or current units.
Whether used with or without parameters the command establishes absolute plotting as the plotting mode.
The command moves the cursor to the specified coordinates, drawing straight lines, only when the pen is down.
In symbol mode PA draws the specified symbol at each point in the parameter list.
In polygon mode the specified coordinate pairs are placed in the polygon buffer.
If an odd number of coordinates are specified, the final (unpaired) coordinate is ignored.

10 ' -- Plot Absolute --
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN; SP1; ";
60 LPRINT "PA2000, 6000; PD0, 6000, 2000, 7500, 2000, 6000; PU2500, 6000; ";
70 LPRINT "PAPD4500, 6000, 2500, 7500, 2500, 6000; PU10365, 500; ";
80 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
90 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
100 END

<Sample 24>

PR - Relative coordinate pen move

PR [X, Y [, ...]] [;]

X ; X coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Y ; Y coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Coordinates used are relative values in current units.
Whether used with or without parameters the command establishes relative plotting as the plotting mode.
The command moves the cursor to the specified coordinates, drawing straight lines, only when the pen is down.
You can specify any number of coordinated pairs and plotting is performed in the order the coordinates are specified.
In symbol mode PR draws the specified symbol at each point in the parameter list.
In polygon mode the specified coordinate pairs are placed in the polygon buffer.
If an odd number of coordinates are specified, the final (unpaired) coordinate is ignored.

10 ' - Plot Relative -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
40 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
50 LPRINT "PA5000,4500,;PDPR-2000,0,2000,2000,0,-2000;PU500,0;"
60 LPRINT "PD2000,0,-2000,2000,0,-2000;PU;"
70 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
80 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
90 END
<Sample 25>

AA - Draw absolute arc

AA [X, Y, qc [, qd]] [;]

X ; Arc centre X coordinate Y ; Arc centre Y coordinate

qc ; Arc angle in degrees qd ; Chord angle in degrees

Coordinates are absolute coordinates in current units.
Starting from the current position, this command plots an arc centred on the absolute coordinates X, Y having the specified arc angle and chord angle, with the radius being the distance between the current position and the point X,Y.
After execution of the command the cursor position is at the opposite end of the arc from the point at which plotting started.
Plotting takes place only when the pen is down.
If the command is invoked with the pen up, plotting is not performed, but the cursor position moves to what would have been the plot end point.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - AA - Draw absolute arc - 1

text_image

qd = Chord Angle qc = Arc Angle (X,Y)

• The value for qc is a clamped real number.
- When qc is positive, plotting is counterclockwise.
- When qc is negative, plotting is clockwise.
- The value for qd is a clamped real number in the range 0.5^ to 180^ . The default value is 5^ .

10 -- Draw Absolute Arc --
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN; SP1; IP1000, 1000, 6000, 6000;"
60 LPRINT "SC0, 100, 0, 100;"
70 LPRINT "PA0, 30;"
80 LPRINT "PD; PA0, 45; AA0, 50, 180; PA0, 70;"
90 LPRINT "AA0, 100, 900; PA100, 55; AA100, 50, 180; PA100, 30;"
100 LPRINT "AA100, 100, 90; PA45, 100; AA50, 100, 180; PA80, 100;"
110 LPRINT "AA100, 0, 90; PA55, 0; AA50, 0, 180; PA30, 0; AA0, 0, 90;"
120 LPRINT "PU; PA50, 50, CI20;"
130 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
140 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
150 END

<Sample 26>

AR - Draw relative arc

AR X, Y, qc (, qd) [;]

X ; Arc centre X coordinate Y ; Arc centre Y coordinate

qc ; Arc angle in degrees qd ; Chord angle in degrees

Coordinates are relative values in current units.
Starting from the current cursor position the command plots an arc whose centre is at the relative coordinate position (X,Y) and which has the specified arc and chord angles. The radius of the arc is the distance between the current position and the point (X,Y).
After execution of the command the cursor position is at the opposite end of the arc from the point at which plotting started.
Plotting takes place only when the pen is down.
If the command is invoked with the pen up, plotting is not performed, but the cursor position moves to what would have been the plot end point.
• The value for qc is a clamped real number.
When qc is positive, plotting is counterclockwise.
When qc is negative, plotting is clockwise.
The value for qd is a clamped real number in the range 0.5^ to 180^ . The default value is 5^ .

10 --Draw Relative Arc --
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;IP1000,1000,6000,6000;"
60 LPRINT "SC-100,100,-100,100;"
70 LPRINT
    "PA-100,70;PD;PR30,0;AR0,-70,-90,15;AR70,0,90;PR60,0;PU;"
80 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
90 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
100 END
<Sample 27>

AT - Absolute arc three point

AT X_1 , Y_1 , X_2 , Y_2 [,qd] [;]

X_1 ; x-coordinate of intermediate point Y _2 ; y-coordinate of intermediate point

X_2 ; x-coordinate of end point y _2 ; y-coordinate of end point qd; the chord angle used to draw the arc

All coordinates are absolute and in current units.
The command draws an arc from the current position, through the specified intermediate position and finishing at the specified end position.
• After completion of the command the current cursor position is at the end of the arc.
An arc can be drawn clockwise or anti-clockwise.
If the current scaling mode is not isotropic, the arc may be elliptical rather than circular.
The chord angle must be in the range 0.5^ to 180^ .
• The default chord angle is 5^ .

10 '--Absolute Arc Three Point--

20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255

30 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "E";

40 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "%0B";

50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";

60 LPRINT "PA1000,100;PD2500,100;"

70 LPRINT "PU650,1150;PD1000,1150;"

80 LPRINT "PU650,450;PD1000,450;

90 LPRINT "PU1000,100;PD1000,1500,2500,1500;"

100 LPRINT "AT3200,800,2500,1500;"

110 LPRINT "PU3200,900;PD;"

120 LPRINT "AT3300,800,3200,700;"

130 LPRINT "PU3300,800;PD3500,800;"

140 LPRINT CHR\$(27); "%0A";

150 LPRINT CHR&(27); "E";

160 END

<Sample 28>

RT - Relative arc three point

RT X_1 , Y_1 , X_2 , Y_2 [, qd] [;] X_1 ; x-coordinate of intermediate point Y_2 ; y-coordinate of intermediate point X_2 ; x-coordinate of end point y_2 ; y-coordinate of end point qd; the chord angle used to draw the arc

The specified coordinates of the two points are relative to the current pen position.
The command draws an arc from the current position, through the specified intermediate position and finishing at the specified end position.
• After completion of the command the current cursor position is at the end of the arc.
An arc can be drawn clockwise or anti-clockwise.
If the current scaling mode is not isotropic, the arc may be elliptical rather than circular.
The chord angle must be in the range 0.5^ to 180^ .
• The default chord angle is 5^ .

10 '--Relative Arc Three Point--
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "&0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PA1000,100;PR;PD1500,0;"
70 LPRINT "PU-1850,1050;PD350,0;"
80 LPRINT "PU-350,-700;PD350,0;"
90 LPRINT "PU0,-350;PD0,1500,1500,0;"
100 LPRINT "RT800,-750,0,-1500;"
110 LPRINT "PU700,850;PD;"
120 LPRINT "RT100,-100,0,-200;"
130 LPRINT "PU100,100;PD200,0;"
140 LPRINT CHR&(27); "%0A";
150 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
160 END
<Sample 29>

PE - Polyline encoded

PE [ [flag] [value] | X₁Y₁ ... [flag] [value] | X₁Y₁ ] ];

flag ; a command or mode that applies to the data that follows value; parameter data for the preceding flag

X ; X-coordinate of a cursor movement destination

Y ; Y-coordinate of a cursor movement destination

This command allows you to combine a sequence of PA, PR, PU, PD and SP commands into a coded format. This reduces file size and transmission time.
Do not use commas within the PE command. Parameters either have their own terminators or do not require them.
The PE command must be terminated with a semi-colon.
The command draws lines using the current line type and current units.
The command draws lines to all coordinate points specified unless you precede the coordinate pair with a pen up flag.
On completion of the command, the pen is down unless the final move was made with the pen up.
All coordinate points are interpreted as relative unless preceded by the absolute flag (=).
On completion of the command, the previous plotting mode is restored.
Flags are not encoded. They are sent as ASCII characters. The MSB of the code is ignored, thus 60 and 188 can both represent <, the flag for pen up.

• The following flags are used:

':' - Select pen. The number which follows is the required pen number. A PE command that does not include a select pen command uses the currently selected pen.

'<' - Pen up. The pen is raised and moved to the specified coordinate pair. All coordinate pair values not preceded by this flag are automatically interpreted as pen down plotting commands.

'>- Fractional data. The value following the flag specifies the number of fractional binary bits in the coordinate data.

'=' - Absolute plotting mode. The pair of coordinates which follow this flag are absolute coordinates.

'7' - 7 bit mode. All subsequent coordinate values within this PE command are to be interpreted as 7-bit values, that is, encoded in base 32.

- If you use the ':' flag in polygon mode it is ignored as the SP command has no effect in this mode.

- Values and coordinates are encoded in base 64 or base 32. Values determine the setting of the immediately preceding flag. Legal values and coordinates are as follows:

Pen number - 0 (white) or 1 (black)

Number of fractional binary bits -

x- and y-coordinates - (-2

-26 to 26. The default is 0.

30) to 2^30 - 1 current units. If the pen position is moved outside this range, subsequent plotting commands are ignored until an absolute coordinate pair within the allowable range is specified.

- Flag and coordinate values are encoded as either base 64 or base 32 numbers and then transmitted as ASCII character codes. Base 64 is the default. Use Base 64 if your computer can send data without a parity bit. Use base 32 if your system requires a parity bit.

- To encode an integer proceed as follows. If the number is negative, take the absolute value, multiply by 2 and add 1. Hence -x := 2x+1. If the number is positive simply multiply by 2. Hence x := 2x. Convert the new number into base 64 or base 32 according to your system and encode each base 64 or base 32 digit as the corresponding ASCII character.

- To encode a real number proceed as follows. Multiply the number of decimal places in your coordinate's data by 3.33 and round the result up to the next highest integer (for example round 6.66 up to 7). This gives the number of binary bits needed to represent the number's fractional part - the value that you will supply with the > flag. Call this number n. Now multiply the number you are encoding by 2^n . Round this number to the nearest integer and then follow the procedure described above for encoding an integer.

- Transmit each number to the printer least significant digits first. Terminate each number with the most significant digit. This must be specified from a different ASCII range from the preceding digits in the number. In base 64, non-terminating digits are represented by the numbers 63-126 and terminating digits by the numbers 191-254. In base 32, non-terminating digits are represented by the numbers 63-94 and terminating digits by the numbers 95-126. Hence if using a base 32 number whose least significant digit is 14, and whose most significant digit is 5, encode 14 as 77 (63+14) and 5 as 100 (95+5).

	Non-terminator	Terminator
Base 64	63-126 191-254
Base 32	63-94 95-126

- In symbol mode the PE command draws the specified symbol at each specified point.

- In polygon mode the points specified within the PE command are not plotted. Instead they are stored in the polygon buffer and used when a FP (Fill Polygon) or EP (Edge Polygon) command is used.

- The PE command with no parameters simply updates the carriage return point.

CI - Circle plot

CI r(, qd) [;]

r ; Radius of circle ( in current units )

qd ; Chord angle ( in degrees )

- The command plots a circle with the current position as the centre, with a radius r and chord angle qd .

• After plotting, the cursor returns to the centre of the circle.

- Plotting takes place irrespective of whether the pen is up or down.

- Valid values for r are specified in the current unit.

- Valid values for qd are clamped real numbers in the range 0.5^ to 180^ . The default value is 5^ .

• To avoid placing an unwanted dot at the centre of the circle precede the CI command with a PU command.

10 '-- Circle --
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN; SP1; ";
60 LPRINT "SC-75, 75, -75, 75, 1;"
70 LPRINT "PA0, 0; LT; CI5; LT0; CI-12;"
80 LPRINT "LT1; CI19; LT2; CI-26;"
90 LPRINT "LT3; CI33; LT4; CI-40;"
100 LPRINT "LT5; CI47; LT6; CI54;"
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
130 END

<Sample 30>

BR - Bezier relative

BR [ X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3 . . . [X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3]] [;] X1, X2, X3 ; X coordinate of the second (X1), third (X2), and forth (X3) control point Y1, Y2, Y3 ; Y coordinate of the second (Y1), third (Y2), and forth (Y3) control point

Coordinates are relative values in current units.
Using the current pen position as the starting point, the bezier curve is geometrically drawn referring to the other three points. The start point of the curve is at (X0,Y0), and the curve is tangential to the line from (X0,Y0) to (X1,Y1) at that point, and it leaves the point in that direction. The end point of the curve is at (X3,Y3), and the curve is tangential to the line from (X2,Y2) to (X3,Y3).
• After execution of this command the cursor position is at the end of the bezier curve.
When drawing a bezier curve is repeated, the last (fourth) control point of the first curve is used as the first control point for the second curve.
Plotting takes place only when the pen is down.
If the command is invoked with the pen up, plotting is not performed, but the cursor position moves to what would have been the plot end point.
If the curve extends to the outside of the soft/hard clip limit, it is clipped.
This command can only be used in polygon mode.

BZ - Bezier absolute

BZ [X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3 ... [X1, Y1, X2, Y2, X3, Y3]] [;] X1, X2, X3 ; X coordinate of the second (X1), third (X2), and forth (X3) control point Y1, Y2, Y3 ; Y coordinate of the second (Y1), third (Y2), and forth (Y3) control point

Coordinates are absolute values in current units.
Using the current pen position as the starting point, the bezier curve is geometrically drawn referring to the other three points. The start point of the curve is at (X0,Y0), and the curve is tangential to the line from (X0,Y0) to (X1,Y1) at that point, and it leaves the point in that direction. The end point of the curve is at (X3,Y3), and the curve is tangential to the line from (X2,Y2) to (X3,Y3).
• After execution of this command the cursor position is at the end of the bezier curve.
When drawing a bezier curve is repeated, the last (fourth) control point of the first curve is used as the first control point of the second curve.
Plotting takes place only when the pen is down.
If the command is invoked with the pen up, plotting is not performed, but the cursor position moves to what would have been the plot end point.
If the curve extends to the outside of the soft/hard clip limit, it is clipped.
This command can only be used in polygon mode.

7.4. The polygon group

Instruction	Function
PM	Polygon	Mode
EA Edge Absolute Rectangle
ER Edge Relative Rectangle
EP	Edge	Polygon
EW	Edge	Wedge
RA Fill Absolute Rectangle
RR Fill Relative Rectangle
WG	Fill	Wedge
FP	Fill	Polygon

PM - Polygon mode

PM [ms] [;]

This command is used for entering and leaving polygon mode, the mode that allows you to access the polygon buffer.
When in polygon mode you can use any of the vector group commands to define the vertices of a polygon. The following commands can be used; DF, IN, AA, AR, AT, BR, BZ, CI, PA, PD, PE, PR, PU, RT
The polygon you have defined is not printed until you exit polygon mode and fill or edge the polygon.
ms, the mode status, can have the value 0, 1 or 2. If ms = 0 the command empties the polygon buffer and enters polygon mode. A value of 1 closes the current polygon and remains in polygon mode. All commands sent following a PM1 before a PM2 or a further PM1 are used to build one sub-polygon. A value of 2 closes the current polygon or sub-polygon and exits polygon mode.
Having exited polygon mode you can use the EP and FP commands to edge or fill the polygons you have defined.
The EP command only draws between points defined when the pen was in the down position.
The FP command fills the area between the polygon vertices irrespective of whether the pen was up or down when the polygon was defined.
The first point in the polygon buffer is the pen position when the PM0 command was invoked.
The next pen position specified after a PM1 command becomes the first vertex of the next sub-polygon.
When plotting a polygon the pen always moves to the first point in the up position.
Using the command with no parameters clears the polygon buffer and enters polygon mode. This is equivalent to the PM0; command.
If a DF or IN command is invoked in the polygon mode, the printer quits polygon mode, clears the polygon buffer and executes the subsequent command.
If an ESC E reset command is invoked while the printer is in polygon mode, the printer quits polygon mode, clears the polygon buffer, exits HP-GL/2 and ejects the page.

EA - Edge rectangle absolute

EA X, Y[;]

X ; X coordinate of opposite corner for the rectangle Y ; Y coordinate of opposite corner for the rectangle

• X and Y coordinates are absolute coordinates in current units.
- Plots the rectangle formed by the current position and the opposite corner specified by X and Y.
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin and pen up/down status remains as selected.
- Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.

10 '-Edge Rectangle Absolute-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "SCO,150,0,150,1;"
70 LPRINT "PA25;105;EA65;130;"
80 LPRINT "PA30;110;EA70,135;"
90 LPRINT "PA35;115;EA75;140;"
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
120 END

<sample 31>

ER - Edge rectangle relative

ER X, Y[;]

X ; X coordinate of opposite corner for the rectangle

Y ; Y coordinate of opposite corner for the rectangle

Coordinates are relative to the current position in current units.
Plots the rectangle formed by the current position and the opposite corner specified by X and Y.
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.

- Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.

10 '-Edge Rectangle Relative -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "SC0;150;0;150;1;"
70 LPRINT "PA25,105;ER40,25;"
80 LPRINT "PR 5, 5;ER40,25;"
90 LPRINT "PR 5, 5;ER40,25;"
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
120 END
<Sample 32>

EP - Edge polygon

EP [;]

This command plots the outline of the polygon currently stored in the polygon buffer.
The command only plots between points defined when the pen was down.
The command plots an outline irrespective of whether the pen is currently up or down.
The command does not affect the data in the polygon buffer.
On completion of the plot the cursor returns to the original position.

EW - Edge wedge

Plots a wedge centred on the current position with radius r , start point angle ql , arc angle qc and chord angle qd .
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
You should use this command with the type "isotropic". Anisotropic type may make the wedge stretch.

- r specifies the radius of the circle. A positive value for r places the 0^ reference point onto the positive x-axis and a negative value for r places the 0^ reference point onto the negative x-axis.

• The value for q1 is a clamped real number.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - EW - Edge wedge - 1

text_image

current position qc q1 r 0° reference point

- q1 specifies the wedge starting point relative to the 0 degree reference point.

- When qI is positive, the positive direction of the X axis relative to the current position is set at 0 degrees and the start point is sought in the counterclockwise direction. The opposite occurs when qI is negative: the negative X axis is set at 0 degrees and the start point is sought by going clockwise.

- qc specifies the angle of the wedge in degrees.

• The value for qc is a clamped real number.

- Plotting proceeds counterclockwise when ac is positive and clockwise when negative.

• The value for qd must be an integer from -32.768 to +32.767.

- When ad is not specified, the chord angle is the default value (5 degrees)

10 '- Edge Wedge -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PA2000,5000;"
70 LPRINT "EW1250,90,180,5;"
80 LPRINT "EW1250,270,120;"
90 LPRINT "EW1250,30,60;"
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
120 END
<Sample 33>

RA - Fill rectangle absolute

RA X, Y[;]

X ; X coordinate of opposite corner for the rectangle

Y; Y coordinate of opposite corner for the rectangle

• X and Y coordinates are absolute coordinates in current units.

• Fill the rectangle formed by the current position and the opposite corner specified by X and Y.

• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.

- Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.

10 ' - Fill Absolute Rectangle -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA5000,4000;"
60 LPRINT "FT1;RA4250,3250;"
70 LPRINT "FT3,100;RA5750,3250;"
80 LPRINT "FT2;RA5750,4750;"

90 LPRINT "FT4,100,45;RA4250,4750;"
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
120 END
<Sample 34>

RR - Fill rectangle relative

RR X, Y[;]

X; X coordinate of opposite corner for the rectangle Y; Y coordinate of opposite corner for the rectangle

• Coordinates relative to the current position in current units.
- Fill the rectangle formed by the current position and the opposite corner specified by X and Y.
• After plotting the cursor returns to its point of origin.

- Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
10 ' - Fill Relative Rectangle -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA5000,4000;"
60 LPRINT "FT1;RR750,750;"
70 LPRINT "PR750,0;"
80 LPRINT "FT3,100;RR750,750;"
90 LPRINT "PRO,750;"
100 LPRINT "FT2;RR750,750;"
110 LPRINT "FT4,100,45;RR-750,750;"
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
130 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
140 END
<Sample 35>

WG - Fill wedge

WG r, q1, qc ( , qd) [ ; ]
r ; Radius in current units
q1 ; Start point angle
qc ; Arc angle
qd ; Chord angle

Fill in a wedge centred on the current position with radius r , start point angle ql , arc angle qc and chord angle qd .
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
You should use this command with the type "isotropic". Anisotropic type may make the wedge stretch.
r specifies the radius of circle. A positive value places the 0^ reference point onto the positive x-axis and the negative value places it onto the negative x-axis.
• The value for q1 is a clamped real number.
q1 specifies the wedge starting point related to the 0^ reference point.
When qI is positive, the positive direction of the X axis relative to the current position is set at 0 degrees and the start point is sought in the counterclockwise direction. The opposite occurs when qI is negative: the negative X axis is set at 0 degrees and the start point is sought by going clockwise.
• qc specifies the angle of the wedge.
• The value for qc is a clamped real number.
Plotting proceeds counterclockwise when qc is positive and clockwise when negative.
• The value for qd is a clamped real number.
When qd is not specified, the chord angle is the default value (5 degrees).

10 ' - Fill Wedge -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP2;FT3,100;"
60 LPRINT "PA2000,5000;"
70 LPRINT "WG1250,90,180,5;"
80 LPRINT "SP3;EW1250,90,180,5;"
90 LPRINT "SP4;FT4,100,45;"
100 LPRINT "WG1250,270,120;"
110 LPRINT "SP3;EW1250,270,120;"
120 LPRINT "SP1;FT1;"
130 LPRINT "WG1250,30,60;"
140 LPRINT "SP3;EW1250,30,60;"
150 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
160 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
170 END
<Sample 36>

FP - Fill polygon

FP [;]

FP [n] [;]

n ; fill method

This command fills the polygon currently stored in the polygon buffer.
• The command does not clear the buffer or alter the data at all.
The command fills between points defined when the pen was up or down.
If a polygon is composed of sub-polygons, the command fills alternate areas.
On completion of the plot the cursor returns to the original position.
The command performs a fill irrespective of whether the pen is currently up or down.
You can specify the fill method. There are two types of fill method.
• 0 specifies the even/odd fill method.

Places a point within the polygon and draws a straight line from it to the outside of polygon. If the cross point of the straight line and polygon edges are an odd count, the polygon which includes the start point is filled.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - FP - Fill polygon - 1

text_image

1 time 2 times

• 1 specifies Non-zero winding fill method.

10 '- Fill Polygon -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN; SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PA1500, 1500; PM0; CI1000, 60; PM1;"
70 LPRINT "CI500; PM1; PM2;"
80 LPRINT "LT4; FT3, 50, 45;"
90 LPRINT "FP;"
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
120 END
<Sample 37>

7.5. Plot Function Instructions

Instruction	Function
AC	Anchor	Corner
FT	Fill	Type
LA	Line	Attribute
LT	Line	Type
PW	Pen	Width
RF Raster Fil	Definition
SM	Symbol	Mode
SP	Select	Pen
SV	Screened	Vectors
TR	Transparency	Mode
UL User-defined Line Type
WU Select Unit for Pen Width

AC - Anchor corner

AC [X, Y] [;]

X ; x-coordinate of starting point of fill pattern Y ; y-coordinate of starting point of fill pattern

This command specifies the anchor corner which is the starting position of a fill pattern.
If no parameters are specified the lower left hand corner of the PCL picture frame, according to the current coordinate system, becomes the anchor position. This is equivalent to AC0,0;
User units or graphics units may be used.
The value of the coordinates are real numbers in the range (-2^30) to 2^30 - 1 .

10 '-Anchor Corner -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PA3000,3000;FT3,400,45;"
70 LPRINT "RR1000,1000;ER1000,1000;"
80 LPRINT "PR1000,0;FT4,400,45;"
90 LPRINT "RR1000,1000;ER1000,1000;"
100 LPRINT "PR1000,0;FT3,400,45;"
110 LPRINT "RR1000,1000;ER1000,1000;"
120 LPRINT "PA3000,1500;AC3000,1500;"
130 LPRINT "RR1000,1000;ER1000,1000;"
140 LPRINT "PA4000,1500;AC4000,1500;FT4,400,45;"
150 LPRINT "RR1000,1000;ER1000,1000;"
160 LPRINT "PA5000,1500;AC5000,1500;FT3,400,45;"
170 LPRINT "RR1000,1000;ER1000,1000;"
180 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%OA";
190 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
200 END

<Sample 38>

FT - Fill type

FT n(, d(, q)) [;]

- Sets the fill type, interval and angle when filling an area. This setting is effective for the commands FP, RA, RR, WG and CF.

• The value for n must be a clamped integer number

Fill type	Description Option 1 Option 2
1 Solid black (bi-directional fill)
2 Solid black (single directional fill)
3 hatching (parallel line) fill interval fill angle
4 cross-hatching fill interval fill angle
10	shading	shading level
11	HP-GL/2 user-defined	raster-fill index
21	PCL cross-hatching	pattern type
22	PCL user-defined	pattern ID
130	shading (one of sixty-four gray scales)	Shading level

option 1 for n = 3 or 4 is the setting for the interval of the lines in the fill. This is specified in current units.
If d is omitted or 0, it is set to the default value which is 1% of the diagonal distance between P1 and P2.
Option 2 for n = 3 and 4 is the setting of the angle for the lines in degrees.
• If q is omitted, the fill angle already specified will be used.
• The value of q is a clamped real number.
Option 1 for n = 10 is the setting for the shading density. It is specified as a percentage from 0 to 100.
Option 2 for n = 10 is ignored.
Option 1 for n=11 specifies the HP-GL/2 user-defined raster fill pattern. This uses the index number which is defined by the RF command.
Option 2 for n = 11 is ignored.
Option 1 for n = 21 specifies the PCL cross-hatch patterns. There are 6 types of PCL cross-hatch patterns.
Option 2 for n = 21 is ignored.
Option 1 for n=22, the PCL user-defined patterns defined by the ESC*c#W command with a unique ID code.
Option 2 for n = 22 is ignored.
Option 1 for n = 130 , the 64 gray scale shading density. It is specified as a percentage from 0 to 100.
Option 2 for n = 130 is ignored.

10 ' - Fill Type -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 LPRINT "PA2000,2000;FT;PR2500,300;ER2500,300;"
70 LPRINT "PRO,300;FT3,80,30;RR2500.300;"
80 LPRINT "PRO,300;FT10,36;RR2500,300;ER2500,300;"
90 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
110 END

<Sample 39>

LA - Line attribute

LA [1, v [, 1, v [, 1, v]] ];

1; line attribute v : value

• This command specifies the shape of line joins and line ends.
• These settings are effective for the line widths thicker than 0.35 mm.
• I specifies the line attribute for which you are setting a value.
- There are three line attributes - line end type, line join type and miter limit, specified by line attribute values of 1, 2 and 3 respectively.
• v specifies the value of the particular attribute.
• Line ends are either butt (1), square (2,), triangular (3) or round (4).
- Line joins are either mitered (1), mitered/beveled (2), triangular (3), round (4), beveled (5), or have no join (6).
- Miter limit is the ratio of miter length to line width. When the miter limit is exceeded, the join is clipped to the miter limit.
- The miter limit is specified as a clamped real number.
- If no parameters are specified, the line attributes are set as follows: line ends are butt, line joins are mitered and the miter limit is 5. This is equivalent to the command LA1, 1, 2, 1, 3, 5;

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - LA - Line attribute - 1

text_image

Miter length Line width

Miter limit = Miter length / Line width

- Labels are always drawn with rounded ends and joins.

- An LA command remains in effect until another LA command is issued, until default settings are restored with the DF command or until the printer is initialized with an IN command.

10 '-Line Attributes-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PA4000,3000;PW2;LA1,3;PD3500,2500,4000,2000;"
70 LPRINT "PU3500,200;LA2,2,3,20;PD3000,2500,3000,2300;"
80 LPRINT "PU2500,2300;LA1,4;PD3500,2300;"
90 LPRINT "PU2700,2100;PD3300,2100;"
100 LPRINT "PU2900,1900;PD3100,1900;"
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
130 END
<Sample 40>

LT - Line type selection

LT [, n [, p [,m]]] [;]

n ; Line pattern number

p ; Line pattern length (percentage or millimeters of distance between P1 and P2)

m : mode

This command specifies the line pattern for use when drawing lines with the vector group commands.
n defines the line type to be used. n is either in the range -8 to 8 or is 99.
Values of n from 1 to 8 specify a line type (as defined with the UL command) and use a fixed pattern length. Any residual part of the pattern not used on a particular drawing operation is stored and used at the start of the next line drawn.
Values of n from -1 to -8 specify a line type (as defined with the UL command) and use an adaptive pattern length - that is, the pattern is scaled so as to fit one or more complete patterns into the line.
If n is 0, a dot is placed at the (X, Y) coordinates specified with any vector commands used.
p , the pattern length, specifies the length of one complete pattern, either as a percentage of the distance between P1 and P2 or in millimeters. The unit system used is determined by the mode setting. If the length is omitted, the printer uses the most recently specified pattern length.
If a zero or negative pattern length is specified the command is ignored.
m , the mode, defines whether the pattern length parameter, p , is interpreted as a reading in millimeters, (m=1) , or as a percentage of the distance between P1 and P2, (m=0) . If no mode number is included in the command, the most recently specified mode is used.
LT99; restores the previous line type (and, if it is a fixed line type, the residue), provided that the current line type is solid and that the pen position is the same as it was when the current, solid line type was selected.
An LT command remains in effect until another LT command is issued, until the default settings are restored with the DF command or until the printer is initialized with an IN command.
If no parameters are specified the line type is set to be solid. The previous line type, pattern length and any line residue are saved.

10 ' - Line Type -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;IP1000,1000,9000,7000;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PA2000,7100;PDPR400,0;PU;" 'REM DEFAULT LINE = 400
70 LPRINT "LT8;PA2000,7000;PD5000,7000;PU;"
80 LPRINT "LT8,4,0;PA2000,6900;PD5000,6900;PU;"
90 LPRINT "LT8,8,1;PA2000,6800;PD5000L6800;PU;"
100 '
110 LPRINT "LT4,PA2000,6600;PD5000,6600;PU;"
120 LPRINT "LT4,4,0;PA2000,6500;PD5000,6600;PU;"
130 LPRINT "LT4,10,1;PA2000,6400;PD5000,6400;PU;"
140 '
150 LPRINT "LT0;PA2000,6300;PD5000,6200; PU;"
160 LPRINT "LT0,4,0;PA2000,6100;PD5000,61000;PU;"
170 LPRINT "LT0,10,1;PA2000,6000;PD5000,6000;PU;"
180 '
190 LPRINT "LT-4;PA2000,5800;PD5000,5800;PU;"
200 LPRINT "LT-4,4,0;PA2000,5700;PD5000,5700;PU;"
210 LPRINT "LT-4,10,1;PA2000,5600;PD5000,5600;PU;"
220 '
230 LPRINT "LT-8;PA2000,5400;PD5000,5400;PU;"
240 LPRINT "LT-8,4,0;PA2000,5300;PD5000,5300;PU;"
250 LPRINT "LTO8,1O,1;PA2OOO,52OO;PD5OOO,52OO;PU;"
26O '
27O LPRINT "LT99;PA2OOO,5OOO;PD5OOO,5OOO;PU;"
28O LPRINT CHR$(27); "%OA";
29O LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
3O END

<Sample 41>

PW - Pen width

PW [w, [,p]] [;]

w; width

p; pen

This command specifies the width of the pen.
Pen width can either be specified as a fixed width in millimeters (the default) or relative to the distance between the scaling points P1 and P2.
If a width of zero is specified the thinnest width possible (1 dot wide) is set.
Metric widths are scaled by the ratio of the PCL picture frame to the HP-GL/2 plot size. If the ratio for the two axes is different, the smaller one is used. If this is less than the thinnest width available then a width of 1 dot is selected.
If no pen number is specified the new width applies to both pens.
If a pen number other than 0 or 1 is specified the command is ignored. There are six pens in the specification.
If no parameters are specified the pen width defaults to either 0.35mm or 0.1% of the distance from P1 to P2 according to the current width unit setting.
Pen width settings are not affected by a DF command.
Pen width does not set the width of the lines that make up the characters in a label.
A PW command remains in effect until another PW command is issued, until a WU command is used or until the printer is initialized with an IN command.

10 '-Pen Width-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PA3500,2500;PW1.5;"
70 LPRINT "PD4500,2800,4500,1800,3500,1500,3500,2500;"
80 LPRINT "PW0.8;PD2300,2900,2300,1900,3500,1500;"
90 LPRINT "PW0.5;PU2300,2900;PD3300,3200,4500,2800;"
100 LPRINT "PW0.25:PU4500,1800;PD3500,2100;"
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
130 END
<Sample 42>

RF - Raster fill definition

RF [ i [, w, h, p [, ...]] ] [;]

i : index w : width

p: pen number h : height

This command defines a rectangular pattern which may be used to fill the area.
i is the index number of the pattern that is to be defined and must be in the range 1-8. 8 patterns can exist concurrently.
If used with an index parameter and no others, the pattern is defined as a solid black fill.
w is the width in pixels of the pattern that is to be defined and must be in the range 1-255.
h is the height in pixels of the pattern that is to be defined an must be in the range 1 - 255.
p stands for a pixel in the defined fill. p = 0 signifies a white pixel, p > 0 signifies a black pixel. The number of pixels specified should equal the number of pixels in the fill pattern (w, h). The parameter defines successive pixels' colors from left to right, top to bottom. If you do not supply enough pixel parameters the trailing pixels default to white.
Use the FT command to select a fill type from those defined with the RF command.
Omitting parameters sets all raster fill patterns to solid fill.

10 '--Raster Fill Definition==
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PU5,5;PA3500,2500;"
70 LPRINT
"RF2,8,4,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,;"
80 LPRINT "FT11,2;RR4000,800;EP;"
90 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
110 END
<Sample 43>

SM - Symbol mode

SM c[;]

c ; ASCII character or symbol code

The command specifies the symbol to be drawn.
The specified symbol will be drawn at the end of each vector, irrespective of whether the pen is up or down when the PA, PR, PD, PU or PE instructions are used.
Characters in the character code ranges 33 - 58, 60 - 126 and characters 161 and 254 can be used.
Character code 59 stands for the ';' which is the HP-GL/2 terminator. You cannot use it as a symbol.
The current character size, slant and direction settings affect the way the symbol is drawn.
Omitting the parameter cancels the symbol mode.
On quitting symbol mode the original pen up/down state is restored.

SP - Select pen

SP [n] [;]

n ; pen number

The command selects a pen for drawing.
You must use this command before performing any drawing or filling commands.
n should be either 0 or 1 (although any other integers will be interpreted as 1.)
If n is 0 the white pen is selected. In this case drawing commands will have no effect, unless you are plotting onto a dark background and transparency mode is off.
If n is 1 the black pen is selected and printing can proceed normally. Use SP1 at the start of HP-GL/2 programs.
Invoking the command with no parameter is equivalent to SP0.

SV - Screened vectors

SV [ s [, option_1[, option_2]] ] [;]

s : screen type

option_1 and option_2: dependent on the screen type

This command selects the type of screening that will be applied to vectors, arcs, circles and edges of polygons, rectangles and wedges.
The screen type must have the value 0, 1, 2, 21, 22 or 130. 0 = no screen, 1 = shaded fill (one of eight gray scales), 2 = raster fill as defined by the RF command, 21 = a pre-defined PCL cross-hatch pattern and 130 = shaded fill (one of sixty-four gray scales).
With screen type 1 option_1 specifies the percentage of shading (0-100): option_2 is ignored.
With screen type 2 option_1 is used to specify the index number of the fill pattern created using the RF command. Option_2 is set to either 0 or 1: 0 means that the fill will appear in the colour of pen number 1, 1 means it should appear in the current pen's colour.
With screen type 21 option 1 specifies one of six predefined PCL cross-hatch patterns (patterns 1 - 6). option 2 is ignored.
With screen type 22, option 1 specifies the ID number of PCL user-defined pattern which is defined by the ESC*c#W command. option 2 is ignored.
With fill screen type 130 option 1 specifies the percentage of shading (0 - 100): option 2 is ignored.
If option 1 and option 2 are omitted, the most recently specified values for these parameters, for the specified screen type, are used.
All screening patterns use the current anchor corner.
Invoking the command with no parameter turns screening off. This is equivalent to SV0;

10 '-Screened Vectors-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "SV1,15;PA4000,5000;CI500;"
70 LPRINT "SV1,50;PA5000,4000;CI400;"
80 LPRINT "SV1,100;PA6000,6000;CI300;"
90 LPRINT "PW10;SV21,5;PA2000,1000;PD;AA0,0,90;PC;"
100 LPRINT "PW5;SV21,3;PA6000,6000;CI500;"
110 LPRINT "PW7;SV21,6;PA2000,8000;PDPA5000,8000;PU;"
120 LPRINT "PW7;SV21,6;PA2000,8000;PDPA5000,8000;PU;"
130 LPRINT "1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,"
140 LPRINT "0,0,1,1,0,0,1,1,0,0,"
150 LPRINT "0,0,0,0,1,1,0,0,0,0,"
160 LPRINT "0,0,1,1,0,0,1,1,0,0,"
170 LPRINT "1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1;"
180 LPRINT
"PW15;SV2,3;PA4000,2000;PMO;PD6000,2000,6000,4000,4000,4000;PM1;PM2;EP;"
190 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%OA";
200 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
210 END
<Sample 44>

TR - Transparency mode

TR [n] [;]

n ; transparency type

This command turns transparency mode on and off. Transparency mode defines how source and destination graphics images interact.
n is either 0 (off) or 1(on).
When transparency mode is on, the white parts of a source image (the image that is being superimposed on the destination image) do not affect the destination image - that is, part of the destination image will be visible beneath the source image.
When transparency mode is off the destination image is not visible beneath the source image.
Invoking the command with no parameter turns transparency mode on. This is equivalent to TR1;
An Esc E reset, a control panel reset, the IN command and the DF command all turn transparency mode on.

10 'Transparency Mode-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0b";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 'PART1 TR1
70 'Original Destination 1
80 LPRINT "TR1;PA1900,4900;PM0;PM3100;4900,2500,6100;PM1;"
90 LPRINT "PM2;FP;"
100 'Source 1
110 LPRINT "FT10,50;PA2000,5000;RR500,500;PA2500,5500;RR500,500;"
120 LPRINT "FT10,1;PA2500,5000;RR500,500;PA2000,5500;RR500,500;FT;"
130 'PART2 TR0
140 'Original Destination 2
150 LPRINT "TR0;PA3900,4900;PM0;PA5100,4900,4500,6100;PM1;"
160 LPRINT "PM2;FP;"

170 'Source 2
180 LPRINT "FT10,50;PA4000,5000;RR500,500;PA4500,5500;RR500,500;"
190 LPRINT "FT10,1;PA4500,5000;RR500,500;PA4000,5500;RR500,500;FT;"
200 '
210 '( POLYGON )
220 LPRINT "PA2000,1000;PM0;PDPA4000,1000,3000,3000;PM1;"
230 LPRINT "PA2500,1200,3500,1200,3000,2500;PM1;"
240 LPRINT "PA3000,800,3700,2500,2300,2500;PM1;"
250 LPRINT "PM2;FP;"
260 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%OA";
270 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
280 END
<Sample 45>

UL - User-defined line type

UL [i] [,g[...]] [;]

i ; unit type g : gap length

This command allows you to define line types which you can then subsequently select with the LT command.
i must be in the range 1-8. i identifies the line type that is to be defined.
The index parameter uses absolute values.
g (the gap length) alternately specifies pen up and pen down parts of the defined line type. A maximum of twenty line sections are permitted, the first of which is a pen down section. Numbers must be integers in the range 0\~32767. These numbers are converted to percentages by the LT command.
• Maximum definition for the gap of each line type is 20.
The sum of the gap parameters must be greater than 0.
Specifying an index number with no gap parameters sets the line type to the default pattern for that index number.
Using the command with no parameter sets all line types to the defaults.

10 '-User Defined Line Type-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;;"
60 LPRINT "UL8,0,15,0,15,0,15,40,15;"
70 LPRINT "LT8,5;PA2000,2500;PDPA5000,2500;PU;"
80 LPRINT "UL4,40,15,0,15,0,15,40,15,0,15;"
90 LPRINT "LT4,10;PA2000,3000;PDPA5000,3000;PU;"
100 LPRINT "UL1,40,40,40,40,40;"
110 LPRINT "LT1,10;PA2000,3500;PDPA5000,3500;PU;"
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
130 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
140 END
<Sample 46>

WU - Select unit for pen width

WU [t] [;]

t ; unit type

- This command specifies the pen width unit. It applies to all pens.

- t must be either 0 or 1.

- If t is 0 the pen width parameter which accompanies subsequent PW commands will be treated as a reading in millimeters.

- If t is 1 the pen width parameter which accompanies subsequent PW commands will be treated as percentage of the distance between the scaling points P1 and P2. The default width is 0.1% of the diagonal distance from P1 to P2.

The command sets all pen widths to a default of 0.35mm. Hence it should be used before the PW command.
• Using the command with no parameter defaults the type to 0 (metric) and all pen widths to 0.35mm.

- The unit type is not affected by a DF command.

10 '-Pen Width Unit Selection-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 'metric
70 LPRINT PA2000,6000;PDPA6000,6000;PU;" 'Default 0.35mm
80 LPRINT "WU0;PA2000,5700;PDPA6000,5700;PU;" '0.35mm
90 LPRINT "WU0;PW1.5;PA2000,5400;PDPA6000,5400;PU;" '1.5mm
100 LPRINT "WU0;PW0.8;PA2000,5100;PDPA6000,5100;PU;" '0.8mm
110 "-relative unit
120 LPRINT "PW;PA2000,4600;PDPA6000,4600;PU;" 'Default 0.35mm=4dot
130 LPRINT "IP1000,1000,9000,7000;"
140 LPRINT "WU1;PA2000,4300;PDPA6000,4300;PU;" '300*10/1016=2dot
150 LPRINT "IP1000,1000,5000,4000;"
160 LPRINT "WU1;PA2000,4000;PDPA6000,4000;PU;" '300*5/1016=1dot
170 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%OA";
180 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
190 END

<Sample 47>

7.6. Character Plot Instructions

Instruction	Function
SD Define Standard Font
AD Define Alternate Font
SS Select Standard Font
SA Select Alternate Font
FI Select Primary Font
FN Select Secondary Font
LB	Define	Label
DT Define Label Terminator
LO	Label	Origin
DI	Absolute	Direction
DR	Relative	Direction
DV Define Variable Text Path
CP	Character	Plot
CF Character Fill Mode
SI Set Absolute Character Size
SR Set Relative Character Size
SL Set Character Slant
SB Scalable or Bitmap Fonts
ES	Extra Space
TD	Transparent	Data

7.6.1. Introduction

The character group commands enable you to print text to accompany your HP-GL/2 generated graphics without leaving graphics mode. You can use any font that would be available to you in LaserJet emulation mode and you can modify various printing characteristics of the text such as the size, direction and slant of the characters.

SD - Define standard font

SD [ attribute, value ] [...] [;]

attribute ; a font attribute to be defined value ; the value of the attribute

This command allows you to define the standard font and its attribute.
attribute takes a value from 1-7. 1=symbol set, 2=spacing, 3=pitch, 4=height, 5=posture, 6=stroke weight and 7=typeface.
• value selects an option for the specified attribute.
If the defined font is not available another font is selected that matches the defined font's specified attributes as closely as possible. The symbol set attribute has the highest priority for matching and typeface has the lowest.
If you omit all parameters, the default standard font attributes are used. These are shown below.

Attribute	Meaning	Default	value	Description
1	Symbol	set	277
2	Spacing	0	g	Roman-8Monospacing
3	Pitch	9		9 cpi point
4	Height	11.5	11.5	9 cpi point
5	Posture	0	characters	Upright
6	Stroke weight	0	Medium
7	Typeface	48	Stick font

attribute = 1 : Symbol set

Value	Name ISO	number	Value	Name ISO	number
1 Math - 7 - 2 Line Draw - 7 -
3 HP Large Characters - 4 Norwegian v1 60
5 Roman Extensions - 6 French v1			25
7	HP German	-8 Hebrew - 7		-
9	Italian	15	11	JIS ASCII	14
12	Line Draw - 7	-	13	Math - 7	-
14	ECMA-94 Latin1 (8-bit version)	8859/1	15	OCR - A	-
16	APL (typewriter paired)	-	18	Cyrillic ASCII	-
19	Swedish for names	11	20	Thai - 8	-
21	ASCII	6	22	Arabic (MacKay's Version)	-
25	3 of 9 Barcode	-26 Not used		-
36	Danish/Norwegian v2	61	37	United Kingdom	4
38	French v2	69	39	German	21
43	Katakana	13	44	HP Block Characters	-
45	Tech - 7	-	47	OCR - B	-
48	APL (bit paired)	-	50	Cyrillic	-
51	HP Spanish	-	53	Legal	-
57	Industrial 2 of 5 Barcode	-	75	Chinese	57
76	Tax Line Draw -	78 ECMA-94 Latin 2 8859/2
79	OCR-M	-	83	Spanish	17
85	International Reference Version	2	89	Matrix 2 of 5 Barcode	-
114	PC Cyrillic	-	115	Swedish	10
147	Portuguese	16	153	Interleaved 2 of 5 Barcode	-
173 PS Math - 174 ECMA-128 Latin 5 8859/9
179	Portuguese	84	181	HPL Language Set	-
185	CODABAR Barcode	-	202	Microsoft Publishing	-
205	Ventura Math	-	211	Spanish	85
217	MSI/Plessey Barcode	-	234	DeskTop	-
243	HP European Spanish	-	249	Code 11 Barcode	-
263	Greek - 8	-	264	Hebrew - 8	-
266	Document	-	267	Kana - 8	-
268	Line Draw 8	-	269	Math - 8	-
275	HP Latin Spanish	-	276	Turkish - 8	-
277	Roman - 8 (Default)	-	278	Arabic - 8	-
281	UPC/EAN Barcode	-	299	Korean - 8	-
309	Windows	-	330	PS Text	-
332	PS ITC Zapf Dingbats	-	334	ECMA-113/88 Latin/Cyrillic	8859/5.2
341	PC-8	-	373	PC-8 D/N	-
405	PC-850	-	428	ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 300	-
458	Ventura U.S.	-	501	Pi Font	-
505	USPS Zip	-	531	HP-GL Download	-
563	HP-GL Drafting	-	595	HP-GL Special Symbols	-

• attribute = 2 : Spacing

Value	Meaning
0	Monospacing
1	Proportional spacing

- attribute = 3 : Pitch

Specify pitch in characters per inch (cpi). The pitch value you specify can be in the range 0 to 32767.9999. Pitch only applies to monospaced fonts.

- attribute = 4 : Height

Specify height in points. One point is 1/72". The height value you specify can be in the range 0 to 32767.9999. Proportionally spaced fonts are scaled according to the height you select. Monospaced fonts ignore this setting value.

- attribute = 5 : Posture

value	Meaning
0	Upright
1	Italic
2	Alternate italic

- attribute = 6 : Stroke weight

Attribute	Meaning
-7	Ultra Thin
-6	Extra thin
-5	thin
-4	Extra light
-3	Light
-2	Demi light
-1	Semi light
0 Medium, Book or Text
1	Semi bold
2	Demi bold
3	Bold
4	Extra bold
5	Black
6	Extra black
7	Ultra black
9999 Stick font at current pen width*

* This attribute value is only effective if the stick font is the current font.

- attribute = 7 : Typeface

You can select any typefaces available in LaserJet mode, from the internal fonts, card/cartridge fonts or download fonts.

10 '-Standard Font Definition-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1 Bird";
60 LPRINT "PA2200,7000;SD2,0,4,11.5,5,0;"
70 LPRINT "DT#;LBLaser printer"
80 LPRINT "PA2000,5000;SD2,1,4,20,5,1;"
90 LPRINT "LBLaser printer"
100 LPRINT "PA1000,3000;SD2,1,4,50,5,1;"
110 LPRINT "LBLASER PRINTER"
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
130 LPRINT CHR$927); "%0A";
140 END
<Sample 48>

AD - Define alternate font

AD [ attribute, value ] [...] [;]

attribute : a font attribute to be defined

value : the value of the attribute

• This command allows you to define the alternate font and its attribute.

• attribute takes a value from 1-7.

1 = symbol set, 2 = spacing, 3 = pitch, 4 = height, 5 = posture, 6 = stroke weight and 7 = typeface.

- value selects an option for the specified attribute. For further explanation about attribute values see the previous SD command.

- If the defined font is not available, another font is selected that matches the defined font's specified attributes as closely as possible. The symbol set attribute has the highest priority for matching and typeface has the lowest.

- If you omit all parameters, the default alternate font attributes are used.

10 '-Define Alternate Font -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 '- Standard font -
70 LPRINT "PA1000,5000;"
80 LPRINT "LBStandard font"; CHR$(3);
90 '- Alternate font -
100 LPRINT "AD2,1,4,24,7,4101;"
110 LPRINT "PA1000,4000;"
120 LPRINT "SA";
130 LPRINT "LBAlternate font"; CHR$(3);
140 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
150 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
160 END

<Sample 49>

SS - Select standard font

ss [;]

- This command allows you to select the standard font, as defined by the SD command. All subsequently printed labels will appear in the standard font.

- The SS command is equivalent to including the SI control code (ASCII 15) in a label.

- The default standard font is the HP-GL stick font.

- The font remains current until the printer is initialized with an IN command, until the default conditions are resorted with the DF command or until an SA command is used.

SA - Select alternate font

SA [;]

- This command allows you to select the alternate font, as defined by the AD command. All subsequently printed labels will appear in the alternate font

- The SA command is equivalent to including the SO control code (ASCII 14) in a label.

- The font remains current until the printer is initialized with an IN command, until the default conditions are restored with the DF command or until an SS command is used.

FI - Select primary font

FI font-ID [;]

font-ID ; the identity number of any accessible font.

This command allows you to select any accessible font, which has previously been given an identity number in LaserJet mode, as the primary (standard) font. All subsequently printed labels will appear in the primary font.
For scalable fonts this command must be preceded by an SD command specifying the font's point size or pitch.
When the FI command is issued the primary (standard) font's attributes are set to be those of the selected font (provided it is available).

10 '-Select Primary Font & Select standard Font -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "*c15D";
50 LPRINT CHR$(27); "(s1p18v0s3b52T";
60 LPRINT CHR$(27); "*c6F";
70 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
80 LPRINT "IN; SP1;"
90 LPRINT "PA1500, 1500; DT#; LBLaser Printer"; CHR(13); CHR(10); "#"
100 LPRINT "SD4, 18; FI15; LBLaser Printer"
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
130 END
<Sample 50>

FN - Select secondary font

FN font-ID [;]

font-ID : the identity number of any accessible font

This command allows you to select any accessible font, which has previously been given an identity number in PCL mode, as the secondary (alternate) font. All subsequently printed labels will appear in the secondary font.
For scalable fonts the FN command must be preceded by an AD command specifying the font's point size or pitch.
When the FN command is issued the secondary (alternate) font's attributes are set to be those of the selected font (provided it is available).

LB - Character plot

LB [ cs ] < terminator > [;]

cs : character string

• This command enables you to print character strings.
- You must supply a terminator at the end of your string. You can either use the default terminator, ETX (ASCII 3), or define your own terminating character using the DT command.

A label can include non-printing characters such as a carriage return or line feed.
Printing takes place irrespective of whether the pen is currently up or down.
The label is printed starting from the current cursor position and using any label origin setting that you have made with the LO command.

10 '-Label-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "PA2500,2500;DT*;"
70 LPRINT "SD1,21,2,1,4,25,5,0,6,3,7,52;SS;"
80 LPRINT "LBLaser printer*"
90 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
110 END
<Sample 51>

DT - Define label terminator

DT [c[,m]] [;]

c: Character

m : mode

This command allows you to specify the character that terminates strings printed with the LB instruction.
The character immediately following DT is taken to be the terminator. Hence, do not put a space between the DT and your chosen character. If you do, space will be interpreted as the terminator in all subsequent LB commands.
m , the mode, determines whether the terminating character is printed as part of the label or not. If m = 0 the character is printed; if m = 1 it is not.
If you do not specify a value for m the terminating character is not printed.
If you leave out the character parameter the default character ETX (ASCII 3) is used as the terminator.
This setting is effective until the another DT is invoked or IN or DF is performed.

10 REM - Define Label Terminator -
20 WIDTH "LPT:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP2;";
60 LPRINT "IN;SP2;SC0,5000,0,5000;"
70 LPRINT "PA0,4500;LBDefault control character ETX"; CHR(13);CHR(3);
80 LPRINT "LBterminates by performing end-"; CHR(13);CHR(3);
90 LPRINT "LBof-text function.";CHR$(3);
100 LPRINT "PA0,3500;DT@;LBPrinting characters terminate;", CHR$(13);
"@";
110 LPRINT "LBbut are also printed.@";
120 LPRINT "PA0,3000;DT"; CHR$(7); "LBcontrol characters terminate";
CHR$(13);chr(7);
130 LPRINT "LBand perform their function."; CHR$(7)
140 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%01";
150 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
160 END

<Sample 52>

LO - Label origin

LO [p] [;]

This instruction allows you to position labels in different ways relative to the current pen location.
You can centre, left justify or right justify labels relative to the current pen location and print them on, above or below the current location.
You can combine an offset distance, equal to 25% of the current font's point size, with any of the above origin positions.
p must either be in the range 1 - 9, 11 - 10 and 21. The label origin position specified by each p parameter value is shown below. 21 sets the label origin to the same one in PCL.

P=1 P=4 P=7 .

P=2 P=5 P=8

P=3 P=6 P=9

P = 11 P = 14^* P = 17

· P = 12 P = 15 P = 18

^ P=13 P=16 P=19 ^

When you use an LO instruction the carriage return point is set to be the new label origin. To send the pen back to a label's origin when you have finished printing it, include a carriage return between the last character of the label and the terminating character.
If a label contains embedded carriage returns, each character string following a carriage return is printed starting from the label origin.
If you omit the parameter the label origin is the bottom left hand corner of the first character's character cell - equivalent to LO11;.
The command remains in effect until the printer is initialized with an IN command, until the default conditions are restored with the DF command or until another LO command is used.

10 '-Label Origin-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP;"
60 LPRINT "SC-4000,4000,-5000,5000;SI0.17,0.26;"
70 LPRINT "PA0,500;PD-500,0,0,-500,500,0,0,500;DT#;"
80 LPRINT "CI10;LO4;LBCentred on point punct"
90 LPRINT "PU-500,0;CI10;LO18;LBleft centre offset punct"
100 LPRINT "PU0,-500;CI10;LO13;LBRight offset from point punct"
110 LPRINT "PA500,0;CI10;LO3;LBright hang from point punct"
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
130 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
140 END

<Sample 53>

DI - Absolute direction

DI [ run, rise ] [;]

run : X direction component rise : Y direction component

This command determines the direction in which subsequent labels will be printed.
gives the tangent of the angle between the base line of a label's characters and the horizontal.
• run is equivalent to cos 0 and rise is equivalent to sin 0.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - DI - Absolute direction - 1

text_image

θ run

rise

tan θ

Values for run and rise are clamped real numbers.
When you issue a DI instruction the carriage return point is set to the current pen location.
• The instruction is ignored if run and rise are both 0.
Any text path that you set with the DV instruction will combine with the current printing direction to determine the layout of characters on the page.
If you omit the parameters the printing direction is horizontal.
The label direction which is specified by this command is not affected by changes in the location of P1 and P2.

10 ' -Absolute Direction -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 DEG = -45
70 RAD = 3.1416 / 180 * DEG
80 LPRINT "IN;SP2;PA3050,4450;"

90 LPRINT "DT";"
100 LPRINT "DT0,2;LB_*_1988#"; "DI2,2;LB_*_1989#";
110 LPRINT "DT2,0;LB_*_1990#"; "DI2,-2;LB_*_1991#";
120 LPRINT "DT0,-2;LB_*_1992#"; "DI-2,-2;LB_*_1993#";
130 LPRINT "DT-2,0;LB_*_1994#"; "DI-2,2;LB_*_1995#";
140 LPRINT "PA3500,5350;DI", COS(0), SIN(0); "LB_*_2000"; CHR$(13); "#";
150 LPRINT "DI", COS(RAD); SIN(RAD); "LB_RETURN_POINT"; CHR$(13); "#";
160 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
170 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
180 END
<sample 54>

DR - Relative direction

DR [ run, rise ] [;]

run : X-component of the printing direction expressed as a percentage of the x-component of the distance between P1 and P2.

rise : Y-component of the printing direction expressed as a percentage of the y-component of the distance between P1 and P2.

This command determines the direction in which subsequent labels will be printed.
Values for run and rise are clamped real numbers.
The instruction is ignored if run and rise are both 0.
When you issue a DR instruction the carriage return point is set to the current pen location.
Any text path that you set with the DV instruction will combine with the current printing direction to determine the layout of characters on the page.
If you change the positions of P1 and P2 the printing direction will change accordingly.
If you omit the parameters the printing direction is horizontal and the run = 1% of |P2X-P1X|.

- Actual values for run and rise are changed relative to the P1 and P2 value. It is calculated as below: actual run = run parameter / 100 x (P2x - P1x) actual rise = rise parameter / 100 x (P2y - P1y)

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - DR - Relative direction - 1

text_image

(0, 100) (100, 100) (0,60) θ run=70% (70,0) (0, 100) rise = 60%

DV - Define variable text path

DV [ path [,line] ];]

path : text printing path - horizontal or vertical, and left to right, right to left, upwards or downwards.

line: the effect of a line feed.

This command determines the printing direction for labels and the carriage return point.
Permissible values of path are 0, 1, 2 and 3. If path = 0 labels are printed horizontally and left to right - normal printing. If path = 1 labels are printed vertically downwards - characters appear in a vertical column. If path = 2 labels are printed horizontally and right to left - words appear backwards. If path = 3 labels are printed vertically upwards - characters appear in a vertical column, reading from bottom to top.
The value of line must be either 0 or 1. If line = 0, each time a line feed is encountered the current pen position is moved at an angle of 90^ to the path in a clockwise direction. Hence, if path = 1 the second line of text is printed to the left of the first line. If line = 1 each time a line feed is encountered the current pen position is moved at an angle of 90^ to the path in an anticlockwise direction. Hence, if path = 2 the second line of text is printed below the first line.
If you do not use a DV command the default text path is horizontal, left to right: line feeds will move the pen position at 90^ to the text clockwise. This is equivalent to using the command DV0,0;
If you omit both parameters the text path is horizontal, left to right.

CP - Relative character movement

CP [ spaces [,lines]] [;]

spaces ; the number of text spaces the pen position is moved.

lines ; the number of text lines the pen position is moved.

Use this command to re-position the pen. The command moves the pen the specified number of lines and spaces corresponding to the currently selected font's pitch and line spacing. (For proportionally spaced fonts the width of the space character is used to determine the distance moved horizontally). All movement is relative to the current label printing direction.
spaces is the number of spaces that the pen moves. A positive value of spaces moves the pen right from the current pen location: a negative value moves it to the left.
lines is the number of lines that the pen moves. A negative value offset moves the pen down from the current pen location: a positive value moves it upwards.
• Values for spaces and lines are clamped real numbers.
The command only moves the pen and does not draw lines, irrespective of whether the pen is currently up or down.
On completion of the command, the previous pen status (up or down) is restored.
The height of text lines (the vertical distance that a line feed moves the pen position) is fixed for every font. However, it can be adjusted using the ES instruction.
If you omit all parameters, the pen position moves to the carriage return point and then down one line - hence CP; is equivalent to a carriage return followed by a line feed.

10 '-Character Plot -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 LPRINT "PA1000,5000 Bird";
70 LPRINT "PD;PR2000,0;PU Bird";
80 LPRINT "CP-15,1 Bird";
90 LPRINT "LBAbove the line"; CHR$(3);
100 LPRINT "CP-14,-2 Bird";
110 LPRINT "LBBelow the line"; CHR$(3);
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A"
130 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E"
140 END

<Sample 55>

pen : the pen used to edge characters

• This command determines how characters are edged and filled.
- Only scalable fonts can be both filled and edged - bitmap fonts and the stick font cannot be edged and can only be filled with raster fill, shading or PCL cross-hatch patterns. Scalable characters can be filled with any pattern specified by the FT command.
- Permissible values of fill are 0, 1, 2 and 3. If fill = 0 characters are filled with a solid fill and edged. If fill = 1 characters are edged but not filled. (Bitmap characters and stick font characters are filled as they cannot be edged.) If fill = 2 characters are filled using the current fill type, but not edged. If fill = 3 characters are filled, using the current fill type and edged.
- pen can be either 0 or 1. A value of 0 specifies the edging pen to be white; a value of 1 selects the black pen for edging. If no pen is specified in the instruction the current pen, as selected with the SP command, is used.
- The width of the edging pen is proportional to the character's point size.
- The fill line width used for cross hatch patterns is set with the PW command.
- If you omit both parameters solid fill and the white edging pen are selected - this is equivalent to CF0.0;
- If the command is not used all characters are solid and unedged.
- A CF command remains in effect until an IN command is used to initialize the printer, a DF command is used to restore the default settings or another CF command is invoked.

10 '-Character Fill Mode -
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 LPRINT "SD1,21,2,1,4,140,5,0,6,3,7,52;SS;"
70 LPRINT "PA1000,3000;DT*;FT3,50,45;"
80 LPRINT "CF1,1;LBA*;"
90 LPRINT "PW0.1;CF3,1;LBB*;"
100 LPRINT "PW0.5;LBC*;"
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
130 END

<sample 56>

SI - Set absolute character size

SI [ width, height ] [;]

width : the width in centimeters of printed characters

height : the height in centimeters of printed characters

This command allows you to specify the size of the characters that you print with the LB instruction in centimeters.
width specifies character width and is a clamped real number. Negative values of width produce right-to-left mirror image characters.
height specifies the height of a capital letter and is a clamped real number. Negative values of height produce upside-down mirror image characters.
If you change character size, the line width used to draw stick font characters may also change.
If you omit the parameters, the character size is as specified by the most recent SD or AD command.
If an SB1; command has previously been issued, printed characters may not be exactly the size that you specify.
If an SB1; command has been issued, specifying a negative value will not produce mirror image characters.

10 ' -Absolute Character Size-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 LPRINT "PA700,3000;DT#;LBPrinter punct"
70 LPRINT "PA700,2000;SI0.75,1;LBPrinter punct"
80 LPRINT "SI;SD1,21,2,1,3,12,5,0,6,0,7,52;SS;"
90 LPRINT "PA40003000;LBPrinter punct"
100 LPRINT "PA4000,2000;SI1,1.5;LBPrinter punct"
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
130 END
<Sample 57>

SR - Set relative character size

SR [ width, height ] [;]

width ; the width of printed characters expressed as a percentage of the x-component of the distance between P1 and P2.

height ; the height of printed characters expressed as a percentage of the y-component of the distance between P1 and P2.

This command allows you to specify the size of the character that you print with the LB instruction relative to the scaling points P1 and P2.
width sets the character width to a percentage of |P2x-P1x| and is a clamped real number. Negative values of width produce right-to-left mirror image characters
height sets the character height to a percentage of |P2y-P2y| and is a clamped real number. Negative values of height produce upside-down mirror image character.
If you change the positions of P1 and P2, the character size will change unless the scaling points remain in the same relative positions.
If you move P2 to the left of, or below P1, characters will appear in mirror image.
If you change the character size, the line width used to draw stick font characters may also change.
If you omit the parameters, the character size is as specified by the most recent SD or AD command.

10 '-Relative Character Size-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 LPRINT "IP2000,2000,6500,6500;DT@;"
70 LPRINT "SR;PA0,2700;LBRELATIVE LABEL SIZE@
80 LPRINT "IP0,0,5500,5500;PA0,2000;"
90 LPRINT "LBNEW P1 AND P2 CHANGE LABEL SIZE@
100 LPRINT "PA0,1000;SR2.5;LBNEW SR INSTRUCTION`;CP;"
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
140 END
<Sample 58>

SL - Character slant

SL [ tan φ ] [;]

tan - tangent of character slant angle ()

This command determines the slant of characters printed with subsequent LB commands.
is the angle between characters and the vertical. A positive value of (and ) produces forward sloping characters, while a negative value results in characters which slant backwards.
• Values of tan are clamped real numbers.
• A value of 0 for tan results in upright characters.
If you omit the parameter, is take to be 0 and any characters printed will be upright.

10 ' -Character Slant-
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27; "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;";
60 LPRINT "SD1,21,2,1,4,25,5,0,6,0,7,5;SI0.7,1;"
70 LPRINT "PA1000,1000;DT#,1;SL0.36,LBPrinter punct"
80 LPRINT "PA1000,300;SL-0.36;LBPrinter punct"
90 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
100 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
110 END
<Sample 59>

SB - Scalable or bitmap fonts

SB [n] [;]

n : font category selection

This command enables you to restrict the range of selectable fonts to scalable fonts and the stick font only.
n can be 0 or 1. If n = 0 you may only select scalable fonts (or the stick font). If n = 1 you may select any type of font.
An SB command can alter the current standard and alternate font selections.
Setting n to 1 allows the selection of bitmapped fonts and has the following side-effects:
Bitmap characters cannot be edged.
Bitmap characters can only be printed in orientations of 0^ , 90^ , 180^ or 270^ .
• The SL (character slant) command is not applied to bitmap fonts.
Bitmap font character sizes are approximate only.
The DF and IN commands set n to 0, - only scalable fonts and the stick fonts may be selected.
The FI and FN commands implicitly set n to 1 if you use either of them to select a bitmap font.
If you omit n from the command, only scalable fonts and the stick font may be selected. This is equivalent to an SB0; command.
• The default setting is scalable fonts and stick font only.

ES - Extra space

ES [ width [,height] ] [;]

width : factor by which character spacing is changed. height : factor by which line spacing is changed

This command enables you to adjust the space between label characters and lines.
width specifies the factor by which to increase or decrease the character spacing. Positive numbers specify an increase and negative numbers a decrease.
height specifies the factor by which to increase or decrease the line spacing. Positive numbers specify an increase and negative numbers a decrease.
If you use the command without parameters, no extra space is used when labels are printed. This is equivalent to ES0,0;
An ES command remains in effect until another ES command is executed, a DF or IN command is executed or the printer is reset, either with the EscE command or from the control panel.

TD - Transparent data

TD [ mode ] [;]

mode : normal or transparent data mode.

- This command enables you to specify whether control characters should perform their normal function or should be printed.

mode is set to either 0 or 1. If mode is set to 0, control codes perform their normal functions and are not printed. If mode=1, all characters are printed, if possible. No control characters perform any function except the label terminator. Any non-printing or undefined characters appear as a space.
If you use the command without parameters, control codes will perform their normal functions and will not be printed. This is equivalent to TD0;

10 '-Transparent Data-
20 WIDTH "LPT:", 255
30 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0B";
50 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
60 '-TD=1 (Transparent) -
70 LPRINT "PA1000,5000;LBMODE : TD1 (Transparent)"; CHR$(13)
80 LPRINT "<Print as characters when labeling>"; CHR$(3)
90 X=1000
100 FOR I = &H0 O &H8
110 LPRINT "SD1,341,2,1,4,10,7,5;PA";X;",4000;TD1;DT@;LB";CHR$(I);"@";
120 X = X + 150
130 NEXT I
140 LPRINT "TD0;"
150 LPRINT CHR$(27); "%0A";
160 LPRINT CHR$(27); "E";
170 END
<Sample 60>

8. INDEX

A

Absolute arc three point 21

absolute commands 8

Absolute direction 45

Anchor corner 30

anchor point 7

B

Bezier absolute 24

Bezier relative 24

C

Character fill mode 48

Character plot 43

Character slant 49

Circle plot 23

current units 7

D

Default set instruction....12

Define alternate font 42

Define label terminator 44

Define standard font 39

Define variable text path 47

Draw absolute arc 20

Draw relative arc 21

E

Edge polygon 26

Edge rectangle absolute 25

Edge rectangle relative 26

Edge wedge 26

Extra space 50

F

fill commands 8

Fill polygon 29

Fill rectangle absolute 27

Fill rectangle relative....28

Fill type 31

Fill wedge 28

G

graphic units 7

graphics window 7,10,11

H

hard clip limits 7

I

image plots 11

Initialize command 12

Initialize set instruction....13

Input relative scaling points 14

Input scaling point 14

L

Label origin 44

Line attribute 32

Line type selection 33

M

mnemonic....9

P

parameters....9

pen 7

Pen down 18

Pen up 18

Pen width 34

Plot absolute 19

Polygon mode 25

Polyline encoded 22

printer frame 7

R

Raster rill definition....34

Relative arc three point 22

Relative character movement 47

relative commands 8

Relative coordinate pen move 19

Relative direction 46

Rotate coordinate system 17

S

Scalable or bitmap fonts 50

Scale....15

scaling point 10

Screened vectors 35

Select alternate font 42

Select pen 35

Select primary font 43
Select secondary font 43
Select standard font 42
Select unit for pen width 37
separators 9
Set absolute character size 48
Set relative character size 49
soft clip limits....7
Symbol mode 35
syntax 9

T

terminator....9

Transparency mode 36
Transparent data 50

U

user units 7
User-defined line type 37

W

Window 17

CHAPTER 5 PJL

PRINTER JOB

LANGUAGE

1. INTRODUCTION 4

1.1. About PJL 4
1.2. In Case of Using PJL with a Non-PJL Printer 5

1.2.1. PCL jobs....5
1.2.2. Postscript jobs....5
1.2.3. Other printer languages ....5

1.3. PJL Syntax and Format 6
1.4. Variables....7

1.4.1. Alphanumeric variables....7
1.4.2. Numeric variables 7
1.4.3. Strings....7

1.5. Invalid Commands 7

1.5.1. Syntax errors....7
1.5.2. Syntax warning and semantic warning 7

2. HOW TO USE PJL 8

2.1. Overview 8
2.2. PJL Job Requirement 8

3. COMMAND GROUP....9

4. KERNEL COMMANDS....10

4.1. Introduction.... 10
4.2. UEL Command 10
4.3. EXECUTE Command 10
4.4. ENTER Command 11
4.5. COMMENT Command....11
4.6. Printer Language Switching....12

4.6.1. Explicit switching....12
4.6.2. Implicit switching....12
4.6.3. Context switching....12

5. JOB SEPARATION COMMANDS....13

5.1. Introduction 13
5.2. JOB Command 13
5.3. EOJ Command 14

6. ENVIRONMENT COMMANDS....15

6.1. Introduction 15

6.1.1. Print environment....15
6.1.2. PJL reset conditions....16
6.1.3. Remember these points about environments....16
6.1.4. PJL environment variables....17

6.2. Variables....18

6.2.1. Variables for HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/
7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/
2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2
250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/
3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/1110/HL1111/1112/1118/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/
L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/
2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/
1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/
L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/
L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375
DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312
D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR//L2357DW/L2
352DW/L2351DW /L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW....18

6.2.2. Variables for HL-

1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN/2700CN/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/3040CN/

3045CN/3070CW/3075CW....53

6.3. Default Command 58

6.4. Initialize Command 58

6.5. Reset Command 59

6.6. Set Command....59

7. STATUS READBACK COMMANDS....61

7.1. Introduction 61

7.1.1. Synchronization with the printer....61
7.1.2. Basic format of status readback responses....61

7.2. Inquire Command 62

7.3. DINQUIRE Command....63

7.4. ECHO Command 64

7.5. INFO Command....65

7.5.1. ID category....67
7.5.2. CONFIG category 67
7.5.3. MEMORY category 69
7.5.4. STATUS category 70
7.5.5. VARIABLES category 70
7.5.6. USTATUS category 72

7.6. USTATUS Command....73

7.6.1. Device variable 74
7.6.2. JOB variables....75
7.6.3. PAGE variable....76
7.6.4. TIMED variable 76

7.7. USTATUSOFF Command 77

7.8. JOB Recovery....77

8. DEVICE ATTENDANCE COMMANDS 78

8.1. Introduction 78

8.2. RDYMSG Command....78

8.3. OPMSG Command 79

8.4. STMSG Command....79

9. INDEX......81

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. About PJL

Printer Job Language(PJL) provides job status control by sending the printer status information to the application. PJL can be a valuable tool for the single-user environment, but is a much more useful tool for the networking / sharing environment.

PJL

Emulations ( BR-Script, PCL, IBM, EPSON etc...)

Printer

PJL allows job-level control that cannot be accomplished with PCL, Postscript or other emulations. PJL includes five major features.

(1) Printer language switching

With PJL, it is possible to switch positively between the printer languages such as PCL, Postscript, Epson, IBM and Diablo directly from applications.

(2) Printer status readback

PJL can provide information such as printer model, configuration, printer feature setting, error information and other status information to the application.

(3) Front panel control

PJL can remotely control the printer's control panel settings and messages.

(4) Easy of utilization

All PJL commands except the UEL command have a user-friendly construction using printable characters and English words.

(5) Spooler control

PJL provides an improved spooler which can manage the printer better, particularly in a network environment.

Note :

The commands for Printer status readback or Front panel control can be invoked in modes other than PCL or BR-Script. However, the commands for printer status readback get the information from PCL or BR-Script and the commands for front panel control perform the settings for PCL or BR-Script.

1.2. In Case of Using PJL with a Non-PJL Printer

Our recent printer models support PJL, however, earlier models do not. If the PJL commands are sent to a non-PJL printer, the printer acts as follows;

1.2.1. PCL jobs

For a PCL printer which does not support the PJL language, the PJL command is printed as ASCII text until initial PCL printer reset command (E) is received. After receiving the PCL reset command, the printer ejects the page and proceeds with the PCL print job on a new page.

The print job is possibly followed by more printed PJL commands.

Without the PCL reset command, the PJL commands are printed as ASCII text on the same page as the PCL print job.

1.2.2. Postscript jobs

For Postscript printers, when the printer receives a PJL command, a Postscript error is reported. The Postscript job is discarded.

1.2.3. Other printer languages

According to the active emulation, the PJL command is understood differently. To avoid the problem, you should not use PJL commands on any non-PJL printer.

1.3. PJL Syntax and Format

Syntax

@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = emulation []

@PJL

PJL

Prefix

ENTER

Command

name

LANGUAGE

Option

name

@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE Enter this portion verbatim

[ ] The words in brackets [ ... ] indicates optional parameters. You should not type the brackets themselves in the command.

< .. > The words in < .. > indicates a control code character

Required line feed

	Horizontal tab character (ASCII 9)
	Line feed character ( ASCII 10 )
	Carriage Return ( ASCII 13 )
	Space ( ASCII 32 )
	Escape ( ASCII 27 )
	Form Feed ( ASCII 12 )
	White space which consists of someand
	Printable characters

Format

PJL commands have 4 types of formats as shown below.

Format 1 % -12345X

This format is only used for the Universal Exit Language(UEL) command.

Format 2 @PJL []

This format allows a PJL line without a command, and is used to break several PJL command lines visually, to make it easier to see the PJL command lines.

Format 3 @PJL command [] []

This format is used only for the COMMENT and ECHO commands.

Format 4 @PJL command [command modifier : value] option=value []

This format is used for all other PJL commands.

PJL Syntax Rules:

PJL Syntax should be written according to the following rules.

"@PJL" must be uppercase. The other words of a PJL command are not case-sensitive.
Spacing between characters consists of one or more of either the space character (ASCII 32) or the horizontal tab character(ASCII 9).
White space should be placed as follows, depending on the location within the command.
White space must be placed between @PJL and the PJL command name and between the PJL command and command modifiers.
If a white space is placed in any other place in a command, it is optional.
If a white space is not placed between two portions of a command, the command is not valid.

1.4. Variables

PJL can use alphanumeric variables, numeric variableless and strings.

1.4.1. Alphanumeric variables

The first character must always be a character in the allowable range of letters and digits. Letters consists of the uppercase characters (ASCII 65-90) and lowercase characters (ASCII 97-122). Digits consists of the numbers 0-9 (ASCII 48-57).

<Example>
Brother2245

1.4.2. Numeric variables

The number consists of digits with one optional decimal point and an optional + or - sign preceding the first digit.

<Example> <Wrong>
0.1234
-123.4 +.05
+123.0 -.05

1.4.3. Strings

Strings consist of any combination of characters from ASCII 32 to 255, plus ASCII 9, except ASCII 34 (quotation marks), which are used to define the start and end of a string.

<Example>
"Print Job KKK"
"This is a sample string"

1.5. Invalid Commands

There are two general types of invalid commands. Each type operates differently.

Syntax errors include :

unrecognized command and command modifier
strings which are missing quotation marks
• numeric values which are missing digits before the decimal point

1.5.1. Syntax errors

Commands received with Syntax errors cause the printer to ignore the entire PJL command.

1.5.2. Syntax warning and semantic warning

Syntax warnings and semantic warnings are issued for commands which include unsupported options, values which are out of range, or wrong or missing commands, etc. When the printer receives commands which would create a syntax warning or semantic warning, it operates the command as long as possible, however, the portion of the command which would create a warning is ignored.

2. HOW TO USE PJL

2.1. Overview

PJL resides "above" printer languages such as Postscript and PCL. Each job can be distinguished from the other jobs by PJL, and it can switch between PJL commands and printer language commands for each job.

PJL Code PCL Job PJL Code Postscript Job PJL Code

2.2. PJL Job Requirement

Some conditions are required in order for PJL commands to work correctly. Jobs which follow these conditions will work correctly with a PJL printer in both single user and network environments.

All PJL jobs must begin and end with a UEL command.
The @PJL prefix must be placed immediately after the UEL command which starts PJL jobs, and can be followed by and . Characters, including control characters, must not be placed between the UEL command and the @PJL prefix.
Nothing must be placed after the UEL command which ends a PJL job.
is required to terminate all PJL commands. can be placed before , however, is optional and is ignored.
Blank lines must not exist. If a blank line is required, the @PJL line can be used.

3. COMMAND GROUP

Command Group Command Command Description
Kernel Commands UEL	Exits current printer language and returns control to PJL.
EXECUTE Orders the	printer to execute the specified operation.
COMMENT Comments	can be placed in the command line
ENTER Selects a printer language
Job Separation Commands	JOB Informs printer of job start
EOJ Informs printer of	job end
Environment Commands	DEFAULT Sets default value
SET Sets an environment	ent value which is available during a PJL job
INITIALIZE Resets the current and default PJL variables to factory values
RESET Resets current PJL variables to default values
Status Readback Commands	INQUIRE Requests the current value for a specified environment
DINQUIRE	Requests the default value for a specified environment
ECHO	Returns theto the host computer
INFO	Requests a specified category.
USTATUS Allows the printer to send unsolicited status information
USTATUSOFF	Stops the printer sending all unsolicited status information
Device Attendance Commands	RDYMSG	Replaces the READY message on the control panel
	OPMSG	Displays altered message on the control panel and takes the printer off-line
	STMSG	Displays altered message on the control panel and takes the printer off-line. If status readback is enabled, returns name of the key.

4. KERNEL COMMANDS

4.1. Introduction

This section explains three PJL command, UEL, ENTER and COMMENT. These commands provide the minimum set of tools to operate job control.

UEL command (Universal Exit Command)

ENTER command

COMMENT command

4.2. UEL Command

The Universal Exit Command causes the printer to exit the current printer language and sets the printer into PJL mode.

Syntax

<ESC>% -12345X

• The UEL command is a data stream sequence.
- The UEL command indicates to the current printer language to finish a job. If PJL is available, PJL commands which have not yet been executed are cancelled and the printer is ready to accept the next PJL command.
- The UEL command must be placed in the first and last position of all PJL job command sequences.
- Printers which have an Automatic I/O switching feature can use the UEL command in order to set job boundaries.
- The @PJL prefix which is placed at the beginning of a PJL job must follow immediately after the UEL command.
- If the printer receives codes other than the PJL prefix, it enables the default printer language and prints the job.
- ENTER command should be used in order to specify the printer language.

Example

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E.....PCL JOB.....<ESC>E
<ESC>%-12345X

4.3. EXECUTE Command

The EXECUTE command orders the printer to execute the specified operation.

This command is supported only by HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3040CN/3045CN/3070CW/3075CW/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW printers.

Syntax

@PJL EXECUTE operation []

Parameters

- operation

SHUTDOWN : The printer goes into sleep mode.

DEMOPAGE : The printer prints the demo page.

RESIFONT : The printer prints the list of resident fonts.

PERMFONT: The printer prints the list of permanent download fonts.

PRTCONFIG: The printer prints the list of printer settings.

If the printer receives this command, it immediately executes the specified operation.
If this command specifies an operation which is not supported, this command is ignored.

Example

<ESC>% -12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL EXECUTE DEMOPAGE <CR><LF>
<ESC>% -12345X

4.4. ENTER Command

The ENTER command specifies which emulation the printer uses to print data.

Syntax

@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = emulation [<CR>] <LF>

Parameters

emulation
The variables depend on the printer model.
The ENTER command must be placed immediately before print data.
The specified emulation will be used immediately after the terminating of the ENTER command.
If the printer does not receive the ENTER command, it uses the default printer language which is set by the control panel or the printer language which is set by the SET PERSONALITY command.
When a printer emulation is selected by the ENTER command, the printer must switch to the defined printer language.
If this command specifies an emulation which is not supported, data after this command is ignored until the next UEL command.

Example

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E.....PCL JOB.....<ESC>E
<ESC>%-12345X
@PJL COMMENT Start of Postscript job <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = POSTSCRIPT <CR><LF>
%!PS-ADOBE.....Postscript JOB.....^D
<ESC>%-12345X
@PJL COMMENT End of Postscript job <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

4.5. COMMENT Command

The COMMENT command is used to add an information line, such as an explanation for the PJL command.

Syntax

@PJL COMMENT remarks [<CR>] <LF>

Parameters

remarks
Printable characters (ASCII 33-255) and White space which contains and )
The COMMENT command is helpful for placing an explanation of a PJL command.
The COMMENT command can be placed on the PJL line anywhere between the UEL command and the ENTER command.
• The COMMENT command is terminated by .
Comments can only be one line long. If you wish to add more text, start a new comment line.

Example

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT ----<CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT -- PCL & PS JOB --<CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT ----<CR><LF>
@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL SET RET = ON <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E......PCL JOB......<ESC>E
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT Start of Postscript job <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = POSTSCRIPT <CR><LF>
%!PS-ADOBE......Postscript JOB.....^D
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT End of Postscript job <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

4.6. Printer Language Switching

There are three methods of switching printer languages.

4.6.1. Explicit switching

Explicit switching means the method which uses the PJL ENTER LANGUAGE command to switch to the desired emulation. As the desired emulation is explicitly specified, this method is the most reliable.

4.6.2. Implicit switching

If a default printer language is configured, and the PJL ENTER command is not described on a PJL line, the printer uses the default printer emulation. This may not always select your desired emulation.

4.6.3. Context switching

If the printer is set to 'automatic emulation selection' and the PJL ENTER command is not described in the PJL command, the printer investigates the incoming data and decides the required printer emulation. The printer can select the printer language by this switching, however, the PJL ENTER command is recommended to select the printer language accurately.

5. JOB SEPARATION COMMANDS

5.1. Introduction

This section explains two PJL command, JOB and EOJ. These commands are used to determine the boundaries of a job. When these commands are used with status readback, the printer also can send status information at the beginning and end of each job.

5.2. JOB Command

The JOB Command sends information at the start of a PJL job to the printer and aligns the job with the page status information. It also specifies which pages of a job are to be printed.

Note:

JOB and EOJ command are always used in pairs. You must not use one without the other.

Syntax

@PJL JOB [NAME = "job name"] [START = first page] [END = last page]
[PASSWORD = "password"] [<CR>] <LF>

• NAME = "job name"

This option NAME describes the print job as a job name. Printable characters (ASCII 33-255) and spaces or horizontal tab characters can be used for the job name. It can contain 80 characters max. and must be enclosed in double quotes. If the NAME option is set, the job name is included in the unsolicited job.

• START = first page

This option START is used to provide a non-printing mode. You can specify from which page printing is to start. If the START option is not set, the printer starts printing at the beginning of the job.

first page = 1 to 2,147,483,647 Default value = 1

• END = last page

The END option indicates the page number of the last page to be printed. If the END option is not set, the printer prints to the end of the job. If the end of job is encountered before the START page, no pages are printed. If the end of job is encountered before the END page, printing terminates.

last page = 1 to 2,147,483,647 Default value = prints entire job

- PASSWORD = password ( HL-1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/2700CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3040CN/3045CN/3070CW/3075CW/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/ HL-1212W, 1210W, 1210WR, 1212WR, 1210WE, 1211W, 1218W/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CWonly ) When the password is set by the DEFAULT command, modifying the NVRAM by using the DEFAULT or INITIALIZE commands is locked with the password. Sending the correct password with this command can unlock this until the EOJ command is executed.

password = 0 to 65,535 Default value = 0

When the printer receives the JOB command, the UEL command is not recognized as a job boundary until an EOJ command is received.

If the UEL command is placed between the PJL JOB and EOJ commands, it is handled as a printer language reset. In this case, UEL resets the printer environment to the PJL Current environment, not to the User Default Environment.
If your application supports status readback capabilities, you can monitor the job status by the USTATUS command with the JOB option.
If job status is available and a JOB command is received, the printer returns a job status message.

Note:

Resetting the page count according to unsolicited page status information does not affect the current page.

Example

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL JOB NAME = "KKK data from spooler" <CR><LF>

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT Postscript Job <CR><LF>
@PJL JOB NAME = "YYY data from spooler 2" <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = POSTSCRIPT <CR><LF>
%!PS......PS    JOB......^D
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL EOJ NAME = "End of YYY data" <CR><LF>

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E......PCL JOB......<ESC>E
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL EOJ NAME = "End of KKK" <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>

5.3. EOJ Command

The EOJ command indicates to the printer that the job is completed. You must use this command whenever you use the JOB command.

Note:

JOB and EOJ command always are used in pairs. You must not use one without the other.

Syntax

@PJL EOJ [NAME = "job name"] [<CR>] <LF>

• NAME = "job name"
The EOJ command can name the print job. The job name is a string and must be enclosed in double quotes in the command syntax. The job name need not be same as the "job name" of the JOB command. If the NAME option is described, the unsolicited end-of-job status includes the job name. Job names can use printable characters (ASCII 33-255) and spaces or horizontal tab characters up to a maximum of 80 characters.
• The EOJ command indicates the end of a job.
- Resets the PJL Current Environment variables to the default values.
- Terminates the non-printing mode.
- When the EOJ command is received, the printer returns unsolicited job status information.
- The EOJ command resets the page number associated with unsolicited page status.

Example

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL JOB NAME = "KKK data from spooler" <CR><LF>
    <ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
    @PJL COMMENT Postscript Job <CR><LF>
    @PJL JOB NAME = "YYY data from spooler 2" <CR><LF>
    @PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = POSTSCRIPT <CR><LF>
    %!PS......PS    JOB......^D
    <ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
    @PJL EOJ NAME = "End of YYY data" <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E......PCL JOB......<ESC>E
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL EOJ NAME = "End of KKK" <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

6. ENVIRONMENT COMMANDS

6.1. Introduction

Our recent printers have many features which you are able to set using printer commands, through the printer control panel or by using the remote printer console program. A combination of PJL commands and printer emulation commands allows you to set printer features to the desired state.

This chapter describes the setting of printer features known as printer environments, PJL commands you are able to use to set printer features to a desired state are as follows;

- DEFAULT

Set the default value for environment variables. (storing them in non volatile RAM, so called NV-RAM)

- INITIALIZE

Reset the current and default PJL variables to the factory default values

- RESET

Reset the current PJL values to the default values

- SET

Set an environment variable to a specified value until the next PJL reset condition.

6.1.1. Print environment

The printer constantly maintains four environments, which are listed below in priority order

1. Factory Default Environment

These environment setting values are permanently stored in the printer. The printer uses these settings when it is powered on for the first time after shipping from the factory, and after the @PJL INITIALIZE command is performed.

2. User Default Environment

These environment setting values are stored in the printer's NV-RAM and can be altered through the printer's control panel or by using the Remote Printer Console software or the @PJL DEFAULT command. These values are placed into the PJL Current Environment following any PJL reset condition.

3. PJL Current Environment

These environment setting values contain the current PJL feature settings. Current settings are based on the User Default values and include any settings modified by the @PJL SET command. These settings are changed to the User Default values when a PJL reset occurs.

4. Modified Print Environment

These environment settings become active just after a printer language is entered. At that time, the PJL Current environment values are loaded into the Modified Print Environment and act as a base set of features. Then, Printer language commands are used to change or modify feature settings to the desired state.

Whenever an emulation is activated or a reset command is received (a reset command includes any printer language reset or PJL reset), the PJL Current environment settings are loaded into the Modified Print environment.

The diagram below illustrates how the environments interact and how the modified print environment is affected.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Modified Print Environment - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["FACTORY DEFAULT ENVIRONMENT"] --> B["@PJL INITIALIZE"]
    B --> C["USER DEFAULT ENVIRONMENT"]
    C --> D["@PJL RESET"]
    D --> E["PJL CURRENT ENVIRONMENT"]
    E --> F["LANGUAGE RESET, @PJL ENTER, OR ANY LANGUAGE SWITCH"]
    F --> G["MODIFIED PRINT ENVIRONMENT"]
    C --> H["CONTROL PANEL OR @PJL DEFAULT"]
    E --> I["@PJL SET"]

6.1.2. PJL reset conditions

The result of PJL reset condition is different from that of a printer language reset (for example, ESC E). Printer language reset loads the PJL Current Environment values into the Modified Print Environment. PJL reset conditions load the User Default values into the PJL Current Environment, which are then loaded into the Modified Print Environment.

PJL reset occurs on the following events.

Power on
UEL command (when not between a JOB and EOJ command pair)
@ PJL INITIALIZE command
@ PJL RESET command
@ PJL JOB or EOJ command
Other printer-specific events
Reset from Control Panel
Language specific exit command
Emulation switching command

6.1.3. Remember these points about environments

Remember the following points when you use PJL to set the printer to a desired state.

The current feature settings are the same as the control panel values (or values in the remote printer console program) when beginning a PJL job.
The current feature settings (Modified Print Environment) become the same as the PJL Current Environment when the printer enters a printer language. The feature settings are modified by the printer language command once a printer language is started. All other settings are overridden by printer language commands.
The SET command changes the PJL Current Environment settings. These settings are effective until the next PJL reset condition.
Control Panel settings, the remote printer console program settings or the DEFAULT command changes the User Default Environment.
Printer language commands change the Modified Print Environment. These settings are effective during a printer language job. The PJL Current Environment settings are loaded into the Modified Print Environment by a printer language specific reset, for example, ESC E for PCL.
Always use the PJL RESET command after a job is completed if the SET command is used in the PJL job.

6.1.4. PJL environment variables

This section lists the PJL environment variables. There are two kinds of PJL environment variables, General PJL environment variables and Printer language -specific variables. For all variables, except the read-only variables, value settings can be modified using @PJL SET, @PJL RESET, @PJL DEFAULT, and @PJL INITIALIZE.

By using the @ PJL INQUIRE and @ PJL DINQUIRE, you can request value settings for the printer features. For the details of these commands, see the next section.

Note:

Use PJL commands only when no printer language commands are available for a desired feature.
When setting printer features with PJL, use the SET and RESET commands when you want to affect the current PJL job only.
If you want to affect more than the current job, use the DEFAULT and INITIALIZE commands.
Supported variables depend on your printer model.

6.2. Variables

6.2.1. Variables for HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDW/3170CDW/1110/HL1111/1112/1118/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR//L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW /L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW

1. General PJL Environment Variables

The PJL environment variables which are not printer language-specific are listed in the following table. When using these variables, do not use LPARM.

Variables Descri
ption Sam
COPIES Number of uncollated copies for each page of the job.
ple Value Range

1 to 200 (HL-1050/1070)

1 to 99 (HL-1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)

1 to 999 (HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/

5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/

5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/

4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/L82

50CDN/L8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)L9260CDW/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2300/L2300DL/2320DL/2321

D/2260/2260DL/2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212

WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)L520

2DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L237

0DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/R2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/R2371DN/2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310DL/2312

D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000DL/2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DW/R2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270

CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/

MANUALFEED Feeds the paper from manual feed slot. ON or OFF

ECONOMODE Turn the econom y mode (toner saving mode) ON or OFF. ON or OFF

ECONOLEVEL Selects the toner saving level from 1 (high) to 3 (low).

PERSONALITY Sets the emulation mode.

1 to 3

0 to 3 (HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N)

AUTO, PCL, IBM, EPSON, POSTSCRIPT (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)

AUTO, PCL, IBM, EPSON, POSTSCRIPT, HPGL (HL-3260N/2460/7050)

AUTO, PCL, IBM, EPSON (HL-2070N)

AUTO, PCL,POSTSCRIPT(HL-S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDNL/8350CDW/T/L9200CDW/T/L9300CDW/T/L8260CDN/L8260CDWL/8360CDW/T/L9310CDW/PCL(HL-5040/5140/2150N/2170W/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW)

AUTO, PCL, POSTSCRIPT(HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DN/R2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDWL/3230CDN/L3210CW)

AUTO, PCL, PCLXL, IBM, EPSON, POSTSCRIPT (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)

INPUTBUF Sets the receiving buffer size value.

1 to 15 (HL-1650/1670N/2460/ 7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/ 5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW)

1 to 7 (HL-4140CN)

4150CDW/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDWL/8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300DL/2300DL/2320DL/2321D/2260/2260DL/2305WL/2340DW/L2360DNL/2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/

/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWX/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/2590DN/2290FL/2310DL/2312DL/231DR/2330DL/2331DL/2336DL/2335DL/2295DL/2000DL/2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDWL/3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/3210CW/

Variables Descri
ption Sam
XOFFSET Sets the X offset (horizontal offset) value.
ple Value Range

-500 to 500 dots (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2368DW/L2369DW/2120W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WF/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/5102DW/L5100DN/T)5590DN/L5200DW(T)L520DW/L6200DW(T)L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)L6400DW(T)L6402DL2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2580DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L2370CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3180CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)

YOFFSET Sets the Y offset ( vertical offset ) value. -500 to 500 dots

AUTOCONT Auto Continue Mode ON or OFF

TIMEOUTEMU Sets the time-out value for automatic emulation switchin q. 1 to 99 seconds

PRIORITY Sets the priority between EPSON or IBM for automatic emulation EPSON or IBM

HPFSEL ALL, LJ4 (HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN)

B05DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3170CDWL/8250CDN/L8350CDW/TJL9300CDW[TJL9300CDW]TJL8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW/TJL9310CDW/L2300L/2300DL/2320DL/2321D/2260/2260DL/2305WL/2340DW/L2360DNL2361DN/2560DNL/2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/L2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1211W/1218WL/5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(Ty)5590DN/L5200DW(TjL5202DW/L6200DW(TjL6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(TjL6400DW/TjL6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/L2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312DL/23130DR/L2330DL/2331DL/2336DL/2335DT/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDWL/3230CDW/3160CDWL/3230CDN/L3210CW

AUTOFF Sets the auto FF setting to ON or OFF. ON or OFF

TIMEOUTFF Sets the timeout value for auto FF. 1 to 99 seconds

TIMEOUT Sets the timeout value for Automatic interface switchin

CDCCHIGH Sets the hi gh-speed transfer mode of the Centronics interface to ON or ON or OFF (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)

DTRCTRL Selects when DTR becomes low. 0 to 2

0 = the printer is turned off-line by the SEL switch, the input buffer is full, 0 to 3(HL-1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN)

or when a printer error occurs.

1 = the printer is turned off-line by the SEL switch or when a printer error

2 = the printer is turned off-line by the SEL switch.

3 = the printer is never turned off-line.

AUTOSLEEP Sets the automatic sleep mode ON or OFF.

TIMEOUTSLEEP Sets the timeout value for automatic sleep mode.

ON or OFF

1 to 00 minutes

1 to 99 minutes (HL-1650/1670N/2460/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2140/2150N/2170W)

1 to 240 minutes (HL-3260N/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)

1 to 210 minutes (HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)

1 to 90 minutes (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)

0 to 90 minutes (HL

S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L 8250CDN/L 8350CDW/TV L9200CDW/TV L9300CDW/TV L8260CDN/L 8260CDW/L

8360CDW(T)L9310CDWL2300J2300DJ2320DJ2321D/2260/2260DJ2305WL2340DWJ2360DNJ2361DN/2560DNJ2360DWJ23

SERWII 02SERW/02SERW/1210W/1210W/1210W/R/1210W/R/1210W/E/1211W/1218W/5000D/5590D/5585D/5505DNII 5100DNII 5100

00DW/L2300DW/L2309DW/T212W/T210W/T210W/T212WN/T210W/T21TW/T21TW/L3000D/3300D/3305D/3305DN/L31DN/T/5500DN/L5200DW/TV/L5202DW/L6200DW/TV/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW/TV/L6400DW/TV/L6402DW)

0 to 50 minutes (HL-

L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L23

72DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L235

0DWR//L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)

BETA or ESSZEF

BETA OF ESSZE1 ON or OFF (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)

CHAPTER 5 PJL - 20

Variables	Descrip tion Sam	ple Value Range
		ON, OFF or JOB (HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
DEMOPRINT	Enables the Demo page printing.	OFF or JOB(HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW)ON or OFF (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/L2500DW/T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
PAGEPROTECT Configuration of the Page protection mode. This mode reserves a block of printer memory to avoid 31 PRINT OVERRUN errors.		AUTO, OFF, LETTER, LEGAL, A4
RESOLUTION Printer resolution setting. If the printer can not print a large file at 600 dpi because of insufficient memory, the printer decreases the resolution to 300 dpi automatically		800(HL-S7000DN/HL-3140CW/HL-3150CDW/HL-3150CDN/HL-3170CDW)1200 (HL-1650/1670N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/2520DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2569DW/2
LANG Selects the language for the RPC program.		ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, NORWEGIAN (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, NORWEGIAN, SPANISH, ITALIAN, SWEDISH, DANISH, JAPANESE (HL-1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, DANISH (HL-3260N)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, DANISH, SWEDISH (HL-2460/7050)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, DANISH, PORTUGUESE (HL-6050/6050D/6050DN)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, DANISH, PORTUGUESE (HL-8050N)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, FINNISH, PORTUGUESE, DANISH, SWEDISH (HL-2070N)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, FINNISH, PORTUGUESE, DANISH, HUNGARIAN, RUSSIA, BULGARIAN, ROMANIAN (HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, FINNISH, PORTUGUESE, DANISH, SWEDISH, CZECH, POLISH, HUNGARIAN, RUSSIA, BULGARIAN, ROMANIAN, SLOVAKIAN, BRAZILIAN (HL-2140/2150N/2170W)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, FINNISH, PORTUGUESE, DANISH, SWEDISH, CZECH, POLISH, HUNGARIAN, RUSSIA, BULGARIAN, ROMANIAN, SLOVAKIAN, BRAZILIAN, TURKISH, JAPANESE (HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW /4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, DANISH, BRAZILIAN, JAPANESE (HL-S7000DN)ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, PORTUGUESE, DANISH, SWEDISH, FINNISH, CZECH, POLISH, HUNGARIAN, RUSSIAN, BULGARIAN, ROMANIAN, SLOVAKIAN, BRAZILIAN, TURKISH, CROATIAN, SLOVENE (HL-3140CW/HL-3150CDW/HL-3150CDN/HL-3170CDW)
Variables Descrip tion Sam		pie Value Range
		ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, PORTUGUESE, DANISH, SWEDISH, FINNISH, CZECH, POLISH, HUNGARIAN, RUSSIAN, BULGARIAN, ROMANIAN, SLOVAKIAN, BRAZILIAN, TURKISH, CROATIAN, SLOVENE, JAPANESE(HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300/D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
		ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, PORTUGUESE, DANISH, SWEDISH, FINNISH, CZECH, POLISH, HUNGARIAN, RUSSIAN, BULGARIAN, ROMANIAN, SLOVAKIAN, BRAZILIAN, TURKISH, CROATIAN, SLOVENE,JAPANESE, CHILI, INDONESIAN,SIMPLIFIEDCHINESE, TRADITIONALCHINESE, KOREAN(HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/R/2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
KEEPPCL If set to ON, the printer keeps the permanent fonts and macros of PCL when the emulation is changed to another mode.		ON or OFF (Except for HL-2070N)
CONTEXTSWITC Auto emulation modeH		ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/ 2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/ 5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2580DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2589DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6402DW/L6350DW/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375D/WR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DWR/L2371DN/L237D/2295D/B2000D/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
DOUBLESTRIKE Enables bold printing in IBM or EPSON mode ON or OFFCPLOCK Returns the lock status of the control panel. If OFF, the control panel is unlocked. If ON, the control panel is locked.		OFF, ON (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDw(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5201DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW/T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L237D/2295D/B2000D/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2515DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
PASSWORD Password for panel lock to write to the NVRAM with theDEFAULT/INITIALIZE command.		0 to 65535 (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N(2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/ 4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L930CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1211W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5201DW/L6200DW(T)/L62O2DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW/T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L247D/2295D/B2000D/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L2330DW/L

BIDI ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/
8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)

Variables Descri	ption Sam	pile Value Range
POWERSAVE	Sets the power save mode ON or OFF.	ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/B050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S700DN/5140CW/3150CDW/3150CDW/L2300/L2300DL/2320DL/2321D/2260/2260DL/2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW) HL-1212W, 1210W, 1210WR, 1212WR, 1210WE, 1211W,1218WL/5000D/5580D/5585DN/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/82050DN/2290L/2310DL/2312DL/2310DR/L2330DL/2331DL/2336DL/2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L2370CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDW/L3210CW)
POWERSAVETIM E	Sets the time saving value for power save mode.	1 to 99 (HL-1650/1670N/2460/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/2140/2150N/2170W)1 to 240 (HL-3260N/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)1 to 210 (HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)1 to 90 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170DW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2300L/2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218WL/5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/82050DN/2290L/2310DL/2312DL/2310DR/L2330DL/2331DL/2336DL/2335D/2295D/B2000DL/2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
MEDIATYPE	Media Type. The temperature of fixing unit is adjusted depending on this setting.	REGULAR, THICK THICK2, THIN, BOND, TRANSPARENCY(HL-1650/1670N)REGULAR, THICK TRANSPARENCY (HL-3260N)REGULAR, THICK THICK2, TRANSPARENCY, BOND, ENVELOPES (HL-2460)REGULAR, THICK THICK2, TRANSPARENCY, BOND, ENVELOPES,THIN (HL-7050)REGULAR, THICK THICK2, TRANSPARENCY, THIN, BOND, ENVELOPES, ENVTHICK, ENVTHIN(HL-1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN)REGULAR, THICK THICK2, TRANSPARENCY, THIN, BOND, ENVELOPES, ENVTHIN, RECYCLED(HL-6050/6050D/6050DN)REGULAR, THICK THICK2, TRANSPARENCY (HL-8050N)REGULAR, THICK THICK2, TRANSPARENCY, THIN, BOND, ENVELOPES, ENVTHICK, ENVTHIN, RECYCLED (HL-2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)REGULAR, THICK, THICK2, ENVELOPES,BOND,THIN, RECYCLED ENVTHICK, ENVTHIN,POSTCARD,LABEL (HL-2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L2300L/2300D/L2320DL/2321D/2260/2260D/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2365DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/82050DN/2290L/2310DL/2312DL/2310DR/L2330D/L2331DL/2336DL/2335D/2295D/B2000DL/2325DW/L2350DW/L2357DW/L2357DW/L2351DW)REGULAR,THICK, THICK2, ENVELOPES,BOND,THIN, RECYCLED ENVTHICK, ENVTHIN,POSTCARD,LABEL,GLOSSY(HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)REGULAR,THICK,THIN,RECYCLED,BOND,POSTCARD(HL-S7000DN)REGULAR,THIN,RECYCLED(HL-3140CWHL-3150CDWHL-3150CDN/HL-3170CDW)REGULAR,RECYCLED(HL-1110/HL-1111/HL-1112/HL-1118/HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208)REGULAR, THICK, THICK2, THIN, RECYCLED, BOND, ENVELOPES, ENVTHICK, ENVTHIN, POSTCARD, LABEL, GLOSSY(HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW)REGULAR, THICK, THICK2, THIN, BOND, ENVELOPES, ENVTHICK, ENVTHIN, RECYCLED, POSTCARD, LABEL, COLOR,HOLEPUNCHED (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
Variables Descri	pition Sam	pie Value Range
		REGULAR,THICK,THICK2,ENVELOPES,BOND,THIN,RECYCLED,ENVTHICK,ENVTHIN,POSTCARD,ABEL,GLOSSY(L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDWL/3230CDN/L3210CW)
RET	Configuration of the High Resolution Control hardware.	LIGHT,MEDIUM,DARK,OFF(HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N)
IMAGEADAPT OFF,ON AUTO(HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300/D/L2320D/L2320D/2260/2280D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW)HL-1212W,1210W,1210WR,1212WR,1210WE,1211W,1218W/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
INTRAY 1(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the MP tray.	LOCKED,UNLOCKED(HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/2595DW/L2386DW/L2385DW)
INTRAY 2(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the upper paper tray.	LOCKED,UNLOCKED(HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN 8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN 4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3170CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375DW/R/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
INTRAY 3(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the optional lower paper cassette.	LOCKED,UNLOCKED(HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L5000D/5580D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/L6202DW/L6250DW/T/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
INTRAY 3(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the Tray3 (HL-8050N)
INTRAY 4(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the optional lower paper cassette.	LOCKED,UNLOCKED(HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5370DW/5380DN/S7000DN/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
INTRAY 4(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the Tray4 (HL-8050N)
INTRAY 5(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the optional lower paper cassette.	LOCKED,UNLOCKED(HL-3260N/2460/7050/7000DN/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW-T)/L6402DW)
INTRAY 6(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the optional lower paper cassette.	LOCKED,UNLOCKED(HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/L6202DW/L6250DW/T/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
Variables Descri	ption Sam	pie Value Range
INTRAY1SIZE	Selects the paper size in Tray1.	LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A3, A4, B5, A5, A6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, A4S, EXECUTIVES, B5S (HL-3260N)
	Selects the paper size in MP Tray (HL-7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5360 DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470 DW/6180DW/S7000DN).	LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARC, C5, A4LONG, CUSTOM (HL-2460)
		LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARC, C5, A4LONG, ANY (HL-7050)
		LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARC, C5, A4LONG, ANY, FOLIO, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERM, ORGANIZERL, USERDEFINED, DLL (HL- 6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
		LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, B5, A5, A6, JISB5, B6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH (HL-8050N)
		LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARC, C5, A4LONG, ANY, FOLIO, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERM, ORGANIZERL, USERDEFINED, DLL, A5L, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, P3X5 (HL- 5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
		ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A5L, B6, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, DLL, POSTCARD, USERDEFINED, E NVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, P3X5, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)
		ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A5L, B6, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, DLL, POSTCARD, USERDEFINED, E NVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, P3X5, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENNK184X260(HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)
		ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, JISB6, A5, A5L, A6, FOLIO, P3X5, POSTCARD (HL-S7000DN)
		LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, P3X5, POSTCARD, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, A5L, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260(HL- L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T))
		LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, JIS B6, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL- L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L 6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
		LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, JISB5, A5, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A5L, SIXTEENK195X270 (HL-2595DW/L2386DW/L2385DW)
INTRAY2SIZE	Selects the paper size in Tray2.	LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A3, A4, B5, A5, A6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, A4S, EXECUTIVES, B5S (HL-3260N)
	Selects the paper size in Tray1 (HL- 7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350 DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470 DW/6180DW/S7000DN).	A4, LETTER, B5, EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, AMLONG, NO CASSETTE (HL-2460)
		A4LETTER, B5EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4LONG, NOCASSETTE (HL-7050)
		A4LETTER, B5EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4, LETTER, JISB5, B5, EXECUTIVE, FOLIO, POSTCARD, NOCASSETTE (HL-6050/6050D/6050DN)
		LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, B5, A5, A6, JISB5, B6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH (HL-8050N)
		ANY. LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A8, FOLIO(HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
		ANY. LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A8, FOLIO, POSTCARD, A5L(HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
		ANY. LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A6, B6, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, A5L, JISB6 (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)
		ANY. LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, A5L, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270. SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)
Variables Descri	ption Sam	ple Value Range
		ANY. LETTER LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, A5L, FOLIO(HL-S7000DN)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, A5L, JISB6 (HL-3140CW/HL-3150CDW/HL-3150CDN/HL-3170CDW)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, A5L, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260(HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, FOLIO, A5L, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, JISB5, A5, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A5L, ROCK16K,SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, JISB5, A5, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A5L,SIXTEENK195X270 (HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2296D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A5L,SIXTEENK195X270(HL-L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
INTRAY3SIZE	Selects the paper size in Tray3.	LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A3, A4, B5, A5, A6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, A4S, EXECUTIVES, B5S(HL-3260N)
	Selects the paper size in Tray2 (HL-7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/S7000DN).	A4, LETTER, B5, EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4LONG, NO CASSETTE (HL-2460)A4LETTER, B5EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4LONG, NOCASSETTE (HL-7050)A4LETTER, B5EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4, LETTER, JISB5, B5, EXECUTIVE, FOLIO, POSTCARD,NOCASSETTE (HL-6050/6050D/6050DN)LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, B5, A5, A6, JISB5, B6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH (HL-8050N)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, FOLIO(HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, FOLIO, JISB6 (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, A5L, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)ANY. LETTER LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5,FOLIO(HL-S7000DN)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260(HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L630O DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
	Selects the paper size in Tray1. LETTER	. LEGAL EXECUTIVE. A3, A4, B5, A5, A6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, A4S, XECUTIVES, B5SINTR
	Selects the paper size in Tray3 (HL-7050/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/S7000DN).	A4, LETTER, B5, EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4LONG, NO CASSETTE (HL-2460)
		A4LETTER, B5EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4LONG, NOCASSETTE (HL-7050)
		LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, B5, A5, A6, JISB5, B6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH (HL-8050N)
		ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, FOLIO(HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
		ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO(HL-S7000DN)
		LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260/(L9300CDW(T))
		LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
INTRAY5SIZE	Selects the paper size in Tray5.	LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A3, A4, B5, A5, A6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, A4S, XECUTIVES, BSS (HL-3260N)
	Selects the paper size in Tray4 (HL-7050/S7000DN).	A4, LETTER, B5, EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4LONG, NO CASSETTE (HL-2460)
		A4LETTER, B5EXECUTIVE, ENVELOPES, LEGAL, A5, B6, A6, A4LONG, NOCASSETTE (HL-7060)
		ANY, A4, LETTER, JISB5, A5, EXECUTIVE, LEGAL, FOLIO(HL-S7000DN)
		LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102 DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
INTRAY6SIZE	Selects the paper size in Tray6.	LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L51100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
SOURCETRAY Selects the paper source tray.		AUTO, MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2 (HL-1650/1670N/1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T))/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/AUTO, MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2 , TRAY3 (HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN AUTO, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, MPTRAY (HL-3260N/2460/7050/S7000DN TRAYID1, TRAYID2, TRAYID3, TRAYID4 (HL-2460/7050/S7000DN) AUTO, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4 (HL-8050N) AUTO, TRAY1 (HL-2070N/2140/2150N/2170W/HL-3140CW/HL-3150CDW/HL-3150CDW/HL-3170CDW/HL-1110/HL-1111/HL-1112/HL-1118/ HL-1212W, 1210W, 1210WR, 1212WR, 1210WE, 1211W, 1218W L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW /1200/1201/1202/1208/12370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/R/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/12310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR//L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L2370CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
		AUTO, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDW/LB360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
		AUTO, MPTRAY, TRAY1 (HL-2595DW/L2386DW/L2385DW)
MPTRAYSIZE		LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A3, A4, B5, A5, A6, COM10, C5, DL, MONARCH, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, A4S, EXECUTIVE, B5S (HL-3260N)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, DLL, B5, A5, A6, B6, JISB5, A4LONG, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERL, ORGANIZERM, FOLIO, USERDEF(HL-1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARC, C5, A4LONG, ANY, FOLIO, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERM, ORGANIZERL, USERDEFINED, DLL, A5L, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, P3X5 (HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A5L, B6, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, DLL, POSTCARD, USERDEFINED, P3X5, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A5L, B6, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, POSTCARD, USERDEFINED, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, P3X5, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260, JISB6 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)ANY,LETTER, LEGAL, A4,EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5,JISB6,A5,A5L,A6,FOLIO,P3X5,POSTCARD (HL-S7000DN)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, P3X5, POSTCARD, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, A5L, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260(HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, P3X5, POSTCARD, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, A5L, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260,JENVCHOU3,JENVCHOU4,MEXICANLEGAL.INDIALEGAL (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, P3X5, POSTCARD, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, A5L, JISB6, SIXTEENK195X270, JENVCHOU3,JENVCHOU4,MEXICANLEGAL.INDIALEGAL (HL-2595DW/L2386DW/L2385DW)
MPTRAY	MP tray priority for AUTO feeder selection mode.	CASSETTE, FIRST (HL-1650/ 1670/3260N/2460/7050/1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L8402DW/2595DW/L2386DW/L2385DW)
MPPAPERIN	Continues printing by holding down Go switch for manual feeding.	STOP, CONTINUE (HL-1650/ 1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T))
TRAY1SIZE		A3, JISB4, LEDGER, A4, A4S, A5, B5, B5S, LEGAL, LETTER, LTRS, EXECUTIVE, EXECUTIVES (HL-3260N)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, B5, A5, A6, B6, JISB5, A4LONG, POSTCARD, FOLIO (HL-1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050D/6050DN)DETECTSENSOR, LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5 B5, A5, B6, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD (HL-6050/6050D/ 6050DN)

CHAPTER 5 PJL - 25

CHAPTER 5 PJL - 26

CHAPTER 5 PJL - 28

Variables Descri ption Sam

ple Value Range

DETECTSENSOR, B5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARCH, C5, USERDEFINED (HL-805DN) ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, B5, A5, A6, B6, JISB5, FOLIO (HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW) ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, A5L (HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN) ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5,B5,A5,B6,A6,FOLIO,POSTCARD,A5L,JISB6 (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW) ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, DL, JISB5, B5, A5, A5L, B6, A6, MONARCH, C5, FOLIO, POSTCARD, USERDEFINED, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, P3X5, ROC16K, SIXTEENK19SX270, SIXTEENK184X260, JISB6 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)

ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE JISB5, A5, A5L FOLIO (HL-S7000DN) ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, A5L, JISB6 (HL-3140CW/HL-3150CDW/HL-3150CDN/HL-3170CDW)

LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, ASL, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260(HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW)

LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROC16K, A6, A5L, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W)

LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, JISB5, A5, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A5L, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L) 5.000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)

LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, JISB5, A5, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A5L, SIXTEENK195X270 (HL- L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2376DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L23 72DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330DL/2331D/L2336DL/2335D/2295DB/2000DL/2325DW/L2350DW/L235 0DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW) LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A5L, SIXTEENK195X270(HL-L3270CDW/3190CDWL/3230CDW/3160CDWL/3230CDN/L3210CW)

TRAY2SIZE

A3, JISB4, LEDGER, A4, A4S, A5, B5, B5S, A6, LEGAL LETTER, LTRS, EXECUTIVE, EXECUTIVES, COM10, C5, DL MONARCH (HL-3260N)

ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, B5, A5, JISB5, A4LONG, FOLIO (HL-1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN) DETECTSENSOR, LETTER, LEGA>, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, FOLIO (HL-6050/6050D/6050DN) DETECTSENSOR, B5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARCH, C5, USERDEFINED (HL-8050N) ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, B5, A5, B6, JISB5, FOLIO (HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)

ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, FOLIO, JISB6 (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW) ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, FOLIO, POSTCARD, ASL, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X280 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DWHL- L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T))/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/

ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO (HL-S7000DN) LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIA LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X280 (HL- L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L 6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)

TRAY3SIZE

CHAPTER 5 PJL - 29

Variables Descri	ption Sam	pile Value Range
		A3, JISB4, LEDGER, A4, A4S, A5, B5S, LEGAL, LETTER, LTRS, EXECUTIVE, EXECUTIVES
		A4, LETTER
		A3, JISB4, LEDGER, A4, A4S, A5, B5, B5S, LEGAL, LETTER, LTRS, EXECUTIVE, EXECUTIVE (HL-3260N)DETECTSENSOR, B5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARCH, C5, USERDEFINED (HL-8050N)ANY, LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, B5, A5, B6, JISB5, FOLIO (HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)ANY, LETTER LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO (HL-S7000DN)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, JISB6, ROC16K SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260(HL-L9300CDW(T))LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDWL/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDWL/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
TRAY4SIZE		A3, JISB4, LEDGER, A4, A4S, A5, B5, B5S, LEGAL, LETTER, LTRS, EXECUTIVE, EXECUTIVE (HL-3260N)DETECTSENSOR, B5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARCH, C5, USERDEFINED (HL-8050N)ANY, LETTER LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO (HL-S7000DN)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDWL/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDWL/L500O/D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW( )
TRAYSSIZE LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, JISB5, A5, FOLIO, ROCK16K, SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L8260CDN/L8260CDWL/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDWL/L500O/D 5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
APT ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/1850/1870N/5040/ 5050/5070N/5140/5150D/		5170DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDW/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDWL/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L500O/D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/ L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
DENSITY Returns the printing density level setting from 1 to 15. The default value is 8.		-6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (HL-1650/1670N/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/1110/1111/1112/1118/L2300/L2300DL/2320DL/2321D/2260/2260D/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DNL/2361DN/2560DNL/2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/2127W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5595D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310DL/2312DL/2310DR/L2330DL/2331DL/2336DL/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
LOWTONER Continues printing when the toner is low.		-2, -1, 0, 1, 2 (HL-3260N/2460/ 7050/8050N)STOP, CONTINUE (HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310DL/2312DL/2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW)
Variables Descri	ption Sam	pie Value Range
RAS1200MODE		OFF, ON, TRUE (HL-1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050DN/2070N/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L2300/L2300DL2320DL2321D/2260/2260DL2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DWYL5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T)5590DN/L5200DW(T)L5202DW/L6200DW(T)L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)L6400DW(T)L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DN/R/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW)OFF, TRUE (HL-5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)OFF, ON(HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118HL-1200HL-1201HL-1202HL-1208)
PSBINARY ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/5380DN/42900CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DN/R/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2590DN/2320CDN/L3210CW)
PSQUOTEBIN ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5240/ 5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/A140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2470DN/L2370DN/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T)5590DN/L5200DW/T)L5202DW/L6200DW/T)L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)L6400DW(T)L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/LX/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/LX/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2370DN/L2370DN/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5 250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5460DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/ 59300CDW(T)L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T)5590DN/L5200DW/T)L5202DW/L6200DW/T)L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6275DN/L2370DN/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/525OEN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/ 6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/618 5930CDW(T)L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/5102DW/L5100DN/T)5590DN/L5200DW/T)L6400DW/T)L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/LX/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L 2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2 2370DN/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN 5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6 180DW/6 7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)L9310CDW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2 2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T)5590DN/L5200DW/T)L6400DW/T)L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/LX/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L 2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2 2370DN/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/52 550DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/547OWD/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/61 2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L 1.2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2.2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L 4.2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L2375D/W/L

Variables Descri
ption Sam
ple Value Range
COMPABITMAP ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/

8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDW/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218WL/5000D/5580D/5585D/5595D/5102DW/L5100DN/T/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DNL/2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDW/3120CW)

FSEL300DPI LOW or HIGH (HL-1650/1670N/ 1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/ 5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/457OCDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDW/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2370DN/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2400DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L1640DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW

6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140ON/4150CDN/457OCDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDW/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2360DW/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2370DN/L2370DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L3260DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW(L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2400DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L3270DW/L4140DN/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140ON/4150CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/6180DW/5850D/5595DN/5102DW/L5100DN/T/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2400DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2400DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L1640DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/2595DW/L2375DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L2400DW/L2400DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L1640DW/L 1850/1870/1850/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1810/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1880/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1880/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1860/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1870/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1865/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1890/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/1895/189

Variables Descri	ption Sam	ple Value Range
ISRFONT	Sets the Israeli font ON or OFF.	ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/ 2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/B050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2585DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/XL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
TRANSFER Selects the transfer current. AUTO, LOW, HIGH (HL-1650/ 1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/ 5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW)
PARALLEL FAST, SLOW (HL-1650/1670N/ 1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/ 5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
ERRORPRINT	OFF, ON, EXCEPTCDCC(HL-1650/1670N/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2585DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/XL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3210CW)
BOISEIDMODE WIN95CONDENCESIZE	, IEEE (HL-1650/1670N/ 1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/ 5140/5150D/5170DN)P1666, P1714 (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
FXLFSETMODE NORMAL, ALL (HL-1650/ 1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5360DN/5370DW/5380DN)
FXLFITAMODE OBLIQUE, ITALIC (HL-1650/ 1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
ENVINTERVAL 0 to 255PSCEILMODE FLOOR, CEIL (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/B050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
PS300RESO NO, IF2M, FORCE (HL-1650/ 1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N(8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
DUPLEX	Duplex mode	ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/A150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/6180DW/3150CDW/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305D/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW)/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L5402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/L2376DW/L2376DW/L2377DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN)
BINDING Returns the settin	g of binding edge selection for duplex printing.	LONGEDGE. SHORTEDGE
		(HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW)/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/62000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN)
TRAYPRIORITY		MPT1T2T3T4, MPT4T3T2T1, T1T2T3T4 MP, T4T3T2T1MP (HL-2460/7050/S7000DN)MPT1T2T3T4, MPT4T3T2T1, T1T2T3T4 MP, T4T3T2T1MP, T1T2T3T4, T4T3T2T1 (HL-3260N)MPT1T2, T1T2MP (HL-1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN)MPT1T2, T1T2MP, T1T2, T1MPT2 (HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5360DN/5370DW/5380DN)T1T2T3T4, T4T3T2T1 (HL-8050N)MPT1T2, MPT2T1, T1T2MP, T2T1MP, T1T2, T2T1, T1MPT2, T2MPT1 (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L8250CDN/LB350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/)MPT1T2T3, MPT3T2T1, T1T2T3MP, T3T2T1MP (L9300CDW(T))MPT1T2, MPT2T1, T1T2MP, T2T1MP (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
FFSUPPRESS ON or OFF (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5360DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L 2305WL/2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L8402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DN/R2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/62000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
LCDDENSITY Sets the LCD angle value. 0 to 2 (HL-1650/1670N/2460/ 7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/ 5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)
FAXRINGDELAY		0 to 4 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
FAXREDUCTION AUTO		, OFF, FIX90 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
FAXRAMSIZE 1 to 16		{HL-3260N/2460/7050}
RECEIVEMODE ON or OFF		(HL-3260N/2460/ 7050)
FAXINTERVAL OFF		, ON6H, ON12H, ON24H, ON2D, ON4D , ON7D(HL-3260N/2460/7050)
GLPENSIZE1		1 to 16 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
GLPENSIZE1		1 to 10 (HL-8050N)
GLPENSIZE2		1 to 16 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
GLPENSIZE2		1 to 10 (HL-8050N)
GLPENSIZE3		1 to 16 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
GLPENSIZE3		1 to 10 (HL-8050N)
GLPENSIZE4		1 to 16 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
GLPENSIZE4		1 to 10 (HL-8050N)
GLPENSIZE5		1 to 16 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
GLPENSIZE5		1 to 10 (HL-8050N)
GLPENSIZE6		1 to 16 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
GLPENSIZE6		1 to 10 (HL-8050N)
GLPENGRAY1 G15		, G30, G45, G75, G90, G100 (%) (HL-3260N/2460/7050/ 8050N)
Variables Descri	ption Sam	pile Value Range
GLPENGRAY2 G15		G30, G45, G75, G90, G100 (%) (HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N)
GLPENGRAY3 G15		G30, G45, G75, G90, G100 (%) (HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N)
GLPENGRAY4 G15		G30, G45, G75, G90, G100 (%) (HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N)
GLPENGRAY5 G15		G30, G45, G75, G90, G100 (%) (HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N)
GLPENGRAY6 G15		G30, G45, G75, G90, G100 (%) (HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N)
STBBUSY		RISE, FALL (HL-1650/1670N/ 3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/ 5040/5050/5070N/8050N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
ACKBUSY		RISE, FALL (HL-1650/1670N/ 2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/ 5050/5070N/5140/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)
PICKUPRETRY		0 to 7 (HL-2460/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2070N/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDW/3170CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/LB250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/LB260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L6100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2596DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/XL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312DL/2310DR/L2330D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/R/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
COLLATE Sets the collate printing.		0 to 63 (HL-1650/1670N/1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN/2070N)ON or OFF (HL-2460/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312DL/2310DR/L2330D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/R/L2357DW/L2435DW/L2351DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
TIMESETYEAR		1998 to 2039 (HL-3260N/2460/ 7050/8050N)
TIMESETMONTH		1 to 12 (HL-3260N/2460/7050/ 8050N)
TIMESETDAY		1 to 31 (HI-3260N/2460/7050/ 8050N)
TIMESETHOUR		0 to 23 (HL-3260N/2460/7050/ 8050N)
TIMESETMIN		0 to 59 (HL-3260N/2460/7050/ 8050N)
TIMESETSEC		0 to 59 (HL-3260N/2460/7050/ 8050N)
TIMESTYLE		UMD, MDY, DMY (HI-3260N/ 2460/7050/8050N)
SUMMERTIME		ON or OFF (HL-3260N/2460/ 7050/8050N)
ZONESET		ON or OFF (HL-3260N/2460/ 7050/8050N)
TIMEZONE		-24 to 24 (HL-3260N/2460/7050/ 8050N)
OUTBIN		ALLSTACKER, ALLSORTER, UPPER, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN1, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN2, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN3,OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN4, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN5, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN6, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN7, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN8,OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN9, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN10
		(HL-2460/7050)ALLSTACKER, ALLSORTER, UPPER, FINISHER, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN1, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN2, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN3,OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN4,(HL-3260N)ALLSTACKER, UPPER(HL-8050N)AUTO, STANDARD, OPTIONAL(HL-S7000DN)AUTO, STANDARD, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN1, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN2, OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN3,OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN4,ALLSORTER,ALLSTACKER,SFL,FINISHER (HL-L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
MAILBOXPROTE		0-4 (HL-3260N)
CT		0-10 (HL-2460/7050)
AVOIDMAILBOXF		ON or OFF (HL-3260N/2460/ 7050/8050N/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
ULL
Variables Descri	ption Sam	ple Value Range
TOWERFEED ON or OFF		(HL-2460/7050)
RAMDISKSIZE 0 to XX Mb		yte(s) (Except for HL-2070N/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)
TRANSFERVOLT		MODE1, MODE2, MODE3, MODE4MODE1: NormalMODE2: Low,MODE3: Middle,MODE4: High(HL-2460/7050)
COLDSTARTMOD Sets the cold start mode.		OFF, MODE1, MODE2
E		MODE1:MODE2(HL-2460/7050)
TNCHARGETIME O9FF		, SHORT, NORMAL, LONG (HL-2460/7050)
TNCHARGEMODE OFF		, MODE1, MODE2, MODE3, MDE4, MRDE5, MODE6, MODE7 (HL-2460/7050)
FUSERSLEEPCT		ON or OFF (HL-2460/7050)
THICKPRDLY		OFF, SHORT, NORMAL, LONG(HL-2460/7050)
BONDPRDLY		OFF, SHORT, NORMAL, LONG(HL-2460/7050)
FLICKER MODE 0 to 63		(HL-2460/7050)
APPLEUSBPS Sets Postscript Pure Binary Printing from Macintosh via USB.		ON, OFF (HL-1850/1870N/5040/ 5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/L2376DW/L2376DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
DX1JOB1PAGE Sets 1JOB1PAGE Printing mode. SIMPLEX, DUPLEX (HL-1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CPW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300L/2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN)
As for HL-6050 series, supported ROM version is 1.18 or later.
AUTOONLINE Sets auto return function from setting Panel mode to Ready mode. ON, OFF (HL-7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/57000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDV(T)/L2300L/2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DN/L2366DN/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW)
BUTTONREPEAT Sets key repeating speed in Panel mode.		BUTTON100MSEC, BUTTON200MSEC, BUTTON300MSEC, BUTTON400MSEC, BUTTON500MSEC, BUTTON1000MSEC,BUTTON1500MSEC, BUTTON2000MSEC (HL-7050/ 6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)
		BUTTON100MSEC, BUTTON200MSEC, BUTTON300MSEC, BUTTON400MSEC, BUTTON500MSEC, BUTTON600MSEC, BUTTON800MSEC, BUTTON1000MSEC, BUTTON1400MSEC, BUTTON1500MSEC, BUTTON1800MSEC, BUTTON2000MSEC (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)
Variables Descri	ption Sam	pile Value Range
		BUTTON100MSEC, BUTTON400MSEC, BUTTON600MSEC, BUTTON800MSEC, BUTTON1000MSEC, BUTTON1400MSEC, BUTTON1800MSEC, BUTTON2000MSEC(HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDWL/8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L2300/L2300DL/2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2370DN/B2050DN/2590DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/2595DW/L3210CDW/3160CDWL/3230CDWL
MESSAGESCROL	Sets scrolling time at Scroll message. 1-10 (HL-7050/6050/6050D/L	6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L2300/L2300DL/2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW-L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250D/W/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2370DN/B2050DN/2590DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/2595DW/L3210CDW/3160CDWL/3230CDWL/3230CDN)
ERRORBUZZER	Sets Buzzer mode at Error condition. OFF	, ON (HL-7050/6050/6050D/ 6050DN),ON (HL-7050/6050/6050D/ 6050DN),HIGH (HL-7050/6050/ 6050D/6050DN)
PANELBUZZER	Sets Buzzer mode for Panel Operation. OFF
BUZZERVOLUME	Sets Buzzer volume. LOW
CARBONMODE	Sets Carbon mode OFF, ON, AUTO, PARALLEL (HL-	6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6250DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBONCOPIES	Set the number of Carbon copies. 1-8 (HL-	6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6202DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6250DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON1TRAY	Select input tray for the first page. REMAINING	, MP, TRAY1, TRAY2 (If available) (HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON2TRAY	Select input tray for the first page. REMAINING	, MP, TRAY1, TRAY2 (If available) (HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL-L5000D / 5580D / 5585D / 5595DN / 5102DW / 5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON3TRAY	Select input tray for the first page. REMAINING	, MP, TRAY1, TRAY2 (If available) (HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL-L5000D/L5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON4TRAY	Select input tray for the first page. REMAINING	, MP, TRAY1, TRAY2 (If available) (HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL-L5000D/l5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)8300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON5TRAY	Select input tray for the first page. REMAINING	, MP, TRAY1, TRAY2 (If available) (HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL-L5000D l5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW) 8300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON6TRAY	Select input tray for the first page. REMAINING	, MP, TRAY1, TRAY2 (If available) (HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL-L5000Dl5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)18300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL- L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L 6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON7TRAY	Select input tray for the first page. REMAINING	MP, TRAY1, TRAY2 (If available) (HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN) MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL- L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6200DN/L6250DW/L 6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON8TRAY	Select input tray for the first page. REMAINING	MP, TRAY1, TRAY2 (If available) (HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN) MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5 (HL- L5000D/L580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L 6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON1MACRO Sets if a Macro is added to first page or not. OFF, ON (HL-6050/6050D/
CARBON2MACRO Sets if a Macro is added to second page or not. OFF, ON (HL-6050/6050D/		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250 DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON3MACRO Sets if a Macro is added to third page or not. OFF, ON (HL-6050/6050D/		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L502DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON4MACRO Sets if a Macro is added to fourth page or not. OFF, ON (HL-6050/6050D/		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5102DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON5MACRO Sets if a Macro is added to fifth page or not. OFF, ON (HL-6050/6050D/		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5302DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON6MACRO Sets if a Macro is added to sixth page or not. OFF, ON (HL-6050/6050D/		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5502DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON7MACRO Sets if a Macro is added to seventh page or not. OFF, ON (HL-6050/6050D/		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L56202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON8MACRO Sets if a Macro is added to eighth page or not. OFF, ON (HL-6050/6050D/		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5702DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON1MACRO Sets Macro ID to added to first page. (ID Number) (HL-6050/6050D/ ID		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6200DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON2MACRO Sets Macro ID to added to second page. (ID Number) (HL-6050/6050D/ ID		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L56202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L630OWD(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
Variables Description		ple Value Range
CARBON3MACRO Sets Macro ID to added to third page. (ID Number) (HL-6050/6050D/ ID		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON4MACRO Sets Macro ID to added to fourth page. (ID Number) (HL-6050/6050D/ ID		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L52O2DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON5MACRO Sets Macro ID to added to fifth page. (ID Number) (HL-6050/6050D/ ID		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L52D2DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON6MACRO Sets Macro ID to added to sixth page. (ID Number) (HL-6050/6050D/ ID		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L52C2DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON7MACRO Sets Macro ID to added to seventh page. (ID Number) (HL-6050/6050D/ ID		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L52B2DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBON8MACRO Sets Macro ID to added to eighth page. (ID Number) (HL-6050/6050D/ ID		6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L52Q2DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
CARBONMACRO Sets the order of Macro addition. BEHIND, FRONT (HL-6050/		6050DN/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L52D2DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250 DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)

CHAPTER 5 PJL - 34

2. PCL-Specific Variables

The following values are PCL (HP LaserJet emulation) specific and can be set and requested using PJL. These variables must be set using the LPARM : PCL option.

Variables Descri	ption Sam	ple Value Range
PAPER	Sets the paper size.	LETTER, A4, LEGAL, A5, A6, B5, EXECUTIVE, JISB5(All models except for HL-1110/HL-1111/HL-1112/HL-1118)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL (HL-8050N)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, A4LONG(HL-1650/1670N/2460/7050)A3, LEDGER, JISB4,LTRS, EXECUTIVES, BSS, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, A4LONG(HL-3260N)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, DLL, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERL, ORGANIZERM, FOLIO, USERDEF, A4LONG(HL-1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, DLL, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A4LONG(HL-2150N/2170W)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, DLL, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A4LONG, A5L, P3X5, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3(HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL,FOLIO,DLL,POSTCARD,A5L,JISB6 ,P3X5, ROC16K,SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-/2250DN/2270DW/ 4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL,POSTCARD,FOLIO,P3X5,ENVYOU4,ENVCHOU3,A5L,JISB6,ROC16K,SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW /HL-3170CDW)POSTCARD,FOLIOP3X5,A5L,JISB6,B6,ROC16K,SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-S7000DN)LETTER, A4, LEGAL,FOLIO (HL-1110/HL-1111/HL-1112/HL-1118)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, B5, A5, A6, JISB5, POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, A5L, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW))LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, B5, A5, JISB5, FOLIO, A5L, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-1200/1201/1202/1208)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, JISB6, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, JISB6, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, SIXTEENK195X270(HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/R/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, SIXTEENK195X270(HL-L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)ORIENTATION Sets the orientation. PORTRAIT OR LANDSCAPE LEFTMARGIN Sets the left margin.0 to 126 columns (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/3260N/2460/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2380DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DW/R/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN)0 to 145 columns (HL-1650/ 1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/ 5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/2150N/2170W/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)RIGHTMARGIN Sets the right margin0 to 136 columns (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)
Variables Descri	ption Sam	pile Value Range
		10 to 155 columns (HL-1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/2150N/2170W/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
		10 to 136 columns (HL-3260N/2460/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN)
TOPMARGIN Sets the to p margin		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
BOTMARGIN Sets the bottom mar g in. 0		, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
FORM/LINES Sets the number of lines. 5 to 128 lines
FONTSOURCE Sets the font source to Internal fonts or Permanent Soft Fonts		I or S (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/L590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
		{ C1, C2, S (HL-3260N/2460/7050){ C,S (HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN){C1,S(HL-6440D/6450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW}
FONTNUMBER Sets the font number		0 to n (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)0 to 0x7FFFFFF (HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/5700DN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2366DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/L590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L590DN/L6250DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L6300DW/L2370DW/L2370DN/L2370DN/R2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW}
PITCH Pitch of the default font in units of characters per inch. The pitch value can be specified to two decimal places		0.44, 0.45,......99.99
PTSIZE Height of the default font in units of points. The point size can be specified to a quarter of a point		4.00, 4.25,......999.75

CHAPTER 5 PJL - 41

SYMSET Sets the symbol set.	ROMAN8, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOL5, PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC8TK, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, DESKTOP, PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS, MSPUBL, MATH8, PSMAH, VNMATH, PIFONT, LEGAL, ISO2, ISO4, ISO6, ISO10, ISO11, ISO 14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21, ISO 25, ISO 57, ISO60, ISO61, ISO69, ISO84, ISO85, WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN, MCTEXT (All models)
	OCRA, OCRB, SYMBOL, WDINGS (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T))
	PC1004, WINBALT, ISOL6, PC775 (HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2120N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T))

Variables Descri	ption Sam	ple Value Range
		HERBREW7 (HL-1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T))
		ABIBP, ABIINTL, RUSSIAN, UKRAINIAN, PC866, PC8LG, PC851, WINGREEK, ISOLC, ISOGREEK, PC853, PC855, PC857, PC858,PC860, PC861, PC863, PC865, PC869, ISOL9, PC8B, PC8G, PC8PC, GREEK8, TURKISH8, ROMAN9, ROMANEXT, WINC (HL-1850/ 1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/ 5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
		PC1004,WINBALT,SYMBOL,OCRA,OCRB,WDINGS,HEBREW7,ISOL6,PC775,ABIBP,ABIINTL,RUSSIAN,UKRAINIAN,PC866,PC8LG,PC851,WINGREEK,ISOLC,ISOGREEK,PC853,PC855,PC857,PC858,PC860,PC861,PC863,PC865,PC869,ISOL9,PC8B,PC8G,PC8PC,GREEK8,TURKISH8,ROMAN9,ROMANEXT,WINC(HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/HL-3170CDW)
		PC8,PC8DN,PC850,PC852,PC8TK,PC1004.WINL1.WINL2.WINL5.WINBALT,DESKTOP,PSTEXT,VNINTL,VNUS,MSPUBL,MATH8,PSMATH,VNMATH,PIFONT,LEGAL,ISO2,ISO4,ISO6,ISO10,ISO11,ISO14,ISO15,ISO16,ISO17,ISO21,ISO25,ISO57,ISO60,ISO61,ISO69,ISO84,ISO85,WIN30,HPGERM,HPSPAN,MCTEXT,SYMBOL,OCRA,OCRB,WDINGS,HEBREW7,ROMAN8,ISOL1,ISOL2,ISOL5,ISOL6,PC775,ABIBP,ABIINTL,RUSSIAN,UKRAINIAN,PC866,PC8LG,PC851,WINGREEK,ISOLC,ISOGREEK,PC853,PC855,PC857,PC858,PC860,PC861,PC863,PC865,PC869,ISOL9,PC8B,PC8G,PC8PC,GREEK8,TUKRISH8,ROMAN9,ROMANEXT,WINC. HEBREW8(HL-L2365DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
AUTOLF Sets AUTO LF ON or OFF
AUTOCR Sets AUTO CR ON or OFF
AUTOWRAP Sets AUTO WRAP ON or OFF
AUTOSKIP Sets AUTO SKIP ON or OFF

3. EPSON-Specific Variables

The following values are EPSON (EPSON FX-850 emulation) specific and can be set and requested using PJL. These variables must be set using the LPARM : EPSON option.

Variables Descri	ption Sam	ple Value Range
PAPER Sets the paper size.		LETTER, A4, LEGAL, A5, A6, B5, EXECUTIVE, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, JISB5 (All models)B6 (HL-8050N)B6, A4LONG (HL-1650/1670N/2460/7050)A3, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, EXECUTIVES, BSS, A4LONG(HL-3260N)B6, DLL, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERL, ORGANIZERM, FOLIO, USERDEF, A4LONG(HL-1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/ 6050DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)
		B6, DLL, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A4LONG, A5L, P3X5, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3(HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)B6,POSTCARD,FOLIO,P3X5,ENVYOU4,ENVCHOU3,A5L,JISB6,ROC16K,SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260(HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)
		LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, JISB6, A6,POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
ORIENTATIO Sets the orientation. PORTRAIT		, LANDSCAPE
LEFTMARGIN Sets the left margin		0 to 126 (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/3260N/2460/7050/6050/6050DN/8050N/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
RIGHTMARGI Sets the right margin		0 to 145 (HL-1650/1670N/1850/ 1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN53 70DW/5380DN)0 to 136 (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)10 to 155 (HL-1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/534 0D/5350DN/5370 DW/5380DN)10 to 136 (HL-3260N/2460/7050/6050/6050DN/8050N/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
TOPMARGIN Sets the to p margin		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
BOTMARGIN Sets the bottom mar cin. 0		, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
FORMLINES Sets the number of lines. 5 to 128 lines
FONTSOURCE Sets the font source to Internal fonts or Permanent Soft E Fonts		I or S (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/ 1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L 6402DW)
		I C1, C2 S (HL-3260N/2460/7050)I. C. S(HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/ 8050N/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)I.C1, S(HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)
FONTNUMBE Sets the font number		0 to n (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)0 to 0x7FFFFFFF (HL-1650/ 1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/ 1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/ 5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW/T)(L6402DW)
PITCH Pitch of the default font in units of characters per inch. The pitch value can be specified to two decimal places		0.44, 0.45, ......99.99

Variables Description Sample Value Range
PTSIZE Height of the default font in units of points. The point size can be specified to a quarter of a point	4.00, 4.25, ......999.75
SYMSET Sets the symbol set.	USASCII, GERMAN, UKASCII1, FRENCH1, DANISH1, ITALY, SPANISH, SWEDISH, JAPAN, NORWEG, DANISH2, UKASCII2, FRENCH2, DUTCH, SAFRICA, PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC860, PC863, PC865, PC8TK, SYMBOL, WDINGS, OCRA, OCRB (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)
SYMSET Sets the symbol set.	USASCII, GERMAN, UKASCII1, FRENCH1, DANISH1, ITALY SPANISH, SWEDISH, JAPANESE, NORWEGIAN, DANISH2, UKASCII2, FRENCH2, DUTCH, SOUTHAFRICAN, PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC860, PC863, PC865, PC8TK (HL-1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
AUTOLF Sets AUTO LF ON or OFF
AUTOMASK Sets AUTO MASK ON or OFF
SELREADOU ON or OFF

4. IBM-Specific Variables

The following values are IBM (IBM Proprinter XL emulation) specific and can be set and requested using PJL. These variables must be set using the LPARM : IBM option.

Variables Description Sample Value Range
PAPER Sets the paper size.	LETTER, A4, LEGAL, A5, A6, B5. EXECUTIVE, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, JISB5 (All models)B6 (HL-8050N)B6, A4LONG (HL-1650/1670N/2460/7050)A3, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, EXECUTIVES, B5S, A4LONG(HL-3260N)B6, DLL, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERL, ORGANIZERM, FOLIO, USERDEF, A4LONG(HL-1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/ 6050DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)B6, DLL, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A4LONG, A5L, P3X5, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3(HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)B6,POSTCARD,FOLIO,P3X5,ENVYOU4,ENVCHOU3,A5L,JISB6,ROC16K,SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5. EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, JISB6, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
ORIENTATION Sets the orientation. PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE LEFTMARGIN Sets the left margin	0 to 126 (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/3260N/2460/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L8402DW)
RIGHTMARGI Sets the right margin N	0 to 145 (HL-1650/1670N/1850/ 1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/ 5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)0 to 136 (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)10 to 155 (HL-1650/1670N/1850/ 1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/ 5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/580DN)10 to 136 (HL-3260N/2460/7050/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
TOPMARGIN Sets the top margin 0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inchBOTMARGIN Sets the bottom margin, 0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inchFORMLINES Sets the number of lines, 5 to 128 linesFONTSOURCE Sets the font source to Internal fonts or Permanent Soft Fonts	I or S (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1650/1670N/ 1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(W)/L6402DW)I, C1, C2, S (HL-3260N)I, C.S (HL-8050/6050D/6050DN/ 8050N/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)I,C1,S(HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW)
FONTNUMBER Sets the font number	0 to n (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470NP2500)0 to 0x7FFFFFF (HL-1650/ 1670N/3260N/1850/1870N/5050/ 5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L625O/N/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)
PITCH Pitch of the default font in units of characters per inch.The pitch value can be specified to two decimal places	0.44, 0.45, ......99.99
PTSIZE Height of the default font in units of points. The point size can be specified to a quarter of a point	4.00, 4.25, ......999.75
SYMSET Sets the symbol set.	PC8, PCBDN, PC850, PC852, PC860, PC863, PC865, PC8TK (All models)OCRA, OCRB, SYMBOL, WDINGS (HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)

Variables Description Sample Value Range

AUTOLF Sets AUTO LF ON or OFF AUTOCR Sets AUTO CR ON or OFF

AUTOMASK Sets AUTO MASK ON or OFF

5. PostScript-Specific Variables

The following values are PostScript (BR-Script) specific and can be set and requested using PJL. The BR-Script mode is standard in some models but may be available only when the optional BR-Script 2 ROM board is installed into the printer. These variables must be set using the LPARM : IBM option.

Variables Description Sample Value Range
PAPER Sets the paper size.	LETTER, A4, LEGAL, A5, A6, B5, EXECUTIVE, JISB5 (All models)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL (HL-8050N)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, A4LONG (HL-1650/1670N/2460/7050)A3, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, EXECUTIVES, B5S, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, A4LONG(HL-3260N)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, DLL, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERL, ORGANIZERM, FOLIO, USERDEF, A4LONG(HL-1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/ 6050DN/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, DLL, POSTCARD, FOLIO, A4LONG, A5L, P3X5, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3(HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN)FOLIO,DLL,POSTCARD,A5L,JISB6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL,ORGANIZERJ,P3X5,ENVYOU4,ENVCHOU3,ROC16K,SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW)B6, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL,POSTCARD,FOLIO,P3X5,ENVYOU4,ENVCHOU3,A5L,JISB6,ROC16K,SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW /HL-3170CDW)POSTCARD,FOLIO,P3X5,A5L,JISB6,ROC16K,SIXTEENK195X270,SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-S7000DN)LETTER, LEGAL, A4, EXECUTIVE, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, B5, A5, A6, JISB5, POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3, A5L, JISB6, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T))LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, JISB6, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, ROC16K, SIXTEENK195X270, SIXTEENK184X260 (HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, JISB6, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, SIXTEENK195X270(HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L2370DW/L2370DWXL/L2375DW/L2375DWR/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2370DN/L2370DNR/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/2290/L2310D/L2312D/L2310DR/L2330D/L2331D/L2336D/L2335D/2295D/B2000D/L2325DW/L2350DW/L2350DWR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2351DW)LETTER, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, A4, B5, EXECUTIVE, DL, COM10, MONARCH, C5, JISB5, A5, A6, POSTCARD, FOLIO, ENVYOU4, JENVCHOU4, JENVCHOU3, A5L, SIXTEENK195X270(HL-L3270CDW/3190CDWL/3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
ORIENTATION Sets the orientation. PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPEPRTPSERRS The printing of a PostScript error page is enabledor disabled by this variable	ON or OFF
CRLFCONV(HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500)	When set to ON, CR codes in the PostScript data are converted to LF codes.ON or OFF
APPLETALKPS When set to ON, the printer fixes the emulationto BR-Script 2 mode for accepting data from AppleTalk. When set to OFF, the printer's auto emulation switching function judges the emulation.	ON or OFF

6. HPGL-Specific Variables

The following values are HPGL (HP LaserJet emulation) specific and can be set and requested using PJL. These variables must be set using the LPARM: HPGL option.

Variables	Description Sample Value Range
PAPER Sets the paper size.		LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARCH, C5, A4LONG (HL-3260N/2460/7050)
		A3, LEGER, JISB4, LTRS, A4S, EXECUTIVES, B5S (HL-3260N)LETTER, LEGAL, EXECUTIVE, A4, JISB5, B5, A5, B6, A6, COM10, DL, MONARC, C5 (HL-8050N)
ORIENTATION SYMSET	Sets the PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE (HL-3260N/2460/7050)Sets the symbol set.	ANSIASCII, CHRSET9825, FRENCHGERMAN, SCANDINAVIAN, SPANISHLATIN, JISASCII, ROMAN8EXT, ISOIRV, ISOSWEDISH, ISOSWEDISHN, ISONORWAY1, ISOGERMAN, ISOFRENCH, ISOUK, ISOITALIAN, ISOSSPANISH, ISOPORTUGUESE, ISONORWAY2 (HL-3260N/2460/7050)

6.2.2. Variables for HL-

1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN/2700CN/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/3040CN/3045CN/3070CW/3075CW

1. General PJL Environment Variables

The PJL environment variables which are not printer language-specific are listed in the following table. When using these valuables, do not use the LPARM command.

Variables Description Sample Value Range

COPIES Number of uncollated copies for each page of the job. 1 to 999
PAPER	Paper size.	LETTER, A4, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, EXECUTIVE, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, JISB5, A4LONG , B5, A5,A6, B6, DLL, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERL, ORGANIZERM, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3,JENVCHOU3, JENVCHOU4, A3, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, EXECUTIVES, BSS, USERDEF
ORIENTATION Page orientation. PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPEMANUALFEED Manual feed mode. ON, OFF
RET Configuration of the High Resolution Control hardware. LIGHT, MEDIUM, DARK, OFF
PAGEPROTECT Configuration of the Page protection mode. This mode reserves ablock of printer memory to avoid 31 PRINT OVERRUN errors.		AUTO, OFF, LETTER, LEGAL, A4
RESOLUTION Printer resolution setting. If the printer cannot print a large file at800 dpi because of insufficient memory, the printer decreases theresolution to 300 dpi automatically		300, 600
PERSONALITY Personality (emulation) can be switched with the @ PJL ENTERcommand or ESC CR ## command. If the AUTO option is selected(factory default), the printer senses the data from the computer andswitches the emulation automatically.		AUTO, PCL , POSTSCRIPT, IBM, EPSON, HPGL
TIMEOUTEMU The time out is the duration during which another automaticemulation change is not allowed. Duration of the timeout is set inseconds.		1 to 99
AUTOCONT Returns the configuration of the Continue mode. ON, OFF
LOWTONER Returns the configuration for TONER EMPTY message action. IfSTOP, the printer stops printing. If CONTINUE, the printercontinues printing.		CONTINUE, STOP
INTRAY 1(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the MP tray.	LOCKED, UNLOCKED
INTRAY 2(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the upper paper tray.	LOCKED, UNLOCKED
INTRAY 3(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the optional lower papercassette.	LOCKED, UNLOCKED
INTRAY 4(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the optional lower papercassette.	LOCKED, UNLOCKED
INTRAY 5(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the optional lower papercassette.	LOCKED, UNLOCKED
INTRAY 6(Read Only)	Returns the auto-selection lock status for the optional lower papercassette.	LOCKED, UNLOCKED
INTRAY1SIZE	Returns the size of the paper currently installed in the standardpaper tray.	LETTER, A4, LEGAL, MEXICANLEGAL, INDIALEGAL, EXECUTIVE, COM10, MONARCH, C5, DL, JISB5, A4LONG , B5, A5,A6, B6, DLL, POSTCARD, ORGANIZERJ, ORGANIZERK, ORGANIZERL, ORGANIZERM, FOLIO, P3X5, ENVYOU4, ENVCHOU3,JENVCHOU3, JENVCHOU4, A3, LEDGER, JISB4, LTRS, EXECUTIVES, BSS, USERDEF, ANY
INTRAY2SIZE	Returns the size of the paper currently installed in the lower paper	(same as INTRAY1SIZE)
INTRAY3SIZE	Returns the size information for the optional lower paper cassette.	(same as INTRAY1SIZE)
INTRAY4SIZE	Returns the size information for the optional lower paper cassette.	(same as INTRAY1SIZE)

Variables Description Sample Value Range

INTRAYSIZE Returns the size information for the optional lower paper cassette. (same as INTRAYSIZE)
INTRAYSIZE Returns the size information for the optional lower paper cassette. (same as INTRAYSIZE)
SOURCETRAY Selects the paper source tray. AUTO, MPTRAY, TRAY1, TRAY2, TRAY3, TRAY4, TRAY5
XOFFSET Sets the X offset ( horizontal offset ) value. -500 to 500 dots
YOFFSET Sets the Y offset ( vertical offset ) value. -500 to 500 dots
DUPLEX Duplex mode ON, OFF
BINDING Returns the setting of binding edge selection for duplex printing. LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE
FIRSTPRINT First print mode. This makes the first print speed faster by starting the polygon mirror motor at Power On. Setting to MIDDLE is effective only for the first page after Power ON. Setting to HIGH makes the scanner motor rotate continuously.		NORMAL, MIDDLE, HIGH
DENSITY Returns the printing density level setting from 1 to 15. The default value is 8.		1 (lighter) to 15 (darker)
LANG Returns the language for control panel and status readback information.		ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, DUTCH, SPANISH, ITALIAN, NORWEGIAN, FINNISH, PORTUGUESE, DANISH, SWEDISH, CZECH, POLISH, HUNGARIAN, RUSSIA, BULGARIAN, ROMANIAN, SLOVAKIAN, JAPANESE
CPLOCK Returns the lock status of the control panel. If OFF, the control panel is unlocked. If ON, the control panel is locked.		OFF, ON
PASSWORD	Password for panel lock to write to the NVRAM with the DEFAULT/INITIALIZE command.	0 to65535
ECONOMODE	Toner Saving Mode	OFF, ON
ECONOLEVEL	Level for Toner saving mode. If set to 1, approx. 50 % toner is saved. If set to 2, approx. 25% toner is saved.	1, 2
MPTRAY MP Tray Priority For AUTO feeder selection mode. CASSETTE, FIRST
TIMEOUT	Sets the timeout value for Automatic interface switching (seconds)	1 to 99
AUTOFF Sets the auto FF setting to ON or OFF. ON or OFF
TIMEOUTFF	Sets the timeout value for auto FF. (seconds)	1 to 99
AUTOSLEEP	Power Save Mode	ON, OFF
TIMEOUTSLEEP Timeout for Power Save mode. The printer goes into the power save mode after this time-out period (minutes).		1 to 99
MEDIATYPE	Media Type. The temperature of fixing unit is adjusted depending on this setting.	REGULAR, THICK, THICK2, TRANSPARENCY, THIN, BOND, ENVELOPES, ENVTHICK, ENVTHIN, RECYCLED, POSTCARD LABEL
REPRINT	Sets the reprint function.	OFF, ON, JOB
COLLATE	Sets the collate printing.	ON, OFF
HOLD	Specifies whether the received data is stored in the hard disk or	OFF, STORE, PROOF
HOLDTYPE	Specifies the document type of the received data which has been stored in the optional hard disk. If PRIVATE is selected, a password is required for the data to be printed or deleted.	PUBLIC, PRIVATE
HOLDKEY	Specifies the password when the document type is set to PRIVATE.	0 to 9 (4 digits to be selected)
TIMESETYEAR	Clock: year setting	1998 to 2039
TIMESETMONTH*	Clock: month setting	1 to 12
TIMESETDAY	Clock: date setting	1 to 31

Variables Description Sample Value Range

TIMESETHOUR Clock: hour setting 0 to 23

TIMESETMIN Clock: minute setting 0 to 59

TIMESETSEC Clock: second setting 0 to 59

TIMESTYLE Sets the display style of the clock. YMD (YYYY/MM/DD hh/mm), MDY (MM/DD/YYYY hh/mm), DMY (DD/MM/YYYY hh/mm)

SUMMERTIME Clock: summer time setting OFF, ON

ZONESET Clock: time zone setting OFF, ON

TIMEZONE Clock: time setting of time zone -24 to +24

RENDERMODE Color printing or monochrome printing is specified. COLOR, GRAYSCALE, AUTOCOLOR Selecting grayscale mode prints the document in 256 levels of grayscale.

APTMODE Print quality in color printing is specified OFF, ON, ON4, B8, B8H

COLORADAPT The printer checks the content of the documents for color. If color is OFF, ON

detected, it will print in color. If no color content is detected, it will

print in monochrome.

STRINGCODESET Character code set of the information (ex. JOB NAME) is specified. HPROMAN8, ISO88592, ISO88595, JISX02011976, ISO88599, UTF8

2. PCL-Specific Variables

The following values are PCL (HP LaserJet emulation) specific and can be set and requested using PJL. These variables must be set using the LPARM : PCL option.

Variables Description Sample Value Range
FONTSOURCE	The valid values for FONTSOURCE areI (Internal Fonts)C (Cartridge Fonts)C1 (Card Fonts)S (Permanent Soft Fonts)If the specified value becomes invalid, it is automatically changed to the default value.	I, C, C1, S,
FONTNUMBER	Font number. This value can be seen on the Print FontTest selected from the Control Panel. This value is automatically changed to the lowest value whenever the FONTSOURCE setting is changed.	0, 1, 2, ..n
PITCH	Pitch of the default font in units of characters per inch.The pitch value can be specified to two decimal places	0.44, 0.45, 99.99
PTSIZE	Height of the default font in units of points. The point size can be specified to a quarter of a point	4.00, 4.25, ......999.75
SYMSET	Symbol set ROMAN8, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOL5, PC8, PC8DN, PC850,PC852, PC8TK, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, DESKTOP,PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS, MSPUBL, MATH8,PSMATH, VNMATH, PIFONT, LEGAL, ISO2, ISO4,ISO6, ISO10, ISO11, ISO 14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17,ISO21, ISO 25, ISO 57, ISO60, ISO61, ISO69, ISO84,ISO85, WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN, MCTEXT
LEFTMARGIN	Sets the left margin. 0 to 145 columnsRIGHTMARGIN Sets the right margin 10 to 155 columns
TOPMARGIN	Sets the top marginBOTMARGIN Sets the bottom margin.	0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
FORMLINES	Sets the number of lines per page.	5 to 128 lines
AUTOLF	Sets AUTO LF	ON or OFF
AUTOCR	Sets AUTO CR	ON or OFF
AUTOWRAP	Sets AUTO WRAP	ON or OFF
AUTOSKIP	Sets AUTO SKIP	ON or OFF

3. PostScript-Specific Variable

The currently defined PostScript specific variable is listed as follows. This variable can be set using the LPARM : POSTSCRIPT option.

Variable	Description Sample Value Range
PRTPSERRS	The printing of a PostScript error page is enabled or disabled by this variable	OFF, ON

6.3. Default Command

The DEFAULT command changes the User-Default environment which is stored in NV-RAM and it is activated following a PJL reset condition. The current print environment is not affected by the DEFAULT command, but when a PJL reset condition happens, this command takes effect. This doesn't change the current print environment, but is activated when a PJL reset condition happens.

It is recommended to restrict the use of the DEFAULT command when the printer is shared by several users such as in a network environment. This allows use of the standard print environment and avoids changing default features for each print job. If you have to change the default for a particular print job, use the SET command.

Syntax

@PJL DEFAULT [LPARAM : personality] variable = value [<CR>] <LF>

LPARM : Personality
This optional parameter is used to set personality-specific (emulation) environment variables.

• variable = Value

This parameter is used to set one of the environment variables to the specified value. For example, the @PJL DEFAULT RESOLUTION = 300 command sets the user-default resolution to 300 dpi. Use the @PJL INFO VARIABLES command to obtain valid variables and the range of values for each variable. This command can request the information directly from the printer.

Example

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT Control Panel Defaults <CR><LF>
@PJL DEFAULT PAGEPROTECT = LEGAL <CR><LF>
@PJL DEFAULT LPARM : PCL SYMSET = PC850 <CR><LF>
@PJL RESET <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

6.4. Initialize Command

The INITIALIZE command resets the PJL Current Environment and User Default Environment variables to the Factory Default values. I/O configuration values and the unsolicited status settings are not affected by this command.

It is recommended to restrict the use of the INITIALIZE command when the printer is shared by several users such as in a networking environment in order to use a standard environment and avoid having default features changed by different print jobs.

Syntax :

@PJL INITIALIZE [<CR>] <LF>

Parameters :

• The INITIALIZE command has no parameters.
- The INITIALIZE command resets the following environment variables to the Factory Default values.
- If any additional personality (emulation) is added to the printer, the printer may support more personality-specific variables than the variables listed. In any case, the INITIALIZE command resets the PJL Current and User Default environment values for all personalities to their factory default.

Example :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT setting to <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT factory defaults <CR><LF>
@PJL INITIALIZE <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

6.5. Reset Command

The PJL RESET command resets the PJL Current Environment variables to the User Default values.

Use this command at the end of any PJL jobs in which the PJL SET command was used.

Syntax

@PJL RESET [<CR>] <LF>

Parameters

• The RESET command has no parameters
- When an application such as a Spooler or Print Data Generator uses the SET command to set PJL variables, the application has to conclude with the RESET command (before the UEL command) to return the variables to the previous state.
- The RESET command resets the environment variables to their user default values. In any case, the RESET command resets the PJL Current settings for all personalities to the User Default values.
- Use the @PJL INFO VARIABLES command to obtain valid variables and the range of values for each variable. This command requests this information directly from the printer.

Examples

<ESC>% -12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT Reset variables to <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT control panel settings <CR><LF>
@PJL SET RESOLUTION = 300 <CR><LF>
@PJL SET RET = DARK <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E ....PCL job ...<ESC>% -12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT Reset to return to <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT control panel settings <CR><LF>
@PJL RESET <CR><LF>
<ESC>% -12345X

6.6. Set Command

The SET command enables you to change the value of PJL Current Environment variables during a PJL job until a PJL reset condition resets the default values.

Use this command to make a job-specific environment.

Syntax

@PJL SET [LPARAM : personality] variable = value [<CR>] <LF>

• LPARM : Personality
This optional parameter is used to set personality(emulation) -specific environment variables.

• variable = value

This parameter sets one of the environment variables to the specified value.

For example, @ PJL SET RESOLUTION = 300 command sets the current resolution to 300 dpi. For a list of variables and values, see the following table.

- Use the @PJL INFO VARIABLES to obtain valid variables and the range of values for each variable. This command can request this information directly from the printer.

Parameters

The printer control panel setting values and the feature settings stored in NV-RAM are not affected by the values modified with the SET command.
The setting values selected with the SET command are valid until the next PJL reset condition occurs.
If the SET command is used in a job, use the RESET command after the job to reset the printer to User default settings.

Examples:

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT Setting PCL job <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT to desired state <CR><LF>
@PJL SET RET = DARK <CR><LF>
@PJL SET PAGEPROTECT = OFF <CR><LF>
@PJL SET RESOLUTION = 600 <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC> E....PCL job .... <ESC>E
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL RESET <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

7. STATUS READBACK COMMANDS

7.1. Introduction

Applications can request, by sending a PJL command to the printer, information such as the configuration and status of the printer. The printer can be programmed to send back this information when requested and also can send back voluntarily unsolicited information of its status such as cover open, off-line state, toner empty, displayed prompt message on the LCD and other necessary information.

PJL Status Readback will help you to program the application to appropriately set the printer settings.

In this chapter, you can learn how to use PJL Status Readback in programming an application. The following Status Readback Commands are described :

INQUIRE ... requests the information of the specified PJL Default setting (PJL Current Environment) set by @PJL SET or @PJL RESET command
DINQUIRE ... requests the information of the specified User Default setting (User Default Environment) set by @PJL DEFAULT or @PJL INITIALIZE command or control panel
ECHO ... request the printer to send back to the host computer a comment for the purpose of synchronization with each other in order to start communication
INFO ... requests a specified category of information from the printer
USTATUS ... gives the printer permission to send back unsolicited information.
USTATUSOFF ... turns off all unsolicited status information set by USTATUS

Job Recovery is also described in this chapter.

7.1.1. Synchronization with the printer

The printer sends the status responses to the same I/O port as it received the request from. Therefore, in a shared or network environment, if the I/O port was used by another user and the printer is still processing the previous job, the printer may send a response of the status of the previous user's job against the request from the current application. In order to make sure that an application can receive correct responses for its request, it must synchronize itself with the printer by sending the ECHO command so as to be assured that the printer is ready for communication to you.

7.1.2. Basic format of status readback responses

The printer sends its status information to the host computer in the following format :

• starts with the @PJL prefix

• ends with a character

- All the data is in a readable ASCII format.

Each line in the PJL status responses is in the following format :

• starts with a specific keyword

• ends with

For example, the readback response against the @PJL DINQUIRE is :

@PJL DINQUIRE [LPARM : personality] variable<CR><LF> value<CR><LF> <FF>

The application must read all the data between the @PJL and codes. If the application can not understand the meaning of the lines, it must ignore them. Future printers may send currently unused keywords.

Refer to each command description to learn about the format of responses from the printer.

7.2. Inquire Command

The INQUIRE command is used in order to get the information of the current value of a specified variable in the PJL DEFAULT setting. (PJL environment). It is possible to get the information for variables the value of which PJL cannot change (Read-only).

This INQUIRE command can request only one variable at a time. If you would like to get the information from multiple variables, send multiple INQUIRE commands or the PJL INFO VARIABLES command which responds with all the variables in the PJL Default settings (PJL Default Environment).

Syntax

@PJL INQUIRE [LPARAM : personality] variable [<CR>] <LF>

Response Syntax

@PJL INQUIRE [LPARM : personality] variable <CR><LF>
value <CR><LF>
<FF>

If the variable is not supported by the printer, it returns the response in the following syntax :

@PJL INQUIRE [LPARM : personality] variable <CR><LF>
"?" <CR><LF>
<FF>

- LPARM : personality

This optional parameter must be used when requesting the information of printer language-specific variables, such as the font number in the PJL DEFAULT setting.

- variable : variable

This is a parameter which specifies which variable you would like to get the information about among the PJL Default settings (PJL Current Environment). The variables which can be used in this command are listed in Appendix A. You can also check by sending the @PJL INFO VARIABLES command to the printer.

- value

This is the value of the parameter requested by the variable parameter.

Examples

Example 1 :

This example requests the current print environment settings for RET, PAPER, and ORIENTATION :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT ***Requesting*** <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT about PJL Default Settings** <CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO 19:15:00 02-20-1993 <CR><LF>
@PJL INQUIRE RET <CR><LF>
@PJL INQUIRE PAPER <CR><LF>
@PJL INQUIRE ORIENTATION <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may return, for example, the following response against the above INQUIRE commands :

@PJL ECHO 19:15:00 02-20-1993 <CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INQUIRE RET<CR><LF>
LIGHT<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INQUIRE PAPER<CR><LF>
LETTER<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INQUIRE ORIENTATION<CR><LF>
PORTRAIT<CR><LF>
<FF>

Example 2 :

This example requests the PCL-specific settings.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT ***Inquiring PCL settings*** <CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO 19:20:05 02-20-1993 <CR><LF>
@PJL INQUIRE LPARM:PCL FONTSOURCE<CR><LF>
@PJL INQUIRE LPARM:PCL FONTNUMBER<CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may return the following response for the above INQUIRE commands :

@PJL ECHO 19:20:05 02-20-1993 <CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INQUIRE LPARM:PCL FONTSOURCE <CR><LF>
I<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INQUIRE LPARM:PCL FONTNUMBER <CR><LF>
13<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.3. DINQUIRE Command

The DINQUIRE command is used to get the information of the default value of a specific variable in the PJL Environment. (User Default Settings). It is also possible to get the value for variables which PJL cannot change (Read-only).

The returned value of User Default Settings is identical to the Control Panel Setting.

This DINQUIRE command can request only one variable at a time. If you would like to get information from more variables, send multiple DINQUIRE commands.

Syntax:

@PJL DINQUIRE [LPARAM : personality] variable [<CR>] <LF>

Response Syntax:

@PJL DINQUIRE [LPARM : personality] variable <CR><LF>
value <CR><LF>
<FF>

If the variable is not supported by the printer, it returns the response in the following syntax :

@PJL DINQUIRE [LPARM : personality] variable <CR><LF>
"?" <CR><LF>
<FF>

• LPARM : personality

This optional parameter must be used when requesting information about printer language-specific variables such as the font number in the User Default setting.

- variable

Variable is a parameter which specifies what you would like to get the information about among the User Default settings (User Default Environment). The valid variables are listed in the following tables.

- value

Value is the returned value for the requested variable. See the following tables to learn about values for specific variables.

Examples

Example 1 :

This example requests the current print environment settings for RET, PAPER, and ORIENTATION :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT ***Requesting*** <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT about User Default Settings** <CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO 20:30:00 02-20-1993<CR><LF>
@PJL DINQUIRE RET<CR><LF>
@PJL DINQUIRE PAPER<CR><LF>
@PJL DINQUIRE ORIENTATION<CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may return, for example, the following response against the above DINQUIRE commands:

@PJL ECHO 20:30:00 02-20-1993 <CR><I
<FF>
@PJL DINQUIRE RET<CR><LF>
LIGHT<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL DINQUIRE PAPER<CR><LF>
LETTER<CR>LF>
<FF>
@PJL DINQUIRE ORIENTATION<CR><LF>
LANDSCAPE<CR><LF>
<FF>

Example 2 :

This example requests the PCL-specific settings.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT ***Inquiring PCL settings*** <CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO 20:33:05 02-20-1993 <CR><LF>
@PJL DINQUIRE LPARM:PCL FONTSOURCE <CR><LF>
@PJL DINQUIRE LPARM:PCL FONTNUMBER <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may return the following response for the above DINQUIRE commands :

@PJL ECHO 20:33:05 02-20-1993 <CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL DINQUIRE LPARM : PCL FONTSOURCE <CR><LF>
I<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL DINQUIRE LPARM : PCL FONTNUMBER <CR><LF>
15<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.4. ECHO Command

The ECHO command requests the printer to send back a specified message, in order to ensure that the printer is ready for communication with the application and that the received answer from the printer is what the application requested. The application must send this command before starting PJL communication.

After sending the ECHO command, the application must ignore any status information from the printer before it receives the response from this command, because not receiving the response from this command means that the printer is still processing the previous job and its status information is for the previous job environment. When the application receives the correct response for the requested ECHO command, the printer is now ready for the application and you can be sure that the status information following is for the requested command by the application.

Syntax

@PJL ECHO [< words >] [<CR>] <LF>

Response Syntax

@PJL ECHO [< words >] <CR><LF>
<FF>

The beginning of this parameter must be a printable character. Then this parameter consists of characters from ASCII 33 to 255, space characters and horizontal tab characters.

This < words > parameter can be written without quotation marks as this is not a string of variables.

The parameter is recommended to be unique, distinguishable words from other print jobs, such as the time determined by the real time clock and user name, so as to confirm the received message from the printer is definitely the answer for the ECHO command which the application sent.

The length of the must be within 80 characters.

Parameters

Parameter Valid characters
	ASCII 33 to 255,,,

Example

The application sends the following example to the printer :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT the ECHO command follows <CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO This is a sample 22:03:00 <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer sends back the answer for the above ECHO command :

@PJL ECHO This is a sample 22:03:00 <CR><LF>
<FF>

After receiving the above answer, all the messages from the printer are the requested information from the application, except for unsolicited status information.

7.5. INFO Command

The INFO command requests the printer to send back information on a specific category of the printer such as 'ID' (model name), 'CONFIG' (printer configuration), 'MEMORY' (available printer memory), 'STATUS' (current printer status), 'VARIABLES' (list of setting variables), 'USTATUS' (list of unsolicited status variables), 'PAGECOUNT' (total printing page number of the printer), 'PHYSICALMEMORY' (Physical memory size of printer) as shown in the following table.

This INFO command can request the information from only one category at a time. If you would like to get the information from more categories, send multiple INFO commands.

Syntax

@PJL INFO category [<CR>] <LF>

Response Syntax

@PJL INFO category <CR><LF>
[lines of printable characters or <WS> with <CR><LF> at the end of each line]
<FF>

If the variable is not supported by the printer, it returns the response in the following syntax :

@PJL INFO category <CR><LF>
"? "<CR><LF>
<FF>

Parameters

Category	Information requesting
ID The printer model number. For example the HL-1660e will return 'Brother HL-1660e'.
CONFIG	A list of the printer configuration information (available options) within the format of the number of types and/or the description of each available type of;
	paper sources
	paper sizes
	languages
	USTATUS (unsolicited status) commands
	font sources
	RAM
	number of lines and characters on the LCD
MEMORY The total number of bytes of free memory space (user memory) and the largest free memory block.
STATUS The printer status of the current message displayed on the LCD, on-line/off-line status and the status code.
VARIABLES	A list of the current settings of all the environmental & language-specific variables and the selectable values for each variable
USTATUS A list of the current settings of all the unsolicited status variables and selectable values for each variable
PAGECOUNT Total number of pages the printer has printed.
PHYSICALMEMOR Physical printer memory. This value is the same as the response for INFO CONFIG.
FEATURES The list of the printer features.
OPTIONS The information of the options (HL-2460/3260N/1650/1670N/7050/
	1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/
	6050DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/
	4070CDW/2070N/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3040CN/3045CN/3070CW/3075CW/
	2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/31
	40CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L
	8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360
	DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1
	211W/1218W/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200
	DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CD
	W/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
INTRAYCONFIG The information of the paper cassette (HL-2460/3260N/1650/1670N/
	7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/
	6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/
	70W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3040CN/3045CN/3070CW/3075CW/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/41
	40CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170
	CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/
	L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361
	DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/121
	8W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L520
	2DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L3270CDW/3190CD
	W/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
OUTTRAYCONFIG The information of the paper output tray (HL-2460/3260N/1650/1670N/
	7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/
	6050D/6050DN8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/
	4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3040CN/3045CN/3070C
	W/3075CW/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S
	7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CD
	W(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260
	/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/121
	0W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW
	L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3
	230CDW/3160CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
DXCONFIG The information of the Duplex unit (HL-2460/3260N/1650/1670N/7050
	/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D
	6050DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/
	4070CDW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4150CDN/4570C
	DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/L8250CDN/L8260CD
	N/L8260CDW/L8350CDW(T)/L8360CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L2300/L2300D/L2320
	D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569
	DW/L5000D/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6
	202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160C
	DW/L3230CDN/L3210CW)
STORAGECONFIG The information of the memory device (HL-2460/3260N/1650/1670N/
	7050/1850/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/5170DN/6050/
	6050D/6050DN 8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/
	4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2140/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN(3040CN/3045CN/3070C
	W/3075CW/2130/2240D/2250DN/2270DW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/
	5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW/1110/1111/1112/1118/
	L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L8260CDW/L8260CDW/L8360CDW(T)/L9310CDW/L
	2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365
	DW/L2366DW/2569DW/1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W/1200/1201/1202/1208/L50
	0W/5580D/5585D/5595DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)/5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/
	L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW/L3270CDW/3190CDW/L3230CDW/3160CDW/L323
	0CDN/L3210CW)

7.5.1. ID category

The application can use @PJL INFO ID command to find out the printer model name. As the features of the printer may be changed by future revisions, the application should check them by using the @PJL INFO CONFIG command.

Example

The application sends the following command to the printer :

<ESC>% -12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL INFO ID <CR><LF>
<ESC>% -12345X

The printer sends back the answer for the above INFO command if the printer name is HL-1660e:

@PJL INFO ID<CR><LF>
"Brother HL-1660e"<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.5.2. CONFIG category

The application can use @PJL INFO CONFIG command to have the printer return a list of printer configuration information. The list consists of the information on paper sources, paper sizes, languages, USTATUS (unsolicited status) commands, font sources, RAM size, number of lines and characters on the LCD supported by the printer, with the format of the number of available types and/or the description of each type. The printer sends back a list of multiple information for one @PJL INFO CONFIG command.

Syntax:

@PJL INFO CONFIG <CR><LF>

Response Syntax:

@PJL INFO CONFIG <CR><LF>
feature [=value] [value feature information] <CR><LF>
[<HT>returned option[ attribute] <CR><LF>]
...
...
...
...
feature [=value] [value feature information] <CR><LF>
[<HT>returned option[ attribute] <CR><LF>]
<FF>

Parameter Range of Characters Description
feature	alphabetical letters (ASCII 65-90 or 97-122), numbers (ASCII 48-57)	Name of an item of the printer configuration :
feature	* Beginning with a letter for example )	IN TRAYS (paper sources)OUT TRAYS (output trays)PAPER (paper sizes)LANGUAGES (printer languages)USTATUS (unsolicited status)FONT CARTRIDGE SLOTSMEMORY (RAM size)DISPLAY LINES (number of lines available on the LCD)DISPLAY CHARACTER SIZE (number of characters available on the LCD) etc.
value	numbers	Value for the feature, or value which shows a number or range of options
feature	alphabetical letters (ASCII 65-90 or 97-122), numbers (ASCII 48-57)	Type of the following information:
	* separated from others by spaces ENUMERATED	RANGEREADONLYetc.
returned option	alphabetical letters (ASCII 65-90 or 97-122), numbers (ASCII 48-57)	An option of the item, such as PCL of the item of LANGUAGES
attribute	alphabetical letters (ASCII 65-90 or 97-122), numbers (ASCII 48-57)	Further information for a returned option . For example, a PC attribute following an INTRAY2 returned option indicates INTRAY2 means LC (optional tray2)

Example

The application sends the following command to the printer :

<ESC>% -12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL INFO CONFIG<CR><LF>
<ESC>% -12345X

The printer may send back the answer for the above INFO command :

@PJL INFO CONFIG<CR><LF>
IN TRAYS [1 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
INTRAY1 PC<CR><LF>
INTRAY2 LC<CR><LF>
OUT TRAYS [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
NORMAL FACEDOWN<CR><LF>
PAPER [9 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
LETTER<CR><LF>
LEGAL<CR><LF>
A4<CR><LF>
EXECUTIVE<CR><LF>
MONARCH<CR><LF>
COM10<CR><LF>
DL<CR><LF>
C5<CR><LF>
B5<CR><LF>
LANGUAGES [5 EMULATED]<CR><LF>
PCL<CR><LF>
POSTSCRIPT<CR><LF>
IBM<CR><LF>
EPSON<CR><LF>
HPGL<CR><LF>
USTATUS [4 ENUMERATED]
DEVICE<CR><LF>
JOB<CR><LF>
PAGE<CR><LF>
TIMED<CR><LF>
FONT CARTRIDGE SLOTS [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
CARTRIDGE<CR><LF>
CARTRIDGE1<CR><LF>
MEMORY=2097152<CR><LF>
DISPLAY LINES=1<CR><LF>
DISPLAY CHARACTER SIZE=16<CR><LF>
<FF>

In this example, IN TRAYS [2 ENUMERATED] indicates that there are two options in IN TRAYS (paper sources) and MEMORY=2097152 indicates the RAM size in the printer is 2097152 bytes.

7.5.3. MEMORY category

The application can use the @PJL INFO MEMORY command to check the size of total free memory and the largest free memory block in the printer.

The free memory size may vary according to the personality (printer language). In order to know the free memory size in PCL, use the *s1M (Free Space command) in the PCL status readback commands.

Example

The application sends the following command to the printer :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT the INFO MEMORY command follows<CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO This is a sample 2-28-1993 19:03:00<CR><LF>
@PJL INFO MEMORY<CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer sends back the answer for the above command :

@PJL ECHO This is a sample 2-28-1993 19:03:00<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INFO MEMORY<CR><LF>
TOTAL=159984<CR><LF>
LARGEST=53322<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.5.4. STATUS category

The application can use the @PJL INFO STATUS command to check the printer on-line/off-line status, the current message on the LCD and a status code. The ONLINE=TRUE indicates the printer is online, while the ONLINE=FALSE shows it is off-line. Refer to the list of the PJL Status Codes in the Appendix for the meanings of the returned status codes.

Example

The application sends the following command to the printer :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL<CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT the INFO STATUS command follows<CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO This is a sample 2-28-1993 19:10:00<CR><LF>
@PJL INFO STATUS<CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer sends back the answer for the above command when BR-Script mode and letter sized paper are selected and it is in idle status:

@PJL ECHO This is a sample 2-28-1993 19:10:00<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INFO STATUS<CR><LF>
CODE=10001<CR><LF>
DISPLAY="00 IDLE 001P LT"<CR><LF>
ONLINE=TRUE<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.5.5. VARIABLES category

The application can send the @PJL INFO VARIABLES command to get a list of possible variables for printer environment settings, possible language-specific variables, the current settings for both and the possible values or range for those variables. Refer to the "Environment Variables" in Chapter 6 for more information about the variables for the environment settings.

The language-specific variables returned from the printer depend on the current environment and are indicated with LPARM: personality.

The value and options for the FONTSOURCE variable depend on the installed font sources such as cartridge, downloaded permanent soft fonts.

The range of fonts listed for FONTNUMBER variable is only for the current font source. The upper limit value of the range varies according to the number of fonts in the current font source.

Example

The application sends the following command to the printer :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT the INFO VARIABLES command <CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO This is a sample 2-28-1993 19:35:00 <CR><LF>
@PJL INFO VARIABLES <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may send back the answer for the above command :

@PJL ECHO This is a sample 2-28-1993 19:35:00 <CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INFO VARIABLES<CR><LF>
COPIES=3 [2 RANGE]<CR><LF>
1<CR><LF>
999<CR><LF>
PAPER=LETTER [9 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
LETTER<CR><LF>
LEGAL<CR><LF>
A4<CR><LF>
EXECUTIVE<CR><LF>
MONARCH<CR><LF>
COM10<CR><LF>

C5<CR><LF>
DL<CR><LF>
B5<CR><LF>
ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
PORTRAIT<CR><LF>
LANDSCAPE<CR><LF>
FORMLINES=60 [2 RANGE]
5<CR><LF>
128<CR><LF>
MANUALFEED=OFF [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
ON<CR><LF>
RET=MEDIUM [4 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
LIGHT<CR><LF>
MEDIUM<CR><LF>
DARK<CR><LF>
PAGEPROTECT=OFF [4 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
LETTER<CR><LF>
LEGAL<CR><LF>
A4<CR><LF>
RESOLUTION=600 [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
300<CR><LF>
600<CR><LF>

PERSONALITY=AUTO EPSON [8 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
AUTO<CR><LF>
PCL<CR><LF>
POSTSCRIPT<CR><LF>
Interactive<CR><LF>
IBMProprinterXL<CR><LF>
EPSONFX850<CR><LF>
HPGL<CR><LF>
TIMEOUT=10 [2 RANGE]<CR><LF>
1
99
INTRAY1=UNLOCKED [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
UNLOCKED<CR><LF>
LOCKED<CR><LF>
INTRAY2=UNLOCKED [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
UNLOCKED<CR><LF>
LOCKED<CR><LF>
AUTOCONT=ON [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
ON<CR><LF>
LOWTONER=OFF [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
ON<CR><LF>
INTRAY1SIZE=LETTER [9 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
LETTER<CR><LF>
LEGAL<CR><LF>
A4<CR><LF>
EXECUTIVE<CR><LF>
MONARCH<CR><LF>
COM10<CR><LF>
C5<CR><LF>
DL<CR><LF>
B5<CR><LF>
INTRAY2SIZE=LEGAL [9 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
LETTER<CR><LF>
LEGAL<CR><LF>

A4<CR><LF>
EXECUTIVE<CR><LF>
MONARCH<CR><LF>
COM10<CR><LF>
C5<CR><LF>
DL<CR><LF>
B5<CR><LF>
LPARAM:PCL FONTSOURCE=I [4 EMULATED]<CR><LF>
I<CR><LF>
C<CR><LF>
C1<CR><LF>
S<CR><LF>
LPARAM:PCL FONTNUMBER=0 [2 RANGE]<CR><LF>
0<CR><LF>
70<CR><LF>
LPARAM:PCL PITCH=10.00 [2 RANGE]<CR><LF>
0.44<CR><LF>
99.99<CR><LF>
LPARAM:PCL PTSIZE=12.00 [2 RANGE]<CR><LF>
4.00<CR><LF>
999.75<CR><LF>
LPARAM:PCL SYMSET=ROMAN8 [43 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
ROMAN8<CR><LF>
ISOL1<CR><LF>
ISOL2<CR><LF>
...
WIN30<CR><LF>
HPGERM<CR><LF>
HPSPAN<CR><LF>
MCTEXT<CR><LF>
LPARAM:POSTSCRIPT PRTPSERRS=OFF [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
ON<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.5.6. USTATUS category

The application can send the @PJL INFO USTATUS command to check the possible unsolicited status types of the printer and the current setting value and possible values for them.

Syntax

@PJL INFO USTATUS [<CR>] <LF>

Response Syntax

@PJL INFO USTATUS <CR><LF>
variable=value [value feature information] <CR><FF>
[<HT>returned option <CR><LF>]
...
...
...
...
variable=value [value feature information] <CR><FF>
[<HT>returned option <CR><LF>]
<FF>

Parameters

VariableValue	Description
DEVICE ON Makes unsolicited device status valid for any status change
	VERBOSE Makes unsolicited device status valid for any of PJL parser warning, error and status change
	OFF Makes unsolicited device status invalid for any status change
JOB ON Makes unsolicited job status (reporting job start/job end) valid
	OFF Makes unsolicited job status invalid
PAGE ON Makes unsolicited page status (reporting respective page printed and OFF Makes unsolicited page status invalid
TIMED 5 to 300 Makes timed unsolicited status (allowing the printer to send back unsolicited status after an interval specified in seconds) valid
	0 Turns TIMED USTATUS off (Makes timed unsolicited status invalid)

Example

The application sends the following command to the printer :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT the INFO USTATUS command <CR><LF>
@PJL ECHO This is a sample 2-28-1993 21:15:00 <CR><LF>
@PJL INFO USTATUS <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may send back the following answer for the above command :

@PJL ECHO This is a sample 2-28-1993 21:15:00 <CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL INFO STATUS<CR><LF>
DEVICE=VERBOSE [3 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
ON<CR><LF>
VERBOSE<CR><LF>
JOB=ON [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
ON<CR><LF>
PAGE=ON [2 ENUMERATED]<CR><LF>
OFF<CR><LF>
ON<CR><LF>
TIMED=0 [2 RANGE]<CR><LF>
5<CR><LF>
300<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.6. USTATUS Command

Sending the USTATUS command makes unsolicited printer status (sending the printer status information to the host computer automatically without being requested for it) valid or invalid. If the unsolicited status is set to ON with the USTATUS command, the printer sends unsolicited status information to the host computer at the time interval set by USTATUS TIMED command from when the status changes. On the other hand, the DINQUIRE, INQUIRE and INFO commands make the printer send a response only once, just after they are received.

The printer status to be sent to the host computer are ;

• Device status changes - printer cover open, paper jams, paper out, etc
• Job status changes - completion of the printing of a job, receiving a JOB command
• Page status changes - ejecting a printed page

All the unsolicited status information (USTATUS DEVICE, JOB, PAGE and TIMED) is turned off at once by the USTATUSOFF command. Each status can be turned off individually by the corresponding USTATUS command.

The USTATUS TIMED command specifies after which time period the printer sends the unsolicited status information and is turned off by setting the time increment to zero with this command.

To get information about the current settings or possible settings for unsolicited status, use the INFO USTATUS command.

Syntax

@PJL USTATUS variable = value [<CR>] <LF>

Response Syntax

@PJL USTATUS variable <CR><LF>
returned option [printable characters or <WS>] <CR><LF>
...
...
...
...
returned option <CR><LF>
<FF>

Parameters

VariableValue	Description
DEVICE ON Makes unsolicited device status valid for any status change (printer errors)
	VERBOSE Makes unsolicited device status valid for any PJL parser warning, error and status changes
	OFF Makes unsolicited device status invalid for any status change
JOB ON Makes unsolicited job status (reporting job start/job end) valid
	OFF Makes unsolicited job status invalid
PAGE ON Makes unsolicited page status (reporting respective page printed and OFF Makes unsolicited page status invalid
TIMED 5 to 300 Makes timed unsolicited status (allowing the printer to send back unsolicited status after an interval specified in seconds) valid
	0 Turn TIMED USTATUS off (Makes timed unsolicited status invalid)

7.6.1. Device variable

The @PJL USTATUS DEVICE command allows the printer to send status messages when the printer status changes. The printer will send the status by the status code shown in the table below.

Status code Status

10000 - 10999 Status information such as printer on-line or off-line.

11000 - 11999 Status of available paper in paper input sources, such as paper empty and auto-switching to another paper source.

20000 - 20999 PJL parser errors. The entire command line of a PJL command is ignored when an error (except for code 20004) occurs.

25000 - 25999 PJL parser errors. Part of a PJL command is ignored when the error occurs.

27000 - 27999 PJL semantic errors, which means that they are grammatically acceptable but cannot be executed. For example, attempting to lock the only unlocked paper tray causes this error.

30000 - 30999 Errors which do not stop the printing procedure if the CONTINUE is set to AUTO (auto continue mode). If the CONTINUE mode is set to STOP, the printer stops printing and goes to off-line status and only resumes when the CONTINUE or SEL key are pressed.

Status code Status

35000 - 25999 Errors which may cause incorrect printing results, such as loss of some print data on a page. The operator's intervention may be required.

40000 - 40999 Errors such as paper empty, cover open or paper jams which suspend printing until the operator takes the corresponding corrective action.

41000 - 41999 Errors in the paper source such as running out of paper in the current paper tray and none available from any other paper sources.

Example

Example 1 :

The application sends the following command to the printer :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL USTATUS DEVICE = VERBOSE <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may send back the answer for the above command :

@PJL USTATUS DEVICE<CR><LF>
CODE=40021<CR><LF>
DISPLAY='12 COVER OPEN '<CR><LF>
ONLINE=FALSE<CR><LF>
<FF>

Example 2 :

When the following wrong PJL command is sent :

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL USTATUS DEVICE = VERBOSE <CR><LF>
@PJL ECO wrong sample 3-6-1993 23:12:00 <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may send back the answer for the above command :

@PJL USTATUS DEVICE<CR><LF>
CODE=20002<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.6.2. JOB variables

The @PJL USTATUS JOB = ON command allows the printer to send the job processing status. This is sent to the application whenever a JOB and EOJ command is issued so that the application knows when a job starts and ends.

Example

The application sends the following commands to the printer.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL USTATUS JOB = ON <CR> <LF>
@PJL JOB NAME = "JOB 88554" <CR> <LF>
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR> <LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR> <LF>
<ESC>E . . . PCL Job . . . <ESC>E <ESC>%-12345X
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL EOJ NAME = "JOB 88554" <CR> <LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may send back the answer for the above command.

@PJL USTATUS JOB<CR><LF>
START<CR><LF>
NAME="JOB 88554"<CR><LF>
<FF>
[ . . time period while job is printing . . . ]
@PJL USTATUS JOB<CR><LF>
END<CR><LF>
NAME = "JOB 88554"<CR><LF>
PAGES=5<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.6.3. PAGE variable

The @PJL USTATUS PAGE = ON command allows the printer to send the information about the print completion of a particular page. Using this command, you can monitor the job process on a page-by-page basis.

Example

The application sends the following commands to the printer.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL USTATUS PAGE = ON <CR> <LF>
@PJL JOB <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E . . . Four-page PCL Job . . . <ESC>E
<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL EOJ <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may send back the answer for the above command.

@PJL USTATUS PAGE<CR><LF>
1<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL USTATUS PAGE<CR><LF>
2<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL USTATUS PAGE<CR><LF>
3<CR><LF>
<FF>
@PJL USTATUS PAGE<CR><LF>
4<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.6.4. TIMED variable

The @PJL USTATUS TIMED = XXX command enables the printer to send printer status information to the application at the specified time period.

This time interval can be set to 0 and from 5 to 300 seconds. If set to 0, this function is turned off. If set to any value between 5 and 300, the printer automatically sends to the application "CODE = XXXXX" (a status code number), "DISPLAY =XXXXXXXXXX" (the message currently displayed on the printer's control panel), and "ON LINE = XXXXXXXX" (printer's on-line/off-line status) at the specified time interval.

Example

The application sends the following commands to the printer.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL USTATUS TIMED = 30 <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

The printer may send back the answer for the above command.

@PJL USTATUS TIMED<CR><LF>
CODE=10001<CR><LF>
DISPLAY="00 READY 001P LT"<CR><LF>
ONLINE=TRUE<CR><LF>
<FF>

7.7. USTATUSOFF Command

The @PJL USTATUSOFF command makes all unsolicited status reporting inactive.

Syntax

@PJL USTATUSOFF [<CR>] <LF>

Parameters

There are no parameters for this command.

Example

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL USTATUSOFF <CR><LF>
@PJL USTATUS DEVICE = ON <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

7.8. JOB Recovery

You can recover a failed job with the combination of JOB and EOJ commands and the USTATUS PAGE command. JOB/EOJ commands inform the printer of the beginning and ending of each job and the USTATUS PAGE command informs the application of completion of printing of each page of a job.

When the spooler finds a job failure, it can recover the failed job. It can send the JOB command with the START option. The START page should be set to the last printed page, which can be found by the USTATUS PAGE command.

8. DEVICE ATTENDANCE COMMANDS

8.1. Introduction

You can change display messages on the printer control panel by using PJL. The Operator can be alerted by this feature to what specific actions should be taken. This chapter shows you three device attendance commands.

RDYMSG

By using this command, you can change the message "00 READY" on the printer control panel into whatever message you like. This command does not change the printer's online/offline state.

OPMSG

By using this command, the printer can display a message you specify on the printer switch panel LCD and set the printer to off-line (non-ready state for printing).

STMSG

By using this command, the printer can display a message you specify on the printer control panel LCD and the printer will go off-line. After the operator puts the printer back on-line by the on-line / off-line key, the printer name is returned by the printer to the application.

8.2. RDYMSG Command

With the RDYMSG command, you can change the message "00 READY" on the printer control panel into a specified message. The printer will be kept online.

Syntax

@PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY = "message" [<CR>] <LF>

Parameters

Parameter	Functional	Range	Default
DISPLAY = "message" ASCII 33 and ASCII		N/A
35 through 255,
<HT>

DISPLAY = "message"

You can use any combination of characters available on the printer except for the quotation marks (ASCII 34) up to 16 characters total including spaces or horizontal tab. Characters must be enclosed in double quotes.

Comments :

This RDYMSG command keeps the printer online. You can display whatever message you like, for example, job name, person name etc..
@PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY = "" This command returns the display to "00 READY".

Example :

The following example shows how to display the name of person who is printing the job.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL JOB NAME = "Tom's job" <CR><LF>
@PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY = "TOM'S JOB" <CR><LF>

The following is an example of how to restore the display to the normal ready message.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL COMMENT Normal READY message <CR><LF>
@PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY = "" <CR><LF>
@PJL EOJ NAME = "End of Tom's Job" <CR><LF>
<ESC>%-12345X

8.3. OPMSG Command

With the OPMSG command, you can display any message you like on the printer switch panel LCD. The printer will go off-line and stop printing until the operator presses the ON LINE key or resets the printer (Press SHIFT key and RESET key, then press SET key.)

Syntax

@PJL OPMSG DISPLAY = "message" [<CR>] <LF>

Parameters

Parameter	Functional	Range	Default
DISPLAY = "message" ASCII 33 and ASCII		N/A
35 through 255,

DISPLAY = "message"

You can use any combination of characters available on the printer except for the quotation marks (ASCII 34) up to 16 characters in total including spaces or horizontal tab. Characters must be enclosed in double quotes.

Example

The following example shows how to display "LOAD C5 ENVELOPE" on the printer switch panel.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL JOB NAME = "JOB C5 envelope" <CR><LF>
@PJL OPMSG DISPLAY = "LOAD C5 ENVELOPE" <CR><LF>
@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E This is C5 Envelope<ESC>E

8.4. STMSG Command

With the STMSG command, you can display any message you like on the printer switch panel LCD. The printer will go off-line and stop printing until the operator presses the ON LINE key or resets the printer (Press SHIFT key and RESET key, then press SET key.) When the printer is put back to on-line by the operator, the printer returns a status message giving the name of the key.

Syntax

@PJL STMSG DISPLAY = "message" [<CR>] <LF>

Return Syntax

@PJL STMSG DISPLAY = "message" <CR><LF>
key <CR><LF>
<FF>

Parameters

Parameter	Functional	Range	Default
DISPLAY = "message"	ASCII 33 and ASCII	N/A
	35 through 255,
	<HT>
key	ONLINE,	RESET	N/A

DISPLAY = "message"

key

After the operator presses the key in order to put the printer back to on-line, this variable will be returned with the status response.

Example

Following example shows how to display "LOAD LETTER SIZE" on the printer switch panel LCD.

<ESC>%-12345X@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL STMSG DISPLAY = "LOAD LETTER SIZE" <CR><LF>
@PJL <CR><LF>
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = PCL <CR><LF>
<ESC>E... PCL job ...<ESC>E<ESC>%-12345X

If the operator press the ONLINE key,

@PJL STMSG DISPLAY = "LOAD LETTER SIZE"<CR><LF>
ONLINE<CR><LF>
<FF>

9. INDEX

C

COMMENT command .... 11

conditions 8

context switching 12

D

DEFAULT command 58

DEMOPAGE....10

Device Attendance command 78

DINQUIRE command 63

E

ECHO command 64

emulation switching 11

end of Job 14

ENTER command 11

Environment commands 15

EOJ command 14

EPSON-specific variables 44

EXECUTE command 10

explicit switching 12

F

format....6

I

IBM-specific variables 47

implicit switching....12

INFO command 65

CONFIG category 67

ID category 67

MEMORY category 69

STATUS category 70

USTATUS category 72

VARIABLES category 70

information line 11

INITIALIZE command 58

INQUIRE command 62

invalid command 7

J

JOB Command 13

job name 13

JOB recovery 77

K

Kernel command 10

0

OPMSG command 79

P

PCL-specific variables 40, 52, 57

PERMFONT....11

PJL RESET command 59

PostScript-specific variable 57

print environment 15

PRTCONFIG....11

R

RDYMSG command 78

reset conditions 16

RESIFONT 10

S

SET command 59

SHUTDOWN 10

start of job 13

Status Readback commands 61

STMSG command 79

syntax....6

rules....6

U

UEL command 10

Universal Exit Command 10

USTATUS command 73

Device variable 74

JOB variables 75

PAGE variables 76

TIMED variable 76

USTATUSOFF command 77

V

variable 7

variables....18

CHAPTER 6 EPSON FX-850

COMMAND LIST....3
INTRODUCTION....5
EMULATION DETAILS....6

3.1. Ignored Commands 6
3.2. Resolution 6

TERMINOLOGY....7

4.1. Syntax 7
4.2. Conventions....7

CONTROLLING THE PRINTER 8

5.1. The Control Panel 8
5.2. Control codes....8
5.3. Escape sequence 8

COMMANDS....9

6.1. Basic printer operations....9
6.2. Page set up....13
6.3. Line Spacing....15
6.4. Using Tabs....16
6.5. Using Standard Characters ...... 17
6.6. Using customized characters ......23
6.7. Graphics....24

INDEX 28

1. COMMAND LIST

NUL	Null	9
BEL	Bell	9
SP	Space	9
BS	Backspace	9
CR	Carriage	return	9
LF	Line	Feed	9
FF	Form	Feed	9
Esc SP n Set inter-character space 10
Esc a n Select justification mode 10
Esc $ n1 n2 Set absolute print position			10
Esc \n1 n2	Set relative print position		10
Esc <	Select unidirectional printing		10
Esc U	Select / cancel unidirectional printing		10
Esc =	Set data MSB to 0		11
Esc >	Set data MSB to 1		11
Esc #	Cancel MSB setting		11
Esc x n	Select near letter quality or draft		11
Esc s n	Select / cancel half speed mode		11
DC1	Enable printer		11
DC3	Disable printer		11
Esc @	Initialize printer		11
Esc CR mode	Reset printer / change emulation mode		12
Esc CR ! # R	User reset		12
Esc EM n	Paper input control		12
Esc 9	Enable out-of-paper sensor		13
Esc 8	Disable out-of-paper sensor		13
Esc C n	Set page length		13
Esc C NUL n	Set page length		13
Esc l n	Set left margin		13
Esc Q n	Set right margin		13
Esc N n	Set perforation skip		13
Esc O	Cancel perforation skip		14
Esc 2	Select 1/6" line spacing		14
Esc 0	Select 1/8" line spacing		14
Esc 1	Select 7/72" line spacing 14
Esc A n	Select n/72" line spacing 14
Esc 3 n	Select n/216" line spacing		14
Esc J n	Perform n/216" line feed 14
Esc j n	Perform n/216" reverse line feed		15
Esc D n1 n2 n3 ... NUL			15
Set horizontal tab stops
HT	Horizontal	tab
Esc B n1 n2 n3 ... NUL			15
Set vertical tab stops
Esc b n m1 m2 m3 ... NUL			16
Set vertical channel tab stops
Esc / n	Select vertical tab channel		16
VT	Vertical	tab
Esc P	Set pitch to 10 characters per inch		16
Esc M	Set pitch to 12 characters per inch		17
Esc p n	Select / cancel proportional spacing		17
SI	Select condensed character mode I		17
Esc SI	Select condensed character mode II		17
DC2	Cancel condensed character mode		17
Esc E	Select emphasized character mode		17
Esc F	Cancel emphasized character mode		17
Esc G	Select double-strike mode		18

Esc H Cancel double-strike mode 18

Esc W n Select / Cancel double-width printing 18

SO Select single-line double-width printing (I) 18

Esc SO Select single-line double-width printing (II) 18

DC4 Cancel single-line double-width printing 18

Esc 4 Select italic mode 19

Esc 5 Cancel italic mode 19

Esc S n Select superscript / subscript mode 19

Esc T Cancel superscript / subscript mode 19

Esc w n Select / cancel double-height printing 19

Esc - n Select / cancel underline mode 19

Esc ! n Select printing mode 20

Esc 6 Select expansion of printable code area 20

Esc 7 Cancel expansion of printable code area 20

Esc 1 n Expand printable code area 20

Esc R n Select international character set 21

Esc t n Select italic / graphic character table 21

Esc & NUL n1 n2 (n3 ) 22

Define characters

Esc % n NUL Select standard / downloaded characters 22

Esc:000 Copy ROM character to RAM 23

Esc * m n1 n2 < image data > 23

Select image mode

Esc ? n m Reassign image mode 23

Esc ^ a n1 n2 Print 9 bit image 24

Esc K n1 n2 25

Print single-density image

Esc L n1 n2 25

Print double-density image

Esc Y n1 n2 26

Print double-speed double-density image

Esc Z n1 n2 26

Print quadruple-density

2. INTRODUCTION

In this mode you can control the HL-Series printers that support this emulation directly by incorporating control codes and escape sequences into your program. Alternatively, applications software (for example, your word-processing or spreadsheet software) may send the necessary commands to the printer automatically. Check the manual that came with your software for instructions on how to use your application with an Epson FX-850 printer.

3. EMULATION DETAILS

The following points should be borne in mind when using the printer in Epson FX-850 mode.

3.1. Ignored Commands

The following commands are ignored: the BEL control code (ASCII code 7) which is normally used to sound a printer's bell, the DC1 (ASCII 17) and DC3 (ASCII 19) control codes, used to enable and disable a printer, the Esc 9 and Esc 8 commands, which normally enable and disable the out-of-paper sensor, the Esc < and Esc U commands for enabling unidirectional printing and the Esc x control code for choosing between near letter quality and draft printing.

In addition, commands that try to change the printer's printing speed cannot do so, since the HL-Series printers always print as fast as they can. Hence, the Esc s command, to select or cancel half-speed printing mode, is also ignored, and the Esc Y escape sequence (Print Double-Speed, Double-Density Image), performs the same function as the Esc L (Print Double-Density Image) command.

3.2. Resolution

The resolution of our recent printers is 600 dots per inch. (HL-2060/1650/1670N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW supports 1200dpi.) Some instructions use fractions of an inch by which 600 is not exactly divisible, for example Esc J performs a line feed using a line spacing of n/216". Similarly, there are graphics commands which specify resolutions of 72, 120 and 240 dots per inch. When a line spacing or graphic cannot be implemented exactly at 600 dots per inch the printer approximates as closely as possible using 600 dots per inch.

4. TERMINOLOGY

4.1. Syntax

The following conventions are used in this description of the Epson FX-850 mode software commands:

A single letter, two or three-letter control code mnemonic, or number in upright bold text is a literal character and should be sent to the printer as the character code.

A letter or word in italics is a variable and you must substitute an appropriate value when you use the command.

A statement element enclosed in angle brackets consists of a stream of data whose length is defined within the same command. The data consists of numbers represented by bytes which are sent to the printer as if they were ASCII character codes.

4.2. Conventions

Although the machine is a laser printer and does not physically have a print head, for the purposes of this emulation description, we refer to the location on the page at which the printer is currently positioned to print as the print position.

The printable area is the area of the page where the printer can place a dot.

The bits that comprise a byte of data are numbered 1 to 8. Bit 1 is the least significant bit (LSB) and bit 8 is the most significant bit (MSB).

The lower case 'L' character is shown as an 'I' in the Esc1 printer command, to distinguish it from the character 'l' (onc).

5. CONTROLLING THE PRINTER

Commands are invoked using either control codes or escape sequences. You can send them to the printer as part of a program using the same command that you would use to print a string on the printer. For example in BASIC you would use the LPRINT command.

The printer's control panel can also be used to set various operating parameters. Try to ensure that the control panel settings and computer generated settings do not conflict with one another, or you may not get the results you require.

5.1. The Control Panel

Refer to the printer User's Guide for a description of how to use the printer's control panel switches. You should be aware, however, that the following can be set using the control panel: automatic line feed (a line feed is performed with every carriage return), auto mask (two-line top and bottom margins are automatically used on every page), paper size, top, bottom, left and right margins, the number of lines of text per page, orientation (portrait or landscape), the current font and the emulation mode. Conflict between control panel settings and the settings you establish with software commands (or from applications software) is by far the most likely cause of unexpected printing results. Use this manual in conjunction with the printer User's guide to resolve these conflicts.

5.2. Control codes

Control codes are ASCII codes that instruct the printer to perform a particular operation, such as a line feed. You can send a control code to the printer by sending the same type of instruction you would use to print a character using its ASCII code number. For example, the ASCII code for a form feed is 12, so to make the printer perform a form feed use the following BASIC statement:

LPRINT CHR\$(12);

The CHR\$ operator is normally used to convert an ASCII code into its corresponding character.

5.3. Escape sequence

Escape sequences tell the printer what Epson FX-850 mode function to perform. An escape sequence consists of the Esc character followed by one or more characters which define the operation to be performed. Send an escape sequence to the printer by sending the same type of instruction you would use to print characters using their ASCII codes. Some escape sequences require parameter values or data following them, for example, commands which turn a particular feature on and off, or commands for printing graphic images. Numerical parameter data, too, is sent to the printer as if it were a character code to be printed. For example, to move the print position to the third column position on the page the required escape sequence is Esc HT 3. In BASIC this would be:

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(9); CHR\$(3);

In some instances where a numerical parameter can only take the values 0 or 1, you have a choice between sending the number or the character code itself as the numerical parameter. Hence you can use CHR\(0) or CHR\(48) to represent 0, and use CHR\(1) or CHRS(49) to represent 1. The practice of using character code numbers CHR\(48) and CHR\$(49) is not recommended, however, as it is not conducive to clear programming and, in any case, is not universally available on commands whose parameters can only be either 0 or 1.

6. COMMANDS

6.1. Basic printer operations

The most common printer operations are described in this section. Some are invoked using control codes alone - the rest require escape sequences. For the sake of completeness, several instructions which are part of the Epson FX-850 mode instruction sets, but which an HL Series printer ignores are included.

Null

NUL (0) <00h>

NUL (ASCII code 0) is ignored.

Bell

BEL (7) <07h>

BEL (ASCII code 7) is ignored.

Space

SP (32) <20h>

The SP control code (ASCII code 32) moves the current print position one space to the right. LPRINT CHR\$(32); 'Print a space

Backspace

BS (08) <08h>

- The BS control code (ASCII code 8) moves the current print position one space to the left.

- This code is only effective when used with left justification, which is the default justification mode. LPRINT CHR\$(8); 'Backspace

Carriage return

CR (13) <0Dh>

- The CR control code (ASCII 13) moves the print position to the left margin on the current line.

- If automatic line feed is on, this code moves the current print position to the left margin on the next line. On some printers you can turn on automatic line feed using the control panel switches. LPRINT CHR\$(13); 'Carriage return

Line feed

LF (10) <0Ah>

- The LF control code (ASCII code 10) moves the current print position down one line, using the current line space setting.

• This code does not cause a carriage return to be performed.

- If the print position is such that this operation would move it below the bottom margin, the current page is ejected and the print position is moved to the top of the next page instead.

Form feed

FF (12) <0Ch>

- The FF control code (ASCII code 12) ejects the current page and moves the current print position to the top of the next page, unless the current page is blank.

- This code does not cause a carriage return to be performed, hence the print position does not change horizontally.

- If the current page is blank this control code has no effect. LPRINT CHR\$(12); 'Form feed

Set inter-character space

EscSPn (27) (32)n <1Bh><20h>n

This command allows you to set the space between successive characters.
n is the space between characters in multiples of 1/120".
n must be in the range 0 to 127.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(32); CHR\$(5); 'Set 1/24" char space

Select justification mode

Escan (27) (97)n <1Bh><61h>n

This command allows you to select the justification mode for subsequent text.
Set n to 0 to select left justification.
Set n to 1 to centre subsequent text.
Set n to 2 to select right justification.
Set n to 3 to select full justification (text will be both left and right justified).
The default justification mode is left justification.
The horizontal tab, HT, and backspace, BS, control codes can only be used in left justification mode. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(97); CHR\$(2); 'Right justify text

Set absolute print position

Esc\$n1n2 (27) (36)n1n2 <1Bh><24h>n1n2

This command allows you to print characters a specified distance in from the left margin.
• The unit of movement is 1/60".
• The specified distance to be moved is n_1+(n_2*256)/120" .
If the specified position is to the right of the right margin the command is ignored. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(36); CHR\(120); CHR\(0); 'Print a line 2" in

Set relative print position

Esc\n1n2 (27) (92)n1n2 <1Bh><5Ch>n1n2

This command allows you to print characters a specified distance to the left or right of the current print position.
• The unit of movement is 1/120".
If you wish to move the print position to the right, the distance the print position is to be moved is calculated as (n_i + (n_2 * 256)) / 120" .
If you wish to move the print position to the left, the distance the print position is to be moved is calculated as (65536 - (n_1 + (n_2 * 256))) / 120
If the specified position is beyond the left or right margin the command is ignored. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(36); CHR\(180); CHR\(0); 'Print a line 1.5" to the right

Select unidirectional printing

Esc< (27) (60) <1Bh><3Ch>

This command has no effect.

Select / cancel unidirectional printing

EscU (27) (85) <1Bh><55h>

This command has no effect.

Set data MSB to 0

Esc= (27) (61) <1Bh><3Dh>

This command enables you to set the most significant bit of incoming data bytes to 0.
This command does not affect data comprising a graphics image or data that defines a downloadable character.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(61); 'Set MSB to 0

Set data MSB to 1

Esc> (27) (62) <1Bh><3Eh>

This command enables you to set the most significant bit of incoming data bytes to 1.
This command does not affect data comprising a graphics image or data that defines a downloadable character.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(62); 'Set MSB to 1

Cancel MSB setting

Esc# (27) (35) <1Bh><23h>

This command cancels the two commands that set the most significant bit of incoming data bytes (Esc = and Esc >).

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(35); 'Cancel MSB setting

Select Near Letter Quality or Draft

Escxn (27) (120)n <1Bh><78h>n

The printer ignores this command.

Select / cancel half speed mode

Escsn (27) (115)n <1Bh><73h>n

The printer ignores this command.

Enable printer

DC1 (17) <11h>

The printer ignores this command.

Disable printer

DC3 (19) <13h>

The printer ignores this command.

Initialize printer

Esc@ (27) (64) <1Bh><40h>

This command resets the printer.
All remaining data is printed out and the printer default settings are restored. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(64); 'Printer reset

Reset printer / change emulation mode

EscCR (27) (13) mode <1Bh><0Dh>mode

This command enables you to switch emulation mode or to reset the printer.
Change emulation mode by setting mode to the appropriate letter or pair of letters. Set mode to 'D' to switch to Diablo mode, 'H' to switch to LaserJet mode, 'I' to switch to IBM Proprinter XL mode, 'AB' to switch to BR-Script Batch mode, 'AI' to switch BR-Script Interactive mode, 'GL' to switch to HP-GL mode.
If you set mode to 'E' in Epson FX-850 mode, a printer reset is performed.
If you set mode to 'FD', to reset the printer to its factory default settings, LaserJet mode (the factory default emulation mode) is selected and the LaserJet factory default environment is restored. For a list of the factory default settings see the sub-section "Factory default environment" in Chapter 2 "PCL" of this manual.
On receiving this command the printer prints any remaining data and performs a page eject (unless the current page is blank). The newly selected emulation mode's default settings come into effect, except when mode is set to 'FD'.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(13); CHR\$(73); 'Change to IBM Proprinter mode

User reset

EscCR!#R (27)(13)(33)#(82) <1Bh><0Dh><21h>#<52h>

- # = 0, the printer restores to the current user setting.

- # = 1, the printer restores to user settings 1.

- # = 2, the printer restores to user settings 2.

Paper Input Control

EscEMn (27) (25)n <1Bh><19h>n

n Value HL-1660c/2060/3260N/2460/7050/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN//5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

n = 0 Initialize the feeder mode.

n = 1 Feed from the MP tray. (Except for HL-8050N)

n = 2 Feed from Tray 1.

n = 3 Feed from Tray 2.

n = 4 Feed from Tray 3.

n = 5 Feed from Tray 4.(Only HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N)

n = R Ejcct paper.

n Value HL-1050

n = 0 Initialize the feeder mode.

n = 1/2 Feed from the tray.

n = R Ejcct paper.

n Value HL-1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN/2700CN

n = 0 Initialize the feeder mode.

n = 1 Feed from the Tray 1.

n = 2 Feed from the Tray 2.

n = R Eject paper.

n Value HL-2070N

n = 0 Initialize the feeder mode.

n = 2 Feed from the tray.

n = R Eject paper.

Enable out-of-paper sensor

Esc9

(27) (57)

<1Bh><39h>

The printer ignores this command.

Disable out-of-paper sensor

Esc8

(27) (56)

<1Bh><38h>

The printer ignores this command.

6.2. Page set up

Set page length

EscCn

(27) (67) n

<1Bh><43h>n

This command sets the page length in lines.

EscCNULn (27) (67) (00)n <1Bh><43h><00h>n

This command sets the page length in inches.
The top of form position is set to be the current line.
n is the number of lines that make up one page, or the length of the page in inches, according to which form of the command is used.
If the first form of the command is used ( n = the number of lines in the page) the current line spacing setting is used to determine the length of the page.
If the first form of the command is used, n must be in the range 1 to 127.
If the second form of the command is used (n = page length in inches), n must be in the range 1 to 14. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(67); CHR\$(40); '40 lines per page LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(67); CHR\(0); CHR\(11); '11 inches per page

Set left margin

Escln

(27) (108)n

<1Bh><6Ch>n

This command sets the left margin in columns from the left edge of the page. The width of a column is the current character width.
In proportional spacing mode a column width of 1/10" is adopted.
• This command clears all tab settings.
The minimum space allowed between the left and right margins is 1/5". LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(108); CHR\$(10); 'Left margin 1" at 10 cpi

Set right margin

EscQn

(27) (81)n

<1Bh><51h>n

This command sets the right margin in columns from the left edge of the page. The width of a column is the current character width.
In proportional spacing mode a column width of 1/10" is adopted.
• This command clears all tab settings.
The minimum space allowed between the left and right margins is 1/5". LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(81); CHR\$(72); 'Right margin 6" at 12 cpi

Set perforation skip

EscNn

(27) (78) n

<1Bh><4Eh>n

This command sets the bottom margin and enables perforation skip, that is, whenever the print position reaches the bottom margin the printer performs a page eject and moves the print position to the top of the next page.
n = the number of lines at the current line spacing setting between the bottom margin and the bottom edge of the paper.
n must be in the range 1 to 127.
Esc C (Set Page Length) and Esc O (Cancel Perforation Skip) cancel automatic perforation skip.

- If the bottom margin specified by this command would be located above the top margin, the command is ignored.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(78); CHR\$(4); 'Set bottom margin to 4 lines.

Cancel perforation skip

EscO

(27) (79)

<1Bh><4Fh>

This command cancels the automatic perforation skip feature.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(79); 'Cancel perforation skip.

6.3. Line Spacing

Select 1/6" line spacing

Esc2

(27) (50)

<1Bh><32h>

- This command sets the line spacing to 1/6". All subsequent line feed operations will move the print position 1/6" down the page.

- This line spacing is the default setting when the printer is switched on or reset. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(50); 'Set line spacing to 1/6''.

Select 1/8" line spacing

Esc0

(27) (48)

<1Bh><30h>

This command sets the line spacing to 1/8". All subsequent line feed operations will move the print position 1/8" down the page.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(48); 'Set line spacing to 1/8".

Select 7/72" line spacing

Esc1

(27) (49)

<1Bh><31h>

- This command sets the line spacing to 7/72". All subsequent line feed operations will move the print position 7/72" down the page.

- Since the printer resolution is 600 dots per inch the line spacing will not be exactly 7/72". LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(49); 'Set line spacing to 7/72".

Select n/72" line spacing

EscAn

(27) (65)n

<1Bh><41h>n

This command sets the line spacing to n/72". All subsequent line feed operations will move the print position n/72" down the page.
Since the printer's resolution is 600 dots per inch the line spacing will not be exactly n / 72 ".
n must be in the range 1 to 85.
If n is outside the range 1 to 85 the default line spacing, 1/6" is selected. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(65); CHR\$(10); 'Set line spacing of 10/72".

Select n/216" line spacing

Esc3n

(27) (51)n

<1Bh><33h>n

This command sets the line spacing to n/216". All subsequent line feed operations will move the print position n/216" down the page.
Since the printer's resolution is 600 dots per inch the line spacing will not be exactly n / 216 ".
n must be in the range 1 to 255. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(51); CHR\$(25); 'Select line spacing of 25/216".

Perform n/216" line feed

EscJn

(27) (74) n

<1Bh><4Ah>n

This command performs a single line feed, moving the print position down the page by n / 216 .
This command does not perform a carriage return.
The current line spacing setting is not affected.
n must be in the range 0 to 255.
The actual vertical distance moved may not be exactly the distance you specify due to the printer's 600 dots per inch resolution.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(74); CHR\$(54); '1/4" line feed

Perform n/216" reverse line feed

Escjn (27) (106)n <1Bh><6Ah>n

This command performs a single reverse line feed, moving the print position up the page by n/216".

This command does not perform a carriage return.
The current line spacing setting is not affected.
n must be in the range 0 to 255.
The actual vertical distance moved may not be exactly the distance you specify due to the printer's 600 dots per inch resolution.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(106); CHR\$(108); '1/2" line feed

6.4. Using Tabs

Set horizontal tab stops

EscDn1n2n3...NUL (27) (68)n1n2n3... (00) <1Bh><44h>n1n2n3...<00h>

This command enables you to set up to 32 horizontal tab stops based on the current character width.
The character width setting is determined by the combination of the current pitch (10 or 12 characters per inch) and the current character mode (condensed, normal or double-width). If proportional spacing is being used the character width is based on a pitch of 10 characters per inch.
The tab stops must be set in ascending order. If you invoke the command with the tabs in any other order all horizontal tab settings are cleared.
• The value of n_i must be in the range 0 to 255.
Once you have selected the tab settings they remain fixed - their position does not change if you change the character pitch or character width settings.
To set up a group of equally spaced tab stops use the Esc e 0 command.
Esc D 0 clears all horizontal tab settings.
The default tab stop settings are at every eighth column, starting at the ninth column. The default column width is 1/10".
The default settings are adopted when the printer is first switched on or when you perform a reset with the Esc @ instruction.
You can move the print position to the tab stops using the HT control code. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(68); CHR\(10); CHR\(20); CHR\$(0); 'Set tab stops at columns 10 and 20.

Horizontal tab

HT (09) <09h>

The HT control code (ASCII code 9) moves the current print position one tab stop to the right.
The command is ignored if there are no tab stops to the right of the current print position or if the next tab stop is beyond the right margin.

LPRINT CHR\$(9); 'Tab

Set vertical tab stops

EscBn1n2n3...NUL (27) (66)n1n2n3... (00) <1Bh><42h>n1n2n3...<00h>

This command enables you to set up to sixteen vertical tab stops based on the current line space setting.
The tab stops must be set in ascending order. If you specify the tab settings in any other order, any settings made with a previous Esc B command are cleared.
• The value of n_i must be in the range 0 to 255.
• Vertical tab settings are not affected by subsequent changes in the line spacing setting.
To set up a group of equally spaced tab stops use the Esc e 1 command.
Esc B 0 clears the vertical tab settings set with a previous Esc B command.
You can move the print position to the tab stops using the VT control code. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(66); CHR\(12); CHR\(24); CHR\$(0); 'Set tab stops at lines 12 and 24.

Set vertical channel tab stops

Escbnm1m2m3...NUL (27) (98) nm1m2m3... (00) <1Bh><62h>nm1m2m3...<00h>

You can set up to eight different sets of vertical tab stops and select any of these sets for use at any time. Each set of tab stops is called a channel - channels are numbered from 0 to 7.
Channel 0 normally holds the settings you have selected with the Esc B command, or equally spaced tab settings that you have set with the Esc e 1 command. However, you can also set the channel 0 tab settings using the Esc b command.
• To set the tab stops held in channels 1 to 7 you must use the Esc b command.
This command enables you to set up to sixteen vertical tab stops for each channel based on the current line space setting.
n is the channel number whose tab stops are to be set.
m_i specifies the tab based on the current line space setting.
The value of m_i must be in the range 0 to 255.
The tab stops must be set in ascending order. If you specify a channel's tab settings in any other order, any previous settings made for that channel are cleared.
• Vertical tab settings are not affected by subsequent changes in the line spacing setting.
Esc b n 0 clears the vertical tab settings set for channel n.
You can select a channel using the Esc / command and move the print position to its tab stops using the VT control code.

'Set tab stops at lines 10 and 20.

Select vertical tab channel

Esc/n (27) (47)n <1Bh><2Fh>n

This command allows you to select a set of vertical tabs (or channel) that you defined using the Esc b command.
All subsequent vertical tab commands use the selected tab channel's settings.
n must be in the range from 0 to 7.
The default channel is channel 0. Channel 0 is the current channel when the printer is first switched on or after a reset with the Esc @ command.
• There are no default vertical tab settings for any channel.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(47); CHR\$(5); 'Select vertical tab channel 5

Vertical tab

VT (11) <0Bh>

The VT control code (ASCII 11) moves the current print position one vertical tab stop down the page. The current vertical tab channel's settings are used.
If you have not previously selected a vertical tab channel with the Esc / command, channel 0, the default channel is used.
If you have not set any vertical tab stops for the current channel with either the Esc B, Esc b, or Esc e 1 commands, the print position is moved down one line using the current line space setting.
If there are no tab stops below the current print position a line feed is performed.
If no tab stops have been set a carriage return and line feed are performed.

LPRINT CHR\$(11); ' Vertical tab

6.5. Using Standard Characters

Set pitch to 10 characters per inch

EscP (27) (80) <1Bh><50h>

This command sets the printing pitch to 10 characters per inch (cpi).

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(80); 'Set pitch to 10 cpi

Set pitch to 12 characters per inch

EscM

(27) (77)

<1Bh><4Dh>

This command sets the printing pitch to 12 characters per inch (cpi).

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(77); 'Set pitch to 12 cpi

Select / cancel proportional spacing

Escpn

(27) (112)n

<1Bh><70h>n

This command allows you to turn proportional spacing on or off.
Setting n to 1 turns proportional spacing on. Subsequent text is printed proportionally spaced.
Setting n to 0 turns proportional spacing off. Subsequent text is printed monospaced.
When you specify the value for n you can use the character codes for '0' and '1' (48 and 49) instead of 0 and 1.
Selecting proportional spacing cancels condensed character mode.
You cannot use the backspace, BS, code in proportional spacing mode.
If you change the character pitch using Esc P or Esc M, proportional spacing is automatically turned off. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(112); CHR\$(1); 'Turn proportional spacing on

Select condensed character mode I

(15)

<0Fh>

This command selects condensed character mode. Subsequent text characters are condensed horizontally when printed.
Selecting proportional spacing cancels condensed character mode.
LPRINT CHR\$(15); 'Set condensed character mode

Select condensed character mode II

EscSI

(27) (15)

<1B><0F>

This command selects condensed character mode. Subsequent text characters are condensed horizontally when printed.
Selecting proportional spacing cancels condensed character mode.
• This command functions exactly like the SI control code.
LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(15); 'Set condensed character mode

Cancel condensed character mode

DC2

(18)

<12h>

This command cancels condensed character mode. Subsequent text characters are printed normally.

LPRINT CHR\$(18); 'Cancel condensed character mode

Select emphasized character mode

EscE

(27) (69)

<1Bh><45h>

This command turns emphasized character mode on. Subsequent text is printed with a bold stroke width.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(69); 'Turn emphasized character mode on

Cancel emphasized character mode

EscF

(27) (70)

<1Bh><46h>

This command turns emphasized character mode off. Subsequent text is printed with a medium stroke width.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(70); 'Turn emphasized character mode off

Select double-strike mode

EscG (27) (71) <1Bh><47h>

This command turns double-strike mode on. Subsequent text is printed with a bold stroke width.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(71); 'Turn double-strike printing mode on

Cancel double-strike mode

EscH (27) (72) <1Bh><48h>

This command turns double-strike mode off. Subsequent text is printed with a medium stroke width.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(72); 'Turn double-strike printing mode off

Select / cancel double-width printing

EscWn (27) (87)n <1Bh><57h>n

This command turns double-width printing on or off.
If n is set to 1 subsequent text is printed using double-width characters. The line spacing setting is doubled.
If n is set to 0 subsequent text is printed using normal sized characters. The previous character pitch setting is restored.
When you specify a value for n you may also use the character codes for '0' and '1' (48 and 49) instead of 0 and 1.
Only Esc W 0 can be used to cancel double-width printing mode set using the Esc W 1 instruction.
Esc W 0 cancels double-width printing mode set using the Esc W 1 instruction, the SO control code or the Esc SO instruction.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(87); CHR\$(1); 'Set double-width printing mode

Select single-line double-width printing (I)

SO (27) <0Eh>

This command turns double-width printing mode on for one line only. The subsequent line of text is printed using double-width characters and with the line spacing setting doubled.
The following commands cancel double-width printing mode set using the SO control code: LF, FF, VT, Esc W 0, DC4, and ESC @.
If the "auto LF" (automatic line feed) function has been turned on from the control panel, the carriage return control code, CR, will also cancel double-width printing mode selected with the SO control code.
LPRINT CHR\$(14); 'Set double-width printing mode for one line

Select single-line double-width printing (II)

EscSO (27) (14) <1Bh><03h>

This command turns double-width printing mode on for one line only. The subsequent line of text is printed using double-width characters and with the line spacing setting doubled.
The following commands cancel double-width printing mode set using the SO escape sequence: LF, FF, VT, Esc W 0, DC4, and ESC @.
If the "auto LF" (automatic line feed) function has been turned on from the control panel, the carriage return control code, CR, will also cancel double-width printing mode selected with the Esc SO escape sequence.

- This command functions exactly like the SO control code. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(14); 'Set double-width printing mode for one line

Cancel single-line double-width printing

DC4 (20) <14h>

- This control code cancels single-line double-width mode set with the SO control code or with the Esc SO escape sequence. Subsequent text is printed using normal sized characters.

- The previous character pitch is restored. LPRINT CHR\$(20); 'Cancel enlarged character mode set with SO

Select italic mode

Esc4

(27) (52)

<1Bh><34h>

This command enables the italic printing mode. Subsequent text is printed in italic style.
You can still use italic text even after selecting the extended character set with the Esc t command. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(52); 'Italic mode

Cancel italic mode

Esc5

(27) (53)

<1Bh><35h>

This command cancels the italic printing mode. Subsequent text is printed upright.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(53); 'Cancel italic mode

Select superscript / subscript mode

EscSn

(27) (83)n

<1Bh><53h>n

This command allows you to print superscripts or subscripts.
Set n to 0 to print subsequent text using superscript characters.
Set n to 1 to print subsequent text using subscript characters.
When you specify the value for n you may use the character codes for '0' and '1' (48 and 49) instead of 0 and 1.
Selecting either superscript or subscript mode cancels double-height printing mode.
You can cancel either superscript or subscript mode with the Esc T command. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(83); CHR\$(0); 'Turn on superscript mode

Cancel superscript / subscript mode

EscT

(27) (84)

<1Bh><54h>

This command cancels superscript or subscript printing mode.
Subsequent text is printed using normal characters.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(84); 'Turn off superscript mode

Select / cancel double-height printing

Escwn

(27) (119)n

<1Bh><77h>n

This command turns double-height printing on or off.
If n is set to 1 subsequent text is printed using double-height characters. The line space setting is doubled.
If n is set to 0 subsequent text is printed using normal sized characters. The previous line spacing is restored.
When you specify a value for n you may also use the character codes for '0' and '1' (48 and 49) instead of 0 and 1.
You cannot use superscript, subscript or condensed printing modes in conjunction with double-height printing. If you try to select any of these three modes while in double-height printing the command will be ignored.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(119); CHR\$(1); 'Set double-height printing mode

Select / cancel underline mode

Esc-n

(27) (45) n

<1B><2D>n

This command turns character underlining on or off.
If n is set to 1 subsequent text is printed underlined. All characters, including space characters, are underlined with a continuous line.
• Horizontal tabbed spaces are never underlined.
• If n is set to 0 subsequent text is not underlined.
When you specify a value for n you may also use the character codes for '0' and '1' (48 and 49) instead of 0 and 1.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(45); CHR\$(1); 'Underline following text

Select printing mode

Esc!n

(27) (33) n

<1Bh><21h>n

This command allows you to select a combination of printing modes with just one command.
The various modes are weighted as shown. Add the numbers that correspond to each mode you require and set n to the total.

10 characters per inch 0
12 characters per inch 1
Proportional spacing 2
Condensed mode 4
Emphasized mode 8
Double-strike mode 16
Double-width mode 32
Italic printing 64
Underline mode 128

- Double-strike and emphasized modes are identical.

- Proportional spacing overrides either character pitch setting (10 cpi or 12 cpi).

- Proportional spacing and condensed mode cannot be combined. Proportional spacing has precedence. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(33); CHR\$(138); 'Proportionally space, emphasize & underline following text.

Select expansion of printable code area

Esc6

(27) (54)

<1Bh><36h>

- This command enables you to print characters whose character codes are in the range 128 to 159.

- You can define your own characters and assign codes in this range to them.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(54); 'Expand printable area

Cancel expansion of printable code area

Esc7

(27) (55)

<1Bh><37h>

This command prevents you from printing characters with codes in the range 128 to 159.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(55); 'Cancel codes 128-159

Expand printable code area

EscIn

(27) (73) n

<1Bh><49h>n

- This command permits you to enable or disable the printing of characters whose character codes are in the ranges 0 to 31 and 128 to 159. You can define your own characters and assign codes in these ranges to them.

- Set n to 1 to enable printing of characters in the ranges 0 to 31 and 128 to 159.

- Set n to 0 to disable printing of characters in the ranges 0 to 31 and 128 to 159.

- When you specify the value for n you can use the character codes for '0' and '1' (48 and 49) instead of 0 and 1 if you wish.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(73); CHR\$(1); 'Expand printable area

Select international character set

EscRn

(27) (82)n

<1Bh><52h>n

This command selects one of the available international character sets, refer to the printer User Guide for supported character sets.
Each character set varies slightly from the others and contains a small number of special characters necessary for printing in that particular language.
The selection you make with this command does not affect any italic or graphics character table selection that you may have made with the Esc t command.
The character sets listed below, plus several others, can also be selected from the printer's control panel.
The character sets available and the corresponding values of n are as follows:

US ASCII 0 Japanese 8

French I 1 Norwegian 9

German 2 Danish II 10

UK ASCII I 3 UK ASCII II 13

Danish I 4 French II 14

Swedish 5 Dutch 15

Italy 6 South African 16

Spanish 7

- If you have selected the graphics character table with the Esc t 1 command the following additional character sets are available.

Norwegian set I 17 IBM set I 19

Norwegian set II 18 IBM set II 20

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(82); CHR\$(3); 'Select British char set

Select italic / graphics character table

Esctn

(27) (116)n <1Bh><74h>n

This command allows you to choose between two character tables - the italic character table and the graphics character table.
The two tables are shown in the Epson FX-850 section of the appendix at the end of this manual.
Set n to 0 to select the italic character table. Character codes in the range 160 to 255 are now italic characters.
Set n to 1 to select the extended character table. Character codes in the range 128 to 255 are now foreign language and graphics characters.
You can still print italic characters using the Select Italic Mode, Esc 4, command even when you have selected the graphics character table.

6.6. Using customized characters

Define characters

Esc&NULn 1 n 2 (n _3 ) (27)(38)(00)n1n2(n3...) <1Bh><26h><00h>n1n2(n3...)

This command enables you to define and download characters for printing.
Monospaced characters are designed on a grid eleven dots wide by nine dots high. Characters either occupy the top 8 rows of the grid (ascending characters) or rows 2 to 9 of the grid (descending characters).

Blank columns Character width
BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Define characters - 1

text_image

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Replication area 11 12 Rows 1 - 8 Rows 2 - 9

Proportionally spaced characters are subject to the same height constraints (that is, eight dots high and either ascending or descending). The width of proportionally spaced characters is specified by the value in n3 .
n_j is the character code of the first character in the sequence to be defined.
n_2 is the character code of the last character in the sequence to be defined.
It is assumed that you are defining a sequence of characters whose code numbers increment by one for each character as default. If this is not the case, you must split the characters you are defining into sets of characters with contiguous code numbers and use a separate command for each set.
Each character is defined as a series of bytes - each byte defining a column of dots. The columns are read from left to right in the order in which they occur in the definition. The most significant bit of each byte represents the top dot of the column, and the least significant bit represents the bottom dot. Simply set a bit to 1 to print a dot in that position on the grid, or to 0 to print white space.
The MSB (bit 8) of n_3 specifies whether the defined character is an ascender or a descender. Set bit 8 to 0 when defining an ascender, and to 1 for a descender. Ascending characters occupy the top 8 rows of the grid while descending characters occupy rows 2 to 9 of the grid.
Bits 5 to 7 of n_3 specify the number of columns left blank to the left of the defined character in proportional spacing mode. The number of columns to skip is the number held in bits 5 to 7 minus 1. Up to six columns can be skipped. Hence, if you set this number to 4 it is equivalent to setting the first three character definition data bytes to 0.
Bits 1 to 4 of n_3 specify the width in columns of the defined character in proportional spacing mode. The width in columns is the number held in bits 1 to 4. Characters can be up to fifteen columns wide, including skipped blank columns.
Downloaded characters are selected using the Esc % 1 NUL command and then printed by sending the appropriate character codes.

Select standard / downloaded characters

Esc%nNUL (27) (37)n(00) <1Bh><25h>n<00h>

Once you have defined and downloaded one or more customized characters using the Esc & command, you can choose between the normal characters contained in the printer ROM and the characters you have downloaded.
Set n to 0 to select the printer standard characters. In this mode you cannot print any of your own defined characters.
Set n to 1 to select your own downloaded characters for printing. Now you can print using your user-defined characters but you cannot print any of the printer standard characters unless you have previously downloaded them to RAM as well, using the Esc : Copy ROM to RAM command.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(37); CHR\(1); CHR\(0); 'Select downloaded characters

Copy ROM character to RAM

Esc:000 (27) (58) (00) (00) (00) <1Bh><3Ah><30h><30h><30h>

In order to use your own customized characters in conjunction with the standard characters contained in the printer, you must first download the printer standard ROM characters to the printer RAM, then define and download your own customized characters, and finally select the downloaded characters for printing using the Esc % 1 NUL escape sequence. This has the effect of inserting your custom characters into the standard character set in place of the standard characters with the same character codes.
This command enables you to download the printer current character set to its RAM. The printer current character set consists of whichever combination of international character set and italic or graphic character table you have selected.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(58); CHR\(0); CHR\(0); CHR\$(0); 'Copy printer's characters to its RAM

6.7. Graphics

Select image mode

Esc*mn1n2 (27)(42)mn1n2.... <1Bh><2Ah>mn1n2....

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line at a selected horizontal resolution.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256^*n_, + n_, bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
m defines the horizontal resolution at which the image will be printed. m must be in the range 0 to 7. A value of 0 selects 60 dots per inch, 1 and 2 select 120 dots per inch, 3 selects 240 dots per inch, 4 selects 80 dots per inch, 5 selects 72 dots per inch, 6 selects 90 dots per inch and 7 selects 144 dots per inch.
• Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.
• Images are printed left to right.
Images are printed at a horizontal resolution determined by your selection and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch. The printer attempts to match your chosen horizontal resolution as best it can using its 600 dpi resolution.
You can only use this command in portrait orientation.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255

20 LPRINT "*** ESC * m n1 n2 ***"

30 FOR M=0 TO 6

40 LPRINT "m=";M

50 ' * SELECT BIT IMAGE MODE *

60 LPRINT CHR\(27);"*";CHR\(M);CHR\(240);CHR\(0);

70 FOR I=1 TO 8

80 N=2^I-1

90 FOR J=1 TO 30

100 LPRINT CHR\$(N);

110 NEXT J:NEXT I:LPRINT

120 NEXT M:END

*** ESC * m n1 n2 ***

Sample 9

Reassign image mode

Esc?cm (27) (63) cm <1Bh><3Fh>cm

- This command enables you to redefine the horizontal resolution attached to a particular image mode. Hence, you could assign a density of 90 dots per inch to the image mode normally associated with 60 dots per inch, which is selected with the Esc K command. All subsequent Esc K commands would then generate images with a horizontal density of 90 dots per inch.

c is the character which signifies the graphics mode: K = single-density (60 dpi), L = double-density (120 dpi), Y = double-speed, double-density (120 dpi) and Z = quadruple-density (240 dpi).
m defines the new horizontal resolution to be assigned to the specified graphics mode. m must be in the range 0 to 7. A value of 0 selects 60 dots per inch, 1 and 2 select 120 dots per inch, 3 selects 240 dots per inch, 4 selects 80 dots per inch, 5 selects 72 dots per inch 6 selects 90 dots per inch and 7 selects 144 dots per inch.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(63); CHR\(90); CHR\(7); 'Change quad density to 144 dpi

Print 9 bit image

Esc^an1n2

(27) (92) an1n2

<1Bh><5Eh>an1n2

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of vertical 9-dot columns that comprise the image.
a defines the horizontal density of the image. Set a to 0 for a horizontal density of 60 dots per inch, and to 1 for an approximate horizontal density of 120 dots per inch.
The image consists of 256^*n_2 + n_1 columns of data, each column representing a single vertical column of 1/8".
Each pair of bytes represents a vertical column of nine dots, the most significant bit of the first byte representing the dot at the top of the column, the least significant bit of the first byte representing the second dot from the bottom, and the MSB of the second byte representing the dot at the bottom of the column. Bits 1 to 7 of the second byte are not used. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.
Images are printed from left to right.
Images are printed at a horizontal resolution of 60 or approximately 120 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.
You can only use this command in portrait orientation.

10 WIDTH "LPT1", 255
20 LPRINT "*** ESC ^ m n1 n2 ***"
30 LPRINT "--STANDARD DENSITY--"
40 M=0
50 GOSUB 120
60 LPRINT
70 LPRINT
80 LPRINT "--DOUBLE-DENSITY--"
90 M=1
100 GOSUB 120
110 END
120 FOR A=1 TO 10
130 LPRINT CHR(27); "^";CHR(M);CHR(10);CHR(0);
140 LPRINT CHR(8);CHR(128);CHR(20);CHR(0);
150 LPRINT CHR(34);CHR(128);CHR(65);CHR(0);
160 LPRINT CHR(128);CHR(128);CHR(65);CHR(0);
170 LPRINT CHR(34);CHR(128);CHR(20);CHR(0);
180 LPRINT CHR(8);CHR(128);CHR(0);CHR(0);
190 NEXT A
200 RETURN
** ESC ^ m n1 n2 ***
Sample 10

Print single-density image

EscKn 1 n 2 (27) (75)n1n2... <1Bh><4Bh>n1n2...

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256^*n, + n_j bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
• Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.
• Images are printed from left to right.
Images are printed at a horizontal resolution of 60 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.

- You can only use this command in portrait orientation.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 LPRINT "*** ESC K n1 n2 ***"
30 FOR I=1 TO 5
40 ' * STANDARD DENSITY BIT IMAGE MODE *
50 LPRINT CHR(27); "K"; CHR(160); CHR$(0);
60 FOR J=1 TO 8
70 FOR K=1 TO 20
80 N=2^J-1
90 LPRINT CHR$(N);
100 NEXT K
110 NEXT J
120 LPRINT
130 NEXT I:END
*** ESC K n1 n2 ***
Sample 11

Print double-density image

EscLn 1 n 2 (27) (76)n1n2... <1Bh><4Ch>n1n2...

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256^*n_2 + n_1 bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.
• Images are printed from left to right.
Images are printed at an approximate horizontal resolution of 120 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.

- You can only use this command in portrait orientation.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 LPRINT "*** ESC L n1 n2 ***
30 FOR I=1 TO 5
40 '*' DOUBLE-DENSITY BIT IMAGE MODE *
50 LPRINT CHR(27); "L"; CHR(160); CHR$(0);
60 FOR J=1 TO 8
70 FOR K=1 TO 20
80 N=2^J-1
90 LPRINT CHR$(N);
100 NEXT K
110 NEXT J
120 LPRINT
130 NEXT I:END

*** ESC L n1 n2 ***

Sample 12

Print double-speed double-density image

EscYn 1 n 2 (27)(89)n1n2.... <1Bh><59h>n1n2....

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256^*n, + n_j bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
• Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.
• Images are printed from left to right.
Images are printed at an approximate horizontal resolution of 120 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.
You can only use this command in portrait orientation.
The printer always prints as fast as possible, hence this command is the exact equivalent of the Esc L command.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 LPRINT "*** ESC Y n1 n2 ***"
30 FOR I=1 TO 5
40 '*' DOUBLE-SPEED & DOUBLE-DENSITY BIT IMAGE MODE *
50 LPRINT CHR(27); "Y"; CHR(160); CHR$(0);
60 FOR J=1 TO 8
70 FOR K=1 TO 20
80 N=2^J-1
90 LPRINT CHR$(N);
100 NEXT K
110 NEXT J
120 LPRINT
130 NEXT I:END
** ESC Y n1 n2 ***
Sample 13

Print quadruple-density image

EscZn 1 n 2 (27) (90)n1n2.... <1Bh><5Ah>n1n2....

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256^*n_, + n_, bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.
Images are printed from left to right.
Images are printed at an approximate horizontal resolution of 240 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.

- You can only use this command in portrait orientation.

10 WIDTH "LPT1;", 255
20 LPRINT "*** ESC Z n1 n2 ***"
30 FOR I=1 TO 5
40 ' * QUADRUPLE-DENSITY BIT IMAGE MODE *
50 LPRINT CHR(27); "Z", CHR(160); CHR$(0);
60 FOR J=1 TO 8
70 FOR K=1 TO 20
80 N=2^J-1
90 LPRINT CHR$(N);
100 NEXT K
110 NEXT J
120 LPRINT
130 NEXT I:END
*** ESC Z n1 n2 ***
Sample 14

7. INDEX

9

9 bit image 25

A

absolute print position 10

B

Backspace....9

C

Carriage return 9

characters

define 23

condensed character 18

control codes 8

control panel 8

D

data MSB 11

double-density image 26

double-height printing 20

double-speed double-density image 27

double-strike mode 19

double-width printing 19

downloaded characters 23

E

emphasized character mode.... 18

emulation mode 12

Escape sequences 8

F

feeder mode 12

Form feed 9

H

horizontal tab stops 16

I

image mode 24

Initialize....11

inter-character space 10

international character set 22

italic / graphics character table 22

italic mode 20

J

justification mode 10

L

left margin 13

line feed 15

Line feed 9

line spacing 15

P

page length 13

perforation skip 13

pitch 17

printable code area 21

printing mode 21

proportional spacing 18

Q

quadruple-density image 27

R

relative print position 10

resolution 6

reverse line feed 16

right margin 13

ROM character 24

S

single-density image 26

single-line double-width printing 19

space 9

subscript mode 20

superscript mode 20

syntax....7

U

underline mode 20

unidirectional printing 10

user reset 12

V

vertical tab channel 17

vertical tab stops 16

CHAPTER 7 IBM PROPRINTER XL

COMMAND LIST....3
INTRODUCTION....5
EMULATION DETAILS....6

3.1. Ignored Commands....6

3.2. Resolution 6

3.3. Character Set selection....6

3.4. Controlling the Printer 6

3.5. Control Codes 6

3.6. Escape sequences....6

NOTATION USED IN THIS EMULATION DESCRIPTION ....7

4.1. Syntax 7
4.2. Data Conventions....7

COMMANDS......8

5.1. Basic Printer Operation 8
5.2. Page Format 11
5.3. Using Characters 14
5.4. Graphics....18

INDEX 21

1. COMMAND LIST

NUL	Null	8
BEL	Bell	8
ESC	Escape	8
SP	Space	8
BS	Backspace	8
LF	Line	Feed	8
FF	Form	Feed	8
CR	Carriage	return	8
Esc5n Automatic line feed 9
DC1	Enable	printer	9
EscQ22	Disable printer		9
EscQ3	Disable printer		9
EscCRmode	Reset printer / change emulation mode		9
EscCR!#R	User reset	9
EscEMn	Paper input control		10
EscCn	Set page length		11
EscCNULn	Set page length		11
EscXmn	Set left and right margins		11
EscNn	Set perforation skip		11
EscO	Cancel perforation skip		11
Esc0	Set 1/8" line spacing 12
Esc1	Set 7/72" line spacing		12
EscAn	Save n/72" line spacing		12
Esc2	Activate n/72" line spacing		12
Esc3n Set n/216" line feed			12
EscJn	Execute n/216" line feed		12
EscDn1n2n3...NUL			13
Set horizontal tab stops
EscBn1n2n3...NUL			13
Set vertical tab stops
HT	Horizontal	tab
VT	Vertical	tab
EscR	Restore default tab settings		13
Esc7	Select character set I		14
Esc6	Select character set II		14
DC2	Set pitch to 10 cpi		14
Esc:	Set pitch to 12 cpi		14
EscPn	Proportional spacing		14
SI	Set condensed character mode		14
EscE	Set emphasized character mode		14
EscF	Cancel emphasized character mode		14
SO	Set enlarged character mode for a single line		15
DC4	Cancel enlarged character mode		15
CAN	Cancel		15
EscWn	Enlarged character mode		15
EscSn	Set superscript or subscript character mode		15
EscT	Cancel superscript or subscript character mode		15
Esc-n	Underline mode		16
Esc_n Continuous overline mode			16
Esc[@n1n2n3n4n5n6			16
Select double-height / double-width mode
Esc\n1n2
Select character from the All Character Code table
Esc^
EscI	Select character font		17
Esc=n1n220n3(n4n5...)
Define characters

13 13

EscKn1n2 18

Set single-density image mode

EscLn1n2 18

Set double-density image mode

EscYn1n2 19

Set double-speed, double-density image mode

EscZn1n2 20

Set quadruple-density image mode

2. INTRODUCTION

Some of these HL Series printers offer a complete emulation of the IBM Proprinter. In Proprinter XL mode you can drive the printer directly by incorporating control codes and escape sequences in your program, or alternatively, applications software (for example, your word-processing software) may send the necessary commands to the printer automatically. Check the manual that came with your software package for instructions on how to use your software with an IBM Proprinter XL.

3. EMULATION DETAILS

The following points should be borne in mind when running the HL Series printers in IBM Proprinter XL mode.

3.1. Ignored Commands

A few IBM Proprinter XL commands have reduced effect, or no effect at all. In some cases this is due to the physical nature of an HL Series printer. These commands are as follows. The BEL control code (ASCII 7) which is used to sound the Proprinter's bell, is ignored. The DC3 control code (ASCII 23), used to disable the Proprinter, is also ignored. The Esc Y escape sequence, which enables double-speed, double-density graphics mode has no effect on the printing speed, as HL Series printers always operate as fast as they can. Hence the Esc Y has the same effect as the Esc L (enable double-density graphics mode) sequence.

3.2. Resolution

The resolution of the HL Series printers is 600 dots per inch. Some IBM Proprinter commands use fractions of an inch that not exactly divisible by 600, for example Esc 0 sets line spacing to 1/8" of an inch. Similarly, the Proprinter graphics commands specify resolutions of 72, 120 and 240 dots per inch. When a graphic cannot be represented exactly at 600 dots per inch the printer prints the closest possible approximation to the specified image using 600 dots per inch.

3.3. Character Set selection

Using software commands you can select IBM character set I, IBM character set II or the IBM All Character Code table. Using the printer control panel you can select a number of other character sets depending on the printer model, consult the User's Guide to see if this emulation is supported and for a description of how to do this. All available character sets are shown in the IBM Proprinter XL mode section of the appendix at the end of this manual.

3.4. Controlling the Printer

Commands are invoked using either control codes or escape sequences. You can send them to the printer as part of a program, using the same command that you would use to print a text string on the printer. For example, in BASIC you would use the LPRINT command.

3.5. Control Codes

Control codes are ASCII codes that tell the printer to perform a particular function such as a line feed. Send a control code to the printer by sending the same type of instruction you would use to print a character using its ASCII code number. For example, the ASCII code for a form feed is 12, so to get the printer to perform a form feed use the following BASIC statement:

LPRINT CHR\$(12);

The CHR\$ operator is normally used to convert an ASCII code into its corresponding character.

3.6. Escape sequences

Escape sequences tell the printer which Proprinter function to perform. An escape sequence consists of the ESC character followed by one or more characters which define the operation to be performed. Send an escape sequence to the printer by sending the same type of instruction you would use to print characters using their ASCII codes. Some escape sequences require parameter values or data following them, for example, commands which turn a particular feature on and off and commands for downloading character descriptions to the printer or for printing graphic images. Numerical parameter data, too, is sent to the printer as if it were a character code to be printed. For example, to set the left and right margin settings to be at 10 and 70 columns across the page the required escape sequence is Esc X 10 70. In BASIC this would be:

The following conventions are used in this description of the Proprinter XL software commands.

A letter, word or number in upright bold text is the literal character which and should be sent to the printer as a character code.

A letter or word in italics is a variable and you must substitute the appropriate value or values when using the command.

An ellipsis, ..., indicates that an element may be repeated any number of times.

4.2. Data Conventions

The bits that comprise a byte of data are numbered 1 to 8. Bit 1 is the least significant bit (LSB) and bit 8 is the most significant bit (MSB).

5. COMMANDS

5.1. Basic Printer Operation

The most common printer operations are described in this section. Most are invoked using control codes. For the sake of completeness the instructions which HL Series printers ignore are included.

Null

NUL (0) <0h>

NUL (ASCII 0) is ignored.

Bell

BEL (07) <07h>

BEL (ASCII 7) is ignored.

Escape

ESC (27) <1Bh>

The ESC control code (ASCII 27) marks the start of an escape sequence.

LPRINT CHR\$(27);

Space

SP (32) <20h>

The SP control code (ASCII 32) moves the current print position one space to the right. LPRINT CHR\$(32);

Backspace

BS (08) <08h>

The BS control code (ASCII 8) moves the current print position one space to the left. LPRINT CHR\$(8);

Line feed

LF (10) <0Ah>

The LF control code (ASCII 10) moves the current print position down one line.

LPRINT CHR\$(10);

Form feed

FF (12) <0Ch>

- The FF control code (ASCII 12) ejects the current page (unless it is blank) and moves the current print position to the top of the next page.

- If the current page is blank this control code has no effect. LPRINT CHR\$(12);

Carriage return

CR (13) <0Dh>

- The CR control code (ASCII 13) moves the current print position to the left margin on the current line.

- If automatic line feed is ON, this code moves the current print position to the left margin on the next line.

LPRINT CHR\$(13);

Automatic line feed

Esc5n

(27) (53)n

<1Bh><35h>n

When automatic line feed is ON, a line feed is automatically performed every time a carriage return is sent to the printer.
To turn the automatic line feed function ON, set n to 1.
To turn the automatic line feed function OFF, set n to 0.
LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(53); CHR\$(1); 'Turn auto line feed on

Enable printer

DC1 (17) (11h>

The DC1 control code (ASCII 17) enables the printer to accept data for printing again after a disable printer instruction.

LPRINT CHR\$(17);

Disable printer

EscQ22 (27) (81) (50) (50) <1Bh><51h><32h><32h>

EscQ3 (27) (81) (51) <1Bh><51h><32h>

These two commands stop the printer from accepting any data for printing or any control codes until it has received a DC1 code (enable printer).
The DC3 code (ASCII 19) is not recognised by the printer.
LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(81); CHR\$(22); 'Disable printer

Change emulation mode

EscCR (27) (13) mode <1Bh><0Dh>mode

This command changes the printer emulation mode or performs a reset.
mode can be 'E' (Epson), 'H' (LaserJet), 'I' (IBM Proprinter XL), 'AB' (BR-Script Batch), 'AI' (BR-Script Interactive), 'GL' (HP-GL) or 'FD' (factory default).
On receiving this command the printer prints any remaining data and performs a page eject (unless the current page is blank). The new emulation mode default settings come into effect, except when the mode is set to 'FD'.
If you set the mode to 'FD' to reset the printer to its factory default settings, LaserJet mode (the factory default emulation mode) is selected and the LaserJet factory default environment is restored. For a list of the factory default settings see the sub-section "Factory default environment" in Chapter 2 "PCL" of this manual.
Selecting IBM Proprinter XL emulation with mode = 'T' causes the printer to be reset.
LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(13); CHR\$(69); 'Change to Epson emulation

User Reset

EscCR!#R (27)(13)(33)#(82) <1Bh><0Dh><21h>#<52h>

= 0, restores to the current user setting.
= 1, restores to User settings 1.
= 2, restores to User settings 2.

Paper input control

EscEMn	(27) (25)n	<1Bh><19h>n
n Value	HL-1660e/2060/3260N/2460/7050/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW
n = 0 Initialize the feeder mode.n = 1 Feed from the MP tray. (Except for HL-8050N)n = 2 Feed from Tray 1.n = 3 Feed from Tray 2.n = 4 Feed from Tray 3.n = 5 Feed from Tray 4.(Only HL-3260N/2460/7050/8050N)n = R Eject paper.
n Value	HL-1050
n = 0 Initialize the feeder mode.n = 1/2 Feed from the tray.n = R Eject paper.
n Value	HL-1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN/2700CN
n = 0 Initialize the feeder mode.n = 1 Feed from Tray 1.n = 2 Feed from Tray 2.n = R Eject paper.
n Value	HL-2070N
n = 0 Initialize the feeder mode.n = 2 Feed from the tray.n = R Eject paper.

5.2. Page Format

Set page length

EscCn (27) (67)n

<1Bh><43h>n

This command sets the page length in lines.

EscCNULn (27) (67) (0)n <1Bh><43h><00h>n

This command sets the page length in inches.
n is the number of lines that make up one page, or the length of the page in inches, according to the form of the command.
If the first form of the command is used ( n = the number of lines in the page) the current line spacing setting is used to determine the length of the page.
If the first form of the command is used, n must be in the range 1 to 255.
If the second form of the command is used ( n = page length in inches ), n must be in the range 1 to 14.
LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(81); CHR\$(22); 'Disable printer

Set left and right margins

EscXmn (27) (88) mn <1Bh><88h>mn

This command sets the left and right margins.
m = the number of character positions at the current pitch (characters per inch) between the left edge of the page and the left margin.
n = the number of character positions at the current pitch between the left edge of the page and the right margin.
If you set m = 0 the current left margin setting is retained.
• If you set n = 0 the current right margin setting is retained.
LPRINT CHR\$(18); 'Set pitch to 10 CPI LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(88); CHR\(10); CHR\(70); 'Set margins to 1" and 7"

Set perforation skip

EscNn (27) (78)n <1Bh><4Eh>n

This command sets the bottom margin and enables perforation skip, that is, whenever the print position reaches the bottom margin the printer performs a page eject and moves the print position to the top of the next page.
n = the number of lines at the current line space setting between the bottom edge of the page and the bottom margin.
n must be in the range 1 to 255.
Esc C (set page length) and Esc O(Cancel perforation skip) cancel automatic perforation skip.
If the bottom margin is set to be above the top margin, the top margin is discarded and one line is enabled for printing.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(78); CHR\$(4); 'Set bottom margin to 4 lines.

Cancel perforation skip

EscO (27) (79) <1Bh><4Fh>

This command cancels the automatic perforation skip feature.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(79); 'Cancel perforation skip.

Line spacing and tabs

Set 1/8" line spacing

Esc0 (27) (48) <1Bh><30h>

This command sets the line spacing to 1/8". All subsequent line feed operations will move the print position 1/8" down the page.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(48); 'Set line spacing to 1/8".

Set 7/72" line spacing

Esc1 (27) (48) <1Bh><31h>

This command sets the line spacing to 7/72". All subsequent line feed operations will move the print position 7/72" down the page.
Since the printer's resolution is 600 dots per inch the line spacing will not be exactly 7/72". LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(49); 'Set line spacing to 7/72".

Save n/72" line spacing

EscAn (27) (65)n <1Bh><41h>n

This command allows you to select a line spacing of n/72". Your selection does not take effect until you activate it with the Esc 2 command.
Since the printer's resolution is 600 dots per inch the line spacing may not be exactly n / 72 ".
n must be in the range 1 to 85.
If n is outside the range 1 to 85 the default line spacing, 1/6" is selected. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(65); CHR\$(10); 'Select line spacing of 10/72".

Activate n/72" line spacing

Esc2 (27) (50) <1Bh><32h>

This command allows you to activate the line spacing setting you specified with the Esc A command.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(50); 'Activate selected line spacing of n/72".

Set n/216" line spacing

Esc3n (27) (51)n <1Bh><33h>n

This command sets the line spacing to n/216". All subsequent line feed operations will move the print position n/216" down the page.
Since the printer's resolution is 600 dots per inch the line spacing may not be exactly n / 216 ".
n must be in the range 1 to 255.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(51); CHR\$(25); 'Select line spacing of 25/216".

Execute n/216" line spacing

EscJn (27) (74)n <1Bh><4Ah>n

This command moves the print position one line down the page using a line spacing of n / 216 .
The existing line space setting is not affected.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(50); CHR\$(30); 'Move print position down 30/216".

Set horizontal tabs

EscD<n1><n2><n3>...NUL (27) (68)n1n2n3... (00)
<1Bh><44h>n1n2n3...<00h>

This command enables you to set up to 28 horizontal tab stops using the current character pitch.
The tab stops should be set in ascending order.
Esc D 0 clears all horizontal tab settings.
Esc R restores the default settings, which are at every eighth column, starting at the ninth column.
You can move the print position to the tab stops using the HT control code.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(68); CHR\(10); CHR\(20); CHR\$(0); 'Set tab stops at columns 10 and 20.

Set vertical tabs

EscB<n1><n2><n3> ...NUL (27)(66)n1n2n3... (00)
<1Bh><42h>n1n2n3...<00h>

This command enables you to set up to 64 vertical tab stops using the line feed pitch.
The tab stops should be set in ascending order.
Esc B 0 and Esc R both clear all vertical tab settings.
You can move the print position to the tab stops using the VT control code.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(66); CHR\(12); CHR\(24); CHR\$(0); 'Set tab stops at lines 12 and 24.

Horizontal tab

HT (09) <09h>

The HT control code (ASCII 9) moves the current print position one tab stop to the right.
The command is ignored if there are no tab stops to the right of the current print position or if the next tab stop is beyond the right margin.

LPRINT CHR\$(9);

Vertical tab

VT (11) <0Bh>

The VT control code (ASCII 11) moves the current print position one vertical tab stop down the page.
If there are no tab stops below the current print position a line feed is performed.
If no tab stops have been set a line feed is performed.

LPRINT CHR\$(9);

Restore default tab settings

EscR (27) (82) <1Bh><52h>

- This command restores the default horizontal tab settings which are at every eight columns, starting at the ninth column. There are no default vertical tab settings.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(82); 'Restore default tab stops.

5.3. Using Characters

Select character set I

Esc7 (27) (55) <1Bh><37h>

This command selects IBM Character set I for use in subsequent printing operations.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(55); 'Select character set I

Select character set II

Esc6 (27) (56) <1Bh><36h>

This command selects IBM character set II for use in subsequent printing operations.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(54); 'Select character set II

Set pitch to 10 cpi

DC2 (18) <12h>

This command sets the printing pitch to 10 characters per inch (cpi).
If condensed character mode has previously been set, it is cancelled.
LPRINT CHR\$(18); 'set pitch to 10 CPI

Set pitch to 12 cpi

Esc: (27) (58) <1Bh><3Ah>

This command sets the printing pitch to 12 characters per inch (cpi).

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(58); 'set pitch to 12 CPI

Proportional spacing

EscPn (27) (80)n <1Bh><50h>n

This command allows you to turn proportional spacing on or off.
Setting n to 1 turns proportional spacing on. Subsequent text is printed proportionally spaced.
Setting n to 0 turns proportional spacing off. Subsequent text is printed monospaced.
If you change the character pitch using DC2, SI or Esc:, proportional spacing is automatically turned off.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(80); CHR\$(1); 'Turn proportional spacing on

Set condensed character mode

SI (15) <0Fh>

- This command selects condensed character mode. Subsequent text characters are condensed horizontally when printed.

- The DC2 code, used to select a character pitch of 10 cpi, cancels condensed character mode. LPRINT CHR\$(15); 'Set condensed character mode

Set emphasized character mode

EscE (27) (69) <1Bh><45h>

This command turns emphasized character mode on. Subsequent text is printed with a bold stroke width. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(69); 'Turn emphasized character mode on

Cancel emphasized character mode

EscF (27) (70) <1Bh><46h>

This command turns emphasized character mode off. Subsequent text is printed with medium stroke width.

LPRINT CHR\(27)l CHR\(70); 'Turn emphasized character mode off

Set enlarged character mode for a single line

SO (14) <0Eh>

This command turns enlarged character mode on for one line only. The subsequent line of text is printed using double-width characters and with the line space setting doubled.
The following commands cancel enlarged character mode set using the SO control code: CR, CAN, LF, FF, VT, Esc W 0, DC4 and Esc [@].

LPRINT CHR\$(14); 'Set enlarged character mode for one line

Cancel enlarged character mode

DC4 (20) <14h>

This control code cancels the single-line enlarged character mode set with the SO control code. Subsequent text is printed using normal sized characters. The previous line spacing setting is restored.
The previous character pitch is restored. LPRINT CHR\$(20); 'Cancel enlarged character mode set with SO

Cancel

CAN (24) <18h>

This control code cancels single-line enlarged character mode set with the SO control code. Subsequent text is printed using normal sized characters and the previous line spacing setting is restored.

LPRINT CHR\$(24); 'Cancel enlarged character mode set with SO

Enlarged character mode

EscWn (27) (87)n <1Bh><57h>n

This command turns enlarged character mode on or off.
If n is set to 1 subsequent text is printed using double-width characters. The line spacing setting is doubled.
If n is set to 0 subsequent text is printed using normal sized characters. The previous line spacing and character pitch settings are restored.
Only Esc W 0 can be used to cancel enlarged character mode set using the Esc W 1 instruction.
Esc W 0 cancels enlarged character mode set using the Esc W 1 instruction, the SO control code or the Esc [@ instruction.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(87); CHR\$(1); 'Set enlarged character mode

Set superscript or subscript character mode

EscSn (27) (83)n <1Bh><53h>n

This command allows you to print superscripts or subscripts.
Set n to 0 to print subsequent text using superscript characters.
Set n to 1 to print subsequent text using subscript characters.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(83); CHR\$(1); 'Turn on subscript mode

Cancel superscript or subscript character mode

EscT (27) (84) <1Bh><54h>

This command stops superscript or subscript printing if either had been enabled.
Subsequent text is printed using normal characters.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(84); 'Turn off superscript/subscript mode

Underline mode

Esc-n (27) (126)n <1Bh><7Eh>n

This command turns character underlining on or off.
If n is set to 1 subsequent text is underlined.
Horizontal tab spaces are not underlined irrespective of whether underlining mode is on or off.
If n is set to 0 subsequent text is not underlined.
LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(45); CHR\$(1); 'Underline following text

Continuous overline mode

Esc_n (27) (95)) n <1Bh><5Fh>n

This command turns character overline printing on or off.
If n is set to 1 subsequent text is printed with a continuous line above it.
Horizontal tab spaces are not printed overlined irrespective of whether overline printing mode is on or off.
If n is set to 0 subsequent text is not printed with an overline.
LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(95); CHR\$(1); 'Print following text with an overline

Select double-height / double-width mode

Esc [@n1n2n3n4n5n6 (27) (91) (64)n1n2n3n4n5n6 <1Bh><5Bh><40h>n1n2n3n4n5n6

This command enables you to select single or double line spacing and single or double character height and width.
n_1 should be set to 4 and n_2, n_3 and n_4 to 0.
To set double line spacing and select double-height characters set n_5 to 34.
To set double line spacing and select normal height characters set to n_5 to 33.
• To set single line spacing and select double-height characters set to n_5 to 18.
To set single line spacing and select normal height characters set n_5 to 17.
• To select double-width characters set n_6 to 2.
• To select single-width characters set n_6 to 1.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(91); CHR\(64); CHR\(4); CHR\(0); CHR\(0); CHR\(0); CHR\(34); CHR\$(1); 'Set double line spacing and print double-height, double-width characters.

Select character from the All Character Code table

Esc\n1n2 (27)(92)n1n2 <1Bh><5Ch>n1n2

- This command enables you to print characters from the All Character Code table.

- n_1 and n_2 specify the number of characters to be printed.

• The number of characters printed is 256^*n_2+n_1 .

- Control codes included in the character data are not executed. LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(92); CHR\(64); CHR\(1); CHR\(65); CHR\(66); CHR\(67); CHR\(68); CHR\$(69); 'Print 320 characters starting ABCDE...

Select a character from the All Character Code table

Esc^

(27) (94)

<1Bh><5Eh>

This command enables you to print a single character from the All Character Code table.
A control code is not executed if the code is sent immediately following this instruction.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(94); CHR\$(36); 'Printed a dollar sign

Select character font

EscIn

(27) (73) n

<1Bh><49h>n

This command enables you to select a font and choose the print quality.
If n is set to 0 the printer's standard font and draft quality are selected.
If n is set to 2 the printer's standard font and letter quality are selected.
If n is set to 4 the download font (the characters you sent to the printer using the Esc = command) and draft quality are selected.
If n is set to 6 the download font (the characters you sent to the printer using the Esc = command) and letter quality are selected.

LPRINT CHR\(27); CHR\(73); CHR\$(2); 'Selected letter quality printer font

Define characters

Esc=n1n220n3(n4n5...)

(27) (61)n1n220n3 ( ... <1Bh><3Dh>n1n220n3 ( ...

This command enables you to define and download characters for printing.
Monospaced characters are designed on a grid eleven dots wide by twelve dots high. The width of proportionally spaced characters is specified in n_5 .

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Define characters - 1

text_image

Blank columns Character width 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Replication area 11 12 Rows 1 - 8 Rows 2 - 9

n_1 and n_2 define the number of characters to be defined as follows: number of characters = ((n_1 + (n_2 * 256) - 2) / 13 .
n_3 is the character code of the first character in the sequence to be defined. It is assumed that you are defining a sequence of characters whose code numbers increment by one for each character to be defined.
If bits 1 and 2 of n_4 are 0 and bit 8 is set to 1, the bytes that make up the character definition define the top eight rows of the grid, the most significant bit representing the top dot, and the least significant bit representing the eighth dot down. Simply set a bit to 1 to print a dot in that position on the grid, or to 0 to print white space.
If bits 1 and 2 of n_4 are 00 and bit 8 is set to 0 the bytes that make up the character definition define rows 2 to 9 of the grid, the most significant bit representing the second dot, and the least significant bit representing the ninth dot down. Simply set a bit to 1 to print a dot in that position on the grid, or to 0 to print white space.
If bits 1 and 2 of n_4 are 01 the least significant bit of each data byte is replicated in rows 9 to 12 of the grid.
If bits 1 and 2 of n_4 are 10 the bits 1 to 4 of each data byte are replicated in rows 9 to 12 of the grid.
Bits 5 to 7 of n_5 specify the number of columns left blank to the left of the defined character in proportional spacing mode. Up to seven columns can be skipped.
Bits 1 to 4 of n_5 specify the width in columns of the defined character in proportional spacing mode. Up to fifteen columns can be used to define the character.
Downloaded characters are selected using the Esc I command and then printed by sending the appropriate character codes.

5.4. Graphics

Set single-density image mode

EscKn 1 n 2 (27)(75)n1n2 <1Bh><4Bh>n1n2

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256^*n_2+n_1 bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
• Images are printed left to right.

- Images are printed at a horizontal resolution of 60 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.

- Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 LPRINT "*** ESC K n1 n2 ***"; CHR$(10);
30 FOR i=1 TO 5
40 ' * STANDARD DENSITY BIT IMAGE MODE *
50 LPRINT CHR(27); "K"; CHR(160); CHR$(0);
60 FOR J=1 TO 8
70 FOR K=1 TO 20
80 N=2^J-1
90 LPRINT CHR$(N);
100 NEXT K
110 NEXT J
120 LPRINT CHR$(10);
130 NEXT I:END

< Sample 15 >

Set double-density image mode

EscLn 1 n 2 (27)(76)n1n2 <1Bh><4Ch>n1n2

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256*n_1+n_2 bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
• Images are printed left to right.
Images are printed at an approximate horizontal resolution of 120 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.
Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 LPRINT "***ESC L n1 n2 ***"CHR$(10);
30 FOR I=1 TO 5
40 '*DOUBLE-DENSITY BIT IMAGE MODE *
50 LPRINT CHR(27); "L"; CHR(160); CHR$(0);
60 FOR J=1 TO 8
70 FOR K=1 TO 20
80 N=2^J-1
90 LPRINT CHR$(N);
100 NEXT K
110 NEXT J
120 LPRINT CHR$(10);
130 NEXT I:END

< Sample 16 >

Set double-speed, double-density image mode

EscYn 1 n 2 (27)(89)n1n2 <1Bh><59h>n1n2

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256^*n_2+n_1 bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
• Images are printed left to right.
Images are printed at an approximate horizontal resolution of 120 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.
Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.
This printer always prints as fast as possible, hence this command is the exact equivalent of the Esc L command.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 LPRINT "*** ESC Y n1 n2 ***", CHR$(10);
30 FOR I=1 TO 5
40 '*DOUBLE-SPEED & DOUBLE-DENSITY BIT IMAGE MODE *
50 LPRINT CHR(27); "Y"; CHR(160); CHR$(0);
60 FOR J=1 TO 8
70 FOR k=1 TO 20
80 N=2^J-1
90 LPRINT CHR$(N);
100 NEXT K
110 NEXT J
120 LPRINT CHR$(10);
130 NEXT I:END

< Sample 17 >

Set quadruple-density image mode

EscZn 1 n 2 (27)(90)n1n2 <1Bh><5Ah>n1n2

This command enables you to define and print a single line raster bit image on a single text line.
n_1 and n_2 define the number of bytes that comprise the image.
The image consists of 256*n_1+n_2 bytes of data, each byte representing a single vertical column of 4/30".
• Images are printed left to right.
Images are printed at an approximate horizontal resolution of 240 dots per inch and at an approximate vertical resolution of 72 dots per inch.
Each byte represents a vertical column of eight dots, the most significant bit representing the dot at the top. Simply set a bit to 1 if you want a dot to appear in that position, and to 0 if you want white space to appear.

10 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
20 LPRINT "*** ESC Z n1 n2 ***"; CHR$(10);
30 FOR I=1 TO 5
40 ' * QUADRUPLE-DENSITY BIT IMAGE MODE *
50 LPRINT CHR(27); "Z"; CRH(16); CHR$(0);
60 FOR J=1 TO 8
70 FOR K=1 TO 20
80 N=2^J-1
90 LPRINT CHR$(N);
100 NEXT K
110 NEXT J
120 LPRINT CHR$(10);
130 NEXT I:END

< Sample 18 >

6. INDEX

A

Automatic line feed 9

B

Backspace....8

C

cancel 15

Carriage return 8

character set 6,14

characters....17

condensed character 14

control codes 6

D

double-density image mode 18

double-height / double-width mode 16

E

emphasized character 14

emulation mode 9

enlarged character 15

Escape 8

Escape sequences 6

F

feeder mode 10

Form feed 8

G

graphics 18

H

horizontal tab 13

L

left margin 11

Line feed 8

line spacing 12

O

overline mode 16

P

page length 11

paper input control 10

perforation skip 11

pitch 14

print quality 17

proportional spacing 14

Q

quadruple-density image mode 20

R

resolution 6

right margin 11

S

single-density image mode 18

Space....8

subscript character mode 15

superscript character mode 15

syntax....7

T

tab settings 13

U

underline mode 16

User reset 9

V

vertical tab 13

CHAPTER 8 BAR CODE

CONTROL

INTRODUCTION....3
PRINT BAR CODES OR EXPANDED CHARACTERS .... 4
DEFINITION OF PARAMETERS .... 5

3.1. Bar Code Mode 5

3.2. Bar Code Style, Expanded Character Shading, Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing Shading .... 5

3.3. Bar Code Scaling (Width only) 7

3.4. Bar Code Human Readable Line On or Off....7

3.5. Quiet Zone 7

3.6. Bar Code, Expanded Character Unit, Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing Units....7

3.7. Bar Code, Expanded Character, Line, Block Drawing & Box Drawing Offset in the X-axis ..... 8

3.8. Bar Code & Expanded Character Offset in the Y-axis 8

3.9. Bar Code, Expanded Character, Line, Block Drawing & Box Drawing Height 8

3.10. Expanded Character, Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing Width 8

3.11. Expanded Character Rotation 8

3.12. Bar Code Data Start 9

3.13. Box Drawing 10

3.14. Line Block Drawing.... 10

3.15. Expanded Character Data Start 10

3.16. Table of Code(EAN) 128 set C....11

EXAMPLE PROGRAM LISTINGS....12

1. INTRODUCTION

Some of the HL series printers can print bar codes in the HP LaserJet, EPSON FX-850, and IBM Proprinter XL emulation modes, refer to the printer User guide for information.

2. PRINT BAR CODES OR EXPANDED CHARACTERS

ESC i n ... n \ (27) (105)n ... n (92) <1Bh><69h>n ... n <5Ch>

Creates bar codes or expanded characters according to the parameters "n ... n". For further information about the parameters, see the following "Definition of Parameters." This command must end with the "\" code (5CH).

3. DEFINITION OF PARAMETERS

This bar code command can have the following parameters in the parameter segment (n ... n). Parameters are effective only within the single command sequence using the syntax ESC i n ... n . They do not take effect in any subsequent bar code commands. If any parameters are not specified, they take the default settings. The last parameter must be the bar code data start identifier ("b" or "B") or the expanded character data start identifier ("l" or "L"). Other parameters can be specified in any sequence. The prefix of each parameter can be either a lower-case or upper-case character, - for example, "t0" or "T0", "s3" or "S3", etc.

3.1. Bar Code Mode

(All Model)
n = "t0" or "T0"    CODE 39 (default)
n = "t1" or "T1"    Interleaved 2 of 5
n = "t3" or "T3"    FIM (US-Post Net)
n = "t4" or "T4"    Post Net (US-Post Net)
n = "t5" or "T5"    EAN 8, EAN 13, or UPC A
n = "t6" or "T6"    UPC E
n = "t9" or "T9"    Codabar
n = "t12" or "T12"    Code 128 set A
n = "t13" or "T13"    Code 128 set B
n = "t14" or "T14"    Code 128 set C
n = "t130" or "T130"    ISBN (EAN)
n = "t131" or "T131"    ISBN (UPC-E)
n = "t132" or "T132"    EAN 128 set A
n = "t133" or "T133"    EAN 128 set B
n = "t134" or "T134"    EAN 128 set C
(only HL-
L5000D/L5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW
/L9300CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/
L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW)
n = "t137" or "T137"    Code 93
n = "t138" or "T138"    Code 93 Extend
n = "t139" or "T139"    GS1 Databar Omnidirectional
n = "t140" or "T140"    GS1 Databar Truncated
n = "t141" or "T141"    GS1 Databar Stacked
n = "t142" or "T142"    GS1 Databar Stacked Omnidirectional
n = "t143" or "T143"    GS1 Databar Limited
n = "t144" or "T144"    GS1 Databar Expanded
n = "t145" or "T145"    GS1 Databar Expanded Stacked
n = "t146" or "T146"    MSI
n = "t147" or "T147"    MSI + CHK10
n = "t148" or "T148"    MSI + CHK11_IBM
n = "t149" or "T149"    MSI + CHK11_NCR
n = "t150" or "T150"    MSI + CHK10 + CHK10
n = "t151" or "T151"    MSI + CHK11_IBM + CHK10
n = "t152" or "T152"    MSI + CHK11_NCR + CHK10
n = "t200" or "T200"    PDF417
n = "t201" or "T201"    Compact PDF417
n = "t202" or "T202"    Macro PDF417

This parameter selects the bar code mode as above. When n is "t5" or "T5", the bar code mode (EAN 8, EAN 13, or UPC A) varies according to the number of characters in the data.

3.2. Bar Code Style, Expanded Character Shading, Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing Shading

- Bar Code Style

$$ \mathrm{n} = \text {"s0"} \text { or } \text {"S0"} 3: 1 (\text { default }) $$

$$ \mathrm{n} = \text {"s1"} \text { or } \text {"S1"} 2: 1 $$

$$ \mathrm{n} = \text {"s3"} \text { or } \text {"S3"} 2. 5: 1 $$

This parameter selects the bar code style as above. When the EAN 8, EAN 13 or UPC-A bar code mode is selected, this bar code style parameter is ignored.

- Expanded Character shading

$$ " S" 0 = \text { White } $$

$$ 1 = \text { Black } $$

$$ 2 = \text { Vertical stripes } $$

$$ 3 = \text { Horizontal stripes } $$

$$ 4 = \text { Cross hatch } $$

$$ \mathrm{c.g.} \quad " S" \mathrm{n1n2} $$

$$ n 1 = \text { Background fill pattern } $$

$$ \mathrm{n} 2 = \text { Foreground fill pattern } $$

If "S" is followed by only one parameter, the parameter is a foreground fill pattern.

• Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing Shading

"S" 1 = Black 2 = Vertical stripes 3 = Horizontal stripes 4 = Cross hatch

3.3. Bar Code Scaling (Width only)

$$ \mathrm{n} = \text {"mnnn"} \text { or } \text {"Mnnn"} \quad (\mathrm{nnn} = 0 \sim 3 2 7 6 7) $$

This parameter specifies the bar code width scaling. The unit of "nnn" is %. The default value is m100 (100%).

3.4. Bar Code Human Readable Line On or Off

n = "r0" or "R0" Human readable line OFF n = "r1" or "R1" Human readable line ON

Default: Human readable line ON when the following barcode types are selected.

(1) "T5" or "t5"
(2) "T6" or "t6"
(3) "T130" or "t130"
(4) "T131" or "t131"

Default: Human readable line OFF

All others

This parameter specifies whether or not the printer prints the human readable line below the bar code. Human readable characters are always printed with OCR-B font at 10 cpi pitch and all the current character style enhancements are masked. Note that the default setting is subject to the bar code mode selected by "t" or "T".

3.5. Quiet Zone

$$ \mathrm{n} = \text {"onnn"} \text { or } \text {"Onnn"} (\mathrm{nnn} = 0 \sim 3 2 7 6 7) $$

Quiet Zone is the space on both side of the bar codes. Its width can be specified using the units which are set by the "u" or "U" parameter. (For the description of "u" or "U" parameter, see the next section.) The default setting of Quiet Zone width is 1 inch.

3.6. Bar Code, Expanded Character Unit, Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing Units

n = "u0" or "U0" Millimeters (default) n = "u1" or "U1" 1/10" n = "u2" or "U2" 1/100" n = "u3" or "U3" 1/12" n = "u4" or "U4" 1/120" n = "u5" or "U5" 1/10 Millimeter n = "u6" or "U6" 1/300" n = "u7" or "U7" 1/720"

This parameter specifies the measurement units of X-axis offset, Y-axis offset and bar code height.

3.7. Bar Code, Expanded Character, Line, Block Drawing & Box Drawing Offset in the X-axis

$$ \mathrm{n} = \text {"xnnn"} \text { or } \text {"Xnnn"} $$

This parameter specifies the offset from the current print position in the "u"- or "U"-specified units.

3.8. Bar Code & Expanded Character Offset in the Y-axis

$$ \mathrm{n} = \text {"ynnn"} \text { or } \text {"Ynnn"} $$

This parameter specifies the downward offset from the current print position in the "u"- or "U"-specified units.

3.9. Bar Code, Expanded Character, Line, Block Drawing & Box Drawing Height

$$ n = \text {"hnnn", "Hnnn", "dnnn", or "Dnnn"} $$

Default heights

(1) EAN13, EAN8, UPC-A, ISBN (EAN13, EAN8, UPC-A),

	ISBN	(UPC-E):							22	mm
(	2	)	U	P	C	-	E	:
(3)	Others:							12	mm

Expanded characters 2.2 mm (default)

Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing 1 dot

This parameter specifies the height of bar codes or expanded characters as above. It can take the prefix "h", "H", "d", or "D". The height is specified in the "u"- or "U"-specified units. Note that the default setting of the bar code height (12 mm, 18 mm or 22 mm) is subject to the bar code mode selected by "t" or "T".

3.10. Expanded Character, Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing Width

(except HL- L5000D/L5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW /L9300CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/ L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW)

$$ n = \text { "wnnn" } \text { or "Wnnn" } $$

Default widths

Expanded character 1.2 mm

Line Block Drawing & Box Drawing 1 dot

This parameter specifies the width of expanded characters in the selected units as above.

3.11. Expanded Character Rotation

(except HL-L5000D/L5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW)

n = "a0" or "A0"	Upright (default)
n = "a1" or "A1"	Rotated 90 degrees clockwise
n = "a2" or "A2"	Upside down, rotated 180 degrees clockwise
n = "a3" or "A3"	Rotated 270 degrees clockwise

3.12. Bar Code Data Start

$$ n = \text { "b" } \text { or } \text { "B" } $$

Data that follows "b" or "B" is read in as bar code data. Bar code data must end with the "¥" code (5CH), which also terminates this command. The acceptable bar code data is subject to the bar code mode selected by "t" or "T" as listed below.
When the CODE 39 is selected with the parameter "t0" or "T0":

Forty three characters "0" to "9", "A" to "Z", "-", ", ", "(space)", "S", "/ ", "+", and "%" can be accepted as bar code data. Other characters cause data error. The number of characters for bar codes is not limited. The bar code data automatically starts and ends with an asterisk "* " (start character and stop character). If the received data has an asterisk "* " at its beginning or end, the asterisk is regarded as a start character or stop character. When you put "?" on the end of the data, a check digit is automatically added.

- When the Interleaved 2 of 5 is selected with the parameter "t1" or "T1":

Ten numerical characters "0" to "9" can be accepted as bar code data. Other characters cause data error. The number of characters for bar codes is not limited. Since this mode of bar codes require even characters, if the bar code data has odd characters, the zero character "0" is automatically added to the end of the bar code data. When you put "?" on the end of the data, a check digit is automatically added.

- When the FIM (US-Post Net) is selected with the parameter "t3" or "T3":

Characters "A" to "D" are valid and 1 digit of data can be printed. Uppercase and lowercase alphabet characters can be accepted.

- When the Post Net (US-Post Net) is selected with the parameter "t4" or "T4":

Characters "0" to "9" can be accepted as bar code data and it must be terminated by a check digit. "?" can be used in place of a check digit.

- When the EAN 8, EAN 13, or UPC A is selected with the parameter "t5" or "T5":

Ten numerical characters "0" to "9" can be accepted as bar code data. The number of characters for bar codes is limited as follows.

EAN 8: Total 8 digits (7 digits + 1 check digit)

EAN 13: Total 13 digits (12 digits + 1 check digit)

UPC A: Total 12 digits (11 digits + 1 check digit)

Any number of characters other than as above causes a data error and the bar code data is printed as normal print data. If the check digit is incorrect, the printer calculates it and replaces it with the correct check digit so that the correct bar code data will be printed. When EAN13 is selected, adding "+" and a 2-or 5-digit number after the data will create the add-on code.

When UPC-E is selected with the parameter "t6" or "T6":

The numerical characters "0" to "9" can be accepted as bar code data.

8 digits Standard format. The first character must be "0" and the data must be terminated by a check digit.

Total 8 digits = "0" + 6 digits + 1 check digit

6 digits The first character "0" and the last check digit are removed from the 8 digit data.

*1: For 8 digits, "?" can be used in place of a check digit.

*2: Adding "+" and 2- or 5-digit number after the data creates an add-on code for all 6 and 8 digit formats.

- When Codabar is selected with the parameter "t9" or "T9":

Characters "0" to "9", "-", ". ", "\$", "/", "+", ": " can be printed. Characters "A" to "D" can be printed as a start-stop code, which can be uppercase or lowercase. If there is no start-stop code, an error will occur.

The check digit cannot be added and "?" causes an error.

- When Code 128 Set A, Set B, or Set C is selected with the parameter "t12" or "12," "t13" or "T13," or "t14" or "T14" respectively:

Code sets A, B and C are individually selectable. Set A encodes characters in the range Hex 00 to 5F. Set B encodes characters in the range Hex 20 to 7F. Set C encodes numeric pairs in the range 00 to 99.

- Switching is allowed between the code sets by sending %A, %B, or %C.

- FNC 1, 2, 3, and 4 are produced with %1, %2, %3, and %4.

- The SHIFT code, %S, allows temporary switching (for 1 character only) between set A and set B and vice versa.

- To print the "%" character, it must be sent twice.

When you put "?" on the end of the data, a check digit is automatically added.

- When ISBN (EAN) is selected with the parameter "t130" or "T130":

The rules are the same as for "t5" or "T5"

- When the ISBN (UPC-E) is selected with the parameter "t131" or "T131":

The rules are the same as for "t6" or "T6"

- When EAN 128 set A, set B or set C is selected with the parameter "t132" or "T132," "t133" or "T133" or "t134" or "T134" respectively: Same rules apply as for "t12" or "T12," "t13" or "T13", or "t14" or "T14."

3.13. Box Drawing

(except HL-

L5000D/L5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW/L8250CDN/L8350CDW/L9200CDW/L9300CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW)

ESC i ... E (or e)

"E" or "e" is a terminator.

3.14. Line Block Drawing

(except HL-

ESC i ... V (or v)

"V" or "v" is a terminator.

3.15. Expanded Character Data Start

(except HL-

n = "l" or "L"

Data that follows "l" or "L" is read in as expanded character data (or labeling data). Expanded character data must end with the "\" code (5CH), which also terminates this command. To print the '\' character, you must input '\'.

3.16. Table of Code(EAN) 128 set C

Code(EAN) 128 set C describes an original command. The correspondence table is as follows.

No.	Code 128	Set C Input command	d	Hex No.	Code 128	Set C Input command	d	Hex
0 00	NUL 0x00 52 52	4 0x34
1 01	SOH 0x01 53 53	5 0x35
2 02	STX 0x02 54 54	6 0x36
3 03	ETX 0x03 55 55	7 0x37
4 04	EOT 0x04 56 56	8 0x38
5 05	ENQ 0x05 57 57	9 0x39
6	0	6 K	0x06 58	58		:	0x3a
7 07	BEL 0x07 59 59		;	0x3b
8 08	BS	0x08	60 60 < 0x3c
9 09	HT	0x09	61 61 =		0x3			d
10 10	LF	0x0a	62 62		> 0x3e
11	11	VT	0x0b		63	63	?	0x3f
12	12	NP	0x0c		64	64	@	0x40
13 13	CR	0x0	d		65 65		A	0x41
14	14	SO	0x0e		66	66	B	0x42
15	15	SI	0x0f		67	67	C	0x43
16 16	DLE 0x10 68 68	D	0x44
17 17	DC1 0x11 69 69	E	0x45
18 18	DC2 0x12 70 70	F	0x46
19 19	DC3 0x13 71 71	G	0x47
20 20	DC4 0x14 72 72	II	0x48
21 21	NA	K	0x15 73	73		1	0x49
22 22	SYN 0x16 74 74	J	0x4a
23 23	ETB 0x17 75 75						K	0x4b
24 24	CAN	0x18	76 76		L 0x4c
25	25	EM	0x19		77	77	M	0x4d
26 26	SUB 0x1a 78 78	N	0x4e
27 27	ESC	0x1b 79 79	O		0x4f
28 28	FS	0x1c	80 80		P 0x50
29 29	GS	0x1	d		81 81	Q	0x51
30	30	RS	0x1c		82	82	R	0x52
31	31	US	0x1f		83	83	S	0x53
32	32	SP	0x20		84	84	T	0x54
33 33		0x21	85 85				U	0x55
34	34	"	0x22		86	86	V	0x56
35 35	# 0x23 87 87		W			0x57
36 36	$ 0x24 88 88		X			0x58
37	37	%	0x25		89	89	Y	0x59
38	38	&	0x26		90	90	Z	0x5a
39	39	'	0x27		91	91	[	0x5b
40 40		0x28	92 92				\	0x5c5c
41	41	)	0x29		93	93	]	0x5d
42	42	*	0x2a		94	94	^	0x5e
43	43	+	0x2b		95	95	_	0x5f
44	44	,	0x2c		96	96	`	0x60
45	45	-	0x2d		97	97	a	0x61
46	46	.	0x2c		98	98	b	0x62
47	47	/	0x2f		99	99	c	0x63
48	48	0	0x30		100	Set B	d	0x64
49	49	1	0x31		101	Set A	e	0x65
50	50	2	0x32		102	FNC 1	f	0x66
51	51	3 0x33

4. EXAMPLE PROGRAM LISTINGS

10 'Barcode
20 WIDTH "LPT1:", 255
30 'CODE 39
40 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it0r1s0x00y00b123456\n";
50 'INTER LEAVED
60 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it1r1s0x70y00b123456\n";
70 'EAN-13
80 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it5r1s0x00y020b123456789012?\";
90 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it5r1s0x70y020b123456789012?+12345\n";
100 'UPC-A
110 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it5r1s0x00y050b12345678901?\";
120 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it5r1s0x70y050b12345678901?+12345\n";
130 'EAN-8
140 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it5r1s0x00y080b1234567?\";
150 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it5r1s0x70y080b1234567?+12345\n";
160 'UPC-E
170 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it6r1s0x00y110b0123456?\";
180 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it6r1s0x70y110b0123456?+12344\n";
190 'CODABAR
195 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it9r1s0x00y140bA123456A\n";
210 'POST NET
220 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it4r1x70y140b1234567?\";
230 'FIM
240 LPRINT CHR$(27); "iT3R1x130Y140BA\n";
250 'ISBN
260 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it130r1s0x00y170b123456789012?+12345\n";
270 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it130r1s0x70y170b12345678901?+12345\n";
280 LPRINT CHR$(27); "it130r1s0x00y200b1234567?+12345\n";
300 'LABEL PRINT
310 LPRINT CHR$(27); "ih10w10x25y230lSample\n";
320 LPRINT CHR$(27); "ix90y230s4h10w10f2g2c";
330 LPRINT CHR$(27); "ix105y230s4h10w10v\n";
400 LPRINT CHR$(&HC);

<Sample 19>

CHAPTER 9 HP-GL

GRAPHICS

LANGUAGE

1. COMMAND LIST 3

2. INTRODUCTION .... 4

2.1. HP-GL Syntax 4
2.2. Font Selection 4
2.3. Coordinate System and Printing Area....4

2.3.1. Coordinate system 4

2.3.2. Printing area....5

3. COMMANDS 6

3.1. Initialization and Default Setting Instructions 6
3.2. Plot Area and Unit Setting Instructions 7
3.3. Pen Control and Plot Instructions 8
3.4. The polygon Group 13
3.5. Plot Function Instructions.... 18
3.6. Character Plot Instructions....20
3.7. Dual Context Extensions....26

4. INDEX......27

1. COMMAND LIST

DF Default set instruction 6

IN Initialize set instruction 6

IP Input scaling point 7

SC Scale 7

IW Input window

RO Rotate coordinate system 8

PG Page feed

PU Pen up

PD Pen down

PA Plot absolute

PR Relative coordinate pen move 10

AA Draw absolute arc 11

AR Draw relative arc 11

CI Circle plot 12

EA Edge rectangle absolute 13

ER Edge rectangle relative 14

EW Edge wedge 15

RA Fill rectangle absolute 16

RR Fill rectangle relative 16

WG Fill wedge 17

FT Fill type 18

LT Line type selection 18

PW Pen width 19

SM Symbol mode 19

SP Select pen 19

TL Tick length 19

XT X-axis tick 20

YT Y-axis tick 20

PT Pen thickness select 20

CS Standard character set 20

CA Alternate character set 20

SS Select standard character set 21

SA Select alternate character set 21

DT Define label terminator 21

LB Character plot

DI Absolute direction 22

DR Relative direction 23

CP Character plot 23

SI Set absolute character size 23

SR Set relative character size 24

SL Character slant 24

UC User-defined character 25

EscCRRO, EscCRRL, EscRRM, EscRRD

Set high resolution control (Brother original) 26

EscCR!#R User reset (Brother original) 26

EscCRFD Factory reset (Brother original) 26

2. INTRODUCTION

The HP-GL graphics mode emulates 40 out of 56 instructions for the HP 7475A plotter made by Hewlett-Packard.

Default measurement unit in the HP-GL graphics mode is 1/1016"(0.025mm).

2.1. HP-GL Syntax

A command consists of a two-letter instruction mnemonic, a parameter field (not needed for some instructions) and a terminator. Parameters following the instruction mnemonic must be separated from each other by at least a single space or comma.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - HP-GL Syntax - 1

text_image

Instruction Mnemonic Parameter Field P A 10 20 Terminator ; At least one space or comma (,) must be used

Numeric values used in the parameter field are in one of the following four formats.

(1) Integer - integers between -2^30 and 2^30-1 . Real numbers specified for a parameter that should be an integer are rounded to the nearest integer.
(2) Clamped integers - integers between -32768 and 32767. Values outside this range are converted to the nearest integer within the range. Real numbers are rounded to the nearest integer.
(3) Real - real numbers between -2^30 and 2^30 - 1 .
(4) Clamped Real - real numbers between -32768 and 32767. Values outside this range are converted to the nearest real number within the range.

2.2. Font Selection

Eighteen character sets compatible with the HP 7454A are available.

2.3. Coordinate System and Printing Area

2.3.1. Coordinate system
BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Coordinate System and Printing Area - 1

text_image

Paper feed direction Y Home Position X

The home position is at the upper left corner of the area where printing is possible.

2.3.2. Printing area

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - Printing area - 1

text_image

c d a b

	a	b	c	d	(mm)
A4		4	5	5	5
A3	4	5	5	5 (HL-3400CN/3260N/3450CN)
Letter		6	5	5	5
Legal		6	5	5	5

3. COMMANDS

3.1. Initialization and Default Setting Instructions

DF - Default set instruction

DF[;]

Returns the graphics mode to the default conditions.
The following are the default settings.

Function	Equivalent Instruction	Condition
Plot mode PA; Absolute plotting
Relative character direction	DR 1,0;	Horizontal
Line type LT; Solid line
Line pattern length LT; 4% of distance from P1 to P2
Window IW; Set at limits of printable area		according to paper size
Relative character size SR; Width=0.75% of \|P2x - P1x\|
Relative character size SR; Width=0.75% of \|P2x - P1x\|
Symbol mode SM; Off
Tick length	TL; X-axis: 0.5% of \|P2y - P1y\|
Tick length	TL; X-axis: 0.5% of \|P2y - P1y\|
Standard character set	CS 0;	Character set 0
Alternate character set	CA 0;	Character set 0
Character set	SS;	Standard character set selected
Character slant	SL 0;	0 degrees
Scaling	SC;	Off
Label terminator	DT chr(3)	chr(3)
Chord angle	----	5 degrees
Fill type	FT;	Bi-directional fill, type 1
Fill distance	FT;	1% of distance from P1 to P2
Fill slant	FT;	0 degrees
Pen Thickness	PT;	Set at 0.3 mm

NOTE: The location of the scaling points(P1, P2) remains constant.

IN - Initialize set instruction

IN[;]

- Returns the graphics mode to the following initial conditions;

Function	Equivalent Instruction	Condition
Plot mode	PA;	Absolute
Relative character direction	DR 1,0;	Horizontal
Line type	LT; Solid line
Line pattern length	LT;	4% of distance from P1 to P2
Window	IW;	Set at limits of printable area according to paper size
Relative character size	SR;	Width=0.75% of \|P2x-P1X\|Hcight=1.5% of \|P2y-P1y\|
Symbol mode	SM; Off
Tick length	TL;	X-axis: 0.5% of \|P2y-P1y\|Y-axis: 0.5% of \|P2x-P1x\|
Standard character set	CS 0;	Character set 0
Alternate character set	CA 0;	Character set 0
Character set	SS;	Standard character set selected
Character slant SL 0; 0 degrees
Scaling	SC ;	Off
Label terminator	DT chr(3)	chr(3)
Chord angle	---- 5 degrees
Fill type FT; Bi-directional fill, type 1
Fill distance FT; 1% of distance from P1 to P2
Fill slant FT; 0 degrees
Pen thickness PT; Set at 0.3 mm
Pen condition PU; Pen up
Rotation RO; Set at 0 degrees
Scaling points IP; Initialized according to		paper size

3.2. Plot Area and Unit Setting Instructions

Instruction	Function
IP Scaling point
SC	Scale
IW	Input	window
RO Rotate coordinate system
PG	Page	output

IP - Input scaling point

IP [ P1x, P1y [,P2x, P2y]] [;]

P1x ; x coordinate of P1

P1y ; y coordinate of P1

P2x ; x coordinate of P2

P2Y ; Y coordinate of P2

• The coordinate values used are absolute values in graphics units.
- Sets the location of the scaling points(P1, P2).
• Coordinate values for P1X, P1Y, P2X and P2Y are given as integer numbers.

The IP instruction is ignored when the set coordinates are outside the print area.

• Using this instruction without a parameter field initializes the scaling points(P1, P2).
- P2X and P2Y may be omitted. (If P2X and P2Y are omitted, P2 is set automatically so as not to alter the distance between P1 and P2).

SC - Scale

SC Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax

Xmin ; X coordinate of P1

Xmax ; X coordinate of P2

Ymin ; Y coordinate of P1

Ymax ; Y coordinate of P2

Sets the scale for the coordinates the user wants to establish.
• Coordinate values for Xmin, Xmax, Ymin and Ymax are given as real numbers.
• Using this instruction without a parameter field turns the scaling off.
The technical terms user unit and graphics unit as used in this manual are defined as follows;

User unit

: the unit of the coordinates set by the SC instruction

Graphics unit

: the unit (1/1016 of an inch) of the coordinates not set by the SC instruction

10 '*** SCEX ***
20 LPRINT "IN; IP3000, 2000, 4500, 3500; SP1; SC0, 120, 0, 120;"
30 FOR T=0 TO 2*3.1416+3.1416/20 STEP 3.1416/20
40 X=COS(T)*100
50 Y=SIN(T)*100
60 LPRINT "PA";X;",";Y;";PD;"
70 NEXT T
80 LPRINT "PU;"
90 END

IW - Input window

IW [ X₁, Y₁, X₂, Y₂ ] [;]

X1-Window lower left X coordinate Y1-Window lower left Y coordinate

X2-Window upper right X coordinate Y2-Window upper right Y coordinate

This instruction sets the window inside which plotting can be performed.
• Graphic units are always used.
• Coordinate values for X1, Y1, X2 and Y2 are integer numbers from 0 to 32,767.
The order of the pairs (X1, Y1) and (X2, Y2) may be reversed with no change in the window created: "IW X1, Y1, X2, Y2" is identical in effect to "IW X2, Y2, X1, Y1".
• Using this instruction without a parameter field releases any previous limitations on the plot area.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - IW - Input window - 1

text_image

(X2,Y2) (X1,Y1) Window Print paper

RO - Rotate coordinate system

RO [q] [;]

q : Angle in degrees through which the coordinate system is rotated.

This instruction rotates the coordinate system.
• A value of 0 or 90 must be used for q.
• Using this instruction without a parameter field sets the rotation of the coordinate system to 0 degrees.

PG - Page feed

PG [;]

Executes a page feed
• After page feeding, the cursor position return to the home position (0, 0).

3.3. Pen Control and Plot Instructions

Instruction	Function
PU	Pcn	Up
PD	Pen	Down
PA	Plot	Absolute
PR Relative Coordinate Pen Move
AA Absolute Arc Plot
AR Relative Arc Plot
CI	Circle

PU - Pen up

PU [X,Y[,...]] [;]

X ; X coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Y ; Y coordinate of the cursor movement destination

X and Y are either relative or absolute, depending on whether a PA or a PR was the last plot command executed. The absolute coordinates are set as default.
Moves the cursor to the specified coordinates after raising the pen.
Using this instruction without a parameter field raises the pen without changing the cursor position.
When scaling is on, user coordinates are used.
Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
When scaling is off graphics units are used.
When there is no scaling, the coordinates values for X and Y are integer numbers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - PU - Pen up - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Current position"] --> B["(X1, Y1)"]
    B --> C["(X2, Y2)"]
    C --> D["(X3, Y3)"]
    D --> E["(Xn, Yn)"]

PD - Pen down

PD [X, Y [, ...]] [;]

X ; X coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Y ; Y coordinate of the cursor movement destination

X and Y are either relative or absolute, depending on whether a PA or a PR was the last plot command executed. The absolute coordinates are set as default.
Moves the cursor to the specified coordinates after lowering the pen. (This plots a straight line.)
Using this instruction without a parameter lowers the pen without changing the cursor position. (One dot is plotted.)
When scaling has been performed, the cursor is moved by user coordinates.
Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
When there is no scaling, the cursor is moved by absolute coordinates in graphics units.
When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer numbers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - PD - Pen down - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Current position"] --> B["(X1, Y1)"]
    B --> C["(X2, Y2)"]
    C --> D["(X3, Y3)"]
    D -.-> E["(Xn, Yn)"]

PA - Plot absolute

PA [X, Y [, ...]] [;]

X ; X coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Y ; Y coordinate of the cursor movement destination

• X and Y are absolute values in user units or graphics units.
- Moves the cursor to the specified coordinates.
- Plots a straight line only when the pen is down.
- When scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are integer numbers.
- When there is no scaling, the cursor is moved by absolute coordinates in graphics units.
- When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer numbers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - PA - Plot absolute - 1

flowchart

graph TD
    A["Current position"] --> B["(X1, Y1)"]
    B --> C["(X2, Y2)"]
    C --> D["(X3, Y3)"]
    D -.-> E["(Xn, Yn)"]

10 '*** PAEX1 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
30 LPRINT "PA2000,6000;PD0,6000,2000,7500,2000,6000;PU2500,6000;"
40 LPRINT "PAPD4500,6000,2500,7500,2500,6000;PU10365,500;"
50 END

<Sample 62>

10 ' *** PAEX2 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;SCO,100,0,100;"
30 LPRINT "PA50,30;PD25,30,50,50,50,30;PU55,30;"
40 LPRINT "PAPD80,30,55,50,55,30,PU;"
50 END
<Sample 63>

PR - Relative coordinate pen move

PR [X, Y [, ...]] [;]

X ; X coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Y ; Y coordinate of the cursor movement destination

Coordinates are relative to the current position in user units or graphics units.
Plots a straight line only when the pen is down.
When scaling has been performed, the cursor is moved by relative coordinates in user units.
• Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
When there is no scaling, the cursor is moved by relative coordinates in graphics units.
When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer numbers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - PR - Relative coordinate pen move - 1

text_image

X1 Y Y2 Y3 Current position X3

10 ' *** prex 1 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;"
30 LPRINT "PA5000,4500,;PDPR-2000,0,2000,2000,0,-2000;PU500,0;"
40 LPRINT "PD2000,0,-2000,2000,0,-2000;PU;"
50 END
<Sample 64>

AA - Draw absolute arc

AA [X, Y, qc [, qd]] [;]

X ; Arc centre X coordinate Y ; Arc centre Y coordinate

qc ; Arc angle in degrees qd ; Chord angle in degrees

• X and Y coordinates are absolute coordinates in user units or graphics units.
- Starting from the current position, plots an arc centred on the absolute coordinates X, Y having the specified arc angle and chord angle, with the radius being the distance between the current position and the point X,Y.
• After plotting, the cursor position moves to the plot end point.
- Plotting is performed only when the pen is down.
- When the pen is up, plotting is not performed but the cursor position moves to the plot end point.
- When scaling has been performed, the cursor is moved by absolute coordinates in user units.
- Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
- When there is no scaling, the cursor is moved by absolute coordinates in graphics units.
- When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer number.
- The value for pc is a clamped real number.
- When qc is positive, counterclockwise plotting from the current point is performed.
- When qc is negative, plotting is made clockwise from the current position.
• The value for qd is a clamped real number.
- When qd is not specified, the chord angle is the default value (5 degrees).

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - AA - Draw absolute arc - 1

text_image

qd = Chord Angle qc = Arc Angle (X,Y)

10 '*** AAEX ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;IP2650,1325,7650,6325;"
30 LPRINT "SC0,100,0,100;"
40 LPRINT "PA0,30;"
50 LPRINT "PD;PA0,45;AA0,50,180;PA0,70;"
60 LPRINT "AA0,100,90;PA45,100;AA50,100,180;PA70,100;"
70 LPRINT "AA100,100,90;PA100,55;AA100,50,180;PA100,30;"
80 LPRINT "AA100,0,90;PA100,55;AA100,50,180;PA70,100;"
90 LPRINT "AA100,0,90;PA55,0;AA50,0,180;PA30,0;AA0,0,90;"
100 LPRINT "PU;PA50,50,CI20;"
110 END
<Sample 68>

AR - Draw relative arc

AR X, Y, qc (, qd) [;]

X ; Arc centre X coordinate Y ; Arc centre Y coordinate

qc ; Arc angle in degrees qd ; Chord angle in degrees

• X and Y coordinates are relative coordinates in user units or graphics units.
- Starting from the current cursor position the command plots an arc whose centre is at the relative coordinate position (X,Y) and which has the specified arc and chord angles. The radius of the arc is the distance between the current position and the point (X,Y).
• After plotting the cursor position changes to the plot end point.

Plotting is performed only when the pen is down.
When the pen is up, plotting is not performed but the cursor position moves to the plot end point.
When scaling has been performed, the cursor is moved by relative coordinates in user units.
• Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
When there is no scaling, the cursor is moved by relative coordinates in graphics units.
When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer numbers.
The value for qc is a clamped real number.
When qc is positive, counterclockwise plotting from the current point is performed.
When qc is negative, plotting is made clockwise from the current position.
The value for qd is a clamped real number.
When qd is not specified, the chord angle is the default value (5 degrees).

10 '*** AREX1 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;IP2650,1325,7650,6325;"
30 LPRINT "SC-100,100,-100,100;"
40 LPRINT "PA-80,-80;PD;AR0,50,90;AR50,0,90;PU;"
50 END
<Sample 69>
10 ' *** AREX2 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;IP2650,1325,7650,6325;"
30 LPRINT "SC-100,100,-100,100;"
40 LPRINT "PA-100,70;PD;PR30,0;AR-, -70,-90;AR70,0,90;PR60,0;PU;"
50 END
100 END
<Sample 70>

CI - Circle plot

CI r(, qd)[;]

r : Radius of circle ( in user units or graphic units )

qd : Chord angle ( in degrees )

Plots a circle centred on the current position with a radius r and chord angle qd.
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin at the centre of the circle.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
When scaling has been performed, the circle is plotted in user units.
Also, when scaling has been performed, the value for r is a real number.
When scaling is off, the circle is plotted in graphics units.
When there is no scaling, the coordinate value for r is an integer number.
When qd is not specified, the chord angle is the default value (5 degrees).

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - CI - Circle plot - 1

text_image

Radius Chord angle Current position

10 '*** CIEX1 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;IP2650,1325,7650,6325;"
30 LPRINT "SC-100,100,-100,100;"
40 LPRINT "PA-60,50;CI40,45;"
50 LPRINT "PA60,50;CI40,30;"
60 LPRINT "PA-60,-50;CI40,15;"
70 LPRINT "PA60,-50;CI40,5;"
80 END

<Sample 65>

10 '*** CIEX2 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;IP2650,1325,8650,7325;"
30 LPRINT "SC0,170,0,170;"
40 LPRINT "PA100,100;LT;CI10,5;LT0;CI-20,5;LT1;CI30,5;"
50 LPRINT "LT2;CI-40,5;LT3;CI50,5;LT4;CI-
60,5;LT5;CI70,5;LT6;CI80,5;"
60 END

<Sample 66>

10 '*** CIEX3 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;IP2650,1325,7650,6325;"
30 LPRINT "SC-1000,1000,-1000,1000;"
40 LPRINT "PA-800,800;"
50 GOSUB 130
60 LPRINT "PA200,800;"
70 GOSUB 130
80 LPRINT "PA-800,-200;"
90 GOSUB 130
100 LPRINT"PA200,-200;"
110 GOSUB 130
120 END
130 LPRINT "CI70;PR600,0;CI70;PR-300,-300;CI250;"
140 LPRINT "PR-300,-300;CI70;PR600,0;CI70;"
150 RETURN

<Sample 67>

3.4. The polygon Group

Instruction	Function
EA Edge Absolute Rectangle
ER Edge Relative Rectangle
EW	Edge	Wedge
RA Fill Absolute	Rectangle
RR Fill Relative	Rectangle
WG	Fill	Wedge

EA - Edge rectangle absolute

EA X, Y[;]

X ; X coordinate of opposite angle for the rectangle

Y ; Y coordinate of opposite angle for the rectangle

• X and Y coordinates are absolute coordinates in user units or graphics units.
- Plots the rectangle formed by the current position and the opposite angle specified by X and Y.
• After plotting the cursor returns to its point of origin.
- Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
- When scaling has been performed, the rectangle is plotted in user units.
• Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
- When there is no scaling, the rectangle is plotted in graphics units.

- When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer numbers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - EA - Edge rectangle absolute - 1

text_image

(X, Y)

Current position

10 '*** EAEX ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA7000,4000;"
30 LPRINT "PT.3;FT1;RA6000,3000;"
40 LPRINT "SP3,;EA6000,3000;"
50 LPRINT "SP4;FT3,100;RA8000,3000;"
60 LPRINT "SP3,;EA8000,3000;"
70 LPRINT "SP5;PT.3;FT2;RA8000,5000;"
80 LPRINT "SP3;EA8000,5000;"
90 LPRINT "SP6;FT4,100,45;RA6000,5000;"
100 LPRINT "SP3;EA6000,5000;PG"
110 END
<Sample 72>

ER - Edge rectangle relative

ER X, Y[;]

X ; X coordinate of opposite angle for the rectangle

Y ; Y coordinate of opposite angle for the rectangle

Coordinates are relative to the current position in user units or graphics units.
Plots the rectangle formed by the current position and the opposite angle specified by X and Y.
• After plotting the cursor returns to its point of origin.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
When scaling has been performed, the rectangle is plotted in user units.
• Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
When there is no scaling, the rectangle is plotted in graphics units.
When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer numbers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - ER - Edge rectangle relative - 1

text_image

Current position X increment Y increment

10 '*** EREX ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA5000,5000;"
30 LPRINT "PT.3;FT1;RR500,500;"
40 LPRINT "SP3,;ER500,500;"
50 LPRINT "PR500,0"
60 LPRINT "SP4;FT3,;RR500,500;"
70 LPRINT "SP3,;ER500,500;"
80 LPRINT "PRO,500;"
90 LPRINT "SP5;PT.3;FT2;RR500,500;"
100 LPRINT "SP3;ER500,500;"
110 LPRINT "SP6;FT4,100,45;RR-500,500;"
120 LPRINT "SP3;ER-500,500;PG"
130 END
<Sample 74>

EW - Edge wedge

Plots a wedge centred on the current position with radius r , start point angle q1 , arc angle qc and chord angle qd .
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
When scaling has been performed, the circle is plotted in user units.
• Also, when scaling has been performed, the value for r is a real number.
When there is no scaling, the circle is plotted in graphics units.
When there is no scaling, the coordinate value for r is an integer number.
• The value for q1 is a clamped real number.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - EW - Edge wedge - 1

text_image

current position r qc q1 0° reference point

q1 specifies the wedge starting point related to the 0 degree reference point.
When qI is positive, the positive direction of the X axis relative to the current position is set at 0 degrees and the start point is sought in the counterclockwise direction. The opposite occurs when qI is negative: the negative X axis is set at 0 degrees and the start point is sought by going clockwise.
• qc specifies the angle of the wedge in degrees.
• The value for qc is a real number.
Plotting proceeds counterclockwise when qc is positive and clockwise when negative.
• The value for qd is a clamped real number.
When qd is not specified, the chord angle is the default value (5 degrees)

10 ' *** EWEX ***

20 LPRINT "IN;SP2;FT3,100;"

30 LPRINT "PA5000,4000;"

40 LPRINT "WG1250,90,180,5;"

50 LPRINT "SP3;EW1250,90,180,5;"

60 LPRINT "SP4,FT4,100,45;"

70 LPRINT "WG1250,270,120;"

80 LPRINT "SP3;EW1250,270,120;"

80 LPRINT "SP1;PT.3;FT1;"

100 LPRINT "WG1250,30,60;"

110 LPRINT "SP3;EW1250,30,60;PG;"

120 END

RA - Fill rectangle absolute

RA X, Y[;]

X ; X coordinate of opposite angle for the rectangle Y ; Y coordinate of opposite angle for the rectangle

• X and Y coordinates are absolute coordinates in user units or graphics units.
- Fill in the rectangle formed by the current position and the opposite angle specified by X and Y.
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.
- Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
- When scaling has been performed, the rectangle is plotted in user units.
• Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
- When there is no scaling, the rectangle is plotted in graphics units.
- When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer numbers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - RA X, Y[;] - 1

text_image

(X, Y) Fill pattern specified by FT and PT

Current position

10 '*** RAEX ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA5000,4000;"
30 LPRINT "PT.3;FT1;RA4250,3250;"
40 LPRINT "FT3,100;RA5750,3250;"
50 LPRINT "FT2;RA5750,4750;"
60 LPRINT "FT4,100,45;RA4250,4750;"
70 END

<Sample 71>

RR - Fill rectangle relative

RR X, Y[;]

X ; X coordinate of opposite angle for the rectangle Y ; Y coordinate of opposite angle for the rectangle

Coordinates are relative to the current position in user units or graphics units.
Fill in the rectangle formed by the current position and the opposite angle specified by X and Y.
• After plotting the cursor returns to its point of origin.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
When scaling has been performed, the rectangle is plotted in user units.
Also, when scaling has been performed, the values for X and Y are real numbers.
When there is no scaling, the rectangle is plotted in graphics units.
When there is no scaling, the coordinate values for X and Y are integer numbers.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - RR X, Y[;] - 1

text_image

Y increment Current position X increment Fill pattern specified by FT and PT

10 '*** PREX ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA5000,5000;"
30 LPRINT "PT.3;FT1;RR500,500;"
35 LPRINT "PR500,0;"
40 LPRINT "FT3,70;RR500,500;"
45 LPRINT "PRO,500;"
50 LPRINT "FT2;RR500,500;"
60 LPRINT "FT4,70,45;RR-500,500;"
70 END

<Sample 73>

WG - Fill wedge

Fill in a wedge centred on the current position with radius r, start point angle q1, arc angle qc and chord angle qd.
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
When scaling has been performed, the circle is plotted in user units.
• Also, when scaling has been performed, the value for r is a real number.
When there is no scaling, the circle is plotted in graphics units.
When there is no scaling, the coordinate value for r is an integer number.
• The value for q1 is a clamped real number.
When q1 is positive, the positive direction of the X axis relative to the current position is set at 0 degrees and the start point is sought in the counterclockwise direction. The opposite occurs when q1 is negative: the negative X axis is set at 0 degrees and the start point is sought by going clockwise.
• The value for qc is a clamped real number.
Plotting proceeds counterclockwise when qc is positive and clockwise when it is negative.
• The value for qd is a clamped real number.
When qd is not specified, the chord angle is the default value (5 degrees).

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - WG - Fill wedge - 1

text_image

Fill pattern specified by FT and PT Radius Start point angle Current position Arc angle 0 degrees

10 ' *** WGEX ***

20 LPRINT "IN;SP2;FT3,100;"

30 LPRINT "PA5000,4000;"

40 LPRINT "WG1250,90,180,5;"

50 LPRINT "SP4;FT4,100,45;"

60 LPRINT "WG1250,270,120;"

70 LPRINT "SP1;PT.3;FT1;"

80 LPRINT "WG1250,30,60;PG;"

90 END

3.5. Plot Function Instructions

Instruction	Function
FT	Fill	Type
LT	Line	Type
PW	Pen	Width
SM	Symbol	Mode
SP	Select	Pen
TL	Tick	Length
XT	X	Tick
YT	Y	Tick
PT	Pen	Thickness

FT - Fill type

FT [n [, d [, q]] ];]

n : Fill type

d : Fill interval (interval between the parallel lines of the area being filled)

q : Fill angle (degrees )

Sets the fill type, interval and angle when filling an area.
The value for n is a clamped integer number.

Solid lines (bi-directional fill)

Solid lines (single direction fill)

Parallel lines

Crosshatching

The fill interval when n is 1 or 2 is the interval set by the pen thickness (PT) instruction.
Any value given for d when n is 1 or 2 will be ignored.
If d is omitted, the fill interval already specified will be used.
If d is 0, the default value will be used (1% of distance from P1 to P2.)
• The value of d is a clamped real number.
If q is omitted, the fill angle already specified will be used.
• The value of q is a clamped real number.

LT - Line type selection

LT [, n [, p]] [;]

n ; Line pattern number

p ; Line pattern length (percentage or millimeters of distance between P1 and P2)

Specifies the line type and pattern length.
When the n parameter field is omitted a solid line is selected.
When the p parameter field is omitted the pattern length is 4% of the distance between P1 and P2 (default value).
• The value of n is a clamped integer number.
• The value of p is a clamped real number from 0.0000 to 127.9999.
When p is omitted the previously set line pattern length is used.

Default :Solid line

:For straight line, start and end points are plotted.

:For an arc, plotting takes place for every chord angle that is set.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - LT - Line type selection - 1

text_image

1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: P

PW-Pen width

PW n[;]

w ; width (unit = 1/300 inch)

This command specifies the width of the currently selected pen.
The value of w is an integer number from 1 to 10.

SM - Symbol mode

SM c[;]

c ; ASCII character or symbol code

The command specifies the symbol to be drawn.
When the PA, PR, PD or PU instruction is used, the specified symbol will be drawn at the end of each vector.
The specified symbol will be drawn at the end of each vector even if the pen is up when the PA or PR instructions are used.
Omitting the parameter field cancels the symbol mode.

10 '*** SMEX ***

20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;SM*;PA500,1500;"

30 LPRINT "PD600,1590,670,1860,850,1960,1320,1900,1940,2350:"

40 LPRINT "PU;SM;PA500,500;SM3;"

50 LPRINT "PA550,800,680,720,800,950,1150,1230,1870,1350;PU;"

60 LPRINT "SM;PA1850,600;PD;SMY;PA3000,1450;"

70 LPRINT "SMZ;PA3300,1150;SMX;PA1850,600;PU;"

80 END

SP - Select pen

SP [n] [;]

n ; Pen number

Selects the pen specified by the pen number.
The value for n must be an integer from 0 to 6.

TL - Tick length

TL 11(,12)[;]

1-Length of ticks in the positive X- and Y-axes

2-Length of ticks in the negative X- and Y-axes

Tick length is a percentage of the vertical and horizontal distances between P1 and P2.
Sets the length of tick marks for the XT and YT instructions.
Values for 1 and 2 are clamped real numbers.
When the parameter field is omitted, the default values for tick length are used, for both 11 and 12, these are 0.5% of the horizontal and vertical distances between P1 and P2.

10 '*** TLEX ***

30 FOR I=1 TO 10

40 LPRINT "PR800,0;XT;"

50 NEXT I

60 LPRINT "TL;PU;PA300,279;PD;"

70 GOSUB 1000

80 LPRINT "TL1,0;PU;PA1100,279;PD;"

Plots vertical tick marks as specified by the TL instruction from the current position.
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.

YT - Y-axis tick

YT [;]

Plots horizontal tick marks as specified by the TL instruction from the current position.
• After plotting, the cursor returns to its point of origin.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.

10 '*** XTYTEX ***
20 LPRINT "IN;PA300,279;SP2;PD";
30 LPRINT "PR1300,0;XT;PR1300,0;XT;PU;"
40 END

PT - Pen thickness select

PT [d] [;]

d : Fill line interval (mm)

Sets the line interval when filling in with solid lines.
The value for d is a clamped number from 0.0000 to 5.0000.
The default value (0.3 mm) is used when d is omitted.

3.6. Character Plot Instructions

Instruction	Function
CS Standard Set Definition
CA Alternate Set Definition
SS Select Standard Font
SA Select Alternate Font
DT Define Label Terminator
LB	Define	Label
DI	Absolute	Direction
DR	Relative	Direction
CP	Character	Plot
SI Set Absolute	Character Size
SR Set Relative	Character Size
SL Set Character	Slant
UC	User-defined	Character

CS - Standard character set

CS n[;]

n ; Character set number(*)

Specifies the standard character set.
When the parameter field is omitted, character set 0 is specified.
The value for n is a clamped integer number in the range of 0 to 4, 6 to 7, 9 or 30 to 39.

CA - Alternate character set

CA n[;]

n ; Character set number (*)

Specifies the alternate character set.
When the parameter field is omitted, character set 0 is specified.
The value for n is a clamped integer number in the range of 0 to 4, 6 to 7, 9 or 30 to 39.

n	Character	Set
0	ANSI	ASCII
1 9825 Character Set
2	French/German
3	Scandinavian
4	Spanish/Latin	American
6	JIS	ASCII
7 ROMAN 8 Extensions
9	ISO	IRV
30	ISO	Swedish
31 ISO Swedish for Names
32 ISO Norway, Version 1
33	ISO	German
34	ISO	French
35	ISO	Kingdom
36	ISO	Italian
37	ISO	Spanish
38	ISO	Portuguese
39 ISO Norway, Version 2

SS - Select standard character set

ss [;]

Selects the standard character set specified by the CS instruction.

SA - Select alternate character set

SA [;]

Selects the alternate character set specified by the CA instruction.

10 '*** SASSEX ***
20 LPRINT "PA5000,5000;"
30 LPRINT "SP2;CS4;CA9;SS;LBS_E_T_4";CHR(14);"S_E_T_9";CHR(3)
40 END∅
<Sample 79>

DT - Define label terminator

DT c [;]

c : Character

The specified character is used as the character plotter terminator.
The character plot mode is canceled by sending a terminator at the end of a character plot string.
The parameter field used for this command must be only one character in length.
The default value (chr\$(3)) is used when the parameter field is omitted.

10 '*** DTEX ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP2;SC0,5000,0,5000;"
30 LPRINT "PA0,4500;LBDefault control character
ETX";CHR(13);CHR(3);
40 LPRINT "LBterminates by performing end-";CHR(13);CHR(3);
50 LPRINT "LBof-text function.";CHR$(3);
60 LPRINT "PA0,3500;DT@;LBPrinting characters
terminate,";CHR$(13):"@";
70 LPRINT "LBbut are also printed.@";
80 LPRINT "PA0,3000;DT";CHR$(13);";LBcontrol characters
terminate";CHR(10);CHR(13)
90 LPRINT "LBand perform their function.";CHR$(13)
100 END

<Sample 80>

LB - Character plot

LB [ cs ] < terminator > [;]

cs : character string

Plots character strings, numerical expressions, variables etc.
Plotting is performed whether the pen is up or down.
• After plotting, the cursor moves to the position of the next character.

10 '*** LBEX1 ***
20 LPRINT "SP2;PA1000,4000;"
30 X=30
40 LPRINT "LB",X,X+1,X+2,CHR$(3)
50 END
<Sample 81>
10 '*** LBEX2 ***
20 LPRINT "SP2;PA4000,5000;"
30 X=30
40 LPRINT "LB";X;X+1;X+2,CHR$(3)
70 END
<Sample 82>
10 '*** LBEX3 ***
20 LPRINT "SP2;PA5000,6000;"
30 X=30
40 LPRINT "LB";X;" ";X+1;" ";X+2,CHR$(3)
70 END
<Sample 83>

DI - Absolute direction

DI [ run, rise ] [;]

run : X direction component

rise : Y direction component

• Specifies the character plot direction.
• Values for the run and rise are clamped real numbers.
- The instruction is ignored when the values for both run and rise are 0.
- When the parameter field is omitted, the default value (horizontal direction) is used.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - DI - Absolute direction - 1

text_image

θ run

rise

tan θ

10 '*** DIEX ***
15 DEG=-45
16 RAD3.1416/180*DEG
20 LPRINT "IN;SP2;PA3050,4450;"
30 LPRINT "DI0,2;LB_*_1988";CHR(3);"DI2,2;LB_*_1989";CHR(3)
40 LPRINT "DI2,0;LB_*_1990";CHR(3);"DI2,-2;LB_*_1991";CHR(3)
50 LPRINT "DI0,-2;LB_*_1992";CHR(3);DI-2,-2;LB_*_1993";CHR(3)
60 LPRINT "DI-2,0;LB_*_1994";CHR(3);"DI-2,2;LB_*_1995";CHR(3)
70 LPRINT
"PA3500,5350;DI",COS(0),SIN(0);"LB_*_2000";CHR(13);CHR(3);
80 LPRINT "DI",COS(RAD);SIN(RAD);"LB_RETURN
POINT";CHR(13);CHR(3)
90 END
<Sample 84>

DR - Relative direction

DR [ run, rise ] [;]

run : X direction component

rise : Y direction component

• A percentage of the distance in the X and Y directions between P1 and P2 is used as the units
• Specifies the character plot direction.
• Values for the run and rise are clamped real numbers.
- The instruction is ignored when values for both run and rise are 0.
- When the parameter field is omitted, the default value (horizontal direction) is used.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - DR - Relative direction - 1

area

| x | y | |-------|-------| | 0 | 0 | | 70 | 60 | | 100 | 100 |

CP - Character plot

CP X,Y [;]

X ; the number of text spaces the pen position is moved.

Y ; the number of text lines the pen position is moved.

Moves the cursor the specified number of characters.
Values for X and Y are clamped real numbers.

- When the parameter field is omitted, the cursor is not moved along the X-axis but it is moved 1 character in the negative direction along the Y-axis (identical to executing CP 0, -1:).

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - CP - Character plot - 1

text_image

X increment Current position Y increment

10 '*** CPEX ***
20 LPRINT "DF;SP1;PA1000,3000;PDPR3000,0;PU;PR-3000,0;"
30 LPRINT "CP5,.55;LBABOVE THE LINE";CHR$(3);"PA2000,3000;"
40 LPRINT "XT;CP0,-1.15;LBBELOW THE LINE";CHR(13);CHR(10);"AND WITH A NEAT";CHR$(3)
50 LPRINT "CP;LBMARGIN";CHR$(3)
60 END
<Sample 85>

SI - Set absolute character size

SI [ width, height ] [;]

width : the width in centimeters of printed characters height : the height in centimeters of printed characters

Specifies the size of characters to be plotted.
Values for width and height are clamped real numbers.
When the parameter field is omitted, the default values are used (width: 0.1879 cm, height: 0.2690 cm).

10 '*** SIEX1 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA1000,1000;"
30 LPRINT "SI2,1.5;LBLASER";CHR$(3)
40 END
<Sample 86>
10 '*** SIEX2 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA5000,3000;"
30 LPRINT "SI-.35,.35;LBCHARACTER";CHR$(3)
40 END
<Sample 87>
10 '*** SIEX3 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA5000,3000;"
30 LPRINT "SI.35,-.35;LBCHARACTER";CHR$(3)
40 END
<Sample 88>
10 '*** SIEX4 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP1;PA5000,3000;"
30 LPRINT "SI-.35,-.35;LBCHARACTER";CHR$(3)
40 END
<Sample 89>

SR - Set relative character size

SR [ width, height ] [;]

width ; the width of printed characters expressed as a percentage of the x-component of the distance between P1 and P2.

height ; the height of printed characters expressed as a percentage of the y-component of the distance between P1 and P2.

Specifies the size of characters to be plotted.
• Values for width and height are clamped real numbers.
When the parameter field is omitted, the default values are used (width: 0.7500%, height: 1.5000%).

10 ' *** SREX ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP2;PA100,7000;LBDEFAULT SIZE";CHR$(3)
30 LPRINT "IP 2000,2000,6500,6500;PA100,6500;"
40 LPRINT "LBNEW P1 AND P2 CHANGE LABEL SIZE";CHR$(3);"SR5,5;"
50 LPRINT "PA100,6000;LBNEW SR INSTRUCTION";CHR(13);CHR(3);
60 LPRINT "LBCHANGE LABEL SIZE";CHR$(3);
<Sample 90>

SL - Character slant

SL [ tan φ ] [;]

tan φ - tangent of character slant angle (φ)

Specifies the slant of characters to be plotted.
• Value for is a clamped real number.
When the parameter field is omitted, the default value is used (0 degree character slant).

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - SL - Character slant - 1

text_image

10 "*** SLEX ***

20 LPRINT "DF;SP1;SI1.3,1.3;PA100,6000;"

30 LPRINT "SL2;LBLASER"; CHR\$(3)

40 LPRINT "SL-2;PR3000,0;LBLASER"; CHR\$(3)

50 END

UC - User-defined character

UC X1, Y1, X2, Y2..., Xn, Yn[;]

Xi : Number of grids in X direction

Yi : Number of grids in Y direction

Draws user-generated character or symbol.
• Values for Xi and Yi are clamped real numbers.
If a value between 99.0000 and 127.9999 is entered between(Xi, Yi) and (Xi+1, Yi+1), the pen will be lowered at that point.
If a value between -128.0000 and -99.0000 is entered between (Xi, Yi) and (Xi+1, Yi+1), the pen will be raised at that point.

BROTHER HL-L2376DW - UC - User-defined character - 1

text_image

(-4,0) (2, -4) (-2, -4) (4, 0) Character point of origin (0, 1) (0, 1)

UC 4, 99, 0, 1, -4, 0, 2, -4, -2, -4, 4, 0, 0, 1;

10 '*** UCEX1 ***
20 LPRINT "IN;SP2;PA2000,2000;"
30 FOR AA=19 TO 89 STEP 10
40 A=AA/100
50 LPRINT "SI",A,A*1.7
60 LPRINT "UC4,7,99,0,1,-4,0,2,-4,-2,-4,4,0,0,1;"
70 NEXT AA
80 LPRINT "PA2000,3750;"
90 FOR BB=19 TO 89 STEP 10
100 B=BB/100
110 LPRINT "SI",B,B*1.7
120 LPRINT "LBE";CHR$(3)
130 NEXT BB
140 END
<Sample 92>
10 '*** UCEX2 ***
20 LPRINT "SP1;PA3000,5000;SI.5,.8"
30 LPRINT "UC0,4,99,1.75,0,1.5,4,3,-8,3,8,3,-8,3,8,3,-8,1.5,4,1.75,0;"
40 LPRINT "CP5,0;LB1000 ohms";CHR$(3)
50 END
<Sample 93>
10 '*** UCEX2 ***
20 LPRINT "SP1;PA3000,4500;SI.5,.8"
30 LPRINT "UC0,8,99,3.5,0,3,8,6,-16,6,16,6,-16,6,16,6,-16,3,8,3.5,0;"
40 END
<Sample 94>

3.7. Dual Context Extensions

Set High resolution control (Brother original)

EscCRRO

This command sets high resolution control off.

EscCRRL

This command sets high resolution control light level.

EscCRRM

This command sets high resolution control medium level.

EscRRD

This command sets high resolution control dark level.

User reset (Brother original)

EscCR!#R

can be 0, 1 or 2.
0 indicates the current setting are restored.
1 indicates the user settings 1 are restored.
2 indicates the user settings 2 are restored. (Except for HL-7050)

Factory reset (Brother original)

EscCRFD

This command causes a factory reset to be performed, restoring all the printer's factory default settings.
You can also perform a factory reset using the printer's control panel (see the User Guide).

4. INDEX

A

Absolute direction 22

Alternate character set 20

C

Character plot 22, 23

character set 4

Character slant 24

Circle plot 12

D

Default set instruction....6

Define label terminator 21

Draw absolute arc 11

Draw relative arc 11

E

Edge rectangle absolute 13

Edge rectangle relative 14

Edge wedge 15

F

Factory reset....26

Fill rectangle absolute 16

Fill rectangle relative....16

Fill type 18

Fill wedge 17

H

High resolution control 26

home position 4

I

Initialize set instruction....6

Input scaling point 7

Input window 8

L

Line type selection 18

P

Pen down 9

Pen thickness select 20

Pen up 9

Pen width 19

Plot absolute 9

printing area 5

R

Relative coordinate pen move 10

Relative direction 23

Rotate coordinate system 8

S

Scale....7

Select alternate character set 21

Select pen 19

Select standard character set 21

Set absolute character size 23

Set relative character size 24

Standard character set 20

Symbol mode 19

syntax 4

T

Tick length 19

U

User reset 26

User-defined character 25

X

X-axis tick 20

Y

Y-axis tick 20

CHAPTER 10 CARBON COPY

FUNCTION

1. OUTLINE....3

1.1. Outline of the function 3

2. SPECIFICATIONS......4

2.1. Explanation of each function 4

2.1.1. Carbon copy mode setting....4
2.1.2. Setting of the number of copies....4
2.1.3. Paper tray selection setting 4
2.1.4. Additional macro setting ....4

2.2. How to set each function....5

2.2.1. Setting on the control panel 5
2.2.2. Setting on the control panel 6
2.2.3. Setting with the PJL command 7
2.2.4. Setting with the PJL command 8

2.3. Example 9

2.3.1. Setting on the control panel 9
2.3.2. Setting with the PJL command 9

3. DETAILED INFORMATION...... 10

3.1. Details on the specifications.... 10

3.1.1. Usable emulation....10
3.1.2. About tray selection 10
3.1.3. About the duplex setting .... 10
3.1.4. About the USER DEFINED SIZE paper 10
3.1.5. About the reprint function....10
3.1.6. About the spool data....10

3.2. Limited items 10

3.2.1. About the page break of the print data 10
3.2.2. About the command of the print data 10

1. OUTLINE

1.1. Outline of the function

This function allows you to print two or more copies of the one page data on the printer side. The function also allows you to select the paper tray and register an additional macro for each copy. Therefore it is possible to change the printing format for each copy by selecting the paper tray to change the paper type or registering different macros.

The main purpose of this function is to support the carbon copy printing on the laser printer, which has been provided on the dot printer.

This function is supported on the HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/L5000D/L5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW printers.

2. SPECIFICATIONS

2.1. Explanation of each function

2.1.1. Carbon copy mode setting

Sets the carbon copy function to ON or OFF.

ON: Turns on the carbon copy function.

OFF: Turns off the carbon copy function.

AUTO: Turns on the carbon copy function when the @PJL ENTER LANGUAGE command is not included in the print data, and turns off when the @PJL ENTER LANGUAGE command is included.

PARALLEL: Turns on the carbon copy function when the print data is received through the parallel interface, and turns off when it is received through other interface such as USB, Net, etc.

The factory setting is OFF.

2.1.2. Setting of the number of copies

Sets the number of carbon copies.

The number can be set to 1 (one) to 8 (eight).

The factory setting is 1 (one).

2.1.3. Paper tray selection setting

Selects the paper tray for each copy.

• AUTO/REMAINING
All trays can be selected when AUTO is set.
When the one tray is selected to fix for other copy, the AUTO setting is switched to REMAINING, and other trays than the fixed one can be selected.
If REMAINING is set when all trays are fixed, the Tray 1 is fixed.

MPTRAY
The paper tray is fixed to the MP tray.
TRAY1
The paper tray is fixed to the Tray 1.
• TRAY2 (Only when the Tray 2 is installed)
The paper tray is fixed to the Tray 2.
TRAY3 (Only when the Tray 3 is installed) (Only HL-5270DN/5280DW/5380DN Printer) The paper tray is fixed to the Tray 3.
The factory setting is AUTO for all pages.

2.1.4. Additional macro setting

Sets the additional macro for each copy.

The macro data of the PCL emulation which is registered in the storage device or memory can be used.

The macro is registered by using the printer driver, macro registration command of the PCL emulation or other.

Select OFF when any macro is not added.

The factory setting is OFF for all pages.

2.2. How to set each function

2.2.1. Setting on the control panel

(HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)

PRINT MENU	CARBON MENU	CARBON COPY	=OFF/ON/AUTO / PARALLEL	Sets the carbon copy mode.
		COPIES	=1 - 8 Sets the number of copies.
		COPY 1 TRAY	=AUTO/REMAINING MPTRAY TRAY 1 TRAY 2 TRAY 3 *	Selects the paper tray.
		COPY 1 MACRO	=OFF (ID number)	Sets the additional macro. (Note) When no macro is set, 'NO MACRO DATA' is indicated, and the display returned.
		COPY 2 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 2 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 3 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 3 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 4 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 4 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 5 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 5 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 6 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 6 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 7 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 7 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 8 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 8 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)

* (Only HL-5270DN/5280DW/5380DN Printer)

When CARBON COPY=OFF is set, other carbon menu is not indicated.

The setting indication of each copy is shown on the control panel for the number of copies which is set in the CARBON COPIES menu to set the paper tray and macro.

The setting of each copy is saved even if it is not indicated.

When implementing FACTORY RESET, all settings are initialized.

2.2.2. Setting on the control panel

(HL-L5000D/L5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW)

PRINT MENU	CARBON MENU	CARBON COPY	=OFF/ON/ Sets the carbon copy mode.
		COPIES	=1 - 8 Sets the number of copies.
		COPY 1 TRAY	=MPTRAYTRAY 1TRAY 2TRAY 3TRAY 4TRAY 5	Selects the paper tray.
		COPY 1 MACRO	=OFF(ID number)	Sets the additional macro.(Note) When no macro is set, 'NO MACRO DATA' is indicated,and the display returned.
		COPY 2 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 2 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 3 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 3 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 4 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 4 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 5 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 5 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 6 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 6 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 7 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 7 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 8 TRAY	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)
		COPY 8 MACRO	(Same with COPY 1) (Same with COPY 1)

When CARBON COPY=OFF is set, other carbon menu is not indicated.

The setting indication of each copy is shown on the control panel for the number of copies which is set in the CARBON COPIES menu to set the paper tray and macro.

The setting of each copy is saved even if it is not indicated.

When implementing FACTORY RESET, all settings are initialized.

2.2.3. Setting with the PJL command

This function supports each of the SET, DEFAULT, INQUIRE and DINQUIRE commands in the PJL commands.

(HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN)

PJL command	Setting value	Default value	Descriptions
CARBONMODE	=OFFONAUTOPARALLEL	OFF	OFF: Turns off the function.ON: Turns on the function.AUTO: Turns on when the PJL ENTERLANGUAGE command is not included.Turns off when the PJL ENTERLANGUAGE command is included.PARALLEL: Turns on when the data is received through the parallel interface.
CARBONCOPIES 1 - 8	1 Sets the number of copies.
CARBON1TRAY	=REMAININGMPTRAY1TRAY2*TRAY3	REMAINING Selects the paper tray.When the Tray2/Tray3 is not installed, it is invalid to select the Tray2/Tray3.*Only HL-5270DN/5280DW/5380DN
CARBON1MACRO	=OFFON	OFF Sets the additional macro.OFF: The macro is not added.ON: The macro is added.
CARBON1MACROID	=(ID) 0 Specifics	the macro.	When the macro is not set, NULL is returned even if sending the INQUIRE or DINQUIRE command.
CARBON2TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON2MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON2MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON3TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON3MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON3MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON4TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON4MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON4MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON5TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON5MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON5MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON6TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON6MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON6MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON7TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON7MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON7MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON8TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON8MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON8MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)

2.2.4. Setting with the PJL command

This function supports each of the SET, DEFAULT, INQUIRE and DINQUIRE commands in the PJL commands.

(HL-L5000D/L5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW)

PJL command	Setting value	Default value	Descriptions
CARBONMODE	=OFFON	OFF	OFF: Turns off the function.ON: Turns on the function.
CARBONCOPIES 1 - 8	1 Sets the number of copies.
CARBON1TRAY	=MPTRAYTRAY1TRAY2TRAY3TRAY4TRAY5	TRAY1 Selects	the paper tray.
CARBON1MACRO	=OFFON	OFF Sets the additional macro.OFF: The macro is not added.ON: The macro is added.
CARBON1MACROID	=(ID) 0 Specifies the macro.		When the macro is not set, NULL is returned even if sending the INQUIRE or DINQUIRE command.
CARBON2TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON2MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON2MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON3TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON3MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON3MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON4TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON4MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON4MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON5TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON5MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON5MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON6TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON6MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON6MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON7TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON7MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON7MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)
CARBON8TRAY	→	→	(Same with CARBON1TRAY)
CARBON8MACRO	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACRO)
CARBON8MACROID	→	→	(Same with CARBON1MACROID)

2.3. Example

The following sections describe the setting method of the example below.

The number of copies is 4 (four).

The carbon copy function is enabled by sending the data only through the parallel interface.

1st page: The paper is fed from the Tray 1. The ID=128 macro is added.

2nd page: The paper is fed from the Tray 2. The ID=129 macro is added.

3rd page: The paper is fed from the MP tray. No macro is added.

4th page: The paper is fed from the MP tray. No macro is added.

2.3.1. Setting on the control panel

PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → CARBON COPY = PARALLEL
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPIES = 4
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPY 1TRAY = TRAY1
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPY 1 MACRO = 128
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPY 2 TRAY = TRAY2
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPY 2 MACRO = 129
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPY 3 TRAY = MPTRAY
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPY 3 MACRO = OFF
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPY 4 TRAY = MPTRAY
PRINT MENU → CARBON MENU → COPY 4 MACRO = OFF

2.3.2. Setting with the PJL command

UEL

@PJL DEFAULT CARBONMODE = PARALLE
@PJL DEFAULT CARBONCOPIES = 4
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON1TRAY = TRAY1
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON1MACRO = ON
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON1MACROID = 128
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON2TRAY = TRAY2
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON2MACRO = ON
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON2MACROID = 129
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON1TRAY = MP
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON3MACRO = OFF
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON4TRAY = MP
@PJL DEFAULT CARBON4MACRO = OFF
UEL

3. DETAILED INFORMATION

3.1. Details on the specifications

3.1.1. Usable emulation

Only the PCL emulation can be used since the macro is supported only on the PCL emulation. For the request to use the EPSON / IBM emulation, however, the filter function which converts the EPSON / IBM emulation data to the PCL emulation one is provided.

3.1.2. About tray selection

When the carbon copy function is enabled, the normal tray selection function is ignored, and the carbon copy function takes priority (excluding the PRIORITY command).

Ignored tray command	SOURCE, MP FIRST, MP SIZE, MANUAL FEED,TRAY1 SIZE, TRAY2 SIZE, TRAY3 SIZE, TRAY4 SIZE, TRAY5 SIZE, DUPLEX
Valid tray command	PRIORITY

3.1.3. About the duplex setting

When the carbon copy function is enabled, the duplex printing function cannot be used. (The duplex setting is ignored both on the control panel and with the PJL command.)

3.1.4. About the USER DEFINED SIZE paper

Since the user defined size paper is often used with the carbon copy function, it can be fed from the Tray 1 and Tray 2. However, the paper which cannot be fed from the selected tray is not supported. (Ex. A6 size or others with the Tray 2)

3.1.5. About the reprint function

When the carbon copy function is enabled, the reprint function cannot be used.

3.1.6. About the spool data

The carbon copy function cannot be used even if the function is turned on for the spool data.

3.2. Limited items

3.2.1. About the page break of the print data

When the print data is two or more pages, it is required to insert the FORM FEED command () or RESET command (E) into the page break.

For the print data which breaks a page only with the form feed code, the problem that the macro cannot be added correctly, or that the data is not printed in the correct order will occur since the page break is not known.

3.2.2. About the command of the print data

If the command is sent when the carbon copy function is enabled, the printer stops the carbon copy process and disables the carbon copy function when it recognizes the command.

While the filter program is being operated, the printer does not stop the process and disable the carbon copy function.

APPENDIX A

COMPARISON LIST

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 1

PCL5 (PAPER SIZE).... 3

PCL5

(TRAY: IF PJL TRAYCOMMAND IS NORMAL.) ...... 12

PCL5

(TRAY: IF PJL TRAYCOMMAND IS SPECIAL.)...... 15

PCL5(OTHERS) 18

Typeface Selection (PCL) 38

HP-GL/2....42

EPSON FX-850....44

IBM PROPRINTER XL....46

BAR CODE....48

HP-GL 49

PJL 51

General PJL Environment Variables....59

PCL Specific Variables 109

PostScript Specific Variables.... 112

EPSON Specific Variables 114

IBM Specific Variables.... 116

In this chapter, you can find which commands are supported by your printer.

PCL5 (Paper Size)

COMMAND

HL-1050/1070

HL-1250/1270/P2500

HL-1450/1470N

HL-1660e/2060

HL-2400/Ce

HL-2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400CN

HL-3450CN

HL-1650/1670N

HL-1850/1870N

HL-5040/5050/5070N

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-2070N

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

5240/50D/70DN/60DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

Esc&I1APaper Size Executive

√

Esc&I2APaper Size Letter

√

Esc&I3APaper Size Legal

√

Esc&I6APaper Size Ledger

√

Esc&I10APaper Size Oficio

Esc&I24APaper Size A6

Esc&I25APaper Size A5

√

Esc&I26APaper Size A4

√

Esc&I27APaper Size A3

√

Esc&I45APaper Size JIS B5

√

Esc&I46APaper Size JIS B4

√

Esc&I100APaper Size B5

√

Esc&I110APaper Size JIS Envelop #3

Esc&I111APaper Size JIS Envelop #4

Esc&I1024APaper Size B6

√

Esc&I44APaper Size JIS B6

Esc&I1025APaper Size A5

√

Esc&I1026APaper Size A6

√

Esc&I1028APaper Size 13"X19"

√

Esc&I1029APaper Size A4 ShortEdge

Esc&I1030APaper Size Letter

Esc&I1033APaper Size Organizer J

√

Esc&I1034APaper Size Organizer K

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 3

COMMAND

HL-1050/1070

HL-1250/1270N/P2500

HL-1450/1470N

HL-1660e/2060

HL-2400C/Ce

HL-2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400CN

HL-3450CN

HL-1650/1670N

HL-1850/1870N

HL-5040/5050/5070N

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-2070N

HL-9050/9050D/6050DN

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

Esc&I1035APaper Size Organizer L

√

Esc&I1036APaper Size Organizer M

√

Esc&I1037APaper SizeDL Long Edge Feeding

√

Esc&I1038APaper Size Folio

√

Esc&I1039APaper Size 3"X5"

Esc&I1040APaper Size Envelop #4

Esc&I1041APaper Size Envelop Max

Esc&I2048APaper Size A4 Long

√

Esc&I2050APaper Size Wide Letter

Esc&I71APaper SizePOSTCARD(HAGAKI)

√

Esc&I80APaper Size Monarch

√

Esc&I81APaper Size COM 10

√

Esc&I90APaper Size DL

√

Esc&I91APaper Size C5

√

Esc&I1042APaper Size A5 Long Edge

Esc&I1043APaper Size A4 Short

Esc&I1044APaper Size JIS Envelop #3

Esc&I1045APaper Size JIS Envelop #4

Esc&I1046APaper Size Mexican Legal

Esc&I1047APaper Size Indian Legal

COMMAND

HL-1050/1070

HL-1250/1270N/P2500

HL-1450/1470N

HL-1660e/2060

HL-2400/Ce

HL-2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400CN

HL-3450CN

HL-1650/1670N

HL-1850/1870N

HL-5040/5050/5070N

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-2070N

HL-9050/6050D/6050DN

HL-5240/5070DN/60DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

Esc&I17APaper Size16K(197x273mm)

Esc&I34APaper Size16K(195x270mm)

Esc&I89APaper Size16K(184x260mm)

Esc&I101APaper Size Free Size

√

COMMAND

HL-2460

HL-7050

Paper Size Executive

Esc&I12A

Paper Size Leftor

Esc&I3A

Paper Size Legal

Esc&I6A

Paper Size Leftor

Esc&I10A

Paper Size Oficio

Esc&I24A

Paper Size A6

Esc&I25A

Paper Size A5

Esc&I26A

Paper Size A4

Esc&I27A

Paper Size A3

Esc&I45A

Paper Size JIS B5

Esc&I46A

Paper Size JIS B4

Esc&I100A

Paper Size B5

Esc&I110A

Paper Size JIS Envelop #3

Esc&I111A

Paper Size JIS Envelop #4

Esc&I1024A

Paper Size B6

Esc&I44A

Paper Size JIS B6

Esc&I1025A

Paper Size A5

Esc&I1026A

Paper Size A6

Esc&I1028A

Paper Size 13"X:19"

Esc&I1029A

Paper Size A4, ShortEdge

Esc&I1030A

Paper Size Leftor

Esc&I1033A

Paper Size Organizer J.

Esc&I1034A

Paper Size Organizer K.

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 7

COMMAND

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-4040CN4050CDN4070CDW

HL-2150N2170W

HL-5340D/5350DN5370DW/5380DN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

HL-4140CN4150CDW

HL-N4570CDW

HL-2250DN/2270D

HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/5480DW

HL-S7000DN

HL-3170CD

HL-L250CDN/L8350CDWTY/WL6200CDW(719J200CDWT)

HL-L2390DN/L2900DW/WL6400DW

HL-L2620DW/L6300DW

HL-L2620DW/L6300DW/WL6400DW

HL-L5000D/5850D/L5100DN/L5200D

HL-L5000D/5850D/L5100DN/L 0CCSW

Esc&I17APaper Size16K(197x273mm)

√

Esc&I34APaper Size16K(195x270mm)

√

Esc&I89APaper Size16K(184x260mm)

√

Esc&I101APaper Size Free Size

√

COMMAND	DBW20000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000	HL- W	HL- W
Esc&I1APaper Size Executive	√		√
Esc&I2APaper Size Letter	√		√
Esc&I3APaper Size Legal	√		√
Esc&I6APaper Size Ledger	√		√
Esc&I10APaper Size Oficio	√		√
Esc&I24APaper Size A6	√		√
Esc&I25APaper Size A5	√		√
Esc&I26APaper Size A4	√		√
Esc&I27APaper Size A3	√		√
Esc&I45APaper Size JIS B5	√		√
Esc&I46APaper Size JIS B4	√		√
Esc&I100APaper Size B5	√		√
Esc&I110APaper Size JIS Envelop #3	√		√
Esc&I111APaper Size JIS Envelop #4	√		√
Esc&I1024APaper Size B6	√		√
Esc&I44APaper Size JIS B6	√		√
Esc&I1025APaper Size A5	√		√
Esc&I1026APaper Size A6	√		√
Esc&I1028APaper Size 13"X19"	√		√
Esc&I1029APaper Size A4 ShortEdge	√		√
Esc&I1030APaper Size Letter	√		√
Esc&I1033APaper Size Organizer J	√		√
Esc&I1034APaper Size Organizer K	√		√
COMMAND	DBW25695803W	FL-W	HL-H
Esc&I1035APaper Size Organizer L	√		√
Esc&I1036APaper Size Organizer M	√		√
Esc&I1037APaper SizeDL Long Edge Feeding	√		√
Esc&I1038APaper Size Folio	√		√
Esc&I1039APaper Size 3"X5"	√		√
Esc&I1040APaper Size Envelop #4	√		√
Esc&I1041APaper Size Envelop Max	√		√
Esc&I2048APaper Size A4 Long	√		√
Esc&I2050APaper Size Wide Letter	√		√
Esc&I71APaper SizePOSTCARD(HAGAKI)	√		√
Esc&I80APaper Size Monarch	√		√
Esc&I81APaper Size COM 10	√		√
Esc&I90APaper Size DL	√		√
Esc&I91APaper Size C5	√		√
Esc&I1042APaper Size A5 Long Edge	√		√
Esc&I1043APaper Size A4 Short	√		√
Esc&I1044APaper Size JIS Envelop #3	√		√
Esc&I1045APaper Size JIS Envelop #4	√		√
Esc&I1046APaper Size Mexican Legal	√		√
Esc&I1047APaper Size Indian Legal	√		√

COMMAND	RDWZ5890MW	HL-SDWL2376DWZ5890W	W	L2376DWZ1376CD
				WL3230CDN13210C
				W3190CDWZ5890CD
Esc&I17APaper Size16K(197x273mm)		√		√
Esc&I34APaper Size16K(195x270mm)		√		√
Esc&I89APaper Size16K(184x260mm)		√		√
Esc&I101APaper Size Free Size		√		√

PCL5 (Tray: If PJL TRAYCOMMAND is NORMAL.)

COMMAND

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-P2500/ 1250/1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-2400C/Ca

HL-2700CN/ 2600CN

HL-3400CN

HL-3450CN

HL-1660e/ 2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-1850/ 1870N

HL-5050/5070N/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-6050/ 6050DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/800W

HL-5040/5140

Esc&I0H Paper Eject

√

Esc&I1H Primary Tray

√ Feeder1

Upper Cassette

Tray1

Esc&I2H Manual Feed

√

Esc&I3H Envelope

Feed from Manual Feed

Esc&I4H Secondary Tray

Feeder2

Tray2over Cassette Tray2

MP Tray

Esc&I5H Optional Tray

Lower Cassette

Tray2

Esc&I6H

Esc&I7H Automatic Selection

√

Esc&I8H Optional Tray

Tray3

Esc&I9H Optional Tray

Esc&I10H Optional Tray

Esc&I100H Tray ID 1

Esc&I101H Tray ID 2

Esc&I102H Tray ID 3

Esc&I103H Tray ID 4

Esc&I1001H Fixed Tray

√

Esc&I1002H Auto Selection

√

COMMAND

HL-6050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN/4070CDW

HL-5380DN/L9200CDW(T)

HL-6340D/5360DN/6370DW; 5380DN/L9200CDW(T)

HL-3070CW/3075CW

HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-6440D/5450DN/5470DW

HL-6180DW

HL-57000DN

HL-3170CDW

HL-8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)

Esc&I0H Paper Eject

√

Esc&I1H Primary Tray

Tray1

Esc&I2H Manual Feed

√

Esc&I3H Envelope

Feed from Manual Feed

Esc&I4H Secondary Tray

MP Tray

MP Tray MP Tray

Esc&I5H Optional Tray

Tray2 Tray2 Tray2

Tray2 Tray2

Esc&I6H

Esc&I7H Automatic Selection

√

Esc&I8H Optional Tray

Tray3

Tray3 Tray3

Esc&I9H Optional Tray

Tray4

Esc&I10H Optional Tray

Tray4

Esc&I100H Tray ID 1

Tray ID 1

Esc&I101H Tray ID 2

Tray ID 2

Esc&I102H Tray ID 3

Tray ID 3

Esc&I103H Tray ID 4

Tray ID 4

Esc&I1001H Fixed Tray

√

Esc&I1002H Auto Selection

√

COMMAND	65DW/2560DN/2569DW	L2360DN/L2360DW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2360DN/L2386DW/2596	L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5000D/L5001	L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6200DW/L6201	L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8260CDN/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8300DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L8350DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L2370DW/L4	L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2560DN/2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2560DN/L2561	L2385DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2386DW/L2400	L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3310CW/L3190C	L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW/L3270CDW
Esc&I0H Paper Eject	√	√	√	√		√
Esc&I1H Primary Tray	Tray1
Esc&I2H Manual Feed	√	√	√	√		√
Esc&I3H Envelope	Feed from Manual Feed
Esc&I4H Secondary Tray	MP Tray					MP Tray
Esc&I5H Optional Tray		Tray2 Tray2 Tray2
Esc&I6H
Esc&I7H Automatic Selection	√	√	√	√		√
Esc&I8H Optional Tray		Tray3 Tray3 Tray3
Esc&I9H Optional Tray		Tray4 Tray4 Tray4
Esc&I10H Optional Tray			Tray5 Tray5
Esc&I100H Tray ID 1
Esc&I101H Tray ID 2
Esc&I102H Tray ID 3
Esc&I103H Tray ID 4
Esc&I1001H Fixed Tray	√	√	√	√		√
Esc&I1002H Auto Selection

PCL5 (Tray: If PJL TRAYCOMMAND is SPECIAL.)

COMMAND

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-P2500/ 1250/1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-2400C/Ce

HL-2700CN/ 2600CN

HL-3400CN

HL-3450CN

HL-1660e/ 2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-1850/ 1870N

HL-5050/5070N/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-5040/5140

Esc&I0H Paper Eject

√

Esc&I1H Primary Tray

√ Feeder1

Upper Cassette

Tray1

Esc&I2H Manual Feed

√

Esc&I3H Envelope

Feed from Manual Feed

Esc&I4H Secondary Tray

Feeder2

Lower Cassette

Tray2

Esc&I5H Optional Tray

Lower Cassette

Tray2

Esc&I6H

MP TrayTray2

Tray2

Esc&I7H Automatic Selection

√

Esc&I8H Optional Tray

Tray3

Esc&I9H Optional Tray

Esc&I100H Tray ID 1

Esc&I101H Tray ID 2

Esc&I102H Tray ID 3

Esc&I103H Tray ID 4

Esc&I1001H Fixed Tray

√

Esc&I1002H Auto Selection

√

COMMAND

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/L9300CDW(T)

HL-3070CW/3075CW

HL-4140CN/4150C/DN/4570CDW

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-S7000DN

HL-3170CDW

HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)

Esc&I0H Paper Eject

√

Esc&I1H Primary Tray

Tray1

Esc&I2H Manual Feed

√

Esc&I3H Envelope

Feed from Manual Feed

Esc&I4H Secondary Tray

Tray2 MP Tray

Tray2

Tray2 Tray2

Tray2

Esc&I5H Optional Tray

Tray2

Tray2 Tray2

Tray2

Esc&I6H

MP Tray

Tray2 MP

Tray MP

ray

MP Tray MP Tray

Esc&I7H Automatic Selection

√

Esc&I8H Optional Tray

Tray3

Tray3 Tray3

Esc&I9H Optional Tray

Tray4

Esc&I9H Optional Tray

Esc&I100H Tray ID 1

Tray ID 1

Esc&I101H Tray ID 2

Tray ID 2

Esc&I102H Tray ID 3

Tray ID 3

Esc&I103H Tray ID 4

Tray ID 4

Esc&I1001H Fixed Tray

√

Esc&I1002H Auto Selection

√

COMMAND	L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW	HL-L5000D/5580DL/5100DN/L5200DW	HL-L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW	HL-L8260CD/L8260CD/W/L8360CDW/L9310CDW	HL-050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B22480DW	HL-L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2	HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW	HL-0CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
Esc&I0H Paper Eject	√	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Esc&I1H Primary Tray	Tray1
Esc&I2H Manual Feed	√	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Esc&I3H Envelope	Feed from Manual Feed
Esc&I4H Secondary Tray		Tray2 Tray2 Tray2
Esc&I5H Optional Tray		Tray2 Tray2 Tray2
Esc&I6H	MP Tray					MP Tray
Esc&I7H Automatic Selection	√	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Esc&I8H Optional Tray		Tray3 Tray3 Tray3
Esc&I9H Optional Tray		Tray4 Tray4 Tray4
Esc&I9H Optional Tray			Tray5 Tray5
Esc&I100H Tray ID 1
Esc&I101H Tray ID 2
Esc&I102H Tray ID 3
Esc&I103H Tray ID 4
Esc&I1001H Fixed Tray	√	√	√	√	√	√	√	√
Esc&I1002H Auto Selection

PCL5 (Others)

COMMAND

HL-1070

HL-1050/1250/ 1450/P2500

HL-1270N/ 1470N

HL-1660e/ 2060

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400CN/ 3450CN

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-1850/ 1870N

HL-5040/ 5050/5070N

HL-5140/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-8050/ 6050/D/6050DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/800W

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

Esc&n#Media type selection

✓

Esc&k#GLine Termination

✓

Esc&s#CEnd of Line Wrap

✓

EscYDisplay Function ON

✓

EscZDisplay Function OFF

✓

Esc&IOSSimplex

✓

Esc&I1SDuplex Long-EdgeBinding

✓

Esc&I2SDuplex Short-EdgeBinding

✓

Esc&I#ULong-edge Offset

✓

Esc&I#ZShort-edge Offset

✓

Esc&I#XCopy Volume

#: 1 - 32767

Esc&I#TJob Separation

✓

EscEPrinter Reset

✓

EscCR#RUser Reset

✓

COMMAND

HIL-2070N/2150N/2170W

HIL-7050

HIL-2460

Esc#pYEsc#/P

Esc#/RVertical Position(line)

Esc#/RPerforation SktCEsc#/REsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/LEsc#/L Esc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/fEsc#/f Esc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/F Esc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/Fesc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc/#FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/ FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/F Esc#FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/GEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/Fesc#FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc/fEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/FEsc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc$/fEsc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fissc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/fEsc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/fEsc/#Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/ Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fiscc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc/#Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc/# Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/Fisc#/ Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fiscc#/Fis c# Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc# Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fis c# Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/Fiscc# Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ fiscc# Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/ Fiscc#/Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c# Fis c#

√

COMMAND	Esc&e#VVerticalPosition(decypoint)	Esc&e#CHorizontalPosition(column)	Esc&e#HHorizontalPosition(decypoint)	HL-1070	EscPAXHorizontal Position(dot)	Esc&fOSPush Cursor Position	Esc&fTS	Esc&fHHorizontalPosition(decypoint)	HL-1270N/1470N	HL-1050/1250/1450/P2500	HL-1050/1250/1450/P2500

COMMAND	Command	SO	Esc3@. Esc130@	Esc13@. Esc130@
				Secondary, Fort Select
				Primary, Fort Select
				Esc C#R
				Esc C#R
				Esc F#V
				Esc F#W
				Define, Symbol Set
				Esc c#S
				Symbol Set ID Set
				Esc symbol ID
				Esc s#C
				Esc s#P
				Esc s#P
				Esc s#P
				Esc s#H
				Esc s#H
				Esc s#H
				Esc s#S
				Esc s#S
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V
				Esc s#V/
				Esc s#V/
				Esc s#V/
				Esc s#V/
				Esc s#V/
				Esc s#V/
				Esc s#V/
				Esc s#V/
				Esc s#V/
	Hel-2400C/C8/2600CN	HL-2400C/C8/2600CN	HL-2400C/C8/2600CN	HL-2700CN
	HL-2700CN	HL-2700CN	HL-2700CN	HL-3400CN:3450CN
	HL-3400CN:3450CN	HL-3400CN:3450CN	HL-3400CN:3450CN	HL-1650/1670N
	HL-1650/1670N	HL-1650/1670N	HL-1650/1670N	HL-1850/1870N
	HL-1850/1870N	HL-1850/1870N	HL-1850/1870N	HL-5040/5050/5070N
	HL-5040/5050/5070N	HL-5040/5050/5070N	HL-5040/5050/5070N	HL-6140/5150D/6170DN
	HL-6140/5150D/6170DN	HL-6140/5150D/6170DN	HL-6140/5150D/6170DN	HL-6505/6050D/6050DN
	HL-6505/6050D/6050DN	HL-6505/6050D/6050DN	HL-6505/6050D/6050DN	HL-6505/6050D/6050DN
	HL-6505/6050D/6050DN	HL-6505/6050D/6050DN	HL-6505/6050D/6050DN	HL-65240/50DN/70DN/80DNW
	HL-65240/50DN/70DN/80DNW	HL-65240/50DN/70DN/80DNW	HL-65240/50DN/70DN/80DNW	HL-8050N
	HL-8050N	HL-8050N	HL-8050N	HL-3260N
	HL-3260N	HL-3260N	HL-3260N	HL-2460
	HL-2460	HL-2460	HL-2460	HL-7050
	HL-7050	HL-7050	HL-7050	HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

Command	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface
	HL-1070	HL-1050/1250/1450/2500	HL-1050/1250/1450/2500	HL-1050/1250/1450/2500	HL-1070	HL-1070	HL-1070	HL-1070
	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight	Esc#B, Esc#B Stroke Weight
	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esc#T, Typeface	Esc#T, Esc#T, Esch#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, Esc#D, etc.
	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font
	HIL-1270N/1470N	HIL-1270N/1470N	HIL-1270N/1470N	HIL-1270N/1470N	HIL-1270N/1470N	HIL-1270N/1470N	HIL-1270N/1470N	HIL-1270N
	Transparent Print	Transparent Print	Transparent Print	Transparent Print	Transparent Print	Transparent Print	Transparent Print	Transparent Print
	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font	Auto Underline Download Font
	Enc#D Download Font Control	Enc#D Download Font Control	Enc#D Download Font Control	Enc#D Download Font Control	Enc#D Download Font Control	Enc#D Download Font Control	Enc#D Download Font Control	Enc#D Download Font Control
	Esc#X Set to Primary Font	Esc#X Set to Primary Font	Esc#X Set to Primary Font	Esc#X Set to Primary Font	Esc#X Set to Primary Font	Esc#X Set to Primary Font	Esc#X Set to Primary Font	Esc#X Set to Primary Font
	Esc#X Set to Secondary Font	Esc#X Set to Secondary Font	Esc#X Set to Secondary Font	Esc#X Set to Secondary Font	Esc#X Set to Secondary Font	Esc#X Set to Secondary Font	Esc#X Set to Secondary Font	Esc#X Set to Secondary Font
	Esc#D Set to Default	Esc#D Set to Default	Esc#D Set to Default	Esc#D Set to Default	Esc#D Set to Default	Esc#D Set to Default	Esc#D Set to Default	Esc#D Set to Default
	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#V Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Asc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#V Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc##D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Sett. Default	Esc#D Sett. Default	Esc#D Sett. Default	Esc#D Sett. Default	Esc#D Sett. Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Asc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#DSetto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default
	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default	Esc#D Setto Default

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 22

Command

Esc#E Character Code Set

Esc#W Download Character

Esc#N Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#O Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#P Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#Q Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#R Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#T Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#A Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#B Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#C Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#D Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#E Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#F Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#G Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#H Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#I Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#J Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#K Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#L Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#M Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#N Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#O Select Source Transparency Mode

Esc#P Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#Q Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#C Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#D Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#E Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#F Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#G Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#H Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#I Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#J Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#K Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#L Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#M Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#N Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#O Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#P Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#Q Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#C Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#D Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#E Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#F Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#G Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#H Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#I Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#J Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Esc#K Select Pattern Transparency Mode

Asc#A Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#A Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#B Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#C Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#D Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#E Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#F Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#G Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#H Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#I Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#J Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#K Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#L Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#M Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#N Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#O Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#P Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#Q Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#C Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#D Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#E Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#F Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#G Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#H Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#I Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#J Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#KSelect Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#L Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#M Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#N Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#O Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#P Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#Q Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#C Select Pattern Horizontal Size(dot)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#K SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#L SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#M SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#N SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#O SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#P SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#Q SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#C SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#K SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc##A SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#A SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#C SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern HorizontalSize(dotspoint)

Esc#K SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#K SelectPattern HorizontalSize(dotspoint)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#K SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)(Size(dotspoint))

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#K SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)(Size(dotspoint))

Esc#K SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#k SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size(dotspoint)

Esc#k SelectPattern HorizontalSize (dot)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#k SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#I SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#J SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#k SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size(Dotspoint)

Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size(Dotspoint)

Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)(dot)

Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size (Dot)

Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot) Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Esc#DSelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#A SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#C SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#G SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#H SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#D SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#E SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#F SelectPattern Horizontal Size (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (dot)

Asc#D Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#E Electrons Material (dot)

Asc#F Electrons material (dot)

Asc#G Electrons material (dot)

Asc#H Electrons material (

COMMAND

HL-1070

HL-1050/1250/ 1450/P2500

HL-1270N/ 1470N

HL-1660e/ 2060

HL-2400C/Ce/ 26000CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400CN/ 3450CN

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-1850/ 1870N

HL- 5040/ 5050/5070N

HL- 5140/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-6050/ 6050/D/6050DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

Esc*c#V Pattern Vertical Size(decipoint)

✓

Esc*c#P Print Pattern

#: 0 - 5, 130, 258

Esc*t#R Resolution Setting

#: 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 600

Esc*r#F Raster Graphics Presentation

✓

Esc*r#T Raster Height

✓

Esc*r#S Raster Width

✓

Esc*b#Y Raster Y Offset

✓

Esc*b#M Set Compression Mode

#: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 1024, 1027, 1028, 1152

#: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 1027, 1028, 1152

#: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 1024, 1025, 1026, 1027, 1152, 2048, 2049

#: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 1024, 1025, 1026, 1027, 1152

Esc*r#A Begin Raster Graphics

✓

Esc*b#W Transfer Data

✓

Esc*b#C Compression Transfer

✓

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 24

COMMAND

EscTbEnd Raster Graphics

EscRC

End Raster Graphics

Esc%#B

Esc*0T

Set Picture FrameAnchor Point

Esc*C#Y

Picture FrameHorizontal Size

Picture Frame VerticalSize

Esc*C#X

Picture FrameHorizontal size

Esc*C#L

Esc*C#K

HP-GL2 PlotHorizontal Size

Esc&FIX

End Macro Definition

Esc&FIX

Start Macro Definition

Esc&FIX

HL-1070

√

HL-1050/1250/1450/P2500

√

HL-1270N/1470N

√

HL-1680E/2060

√

HL-2400/C/E/2600CN

√

HL-2700CN

√

HL-3400CN/3450CN

√

HL-1850/1870N

√

HL-5040/5050/5070N

√

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

√

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

√

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

√

HL-8050N

√

HL-3260N

√

HL-2460

√

HL-7050

√

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 25

COMMAND

Esc&ISX

Macro Overlay OFF

Esc&ISX

Esc&ISYX

Esc &ISYX

Esc&ISYX

HL-1070

HL-1050/1250/1450/P2500

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 26

Command
Esc#T# Flush All Pages
Esc#X
Echo

COMMAND

Esc&#Media type selection

Esc&#GLine Termination

Esc&SFCEnd of Line Wrap

EscY

EscZ

EscZDisplay Function ON

Esc&I0S

Esc&I1S

Esc&I2S

Esc&I3S

Esc&I4S

Esc&I5S

Esc&I6S

Esc&I7S

Esc&I8S

Esc&I9S

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-4050CDN 700N/800W

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-4050CDN 700N/800W

HL-5240/500N/700N/800W

HL-L-2260D/2270DW

HL-5440/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-5440/5450DN/5470DW/61B0DW

HL-57000DN

Esc&I0S

Esc& I0S

Esc&I0S

Simplex

Duplex Function ON

Duplex Function OFF

Esc&I0S

Encle

Esc&I1S

Display Function ON

Encle

Encles

Encle

9 #: 1 - 999

COMMAND	HIL-4040CN	EsczSelf-testEsc%-12245XUEL
	HL-4050CDN 4070CDW	Esc&#DUnit of MeasureEsc&#LLeft MarginEsc&#MRight MarginEsc&#M
	HL-4050CDN 4070CDW	Esc&#L
	HL-4050CDN 4070CDW	Esc&#M
	HL-4050CDN 4070CDW	Esc&#M
	HL-4050CDN 4070CDW	Esc&#M
	HL-4050CDN 4070CDW	Esc&#M
	HL-4050CDN 4070CDW	Esc&#M




















		HL-3070CDN/3075CW/4140CN















































































HL-4150CDN/4570CDW	Esc&#L

COMMAND

Esc&e#VVerticalPosition(deipoint)HorizontalPosition(column)

Esc&e#HHorizontalPosition(column)

Esc&A#CHorizontalPosition(column)

Esc&A#HHorizontalPosition(column)

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN A/070CDW

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DN

HL-5440D/540DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-5440D/540DN/5470DW/6180TW

HL-57000DN

Esc&fNS

Esc&rS

Esc&rSS

Esc&rS

Esc&rP

Esc&rS

Esc&rT

Esc&rS

Esc&rSP

Esc&rS

Esc&rST

Esc&rS

Esc&rSE

Esc&rS

Esc&rSC

Esc&rS

Esc&rSD

Esc&rS

Esc&rSF

Esc&rS

Esc&rSB

Esc&rS

Esc&r

COMMAND

Command

Esc,3@. Esc,3@

HL-4040CN

Secondary Fort Select

Primary Fort Select

Esc C#R

Symbol Set ID Set

Esc/FFW

Define Symbol Set

Esc C#S

Symbol Set Control

Esc/symbol ID

Selecting the Symbol Set

Esc/s#C

Character Set

Esc/s#P

Fixed Pitch or PS

Esc/sH

Esc/sH1

Character Pitch Selection

Esc/sH#S

Esc/s#S

Esc/s#V

Point Size

Esc/sH#V

Esc/sH#S

Esc/s#S

Esc/S#S

Esc / 5240/50DN/70DN/80DNW

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-L240/50DN/70DN/80DNW

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-L240/50DN/70DN/80DNW

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-L240/50DN/70DN/80DNW

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-L240/50DN/70DN/80DNW

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-L240/50DN/750DN/80DNW

HL-4050CDN 4070CDW

HL-4050CDN 40570CDW

HL-4050CDN 4570CDW

HL-4050CDN 4570CPW

HL-4050CDN 4570CDW

HL-L250CDN/2270DW

HL-2250DNI/2270DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DV/6180DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/6180DW/6180DW

HL-5440D/5450DNI/5470DW/6180DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/6180DW/6180DW

HL-5440D/6180DW/6180DW

HL-5440C/6180DW

HL-5440D/6180DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/70DN/80DNW

HL-5440C/6180DW/6180DW

HL-5440D/6180DW/6180DW

HL-5440DCN/12360DNI/2360DNI/2560DNI/2569DW

HL-12360DNI/2360DNI/2360DNI/2560DNI/2569DW

HL-12360DNI/2360DNI/2360DNI/2560DNI/2569DNI/2569DW

HL-12360DNI/2360DNI/2360DNI/2560DNI/2569DW

HL-12360DNI/2360DNI(1)L9300CDW(T)

HL-3170CDW

HL-12370DNI/23710NL2372DN/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/23720DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380C#N/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/2380DNI/

COMMAND

EscS#B, EscS#B Stroke Weight

EscS#T, EscS#T

EscS#D, EscS#D,

EscS#X Transparent Print

EscS#D Download Font

EscS#F Download Font Control

EscS#D Download Font

EscS#X Auto Underline

EscS#D, EscS#D,

EscS#X Transparent Print

EscS#D Download Font

EscS#F Download Font Control

EscS#X Get to Primary Fort

EscS#X Set to Secondary Fort

EscS#D Font Default

EscS#D Settled(Primary)

EscS#D Font Default

EscS#W Settled(Secondary)

EscS#W Download Font Header

EscS#W

EscS#D L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3210CW/3190CDW 3100CDW

HL-13270DN/242710NL/2327DN/2580DN/2B2500DN/L2375DN/12375DW/12376DW/2B208DW/AL2388DW/2595DW

#0~6 #0 - 6 F/28, 6 1028, 1029

#0~6, 1028, 1028, 1029

#0~6, 1026, 1028, 1029

#0~6, 1026, 1028,1029

#0~6, 1026, 1028, 1029

#0-6, 1026, 1028, 1029

#0~6, 1026, 1028, 1029

#0~6, 1026. 1028, 1029

#0~6, 1026, 1028, 1029

#0~6, 1026, 1028, 2580DN/12350CDW/12365DW/2560DN/2569DW

HL-12360DN/12360DW/12365DW/2560DN/2569DW

HL-12360DN/2560DN/12365DW/2560DN/2569DW

HL-12360DN/2560DN/12365DW/2569DW

HL-12360DN /242710NL/2327DN/2580DN/2B2500DN/L2375DN/12388DW/2595DW

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 32

COMMAND

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN,4070CDW

HL-524050DN70DN80DW

HL-3070CW/3075CW/4140CN

HL-4150CDN/4570CDW

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-S7000DN

HL-3170CDW

HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)YL9200CDW(T)YL9300CDW(T)

HL-L2360DNL/2360DW/L2365DW/2366DW

HL-L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/

HL-L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW

HL-8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDWTL9310C

HL-L2370DW/L2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/2370DW/237

Esc*c#VPattern VerticalSize(decipoint)

√

Esc*c#PPrint Pattern

#: 0 - 5, 130, 258

Esc*t#RResolution Setting

#: 75, 100, 150, 200, 300, 600

Esc*r#FRaster GraphicsPresentation

√

Esc*r#TRaster Height

√

Esc*r#SRaster Width

√

Esc*b#YRaster Y Offset

√

Esc*b#MSet CompressionMode

#: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9,1024, 1025, 1026,1027, 1030, 1152,2048, 2049

#: 0, 1,2, 3, 5,9, 1024,1025,1026,1027,1030,1152

#: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9,1024, 1025, 1026,1027, 1030, 1152,2048, 2049

#: 0, 1,2, 3, 5, 9,1024,1025,1026,1027,1030,1152,2048,2049

#: 0, 1,2, 3, 5,9, 1024,1025,1026,1027,1030,1152,2048,2049

#: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 1024, 1025,1026, 1027, 1030, 1152,2048, 2049

#: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 1030, 1032, 2010

Esc*r#ABegin Raster Graphics

√

Esc*b#WTransfer Data

√

Esc*b#CCompression Transfer

√

COMMAND	EscTB	End Raster Graphics	Esc TC	End Raster Graphics	Esc%#B	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8
	Esc#C	End Raster Graphics	Esc TC	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8
	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8
	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8
	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8










							HL-4040CN



















	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8
	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8
	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics	Esc#T8	End Raster Graphics

COMMAND

Esc&FSX

Macro Overlay OFF

Esc&ffsX

Delete All Macros

Esc&f7X

Esc&f8X

Delete Temporary Macro

Esc&f8X

Delete Current Macro

Esc&f9X

Make Temporary Macro

Esc&f10X

Make Permanent Macro

Esc&f1030X

Delete Current Macro

Card

Esc&f1030X

Trans Card

From Card

Esc's#T

Set Status Readback Location Type

Esc's#U

Inquire Status Readback Entity

Esc's#I

Esc's#J

Esc's#I

Esc's#i

Esc's#I

Esc's#l

Esc's#I

Esc's#II

Esc's#I

Esc's# I

Esc's#I

Esc's#

HL-4040CN

√

○

√

✗

√

□

√

Esc&f5X

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 36

Command
Esc#T# Flush All Pages
ESC#X
Echo

Typeface Selection (PCL)

Command Typeface

HL-1050/1250/ 1450/P2500

HL-1070/ 1270N/1470N

HL-1660e/ 2050

HL-2400C/Ce/ 26000CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400CN/ 3450CN

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-1850/ 1870N

HL-5040/ 5050/5070N

HL-5140/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN

HL-8240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-2460/ 3260N/7050

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

HL-4040CN/ 4050CDN/ 4070CDW

HL-5340D/50DN/70DW/80DN

Esc(s129T Anelia)

Esc(s128T Brougham)

Esc(s130T Letter Gothic)

√

Esc(s104T OCR-A)

√

Esc(s110T OCR-B)

√

Esc(s152T Helsinki)

Esc(s153T Tennessee)

Esc(s154T Helsinki Narrow)

Esc(s155T Atlanta)

√

Esc(s156T Brussels)

Esc(s157T Copenhagen)

√

Esc(s158T Portugal)

√

Esc(s159T Calgary)

√

Esc(s4101T PC Tennessee)

√

Esc(s4143T PC Brussels)

√

Esc(s4148T Utah)

√

Esc(s4362T Alaska)

√

Esc(s4168T Antique Oakland)

√

Esc(s4099T Brougham)

√

Esc(s4140T Cleveland Condensed)

√

Esc(s4116T Connecticut)

√

Esc(s4197T Guatemala)

√

Esc(s4102T Letter Gothic)

√

Esc(s4297T Maryland)

√

Esc(s4113T Oklahoma)

√

Esc(s16886T BR Symbol)

√

Esc(s16602T Helsinki)

√

Esc(s16901T Tennessee)

√

Esc(s31402T W Dingbals)

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 38

Command Type/ace	ESC1s134T	Bermuda Script

ESC1s132T German y	HL-1050/1250/1450/P2500	HL-1050/1250/1450/P2500
	HL-1070/1270N/1470N	HL-1070/1270N/1470N
	HL-1660E/2060	HL-1660E/2060
	HL-2400C/C/E/2600CN	HL-2400C/C/E/2600CN
	HL-2700CN	HL-2700CN
	HL-3400CN/3450CN	HL-3400CN/3450CN
	HL-1650/1670N	HL-1650/1670N
	HL-1850/1870N	HL-1850/1870N
	HL-5040/5050/5070N	HL-5040/5050/5070N
	HL-5140/5150D/5170DN	HL-5140/5150D/5170DN
	HL-6050/6050D/6050DN	HL-6050/6050D/6050DN
	HL-5240/5260N/70DN/80DNW	HL-5240/5260N/70DN/80DNW
	HL-8050N	HL-8050N
	HL-2460/3260N/7050	HL-2460/3260N/7050
	HL-2070N/2150N/2170W	HL-2070N/2150N/2170W
	HL-4040CN/4050CCDN/4070CDCW	HL-4040CN/4050CCDN/4070CDCW
	HL-5340D/50DN/70DW/80DN	HL-5340D/50DN/70DW/80DN

Command Type	Place
Ecds129T Anella
Ecds128T Brougham
Ecds130T Lette Gothic	HL-4100CN/4150CDN/4570CDW
Ecds104T OCR A	HL-2250DN/2270DW
Ecds110T OCR B	HL-2250DN/2270DW
Ecds152T Helsinki
Ecds153T Tannasseae
Ecds154T Heinki Narrow	HL-3170CDW
Ecds155T Atlanta
Ecds156T Brussels	HL-3170CDW
Ecds157T Copzhausen	HL-3170CDW
Ecds158T Portuga	HL-3170CDW
Ecds159T Caligr y	HL-3170CDW
Ecds1401T PC Tunnesses	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4143T PC Brussels	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4146T Utah	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4362T Alaska	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4168T Oakland	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4099T Brougham	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4140T Condensead	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4116T Connecticut	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4197T Guatemala	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4107T Little Gothic	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4297T Maryland	HL-3170CDW
Ecds4113T Oklahoma	HL-3170CDW
Ecds16686T BR Symbol	HL-3170CDW
Ecds16602T Heinki	HL-3170CDW
Ecds16901T Telnesse	HL-3170CDW
Ecds16901T Dingbals	HL-3170CDW
Command Type/Place
ESC132T German	H-L-
ESC133T San Diego	H-L2700N/L2300CDW/L230CDW/WA3180CDW
ESC132T German	H-L2700N/L2370DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/24750N/A2760N/A8360CDW/L8360CDW/T.9310CDW
ESC132T German	H-L260CDW/L8260CDW/L8360CDW/I.8360CDW/T.9310CDW
ESC132T German	H-L260CDW/L6300DW/L6400DW
ESC132T German	H-L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW
ESC132T German	H-L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW
ESC132T German	H-L-12360DN/L2360DW/L23650N/A2560DN/25690W
ESC132T German	H-L-12360DN/L2360DW/L23650N/A2560DN/25690W
ESC132T German	H-L-12360DN/L2360DW/L23650N/A2560DN/25690W
ESC132T German

HP-GL/2

COMMAND	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3070CW/3075CW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2580DN/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW/L8360CDWT/L9310CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
DF	√
IN	√
IP	√
IR	√
SC	√
IW	√
RO	√
PU	√
PD	√
PA	√
PR	√
AA	√
AR	√
AT	√
RT	√
PE	√
CI	√
BR	√
BZ	√
PM	√
EA	√
ER	√
EP	√
EW	√
RA	√
RR	√
WG	√
FP	√
AC	√
FT	√
LA	√
LT	√
PW	√
RF	√
SM	√
SP	√
SV	√
TR	√
UL	√
WU	√
SD	√
AD	√
SS	√
SA	√
COMMAND	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3070CW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW/L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW/L8360CDWT/L9310CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
FI	√
FN	√
LB	√
DT	√
LO	√
DI	√
DR	√
DV	√
CP	√
CF	√
SI	√
SR	√
SL	√
SB	√
ES	√
TD	√
CO	√
PG	√
RP	√
NP	√

Epson FX-850

Command	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050DN/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW
SP	√
BS	√
CR	√
LF	√
FF	√
Esc SP n	√
Esc a n	√
Esc S n1 n2	√
Esc \ n1 n2	√
Esc <	√
Esc >	√
Esc #	√
Esc @	√
Esc CR#R	√
Esc EM n	√
Esc C n	√
Esc C NUL n	√
Esc In	√
Esc Q n	√
Esc N n	√
Esc O	√
Esc 2	√
Esc 0	√
Esc 1	√
Esc A n	√
Esc 3 n	√
Esc J n	√
Esc j n	√
Esc D n1 n2 n3 ... NUL	√
HT	√
Esc B n1 n2 n3... NUL	√
Esc b n m1 m2 m3 ... NUL	√
Esc / n	√
VT	√
Esc P	√
Esc M	√
Esc p n	√
SI	√
Esc SI	√
DC2	√
Esc E	√
Esc F	√
Esc G	√
Esc H	√
Esc W n	√
SO	√
Esc SO	√
DC4	√
Esc 4	√
Command	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW
Esc 5	√
Esc S n	√
Esc T	√
Esc w n	√
Esc -n	√
Esc I n	√
Esc 6	√
Esc 7	√
Esc I n	√
Esc R n	√
Esc t n	√
Esc&NUL n1 n2	√
Esc % n NUL	√
Esc:000	√
Esc * m n1 n2	√
Esc ? n m	√
Esc ^ a n1 n2	√
Esc K n1 n2	√
Esc L n1 n2	√
Esc Y n1 n2	√
Esc Z n1 n2	√

IBM ProPrinter XL

Command	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW
ESC	√
SP	√
BS	√
CR	√
LF	√
FF	√
Esc 5 n	√
DC1	√
Esc Q 22	√
Esc Q 3	√
Esc CR ! #R	√
Esc EM n	√
Esc C n	√
Esc C NUL n	√
Esc X m n	√
Esc N n	√
Esc O	√
Esc 0	√
Esc 1	√
Esc A n	√
Esc 2	√
Esc 3 n	√
Esc J n	√
Esc D n1 n2 n3 ... NUL	√
Esc B n1 n2 n3 ... NUL	√
HT	√
VT	√
Esc R	√
Esc 7	√
Esc 6	√
DC2	√
Esc :	√
Esc P n	√
SI	√
Esc E	√
Esc F	√
SO	√
DC4	√
CAN	√
Esc W n	√
Esc S n	√
Esc T	√
Esc - n	√
Esc n	√
Esc [ @ n1n2n3n4n5n6	√
Esc \ n1 n2	√
Esc ^	√
Esc I n	√
Esc = n1 n2 20 n3	√
Esc K n1 n2	√
Esc L n1 n2	√
Esc Y n1 n2	√
Esc Z n1 n2	√

BAR CODE

Command	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N/P2500/1660o/2060/2400C/2400Co/3400CN/1650/1670N/3260N/2460/7050/1850/1870N/5050/5070N/5150D/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/2150N/2170W/5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN/3070CW/3075CW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/2250DN/2270DW/5440D/5450DN/5470DW/6180DW/S7000DN/L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)/L2360DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/2560DN/2569DW	HL-L5000D/5580D/L5100DN/L5200DW/L6200DW/L6300DW/L6400DW/L8260CDN/L8260CDW/L8360CDW/L8360CDWT/L9310CDW/L2370DN/L2371DN/L2372DN/2590DN/B2050DN/L2370DW/L2375DW/L2376DW/B2080DW/L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW/L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L3210CW/3190CDW/3160CDW
CODE 39	√	√
Interleaved 2 of 5	√	√
FIM (US-Post Net)	√	√
Post Net	√	√
EAN8.EAN13,UPC A	√	√
UPC E	√	√
Codabar	√	√
UPS Code128set A	√	√
UPS Code128set B	√	√
UPS Code128set C	√	√
ISBN (EAN)	√	√
ISBN (UPC-E)	√	√
EAN128 set A	√	√
EAN 128 set B	√	√
EAN 128 set C	√	√
Code93		√
GS1 DataBar		√
MSI		√
PDF417		√

HP-GL

COMMAND

HL-1050/1250/1450/P2500

HL-1070/12470N/1470N

HL-1660e/2060

HL-2400e/Ce/2800CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400cn/3450CN

HL-1650/1670N

HL-1850/1870N

HL-5040/5050/5070N

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 49

COMMAND

HL-1050/1250/1450/P2500

HL-1070/12470N/1470N

HL-1660/e2060

HL-2400e/Ce/2600CN

HL-2700CN

hl-3400cn/3450CN

HL-1850/1670N

HL-1850/1870N

HL-5040/5050/5070N

HL 5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N/2150N/2170W

√

PJL

Command

HL-1050

HL-1250/1450

HL-1070

HL-1270N/1470N

HL-P2500

HL-1660e/2060

HL-2400C/Ce/26000CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400CN/3450CN

HL-1850/1670N

HL-1850/1870N

HL-5040/5050/5070N

HL-5140/5160D/5170DN

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

ESC%-123245X

√

PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = personality

PCL

√

PCLXL

√

EPSON

√

IBM

√

POSTSCRIPT

√

HPGL

√

@PJL EXECUTE operation

SHUTDOWN

√

DEMOPAGE

√

RESIFONT

√

PERMFONT

√

TESTPRINT

√

PRTCONFIG

√

@PJL COMMENT remarks [<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL JOB [NAME = "job name"] [START =first page] [END = last page] [PASSWORD ="password"][<CR>][LF>

[NAME = "job name"] [START = first page] [END = last page] [PASSWORD = "password"][<CR>][LF>

@PJL EOJ [NAME = "job name"][<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL DEFAULT [LPARM : personality]variable = value[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INITIALIZE[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL RESET[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL SET [LPARM : personality] variable =value[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INQUIRE [LPARM : personality]variable[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL DINQUIRE [LPARM : personality]variable[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL ECHO[<words>][<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO ID[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO CONFIG[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO MEMORY[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO STATUS[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO VARIABLES[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO USTATUS[<CR>][LF>

DEVICE, JOB, PAGE, TIMED

@PJL INFO PAGECOUNT[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO PHYSICALMEMORY

√

@PJL INFO FEATURES[<CR>][LF>

√

Command

HL-1050

HL-1250/1450

HL-1070

HL-1270N/1470N

HL-P2500

HL-1660a/2060

HL-2400C/Ce/2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400CN/3450CN

HL-1650/1670N

HL-1850/1870N

HL-5040/5050/5070N

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

HL-6240/60DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

@PJL INFO DRUMLIFE

√

@PJL USTATUS variable = value

DEVICE, JOB, PAGE, TIMED

@PJL USTATUSOFF

√

@PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

@PJL OPMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

@PJL STMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

Command

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN:4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

HL-5340D/5350DN/5360DN

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

HL-5440D

HL-5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-57000DN

ESC%-123245X

√

PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = personality

PCL

√

PCLXL

√

EPSON

√

IBM

√

POSTSCRIPT

√

HPGL

@PJL EXECUTE operation

SHUTDOWN

DEMOPAGE

√

RESIFONT

√

PERMFONT

√

TESTPRINT

√

PRTCONFIG

√

@PJL COMMENT remarks[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL JOB [NAME = "job name"] [START =first page] [END = last page] [PASSWORD ="password"][<LF>

[NAME = "job name"] [START = firstpage] [END = last page] [PASSWORD="password"][<LF>

√

@PJL EOJ [NAME = "job name"][<LF>

√

@PJL DEFAULT [LPARM : personality]variable = value[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INITIALIZE[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL RESET[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL SET [LPARM : personality] variable=value[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INQUIRE [LPARM : personality]variable[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL DINQUIRE [LPARM : personality]variable[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL ECHO[<CR>][<LF>

√

@PJL INFO ID[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO CONFIG[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO MEMORY[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO STATUS[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO VARIABLES[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO USTATUS[<CR>][LF>

DEVICE, JOB, PAGE, TIMED

@PJL INFO PAGECOUNT[<CR>][LF>

√

@PJL INFO PHYSICALMEMORY

√

@PJL INFO FEATURES[<CR>][LF>

√

Command

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN/4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

HL-540D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

HL-4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

HL-540D

HL-5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-S7000DN

@PJL INFO DRUMLIFE

√

@PJL USTATUS variable = value

@PJL USTATUSOFF

√

@PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

@PJL OPMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

@PJL STMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 53

Command

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

L8250CDNLL8350CDW(TL9200CDW(TL9300CDW(TL)

HL-L2300L2300D(L2320D/L2321D)

HL-L2360DW(L2360DW(L2360DW)

L2361DN(2360DW(L2360DW)

L2360DW(L2360DW(L2360DW)

HL-1200Y1201Y1202Y1208

L6400DW(TL6402DW)

L6300DW(TL6300DW)

ESC%-123245X

√

PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = personality

PCL

√

PCLXL

√

EPSON

√

IBM

√

POSTSCRIPT

√

HPGL

@PJL EXECUTE operation

SHUTDOWN

√

DEMOPAGE

RESIFONT

√

PERMFONT

√

TESTPRINT

√

PRTCONFIG

√

@PJL COMMENT remarks []<LF>

√

@PJL JOB [NAME = "job name"] [START =first page] [END = last page] [PASSWORD ="password"] []<LF>

√

@PJL EOJ [NAME = "job name"] []<LF>

√

@PJL DEFAULT [LPARM : personality]variable = value []<LF>

√

@PJL INITIALIZE []<LF>

√

@PJL RESET []<LF>

√

@PJL SET [LPARM : personality] variable =value []<LF>

√

@PJL INQUIRE [LPARM : personality]variable []<LF>

√

@PJL DINQUIRE [LPARM : personality]variable []<LF>

√

@PJL ECHO []<LF>

√

@PJL INFO ID []<LF>

√

@PJL INFO CONFIG []<LF>

√

@PJL INFO MEMORY []<LF>

√

@PJL INFO STATUS []<LF>

√

@PJL INFO VARIABLES []<LF>

√

@PJL INFO USTATUS []<LF>

DEVICE, JOB, PAGE, TIMED

@PJL INFO PAGECOUNT []<LF>

√

@PJL INFO PHYSICALMEMORY

√

@PJL INFO FEATURES []<LF>

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 55

Command

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

L8250CDNL8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)L9300CDW(T)

HL-L2300L2300DL2320DL2321DL

HL-L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW

L2360DW/L2360DW/L2360DW

HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218W

HL-1200/1201/1202/1208

L6400DW(T)L6402DW

HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/WL6020DW/L6250DW/L6250DW

L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW

L6250DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW

L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW

L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW

L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW/L6350DW

L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L6250DW/L625

@PJL INFO DRUMLIFE

√

@PJL USTATUS variable = value

DEVICE, JOB, PAGE, TIMED

@PJL USTATUSOFF

√

@PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

@PJL OPMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

@PJL STMSG DISPLAY = "message"

√

Command	L3270CDW3:190CDW4:320CDW3:160CDW4:320CDW4:NL:3270CW
ESC%-123245X	√
PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = personality
PCL	√
PCLXL	√
EPSON
IBM
POSTSCRIPT	√
HPGL
@PJL EXECUTE operation
SHUTDOWN
DEMOPAGE
RESIFONT	√
PERMFONT	√
TESTPRINT	√
PRTCONFIG	√
@PJL COMMENT remarks [<CR>]<LF>	√
@PJL JOB [NAME = "job name"] [START =first page] [END = last page] [PASSWORD ="password"][]	√
@PJL EOJ [NAME = "job name"][]	√
@PJL DEFAULT [LPARM : personality]variable = value[]	√
@PJL INITIALIZE[]	√
@PJL RESET[]	√
@PJL SET [LPARM : personality] variable=value[]	√
@PJL INQUIRE [LPARM : personality]variable[]	√
@PJL DINQUIRE [LPARM : personality]variable[]	√
@PJL ECHO [][]	√
@PJL INFO ID[]	√
@PJL INFO CONFIG[]	√
@PJL INFO MEMORY[]	√
@PJL INFO STATUS[]	√
@PJL INFO VARIABLES[]	√
@PJL INFO USTATUS[]	√
@PJL INFO PAGECOUNT[]	√
@PJL INFO PHYSICALMEMORY	√
@PJL INFO FEATURES[]	√
Command	L3270CDW3/H-180CDWL3Z30CDWL3Z30CDW3
@PJL INFO DRUMLIFE[<CR>]<LF>	√
@PJL USTATUS variable = value [<CR>]<LF>
@PJL USTATUSOFF [<CR>]<LF>	√
@PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY = "message"<CR>><LF>
@PJL OPMSG DISPLAY = "message"<CR>><LF>
@PJL STMSG DISPLAY = "message"<CR>><LF>

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400cn/ 3450CN

HL-1660a

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

COPIES

1 - 200 1 - 999

PAPER

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

√

MONARCH

√

JISBS

√

JISB6

√

A4LONG

√

ANY

√

DLL

√

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZERJ

√

ORGANIZERK

√

ORGANIZERL

√

ORGANIZERM

√

FOLIO

√

USERDEF

√

LEDGER

√

P3X5

ENVYOU4

ENVCHOU3

JENVCHOU4

JENVCHOU3

A5L

√

JISB4

√

A3PLUS

√

LTRS

√

A4S

√

EXECUTIVES

B5S

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 59

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400m/ 3450CN

HL-1660e

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

ROC16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

ORIENTATION

PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE

FORMLINES

5 ~ 128

MANUALFEED

ON, OFF

RET

LIGHT, MEDIUM, DARK, OFF

PAGEPROTECT

AUTO, OFF, LETTER, LEGAL, A4

RESOLUTION

300, 600 300, 600

HQ1200 300, 600 300, 600, HQ1200

PERSONALITY

AUTO

√

PCL

√

IBM

√

EPSON

√

POSTSCRIPT

√

HPGL

√

TIMEOUTEMU

1~99

AUTOCONT

ON, OFF

LOWTONER

CONTINUE, STOP

INTRAY1

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY2

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 26000CN

HL-2700CN

HI-3400env 3450CN

HL-1660e

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

INTRAY3

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY4

INTRAY5

INTRAY6

INTRAY1SIZE

ANY

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

√

MONARCH

√

JISBS

√

JIS B6

√

A4LONG

CUSTOM

√

LEDGER

√

JISB4

√

A3PLUS

√

LTRS

√

A4S

√

EXECUTIVES

B5S

DLL

POSTCARD

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400cn/ 3450CN

HL-1660e

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

FOLIO

P3X5

ENVYOU4

ENVCHOU3

JENVCHOU4

JENVCHOU3

A5L

USERDEFINED

USERDEF

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY2SIZE -

A4LETTER

B5EXECUTIVE

ENVELOPES

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

COM10

MONARCH

JISB5

JIS B6

A4LONG

DLL

POSTCARD

ORGANIZERJ

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

FOLIO

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 60
APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 62

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 61

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400env/ 3450CN

HL-1660e

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

P3X5

ENVYOU4

ENVCHOU3

A5L

USERDEFINED

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY3SIZE -

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

JISB6

FOLIO

A5L

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY4SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

JISB6

FOLIO

A5L

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 63

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400cm/ 3450CN

HL-1660e

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY5SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

FOLIO

A5L

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY6SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

FOLIO

A5L

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

SOURCETRAY

AUTO

√

MPTRAY

√

TRAY1

√

TRAY2

√

TRAY3

TRAY4

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HI-3400env/ 3450CN

HL-1660e

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

TRAYS

TRAYID1

TRAYID2

TRAYID3

TRAYID4

XOFFSET

-500 ~ 500

YOFFSET

-500 ~ 500

DUPLEX

ON, OFF

BINDING

LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE

FIRSTPRINT

NORMAL, MIDDLE, HIGH

DENSITY

1 ~ 15

-6 ~ 6

LANG

ENGLISH

√

FRENCH

√

GERMAN

√

DUTCH

√

SPANISH

√

ITALIAN

√

NORWEGIAN

√

PORTUGUESE

√

DANISH

√

SWEDISH

√

FINNISH

√

CZECH

POLISH

HUNGARIAN

RUSSIAN

BULGARIAN

ROMANIAN

SLOVAKIAN

BRAZILIAN

TURKISH

CROATIAN

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HL-3400cn/ 3450CN

HL-1660e

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

SLOVENE

JAPANESE

√

CANADA

√

USA

√

CPLOCK

ON, OFF

PASSWORD

0~65535

ECONOMODE

OFF, ON

ECONOLEVEL

0~3

MPTRAY

CASSETTE, FIRST

TIMEOUT

1~99

AUTOFF

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTFF

1~99

AUTOSLEEP

ON, OFFON, OFF

TIMEOUTSLEEP

1~99

CDCCHIGH

ON, OFF

DTRCTRL

0~3

XOFFTIMINGSEL

0, 1, 2, 3

POWERSAVE

POWERSAVETIME

MEDIATYPE

REGULAR

√

THICK

√

THICK2

√

TRANSPARENCY

√

THIN

√

BOND

√

ENVELOPES

√

ENVTHICK

√

ENVTHIN

√

RECYCLED

POSTCARD

LABEL

GLOSSY

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1050

HL-1070

HL-1250/ 1270N

HL-1450/ 1470N

HL-P2500

HL-2400C/Ce/ 2600CN

HL-2700CN

HI-3400cy/ 3450CN

HL-1660e

HL-2060

HL-1650/ 1670N

HL-5040/ 5050/ 5070N

COLOR

HOLEPUNCHED

REPRINT

PRIORITY

EPSON, IBM

IBMCHARE1

BETA, ESSZET

KEEPPCL

ON, OFF

DOUBLESTRIKE

ON, OFF ON, OFF

COLLATE

HOLD

HOLDTYPE

HOLDKEY

TIMESETYEAR

TIMESETMONTH

TIMESETDAY

TIMESETHOUR

TIMESETMIN

TIMESETSEC

TIMESTYLE

SUMMERTIME

ZONESET

TIMEZONE

RENDERMODE

APTMODE

COLORADAPT

STRINGCODESET

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/1870N

HL-6050/6050DN

HL-5140/5150D5170DN

HL-5240/50DN70DN800W

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4060CDN/4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

COPIES

1-999

PAPER

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIA LEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

√

MONARCH

√

JISB5

√

JISB6

√

A4LONG

√

ANY

√

DLL

√

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZERJ

√

ORGANIZERK

√

ORGANIZERL

√

ORGANIZERM

√

FOLIO

√

USERDEF

√

LEDGER

√

P3X5

√

ENVYOU4

√

ENVCHOU3

√

JENVCHOU4

JENVCHOU3

A5L

√

JISB4

√

A3PLUS

LTRS

√

A4S

√

EXECUTIVES

√

B5S

√

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/1870N

HL-6050/6050DN

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/800W

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4060DN/4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

ROC16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

ORIENTATION

PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE

FORMLINES

5~128

5~128(onlyHL-2150N/2170W)

MANUALFEED

ON, OFF

RET

LIGHT, MEDIUM, DARK, OFF

PAGEPROTECT

AUTO, OFF, LETTER, LEGAL, A4

RESOLUTION

300, 600, HQ1200

300, 600, 1200

300, 600, HQ1200

300, 600

300, 600, HQ1200

300, 600, 1200

300, 600, HQ1200

PERSONALITY

AUTO

√

PCL

√

√(onlyHL-2150N/2170W)

IBM

√

EPSON

√

POSTSCRIPT

√

HPGL

√

TIMEOUTEMU

1~99

1~99(onlyHL-2150N/2170W)

AUTOCONT

ON, OFF

LOWTONER

CONTINUE, STOP

INTRAY1

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY2

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/ 1870N

HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN

HL-5140/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4060CDN/ 4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

INTRAY3

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY4

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY5

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY6

INTRAY1SIZE

ANY

✓

LETTER

✓

LEGAL

✓

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

✓

EXECUTIVE

✓

COM10

✓

MONARCH

✓

JISB5

✓

JIS B6

✓

A4LONG

✓

CUSTOM

✓

LEDGER

✓

JISB4

✓

A3PLUS

LTRS

✓

A4S

✓

EXECUTIVES

✓

B5S

✓

DLL

✓

POSTCARD

✓

ORGANIZERL

✓

ORGANIZERK

✓

ORGANIZERL

✓

ORGANIZERM

✓

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/1870N

HL-6050/6050DN

HL-5140/5150D5170DN

HL-5240/50DN70DN800W

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4060CDN/4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

FOLIO

√

P3X5

√

ENVYOU4

√

ENVCHOU3

√

JENVCHOU4

JENVCHOU3

A5L

USERDEFINED

√

USERDEF

√

NOCASSETTE

√

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY2SIZE

A4LETTER

√

B5EXECUTIVE

√

ENVELOPES

√

ANY

√

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

MONARCH

JISB5

√

JIS B6

√

A4LONG

√

DLL

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZERJ

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

FOLIO

√

P3X5

ENVYOU4

ENVCHOU3

A5L

USERDEFINED

NOCASSETTE

√

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY3SIZE

ANY

√

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

JISB5

√

JISB6

FOLIO

√

A5L

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY4SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

JISB6

FOLIO

A5L

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/1870N

HL-6050/6050DN

HL-5140/5150DN5170DN

HL-5240/50DN70DN800W

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4060CDN/4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY5SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

FOLIO

A5L

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY6SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

FOLIO

A5L

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

SOURCETRAY

AUTO

✓

MPTRAY

✓

TRAY1

✓

TRAY2

✓

TRAY3

✓

TRAY4

✓

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/ 1870N

HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN

HL-5140/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4060CDN/ 4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

TRAYS

TRAYID1

✓

TRAYID2

✓

TRAYID3

✓

TRAYID4

✓

XOFFSET

-500 ~ 500

-104 ~ 500

-500 ~ 500

YOFFSET

-500 ~ 500

-50 ~ 500

-500 ~ 500

DUPLEX

ON, OFF

BINDING

LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE

FIRSTPRINT

DENSITY

-6 ~ 6

-2 ~ 2

-6 ~ 6 -6 + 6

LANG

ENGLISH

✓

FRENCH

✓

GERMAN

✓

DUTCH

✓

SPANISH

✓

ITALIAN

✓

NORWEGIAN

✓

PORTUGUESE

✓

DANISH

✓

SWEDISH

✓

FINNISH

✓

CZECH

✓

POLISH

✓

HUNGARIAN

✓

RUSSIAN

✓

BULGARIAN

✓

ROMANIAN

✓

SLOVAKIAN

✓

BRAZILIAN

TURKISH

CROATIAN

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/1870N

HL-6050/6050DN

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2400

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN/4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

SLOVENE

JAPANESE

√

CANADA

USA

CPLOCK

ON, OFF

PASSWORD

0~65535

ECONOMODE

OFF, ON

ECONOLEVEL

0~3

MPTRAY

CASSETTE, FIRST

TIMEOUT

1~99

AUTOFF

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTFF

1~99

AUTOSLEEP

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTSLEEP

0~2401~99 1~240 1~240

CDCCHIGH

DTRCTRL

0~3

XOFFTIMINGSEL

POWERSAVE

POWERSAVETIME

MEDIATYPE

REGULAR

√

THICK

√

THICK2

√

TRANSPARENCY

√

THIN

√

BOND

√

ENVELOPES

√

ENVTHICK

√

ENVTHIN

√

RECYCLED

√

POSTCARD

√

LABEL

√

GLOSSY

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/ 1870N

HL-6050/ 6050D/6050DN

HL-5140/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7050

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4060CDN/ 4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

COLOR

HOLEPUNCHED

REPRINT

OFF, JOB

OFF,ON,JOB

PRIORITY

EPSON, IBM

IBMCHARE1

BETA, ESSZET

KEEPPCL

ON, OFF

DOUBLESTRIKE

ON, OFF

COLLATE

HOLD

OFF, STORE

HOLDTYPE

HOLDKEY

0000-9999

TIMESETYEAR

TIMESETMONTH

TIMESETDAY

TIMESETHOUR

TIMESETMIN

TIMESETSEC

TIMESTYLE

YMD, MDY, DMY

SUMMERTIME

ZONESET

TIMEZONE

RENDERMODE

COLOR, GRAYSCALE, AUTOCOLOR

APTMODE

OFF, ON, ON4, B8, B8H

COLORADAPT

OFF, ON

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-1850/1870N

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

HL-5140/5150D/5170DN

HL-5240/50DN/70DN/80DW

HL-8050N

HL-3260N

HL-2460

HL-7060

HL-2070N

HL-4040CN

HL-4050CDN/4070CDW

HL-2140/2150N/2170W

STRINGCODESET

HPROMAN8, ISO88592, ISO88595

HPROMAN8, ISO88592, ISO88595JISX02011976

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 64

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 65

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 70

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 71

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 72

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 73

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 74

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 76

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D:5350DN/5370DW/53

HL-80DN

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

4140CN/150CDN/4570CDW

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN/6470DW/6180DW

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

COPIES

1 - 999

PAPER

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIA LEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

√

MONARCH

√

JISB5

√

JISB6

√

A4LONG

√

ANY

DLL

√

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZERJ

√

ORGANIZERK

√

ORGANIZERL

√

ORGANIZERM

√

FOLIO

√

USERDEF

LEDGER

P3X5

√

ENVYOU4

√

ENVCHOU3

√

JENVCHOU4

JENVCHOU3

A5L

√

JISB4

A3PLUS

LTR5

A4S

EXECUTIVES

B5S

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 79

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-80DN

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

HL-4140CN/150CDW/4570CD

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

HL-5440D/5470DW/6180DW

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

ROC16K

√

SIXTEENK195X270

√

SIXTEENK184X260

√

ORIENTATION

PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE

FORMLINES

5~128

5~128 5~128

MANUALFEED

ON, OFF

RET

PAGEPROTECT

AUTO, OFF, LETTER, LEGAL, M

RESOLUTION

300, 600, HQ1200, 1200

300, 600 600

300, 600 300, 600, 1200

600

PERSONALITY

AUTO

√

PCL

√

IBM

√

EPSON

√

POSTSCRIPT

√

HPGL

TIMEOUTEMU

1~99

1~99 1~99 1~99

AUTOCONT

ON, OFF ON, OFF ON, OFF

LOWTONER

INTRAY1

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY2

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 80

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DNHL-

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

4140CN/4150CDWHL-W

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-S440D/

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

INTRAY3

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY4

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY5

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY6

INTRAY1SIZE

ANY

✓

LETTER

✓

LEGAL

✓

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

✓

EXECUTIVE

✓

COM10

✓

MONARCH

✓

JISBS

✓

JIS B6

✓

A4LONG

✓

CUSTOM

LEDGER

JISB4

A3PLUS

LTRS

A4S

EXECUTIVES

B5S

DLL

✓

POSTCARD

✓

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 81

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D:5350DN:5370DW:5380DNHL-

HL-3040CN:3045CN

HL-3070CW:3075CW

4140CN:4150CDW:4570CDWHL-W

HL-2250DN:2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN:5470DW:6180DWHL-5440D

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW:3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

FOLIO

√

P3X5

√

ENVYOU4

√

ENVCHOU3

√

JENVCHOU4

JENVCHOU3

A5L

√

USERDEFINED

USERDEF

√

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

√

SIXTEENK184X260

√

INTRAY2SIZE

A4LETTER

B5EXECUTIVE

ENVELOPES

ANY

√

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

MONARCH

JISB5

√

JIS B6

√

A4LONG

DLL

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZERJ

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

FOLIO

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 82

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D:5350DN/5370DW/5380DNHL-

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

4140CN/150CDN/4570CDWHL-W

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN/6470DW/6180DWHL-5440D

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

P3X5

ENVYOU4

ENVCHOU3

A5L

√

USERDEFINED

√

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

√

SIXTEENK184X260

√

INTRAY3SIZE

ANY

√

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

JISB5

√

JISB6

FOLIO

√

A5L

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY4SIZE

ANY

√

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

JISB5

√

JISB6

FOLIO

√

A5L

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DNHL-

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

4140CN/4150CDW/4570CDWHL-W

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN/5470DW/6180DWHL-5440D

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY5SIZE

ANY

✓

LETTER

✓

LEGAL

✓

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

✓

EXECUTIVE

✓

JISB5

✓

FOLIO

✓

A5L

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY6SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

FOLIO

A5L

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

SOURCETRAY

AUTO

✓

MPTRAY

✓

TRAY1

✓

TRAY2

✓

TRAY3

✓

TRAY4

-500 ~ 500

✓

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 83

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 84

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN/5470DW/6180DW

HL-5440D

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118

TRAYS

TRAYID1

TRAYID2

TRAYID3

TRAYID4

XOFFSET

-500~500

-500~500-50~500

-500~500

YOFFSET

-500~500

-50~500

-500~500

DUPLEX

ON, OFF

ON, OFF (only HL-4150CDN/4570CDW)

ON, OFF

ON, OFF (only HL-2240D)

ON, OFF ON, OFF

BINDING

LONGEDGE- SHORTEDGE

LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE(on y HL-4150CDN/4570CDW)

LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE

LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE (only HL-2240D)

LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE

FIRSTPRINT

DENSITY

-6~6

LANG

ENGLISH

√

FRENCH

√

GERMAN

√

DUTCH

√

SPANISH

√

ITALIAN

√

NORWEGIAN

√

PORTUGUESE

√

DANISH

√

SWEDISH

√

FINNISH

√

CZECH

√

POLISH

√

HUNGARIAN

√

RUSSIAN

√

BULGARIAN

√

ROMANIAN

√

SLOVAKIAN

√

BRAZILIAN

√

TURKISH

√

CROATIAN

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 85

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN HL-

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW HL-W

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN/6470DW/6180DW HL-5440D/

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1116

SLOVENE

√

JAPANESE

√

CANADA

USA

CPLOCK

ON, OFF

ON, OFF ON, OFF

PASSWORD

0~65535 0~65535

50~65535

ECONOMODE

OFF, ON

ECONOLEVEL

MPTRAY

CASSETTE, FIRST

TIMEOUT

1~99

AUTOFF

ON, OFF ON, OFF

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTFF

1~99

AUTOSLEEP

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTSLEEP

1~210 1~210 0~90

0~210

CDCCHIGH

DTRCTRL

XOFFTIMINGSEL

POWERSAVE

ON, OFF

POWERSAVETIME

0~90

MEDIATYPE

REGULAR

√

THICK

√

THICK2

√

TRANSPARENCY

√

THIN

√

BOND

√

ENVELOPES

√

ENVTHICK

√

ENVTHIN

√

RECYCLED

√

POSTCARD

√

LABEL

√

GLOSSY

√

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

4140CN/4150CDW/4570CD

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN/6470DW/6180DW

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1116

COLOR

HOLEPUNCHED

REPRINT

OFF,ON,JOB

OFF, JOB OFF, ON, JOB

OFF, JOB OFF, JOB

PRIORITY

EPSON, IBM

IBMCHARE1

BETA, ESSZET

KEEPPCL

ON, OFF ON, OFF ON, OFF ON, OFF

ON, OFF

DOUBLESTRIKE

ON, OFF

COLLATE

HOLD

OFF, STORE Only HL-5380DN

OFF, STORE

OFF, PROOF , STORE OFF, PROOF , STORE

HOLDTYPE

PUBLIC, PRIVATE PUBLIC, PRIVATE

PUBLIC,PRIVATE,PERSONAL

HOLDKEY

0000-9999Only HL-5380DN

0000-9999 0000-9999

TIMESETYEAR

TIMESETMONTH

TIMESETDAY

TIMESETHOUR

TIMESETMIN

TIMESETSEC

TIMESTYLE

YMD, MDY, DMY

SUMMERTIME

ZONESET

TIMEZONE

RENDERMODE

COLOR, GRAYSCALE, AUTOCOLOR

COLOR, GRAYSCALE

APTMODE

OFF, ON, ON4, B8, B8H OFF, ON, ON4, B8, BBH

COLORADAPT

OFF, ON OFF, ON

General PJL Environment Variables

5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DNHL-

HL-3040CN/3045CN

HL-3070CW/3075CW

4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDWHL-

HL-2250DN/2270DW

HL-2130/2240D

5450DN/5470DW/6180DWHL-5440D/

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW

HL-3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1116

STRINGCODESET

HPROMAN8, ISO88592, ISO88595JISX02011976

HPROMAN8, ISO88592, ISO88595

HPROMAN8, ISO88592, ISO88595, JISX02011976, ISO88599

HPROMAN8, ISO88592, ISO88595, JISX02011976, ISO88599,UTF-8

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 86

General P/L Environment Variables

1 - 999 - 999

PAPER

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICAN LEGAL

√

INDIA LEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM/10

√

MONARCH

√

JISB5

√

JISB6

√

A4 LONG

√

ANY

√

DLL

√

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZER/JI

ORGANIZER/K

ORGANIZER/L

ORGANIZER/EL

ORGANIZER/L

ORGANIZER/M

FOLIO

√

USERDEF

LEDGER

P3X5

√

ENVOYOU4

√

ENVCHOU3

√

JENVCHOU4

JENVCHOU3

A6L

√

JISB4

A3PLUS

LTRS

A4S

EXECUTIVES

B2S

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 89

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-L8250CDN1LB350CDW(T)YL9200CDW(T)

HL-L9300CDW(T)

L2300A/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260DW/W

L2305WL/L2340D

L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/W

HL-1200/1201/1202/1208

HL-1272W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210W/1211W/1218W/DCP-1610W/1610WR/1610WE/1617NW/1612W/1612WR/1615NW/1616NW/1618W/ MFC-1910W/1912WR/1910WE/1911W/1911NW/1915W/1916NW/1919NW

HL-L5000D/L580D/565D/L5659DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T/L5590DN/L5200DW/T/L6202DW/L6200DW/T/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW/T/L6400DW/T/Y

HL-L2330D

HL-2290

HL-B2050DN/2295D

ROC16K

√

SIXTEENK195X270

√

SIXTEENK184X260

√

ORIENTATION

PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE

FORMLINES

5~128

5~128 5~128

5~128

MANUALFEED

ON, OFF

RET

PAGEPROTECT

RESOLUTION

300, 600

600 300,600,HQ1

200,TR1200

300,600,HQ1200,TR1200

PERSONALITY

AUTO

√

PCL

√

IBM

√

EPSON

√

POSTSCRIPT

√

HPGL

TIMEOUTEMU

1~99

AUTOCONT

ON, OFF

LOWTONER

INTRAY1

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY2

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-L8250CDN1LB350CDW(T)HL9200CDW(T)

HL-L9300CDW(T)

L2300WL2300D/L2320DL2321D/2260/2260DW/W

L2305WL2340D

L2360DNW2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/W

HL-1200/1201/1202/1208

HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WEI/1211W/1218WD/CP-1610W/1610WR/1610WEI/1617NW/1612W/1612WR/1615NW/1616NW/1618W/MFC-1910W/1912WR/1910WEI/1911W/1911NW/1915W/1916NW/1919NW

HL-L5000D/5580D/5585D/L5100DN/T/L5590DN/L5200DW/T/L5202DW/L6200DW/T/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6300DW/T/L6400DW/T/L6402DW

HL-L2330D

HL-L2290

HL-B2050DN/2295D

INTRAY3

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY4

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY5

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY6

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY1SIZE

ANY

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

√

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

√

MONARCH

√

JISB5

√

JIS B6

√

A4LONG

CUSTOM

LEDGER

JISB4

A3PLUS

LTRS

A4S

EXECUTIVES

B5S

DLL

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZER

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 91

General PJL Environment Variables
	FOLIO	HL-2300
	PXS	HL-2300
	ENVYOU4	HL-2300
	ENVCHOU3	HL-2300
	JENVCHOU4	HL-2300
	JENVCHOU3	HL-2300
	A6L	HL-2300
	USERDEFINED	HL-2300
	USERDEF	HL-2300
	NOCASSETTE	HL-2300
	ROCK18K	HL-2300
	SIXTEENK195X270	HL-2300
	SIXTEENK184X260	HL-2300
	INTRAYSIZE	HL-2300
	ALETTER	HL-2300
	BASECUTIVE	HL-2300
	ENVELOPES	HL-2300
	ANY	HL-2300
	LETTER	HL-2300
	LEGAL	HL-2300
	MEXICANIEGAL	HL-2300
	INDIALEGAL	HL-2300
	A4	HL-2300
	B5	HL-2300
	EXECUTIVE	HL-2300
	COM10	HL-2300
	MONARCH	HL-2300
	CS	HL-2300
	JISB5	HL-2300
	A5	HL-2300
	B6	HL-2300
	JIS B6	HL-2300
	A6	HL-2300
	AILONG	HL-2300
	DLL	HL-2300
	POSTCARD	HL-2300
	ORGANIZERJ	HL-2300
	ORGANIZEREL	HL-2300
	ORGANIZERMI	HL-2300
	FOLIO	HL-2300
General PUL Environment Variables
	P3X5
	ENVYOUA4
	ENVCHOUA3
	ASL
	USERDEFINED
	NOCASSETTE
	ROCK18K
	SIXTEENK195X270
	SIXTEENK184X260
	INTRAY3SIZE
	ANY
	LETTER
	MEXICANLEGAL
	INDIALEGAL
	B5
	JISB5
	FOLIO
	NOCASSETTE
	SIXTEENK195X270
	SIXTEENK184X260
	ANY
	LETTER
	MEXICANLEGAL
	INDIALEGAL
	B5
	JISB5
	FOLIO
	INTRAY4SIZE
	HEL-82050DN/2295D
	HL-2290

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 93

General PJL Environment Variables

INTRAY5SIZE

SIXTEENK195X270

HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

FOLIO

A5L

ROCK18R

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY6SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

√

FOLIO

√

A5L

√

ROCK18R

√

SIXTEENK195X270

√

SIXTEENK184X260

√

SOURCETRAY

AUTO

√

MPTRAY

√

TRAY1

√

TRAY2

√

TRAY3

√

TRAY4

√

General P/L Environment Variables

TRAYS

H-L8250CDN/8250CDW(T)/9200CDW(T)

TRAYID1

TRAYID2

TRAYID3

TRAYID4

XOFFSET

-500~500

YOFFSET

-500~500

DUPLEX

ON, OFF

BINDING

LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE

FIRSTPRINT

DENSITY

LANG

ENGLISH

√

FRENCH

√

GERMAN

√

DUITCH

√

SPANISH

√

ITALIAN

√

NORMESIAN

√

PORTUGUESE

√

DANISH

√

SWEDISH

√

FINNISH

√

CZECHI

√

POLISH

√

HUNGARIAN

√

RUSSIAN

√

BULGARIAN

√

ROMANIAN

√

SLOVAKIAN

√

BRAZILIAN

√

TURKISH

√

CROATIAN

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 94

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-8250CDN/L850CDW(T)

HL-L9300CDW(T)

L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D W/

L2305WL/2340D

L2360DW/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/W

L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/W/2569D

HL-1200/1201/1202/1208

1910W/1912WR/1910WE/1911W/1911NW/1915W/1916NW/1919NW

1210WE/1211W/1218WD/DCP-1610W/1610WR/1610WE/1617NW/1612W/1612WR/1615NW/1616NW/1618W/NAFC-1616NW/1618W/NAFC-1910W/1912WR/1910WE/1911W/1911NW/1915W/1916NW/1919NW

HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1212WR/1210WR/1212WR/1200DW(T)

HL-6402DW

L6300DW(T)

L6400DW(T)

HL-L2330D

HL-2290

HL-B2050DN/2295D

SLOVENE

√

JAPANESE

√

CANADA

USA

CPLOCK

ON, OFF ON, OFF

ON, OFF

PASSWORD

0~65535 0~65535

0~65535

ECONOMODE

OFF, ON

ECONOLEVEL

MPTRAY

CASSETTE, FIRST

TIMEOUT

1~99

AUTOFF

ON, OFFON, OFF

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTFF

1~99

AUTOSLEEP

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTSLEEP

0-90

CDCCHIGH

DTRCTRL

XOFFTIMINGSEL

POWERSAVE

ON, OFF

POWERSAVETIME

0~90

0~90 0~50

MEDIATYPE

REGULAR

√

THICK

√

THICK2

√

TRANSPARENCY

THIN

√

BOND

√

ENVELOPES

√

ENVTHICK

√

ENVTHIN

√

RECYCLED

√

POSTCARD

√

LABEL

√

GLOSSY

√

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)

HL-L9300CDW(T)

L2300/L2300D/L2320D/L2321D/2260/2260D W/

L2305WL/2340D

L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/

HL-1200/1201/1202/1208

HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218WD/C1610W/1610WR/1610WE/1617NW/1612W/1612WR/1615NW/1616NW/1618W/ NFC-1910W/1912WR/1910WE/1911W/1911NW/1915W/1916NW/1919NW

HL-L2300D/L580D/5585D/L599DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T/L5590DN/L5202DW/L6200DW/T/L6202DW/L6250DW/L6300DW/T/L6400DW/T/L6402DW

HL-L2330D

HL-L2290

HL-B2050DN/2295D

COLOR

√

HOLEPUNCHED

√

REPRINT

PRIORITY

IBMCHARE1

KEEPPCL

ON, OFF

DOUBLESTRIKE

COLLATE

ON, OFF

HOLD

OFF, PROOF, STORE

HOLDTYPE

PUBLIC, PRIVATE

HOLDKEY

0000-9999

TIMESETYEAR

TIMESETMONTH

TIMESETDAY

TIMESETHOUR

TIMESETMIN

TIMESETSEC

TIMESTYLE

SUMMERTIME

ZONESET

TIMEZONE

RENDERMODE

COLOR, GRAYSCALE

APTMODE

OFF, ON, ON4, B8, B8H

COLORADAPT

OFF, ON

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-L250CDN/LR590CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)

HL-L9300CDW(T)

L2300/L2300DL2320DL2321D/2260/2260DW/W

L2305WL/2340D

L2360DN/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2366DW/2569D/W

HL-1200/1201/1202/1208

HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218WD/DCP-1610W/1610WR/1610WE/1617NW/1612W/1612WR/1615NW/1616NW/1618W/MFC-1910W/1912WR/1910WE/1911W/1911NW/1915W/1916NW/1919NW

HL-1212W/1210W/1210WR/1212WR/1210WE/1211W/1218WD/DCP-1610W/1610WR/1610WE/1617NW/1612W/1612WR/1615NW/1616NW/1616NW/1618W/MFC-1910W/1912WR/1910WE/1911W/1911NW/1915W/1916NW/1919NW

HL-L2500D/5680D/5656D/5656DN/L5102DW/L5100DN/T/5590DN/L5200DW/T/L5202DW/L6200DW/T/L6202DW/L6250DN/L6250DW/L6402DW

HL-L2330D

HL-Z290

HL-B2050DN/2295D

STRINGCODESET

HPROMAN8, ISO88592, ISO88595, JISX02011976, ISO88599,UTF-8

HPROMAN8ISO88592ISO88595ISO88599JISX02011976UTF-8

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

L2310DL2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

HL-L2312DL2310DR/L2357DW/L2362DW/L2360DWR

HL-L2372DN/L2370DNR/L2375DWR

HL-L2331DL/L2335DL/2336DL/2361DW

HL-L2371DN/L2376DW/B2080DW

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L3210CW

COPIES

1 - 999

PAPER

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

√

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

√

MONARCH

√

JISB5

√

JISB6

√

A4LONG

ANY

DLL

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZERJ

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

FOLIO

√

USERDEF

LEDGER

P3X5

ENVYOU4

ENVCHOU3

JENVCHOU4

JENVCHOU3

A5L

√

JISB4

A3PLUS

LTRS

A4S

√

EXECUTIVES

B5S

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

HL-L2310D/L2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

HL-L2312DL2310DR/L2357DW/L2362DW/L2360DWR

HL-L2372DN/L2370DNR/L2375DWR

HL-L2331DL2335DL2361DW

HL-L2371DN/L2376DW/B2080

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L321DCW

ROC16K

SIXTEENK195X270

√

SIXTEENK184X260

ORIENTATION

PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE

FORMLINES

5~128

MANUALFEED

ON, OFF

RET

PAGEPROTECT

RESOLUTION

300,600,HQ1200,TR1200

300,600,HQ1200

300,600

300,600,HQ1200

PERSONALITY

AUTO

√

PCL

√

IBM

√

EPSON

√

POSTSCRIPT

√

HPGL

TIMEOUTEMU

1~99

AUTOCONT

ON, OFF

LOWTONER

INTRAY1

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

INTRAY2

LOCKED, UNLOCKED

√ √ √

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

HL-L2310DL2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

HL-L2312DL2310DR/L2357DW/L2362DW/L2360DWR

HL-L2372DN/L2370DNR/L2375DWR

HL-L2331DL2335DL2336DL2381DW

HL-L2371DN/L2376DW/B2080

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L3210CW

INTRAY3

INTRAY4

INTRAY5

INTRAY6

INTRAY1SIZE

ANY

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

√

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

√

MONARCH

√

JISB5

√

JIS B6

√

A4LONG

CUSTOM

LEDGER

JISB4

A3PLUS

LTRS

A4S

EXECUTIVES

B5S

DLL

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

L2310DL2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

L2312DL2310DR/L2357DW/L2362DW/L2360DWR

HL-L2372DN/L2370DNR/L2375DWR

L2331DL2335DL2336DL2361DW

HL-L2371DN/L2376DW/B2080

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L321DCW

FOLIO

√

P3X5

√

ENVYOU4

√

ENVCHOU3

JENVCHOU4

√

JENVCHOU3

√

A5L

√

USERDEFINED

√

USERDEF

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

√

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY2SIZE

A4LETTER

B5EXECUTIVE

ENVELOPES

ANY

LETTER

√

LEGAL

√

MEXICANLEGAL

√

INDIALEGAL

√

EXECUTIVE

√

COM10

√

MONARCH

√

JISB5

√

JIS B6

√

A4LONG

DLL

POSTCARD

√

ORGANIZERJ

ORGANIZERK

ORGANIZERL

ORGANIZERM

FOLIO

√

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 101
APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 102

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

HL-L2310DL2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

HL-L2312DN2310DR/L2357DW/L2362DW/L2360DWR

HL-L2372DN/L2370DNR/L2375DWR

HL-L2331D/L2335D/L2361DW

HL-L2371DN/L2376DW/B2080

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L321DCW

P3X5

ENVYOU4

ENVCHOU3

A5L

√

USERDEFINED

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

√

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY3SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

JISB6

FOLIO

A5L

NOCASSETTE

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY4SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 103

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

HL-L2310DL2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

HL-L2312DL2310DR/L2357DW/L2362DW/L2360DWR

HL-L2372DN/L2370DNR/L2375DWR

HL-L2331DL/L2335DL2361DW

HL-L2331DN/L2376DW/B2080

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L3210CW

ROCK18K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY5SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

FOLIO

A5L

ROCK16K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

INTRAY6SIZE

ANY

LETTER

LEGAL

MEXICANLEGAL

INDIALEGAL

EXECUTIVE

JISB5

FOLIO

A5L

ROCK18K

SIXTEENK195X270

SIXTEENK184X260

SOURCETRAY

AUTO

√

MPTRAY

√

TRAY1

√

TRAY2

TRAY3

TRAY4

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 104

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2565DW

HL-B2050DN

L2310DL2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

L2312DN2310DR/L2357DW/L2362DW/L2360DWR

HL-L2372DN/L2370DNR/L2375DWR

HL-L2331DN/L2335DL2336DL2361DW

HL-L2371DN/L2376DW/B2080

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L3210CW

TRAYS

TRAYID1

TRAYID2

TRAYID3

TRAYID4

XOFFSET

-500 ~ 500

YOFFSET

-500 ~ 500

DUPLEX

ON.OFF

BINDING

LONGEDGE, SHORTEDGE

FIRSTPRINT

DENSITY

LANG

ENGLISH

√

FRENCH

√

GERMAN

√

DUTCH

√

SPANISH

√

ITALIAN

√

NORWEGIAN

√

PORTUGUESE

√

DANISH

√

SWEDISH

√

FINNISH

√

CZECH

√

POLISH

√

HUNGARIAN

√

RUSSIAN

√

BULGARIAN

√

ROMANIAN

√

SLOVAKIAN

√

BRAZILIAN

√

TURKISH

√

CROATIAN

√

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

L2310D/L2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

HL-L2312D/L2310DR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2350DWR

L2312D/L2310DR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2350DWR

L2372DN/L2370DWR/L2375DWR

L2331D/L2335D/L2336D/L2381DW

L2371DN/L2376DW/B2080DW

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L3210CW

SLOVENE

√

JAPANESE

√

CANADA

USA

CPLOCK

ON, OFF

PASSWORD

0~65535

ECONOMODE

OFF, ON

ECONOLEVEL

MPTRAY

CASSETTE, FIRST

TIMEOUT

1~99

AUTOFF

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTFF

AUTOSLEEP

ON, OFF

TIMEOUTSLEEP

0-90

CDCCHIGH

DTRCTRL

XOFFTIMINGSEL

POWERSAVE

ON, OFF

POWERSAVETIME

0~50

MEDIATYPE

REGULAR

√

THICK

√

THICK2

√

TRANSPARENCY

THIN

√

BOND

√

ENVELOPES

√

ENVTHICK

√

ENVTHIN

√

RECYCLED

√

POSTCARD

√

LABEL

√

GLOSSY

√

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

L2310DL2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

L2312DL2310DR/L2357DW/L2352DW/L2350DWR

HL-L2372DN/L2370DWR/L2375

L2331DL2335DL2336DL2381DW

HL-L2371DN/L2376DW/B2080

HL-L2386DW/L2385DW

HL-B2000D

HL-L2370DN/L2375DW

HL-L3270CDW/L3230CDN

HL-L3230CDW

HL-3160CDW/3190CDW

HL-L3210CW

COLOR

HOLEPUNCHED

REPRINT

PRIORITY

IBMCHARE1

KEEPPCL

ON, OFF

DOUBLESTRIKE

COLLATE

ON, OFF

HOLD

HOLDTYPE

HOLDKEY

TIMESETYEAR

TIMESETMONTH

TIMESETDAY

TIMESETHOUR

TIMESETMIN

TIMESETSEC

TIMESTYLE

SUMMERTIME

ZONESET

TIMEZONE

RENDERMODE

COLOR, GRAYSCALE

APTMODE

OFF, ON, ON4, B8, B8H

COLORADAPT

OFF, ON

General PJL Environment Variables

HL-2595DW

HL-B2050DN

L2310D/L2325DW/L2350D

HL-L2370DW/L2370DWXL

HL-L2312DL2310DR/L2357D

L2312DL2310DR/L2357D

L2312DL2310DW

STRINGCODESET

HPROMAN8ISO88592ISO88595ISO88599JISX02011976UTF-8

PCL Specific Variables

PCL Specific Variables	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470NPZ500	HL-1660e/2060/2400C/C=3400CN/2700CN	HL-1650/1670N	HL-1650/1870N/5040/5050/5070N/5140/5150D/70W	HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N	hl-3260N/2460/7050	HL-4040CN/4050CDN/150CDN/4570CDW/2250D/N/2270DW	HL-4040CN/4050CDN/4070CDW/5240/5250DN/S340D/5350DN/5370DW/3070CW/3075CW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW/2250D	S270DN/5250DW/M5380DN
FONTSOURCE I, S I, C, C1, S I, C, S I, S I, C, S			I, S						HL-
FONTNUMBER	0,1,2,...n		0 - 0x7FFFFFF				0,1,2,...n
PITCH	0.44, 0.45 ~ 99.99						0.44 ~ 99.99
PTSIZE	4.00, 4.25 ~ 999.75						4.00 ~ 999.75
LEFTMARGIN 0 ~ 145 columns 0 ~ 126 columns							0 ~ 145columns 0 ~ 145 column
RIGHTMARGIN 10 ~ 155 columns 10 ~ 136 columns			10 ~ 155 columns 10 ~ 136 columns				10 ~ 155 columns
TOPMARGIN	0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
BOTMARGIN	0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
FORMLINES	5 ~ 128
AUTOLF	ON, OFF
AUTOCR	ON, OFF
AUTOWRAP	ON, OFF
AUTOSKIP	ON, OFF
SYMSET	ROMAN8, ISOL1,ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6,PC8, PC8DN, PC850,PC852, PC8TK,PC775, PC1004,WINL1, WINL2,WINL5, WINBALT,DESKTOP, PSTEXT,VNINTL, VNUS,MSPUBL, MATH8,PSMATH, VNMATH,PIFONT, LEGAL,ISO2, ISO4, ISO6,ISO10, ISO11, ISO14,ISO15, ISO16, ISO17,ISO21, ISO25,ISO57,ISO60, ISO61, ISO69,ISO84, ISO85,WIN30, HPGERM,HPSPAN, MCTEXTSYMBOL OCRA,OCRB WDINGSHEBREW7	ROMAN8, ISOL1,ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6,PC8, PC8DN, PC850,PC852, PC8TK,PC775, PC1004,WINL1, WINL2, WINL5,WINBALT,DESKTOP, PSTEXT,VNINTL, VNUS,MSPUBL, MATH8,PSMATH, VNMATH,PIFONT, LEGAL,ISO2, ISO4, ISO6,ISO10, ISO11, ISO14,ISO15, ISO16, ISO17,ISO21, ISO25,ISO57,ISO60, ISO61, ISO69,ISO84, ISOB5,WIN30, HPGERM,HPSPAN, MCTEXT	PC8, PC8DN, PC850,PC852, PC8TK,PC1004, WINL1,WINL2, WINL5, WINBALT,DESKTOP, PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS,MSPUBL, MATH8, PSMATH, VNMATH,PIFONT, LEGAL,ISO2, ISO4, ISO6, ISO10,ISO11, ISO14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21, ISO25, ISO57,ISO60, ISO61, ISO69,ISO84, ISOB5,WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN,MCTEXT, SYMBOL, OCRA, OCRB, WDBWINGSHEBREW7,ROMAN8, ISOL1,ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6,PC775	PC8, PC8DN, PC850,PC852, PC8TK,PC1004, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, WINBALT,DESKTOP, PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS,MSPUBL, MATH8,PSMATH, VNMATH,PIFONT, LEGAL,ISO2, ISO4, ISO6, ISO10,ISO11, ISO14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21, ISO25, ISO57,ISO60, ISO61, ISO69,ISO84, ISOB5,WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN, MCTEXT, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN 8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMN, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN9, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN10, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN20, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMN20, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8,ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8,ROMAN9, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8,ROMAN10, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 , ROMAN8 2000CN3450CN/2700CN2600CN3450CN/2700CN1470NPZ500	PC8, PC8DN, PC850,PC852, PC8TK,PC1004, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, WINBALT,DESKTOP, PSTEXT,VNINTL, VNUS,MSPUBL, MATH8,PSMATH, VNMATH,PIFONT, LEGAL,ISO2, ISO4, ISO6, ISO10,ISO11, ISO14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21,ISO25, ISO57,ISO60, ISO61, ISO69,ISO84, ISOB5,WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN,MCTEXT, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8,ROMAN20, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8, ROMAN8 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN20 , ROMN2

s 0 - 126 columns

PCL Specific Variables	S450DN/L570DW/6180WHL-5440D/WHL-5440D/	HL-S7000N	3150CDW3150CDN	HL-3170CDW	HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118	L8250CDN/L8350CDW(T)/L9200CDW(T)/L9300CDW(T)	L2300/L2300DL/L2320DL2321D/2260/2260DW/L230SW/L2340D	L2360DW/L2360DW/2369DW	L2360DW/L2361DN/2560D
FONTSOURCE	I, C, S, I, C, S, I	C1, S, I, S, C, S, S
FONTNUMBER	0 - 0x7FFFFFF 0 - 0x47 0 - 0x7FFFFFF 0 - 0x7FFFFFF 0 - 0x7FFFFFF
PITCH	0.44 - 99.99 0.44 - 99.99 0.44 - 99.99 0.44 - 99.99
PTSIZE	4.00 - 999.75 4.00 - 999.75 4.00 - 999.75
LEFTMARGIN	0 - 126columns 0 - 96columns 0 - 126columns 0 - 126columns 0 - 126columns
RIGHTMARGIN	10 - 136 columns 10 - 106 columns 10 - 136 columns 10 - 136 columns
TOPMARGIN	0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch			0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
BOTMARGIN	0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch			0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch		0, 0. 33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
FORMLINES	5 - 128			5 - 128		5 - 128		5 - 128
AUTOLF	ON, OFF			ON, OFF		ON, OFF		ON, OFF
AUTOCR	ON, OFF			ON, OFF		ON, OFF		ON, OFF
AUTOWRAP	ON, OFF			ON, OFF		ON, OFF		ON, OFF
AUTOSKIP	ON, OFF			ON, OFF		ON, OFF		ON, OFF
SYMSET	PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC8TK, PC1004, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, WINBALT, DESKTOP, PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS, MSPUBL, MATH8, PSMATH, VNMATH, PIFONT, LEGAL, ISO2, ISO4, ISO6, ISO10, ISO11, ISO14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21, ISO25, ISO57, ISO60, ISO61, ISO69, ISO84, ISO85, WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN, MCTEXT, ROMAN8, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6, PC775, ABIBP, ABIINTL, RUSSIAN, UKRAINIAN, PC866, PC8LG, PC851, WINGREEK, ISOLC, ISOGREEK, PC853, PC855, PC857, PC858, PC860, PC861, PC863, PC865, PC869, ISOL9, PC8B, PC8G, PC8PC, GREEK8, TURKISH8, ROMAN9, ROMANEXT, WINC, SYMBOL, OCR-A, OCR-B, WDINGS, HEBRAW7			PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC8TK, PC1004, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, WINBALT, DESKTOP, PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS, MSPUBL, MATH8, PSMATH, VNMATH, PIFONT, LEGAL, ISO2, ISO4, ISO6, ISO10, ISO11, ISO13, ISO14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21, ISO25, ISO57, ISO60, ISO61, ISO69, ISO84, ISO85, WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN, MCTEXT, ROMAN8, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6, PC775, ABIBP, ABIINTL, RUSSIAI, UKRAINIAN, PC866, PC8LG, PC851, WINGREEK, ISOLC, ISOGREEK, PC853, PC855, PC857, PC858, PC860, PC861, PC863, PC865, PC869, ISOL9, PC8B, PC8G, PC8PC, GREEK8, TRUKISH8, ROMAN9, ROMANEXT, WINC, SYMBOL, OCR-A, OCR-B, WDINGS, HEBRAW7			PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC8TK, PC1004, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, WINBALT, DESKTOP, PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS, MSPUBL, MATH8, PSMATH. VNMATH, PIFONT. LEGAL, ISO2, ISO4, ISO6, ISO10, ISO11, ISO14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21, ISO25, ISO57, ISO60, ISO61, ISO69, ISO84, ISO85, WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN, MCTEXT, SYMBOL, OCR-A, OCR-B, WDINGS, HEBREW7, ROMAN8, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6, PC775, ABIBP, ABIINTL, RUSSIAI, UKRAINIAN, PC866, PC8LG, PC851, WINGREEK, ISOLC, ISOGREEK, PC853, PC855, PC857, PC858, PC860, PC869, ISOL9, PC8B, PC8G, PC8PC, GREEK8, TRUKISH8, ROMAN9, ROMANEXT, WINC	PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC8TK, PC1004, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, WINBALT, DESKTOP, PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS, MSPUBL, MATH8, PSMATH. VNMATH, PIFONT. LEGAL, ISO2, ISO4, ISO6, ISO10, ISO11, ISO13, ISO14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21, ISO25, ISO57, ISO60, ISO61, ISO69, ISO84, ISO85, WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN, MCTEXT, SYMBOL, OCR-A, OCR-B, WDINGS, HEBREW7, ROMAN8, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOL5, ISOL6. PC775, ABIBP, ABIINTL, RUSSIAI, UKRAINIAN, PC866, PC8LG, PC851, WINGREEK, ISOLC, ISOGREEK, PC853, PC855, PC857, PC858, PC860, PC869, ISOL9, PC8B, PC8G, PC8PC, GREEK4, TURKISH8, ROMAN9, ROMANEXT, WINC	PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC8TK, PC1004, WINL1, WINL2, WINL5, WINBALT, DESKTOP, PSTEXT, VNINTL, VNUS, MSPUBL, MATH8, PSMATH. VNMATH, PIFONT. LEGAL, ISO2, ISO4,ISO6,ISO10,ISO11, ISO13, ISO14, ISO15, ISO16, ISO17, ISO21, ISO25, ISO57, ISO60, ISO61, ISO69, ISO84, ISO85, WIN30, HPGERM, HPSPAN, MCTEXT, SYMBOL, OCR-A, OCR-B, WDINGS, HEBREW7, ROMAN8, ISOL1, ISOL2, ISOLE5, ISOLE6, PC775,ABIBP, ABIINTL, RUSSIAI, UKRAINIAN, PC866, PC8LG, PC851, WINGREEK, ISOLC, ISOGREEK, PC853, PC855, PC857, PC858, PC860, PC869, ISOL9, PC8B, PC8G, PC8PC, GREEK4, TURKISH4, ROMAN9, ROMANEXT,WINC

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 110

PCL Specific Variables

1210WE, 1211W, 1218W

HL-1200/1201/1202/1208

L4227W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W,

L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L360C/W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L359W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L360W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, L270C/W, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/A, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/B, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/C, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/D, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/E, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/F, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/G, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/H, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/I, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/K, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/L, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/M, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/P, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/R, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/T, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/U, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/V, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD/S, MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /NFCB /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBC D /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCN /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCD /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBC DN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCDN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCR /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBC RN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRNA /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBC RV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCR /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRV /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBC VN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCV /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCVN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCrn /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRM /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCLN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBC BN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCBN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRN /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBC RL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCRL /MBCR /MBCRL /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOE /MBOOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBoxEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MPOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MFOEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOEN /MBOXEN /MBOEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBoxEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBOXEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MBoxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MboxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBoxEN /MBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN /NBOXEN / NBOXEN /NBOX

APPENDIX A - COMPARISON LIST - 111

PostScript Specific Variables

HL-1050/ 1250/1450' P2500

HL-1070

HL-1270N/ 1470N

HL-1660e/ 2060/ 2400C/Ce/ 3400CN/ 2600CN/ 3450CN/ 2700CN

HL-1650/1670N/ 1850/1870N/ 5050/5070N/ 5150D/5170DN

HL-3260

HL-2460

HL-7050/6050/ 6050D/6050DN/ 8050N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW

HL-4050CDN/A4070CDW

HL-5340D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN

HL-3070CW/3075CW/4140CN/4150CDN/4570CDW

HL-5440D/5450DN/5470DW/5180DW

HL-S7000DN

HL-3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN

HL-3170CDW

HL-1110H/L-1111H/L-1112H/L-1118H/L-1200H/L-1201H/L-1202H/L-1208

PRTPSERRS ON, OFF

ON, OFF

ORIENTATION

PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE

CRLFCONV

ON, OFF

APPLETALKPS

ON, OFF

PostScript Specific Variables	L8250CDN1L8350CDW(T)L9200CDW(T)AL9300CDW(T)	HL-L2300L2300DNL2320LDN2360DW2360DW	HL-1212W, 1210W, 1210WR, 1212WR, 1210WE, 1211W, 1218W	HL-1212W, 1210W, 1210WR, 1212WR, 1210WE, 1211W, 1218W	HL-L500D5580D5565D5565DN/L5102DW/L5100DN(T)L5590DN/L5200DW(T)L5202DW/L5200DW(T)L6202DW/L6250DW/L6300DW(T)L6400DW(T)L6402DW	HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW	HL-L2385DW/L2386DW/2595DW	HL-0CW/3190CDW/3160CDW	L3270CDW/L3230CDW/L3230CDN/L321CDWL/3230CDN/L3210CW
PRTPSERRS	ON, OFF ON, OFF ON, OFF ON, OFF ON, OFF ON
ORIENTATION	PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE				PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE	PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE	PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE	PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE	PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE
CRLFCONV
APPLETALKPS

EPSON Specific Variables

EPSON Specific Variables	HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N	HL-P2500	HL-1660/E2060/2400C/Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN/2700CN	HL-1650/670N/1650/1870N/5950D/5170DN/2070N/5240/5250DN/5270DN/5280DW/5340/D/5350DN/5370DW/5380DN	HL-3260/2460/7050/6050D/6050DN/8050N	HL-5440D/6050D/6050DN/6050DN/8050N	HL-S7000DN	3140CW/3150CDW/3150CDN/3170CDW	HL-1110HL-1111HL-1112HL-1118HL-1200HL-1201HL-1202HL-1208	HL-L8250CDN/HL-8350CDW/TYL9200CDW(T)YL9300CDW(T)
ORIENTATION	PORTRAIT,LANDSCAPE
LEFTMARGIN 0 - 145 0 -	126 columns 0 -	145 columns			0 - 126 columns
RIGHTMARGIN	10 ~ 155 columns		10 ~ 136 columns	10 ~ 155 columns	10 ~ 136 columns
TOPMARGIN	0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
BOTMARGIN	0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
FORMLINES 5-128			5 ~ 128
FONTNUMBER 0,1,2, ...n	0, 1, 2, ... n			0-0x7FFFFFFF
PITCH	0.44, 0.45 - 99.99		0.44, 0.45 - 99.99
PTSIZE	4.00, 4.25 - 999.75		4.00, 4.25 - 999.75
SYMSET	USASCII, GERMAN, UKASCII, FRENCH1, DANISH1, ITALY, SPANISH, SWEDISH, JAPAN, NORWEG, DANISH2, UKASCII2, FRENCH2, DUTCH, SAFRICA, PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC860, PC863, PC865, PC8TK		USASCII, GERMAN, UKASCII, FRENCH1, DANISH1, ITALY, SPANISH, SWEDISH, JAPAN, NORWEG, DANISH2, UKASCII2, FRENCH2, DUTCH, SAFRICA, PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC860, PC863, PC865, PC8TK	USASCII, GERMAN, UKASCII1, FRENCH1, DANISH1, ITALY, SPANISH, SWEDISH, JAPANESE, NORWEGIAN, DANISH2, UKASCII2, FRENCH2, DUTCH, SOUTHAFRICAN, PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC860, PC863, PC865, PC8TK
AUTOLF ON, OFF			ON, OFF
AUTOMASK ON, OFF			ON, OFF
SELREADOUT ON, OFF			ON, OFF

EPSON Specific Variables	HL-L2300/L2300D/L232L1D/2260/2260D/L2305W/L2340DW/L2360D/W/L2361DN/2560DN/L2360DW/L2365DW/L2366DW/2569DW	HL-L6300DW(T)/L6400DW(T)/L6402DW	HL-L5000/D5580D/5585D/L5595DN/L5100DW/L5590DN/L5200DW(T)/L5202DW/L6200DW(T)/L6202DW/L6250DW/L6250DW
ORIENTATION		PORTRAIT, LANDSC APE
LEFTMARGIN		0 - 126 columns
RIGHTMARGIN		10 - 136 columns
TOPMARGIN		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
BOTMARGIN		0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch
FORMLINES		5 - 128
FONTNUMBER		0-0x7FFFFFFF
PITCH		0.44, 0.45 ~ 99.99
PTSIZE		4.00, 4.25 ~ 999.75
SYMSET		USASCII,GERMAN,U KASCII1,FRENCH1,D ANISH1,ITALY,SPANI SH,SWEDISH,JAPAN ESE,NORWEGIAN,D ANISH2,UKASCII2,F RENCH2,DUTCH,SO UTHAFRICAN,PC8,P C8DN,PC850,PC852, PC860,PC863,PC865
AUTOLF		ON, OFF
AUTOMASK		ON, OFF
SELREADOUT

IBM Specific Variables

HL-1050/1070/1250/1270N/1450/1470N

HL-P2500

3400CN, 2600CN/3450CN, 2700CN

HL-1660e/2060/2400C/Ce/DN

HL-1650/1670N, 1850/1870N, 6050/5270N, 5150/5170DN/505/5270N, 5150/5170DN/505/5270N, 5150/5170DN/505/5270N, 5150/5170DN/505/5270N, 5150/5170DN/505/5270N, 5155/5170DN/505/5270N, 5155/5170DN/505/5270N, 5155/5170DN/505/5270N, 5155/5170DN/505/5270N, 5155/5170DN/505/

ORIENTATION

PORTRAIT, LANDSCAP

PORTRAIT, LANDSCAPE

PORTRAIT,LANDSCAPE

POR TRAIT,LANDSCAPE

PORTRAIT,LANDSCAPE

LEFTMARGIN

0 ~ 145 columns

0 ~ 126 columns

0 ~ 145 columns

0 ~ 126 columns

RIGHTMARGIN

10 ~ 155 columns

10 ~ 136 columns

10 ~ 155 columns

10 ~ 136 columns

TOPMARGIN

0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch

BOTMARGIN

0, 0.33, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 inch

FORMLINES 5 ~ 128

5 ~ 128

FONTNUMBER 0, 1, 2, ... n

0, 1, 2, ... n

0 - 0x7FFFFFFF

PITCH

0.44, 0.45 - 99.99

PTSIZE

4.00, 4.25 - 999.75

PTSIZE

4.00, 4.25 - 999.75

PTSIZE

4.00, 4.25 - 999.75

PTSIZE

4.00, 4.25 - 999.75

PTSIZE

4.00, 4.25 - 999.T5

4.05, 4.25 - 999.T5

4.05, 4.35 - 999.T5

4.05, 4.35 - 989.75

4.10, 4.35 - 989.75

4.10, 4.45 - 989.75

4.10, 4.45 - 979.75

SYMSET

PC8, PC8DN, PC850, PC852, PC860, PC863, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC867, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC868, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC865, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC866, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC864, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC860, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC864, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC865, PC864, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC862, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC860, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC860, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC861, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC862, PC861, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC864, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC864, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC864, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC862, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC861, PC862, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC863, PC864, PC862, PC862,

APPENDIX B

FLASH/PCMCIA CARD COMMANDS

1. INTRODUCTION ....3

2. HOW TO READ THE CARD COMMANDS SPECIFICATION......4

2.1 Commands....4
2.2 Available Devices....4
2.3 Description 4
2.4 Error 4

3. COMMANDS ....5

3.1 Select Storage Device Command ....5 (For HL-2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2460/3260N/7050/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN Only) ....5
3.2 Format Command 6

3.2.1 Physical format 6

3.2.2 Logical format 6

3.3 Save Data Command....7

3.3.1 Save specified type....7

3.4 Data....8

3.4.1 Save data....8
3.4.2 Execute data....8

3.5 Font....9

3.5.1 Save primary font....9
3.5.2 Save secondary font....9
3.5.3 Delete all download fonts....10
3.5.4 Delete download font with specified ID....10
3.5.5 Save download font with specified ID....11

3.6 Macro 12

3.6.1 Delete all macros....12
3.6.2 Delete macro with specified ID 12
3.6.3 Save macro with specified ID 13
3.6.4 Save image (Fixed printing location) 13
3.6.5 Save image (Printing location not fixed)....14

3.7 Copy Card (For HL-1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2460/3260N/7050/2600CN/3450CN Only) 15

4. USE CARD COMMANDS FROM PCL....16

4.1 Execute Macros 16
4.2 Use Download Fonts....17

5. USE CARD COMMANDS FROM POSTSCRIPT ....18

1. INTRODUCTION

The Flash/Card Commands described in this chapter are applicable to the HL-1270N/1470N/1660c/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/1650/1670N/2460/3260N/7050/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN printers only. The following types of devices can be used for the printers;

1) Flash memory card (HL-1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN)
2) ATA flash memory card (HL-1660c/1060/2400C/2400Cc/3400CN/2460/3260N/7050/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN)
3) Internal flash memory (HL-1270N/1470N/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN)
4) Internal HDD (HL-2400Ce/3400CN/2460/3260N/7050/2600CN/3450CN)

Both command and control panel operations allow you to read / write data onto these devices. The PostScript emulation recognizes device types 2), 3) and 4) as a hard disk and the PostScript file operator allows you to read / write data on these devices.

For the HL-

1270N/1470N/1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN printer, please note that the part of the internal printer flash memory can be used as though it was a HDD.

For the HL-6050/6050D/6050DN printer, the internal printer flash memory is available after their firmware version 1.18.

2. HOW TO READ THE CARD COMMANDS SPECIFICATION

Each command is described in the following four sections of this manual.

2.1 Commands

Command data sequences and syntax.

ESC or CR stands for 0x1b or 0x0d as follows;

ESC ----0x1b

CR ---- 0x0d

2.2 Available Devices

The supported memory card devices which can be used for each command are represented in this manual using the abbreviations as follows.

Abbreviation	Device	Type
F Flash	memory card (HL-1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN)
A ATA	flash memory card(HL-1660c/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2460/3260N/7050/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN)
H Internal	IDE HDD (HL-2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2460/3260N/7050/2600CN/3450CN)
I Internal	flash memory (HL-1650/1670N/1270N/1470N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/6050/6050D/6050DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN)

2.3 Description

The detailed description about each command with command structure and syntax.

2.4 Error

Possible errors that may occur during cards operations.

3. COMMANDS

3.1 Select Storage Device Command

(For HL-2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2460/3260N/7050/2600CN/3450CN/6050/6050D/6050DN Only)

Command

ESC CR ! 12358F Slot No

** Slot No = 1

Slot No = 2 (Slot No. 2 is not used for the HL-2460/3260N.)

Slot No = 3 (Internal HDD)

Default = 1

For HL-6050/6050D/6050DN

** Slot No = 1 (ATA flash memory Card.)

Slot No = 2 (Internal flash memory.)

Available Devices

F, A, H

Description

The card is specified and controlled by the following commands.

For the detailed information on specific card operation commands, refer to the following sections which describe each command in detail.

	Command
Physical Format	ESC CR ! 12340F
Logical Format	ESC CR ! 12341F
Save Primary Font	ESC CR ! 12343F
Save Secondary Font	ESC CR ! 12344F
Save by Type	ESC CR ! 12345F
Save Data	ESC CR ! 12347F
Save Image (Fixed Printing Location)	ESC CR ! 12348F
Execute Data	ESC CR ! 12349F
Save Image (Infixed Printing Location)	ESC CR ! 12350F
Delete All Download Fonts	ESC * c 1028F
Delete Download Fonts of Specified ID	ESC * c 1026F
Save Download Fonts of Specified ID	ESC * c 1029F
Delete All Macros	ESC & f 1030X
Delete Macros of Specified ID	ESC & f 1036X
Save Macros of Specified ID	ESC & f 1038X
Copy Card	ESC CR ! 12357F

Default value is 1 (slot 1). The card is reset to the default value under the following circumstances:-

1) When the printer is turned on.

2) When the printer is reset on the control panel.

Error

N/A

3.2 Format Command

3.2.1 Physical format

Command

ESC CR ! 12340F

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command executes a physical format for the storage device. This will delete all existing data on the device.

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command formats the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command formats that device.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.2.2 Logical format

Command

ESC CR ! 12341F

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command executes a logical format.

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command formats the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command formats that device.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.3 Save Data Command

3.3.1 Save specified type

Command

ESC CR ! 12345F type(4byte) size(4byte) data...

** type = MCRO, DATA

Available Devices

F, A, H

Description

This command saves data of the specified type with the data ID which is set with the ESC & f # Y (Macro ID Configuration) command.

If there is insufficient memory in the printer to store the data, a memory full error occurs.

When the printer supports two or more storage devices, the command saves the data onto the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is enabled, the command saves onto that device.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

34 MEMORY FULL

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.4 Data

3.4.1 Save data

Command

ESC CR ! 12347F ID(2byte) size(4byte) data...

Available Devices

F, A, H

Description

This command saves data which is sent from the PC with the specified ID onto the device.

If there is insufficient memory in the printer to store the data, a memory full error occurs.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

34 MEMORY FULL

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.4.2 Execute data

Command

ESC CR ! 12349F ID(2byte)

Available Devices

F, A, H

Description

This command executes the specified ID data.

Error

N/A

3.5 Font

3.5.1 Save primary font

Command

ESC CR ! 12343F

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command saves the primary font which is currently selected into the device. The primary font can also be saved by control panel operation.

The ID specified with the ESC * c # D (Font ID) command is used for registration.

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command saves the font onto the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command saves the font onto that device.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.5.2 Save secondary font

Command

ESC CR ! 12344F

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command saves the secondary font which is currently selected into the device. The secondary font can also be saved by control panel operation.

The ID specified with the ESC * c # D (Font ID) command is used for registration.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.5.3 Delete all download fonts

Command

ESC * c 1028F

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command deletes all the download fonts which are saved in the device.

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command deletes the download fonts in the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command deletes the download fonts in that device.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.5.4 Delete download font with specified ID

Command

ESC * c 1026F

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command deletes the font with the ID which is specified with the ESC * c # D (Font ID) command from the device.

If any download fonts with the specified ID are not saved in the device, this command is ignored.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/34000CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.5.5 Save download font with specified ID

Command

ESC * c 1029F

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command saves the font with the ID which is specified with the ESC * C # D (Font ID) command.

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command saves the download fonts in the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command saves the download fonts in that device.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.6 Macro

3.6.1 Delete all macros

Command

ESC & f 1030X

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command deletes all the macros which are saved in the device.

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command deletes all the macros in the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command deletes all the macros in that device.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.6.2 Delete macro with specified ID

Command

ESC & f 1036X

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command deletes the macro with the ID which is specified with the ESC & f # Y (Macro ID Configuration) command from the device.

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command deletes the macros in the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command deletes the macros in that device. If any macros with the specified ID are not saved in the device, the command is ignored.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.6.3 Save macro with specified ID

Command

ESC & f 1038X

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

This command saves a macro with the ID which is specified with the ESC & f # Y (Macro ID Configuration) command on the device.

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command saves the macros on the device specified by the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command saves the macros on that device.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

HL-2460/3260N/2600CN/3450CN/7050:

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

HL-

1650/1670N/1850/1870N/5070N/5170DN/5270DN/5280DW/5380DN/6180DW/5470DW/5450DN/5440D/S7000DN:

43 SERVICE E74

HL-6050/6050D/6050DN/8050N/2700CN:

43 CARD ERROR

3.6.4 Save image (Fixed printing location)

Command

ESC CR ! 12348F

Available Devices

Description

After transferring the last print data into the image data area, this command saves the data with the ID which is specified with the ESC & f # Y (Macro ID Configuration) command as a PCL command on the device.

The printing location for the saved data is fixed on the page.

The data can be executed by the data execute command (ESC CR ! 12349 F).

When two devices are installed into the printer, the command saves the data on the device specified with the select storage device command. When only one device is installed, the command saves the data on that device.

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN:

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

3.6.5 Save image (Printing location not fixed)

Command

ESC CR ! 12350F

Available Device

Description

The printing location for the saved data is not fixed on the page.

The move cursor command allows you to print the data anywhere you want when executing this command.

The data can be executed by the data execute command (ESC CR ! 12349 F).

This command is only valid in PCL emulation.

Error

HL-1660e/2060/2400C:

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

HL-2400Ce/3400CN/2600CN/3450CN:

43 DEVICE1 W ERROR

43 DEVICE2 W ERROR

43 DEVICE3 W ERROR

3.7 Copy Card (For HL-1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2460/3260N/7050/2600CN/3450CN Only)

Command

ESC CR ! 12357F

Available Devices

F, A

Description

1) Flash memory card

After executing a logical format on the transfer device, this command copies to the transfer device only when the two devices have the same memory size. It is essential that the transfer device has already been formatted.

The specify device command allows you to specify the source device.

Specified Device Copy Order
1	Slot 2 → Slot 1
2	Slot 1 → Slot 2

** "Slot 2 → Slot 1" is the default setting.

2) ATA flash memory card

After executing a logical format on the transfer device, this command copies to the transfer device file by file from the master device.

If the memory runs short in the transfer device during the data transfer, the copy process is discontinued. Data written to the transfer device before the error is valid in the device.

The specify device command allows you to specify the source device.

Specified Device Copy Order
1	Slot 2 → Slot 1
2	Slot 1 → Slot 2

** "Slot 2 → Slot 1" is the default setting.

Error

43 CARD1 W ERROR

43 CARD2 W ERROR

(HL-2460 / 3260N / 7050)

Specified Device Copy Order
1	Internal HDD → Slot 1
2,3	Slot 1 → Internal HDD

Note that this command cannot copy the spool data.

Error

43 CARD ERROR

43 HDD ERROR

4. USE CARD COMMANDS FROM PCL

4.1 Execute Macros

Command

ESC & 1 2 X Execute Macro

ESC & 1 3 X Call Macro

ESC & 1 4 X Macro Overlay

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

The macros saved in the device can be executed from the PCL command language as well as saving macros in the printer memory.

The priority for searching is as follows;

Macro in printer memory
Macro in Card 1
Macro in Card 2
Macro in Internal HDD

The above priority is never affected by the select storage device command (ESC CR ! 12358F).

For HL-6050/6050D/6050DN printers, the priority for searching is as follows;

Macro in printer memory
Macro in Card
Macro in Internal flash memory

For HL-8050N/2700CN printers, the priority for searching is as follows;

Macro in printer memory
Macro in Card

Error

N/A

4.2 Use Download Fonts

Command

ESC ( # X Designates soft font # as Primary ESC ) # X Designates soft font # as Secondary

** # = font ID number

Available Devices

F, A, H, I

Description

The download fonts saved in the device can be selected from the PCL command language as well as saving download fonts in printer memory.

The priority for searching is as follows;

Font in printer memory
Font in Card 1
Font in Card 2
Font in Internal HDD

The above priority is never affected by the select storage device command (ESC CR ! 12358F).

The download fonts can be also selected from the font select command in PCL.

For HL-6050/6050D/6050DN printers, the priority for searching is as follows;

Font in printer memory
Font in Card
Font in Internal flash memory

For HL-8050N/2700CN printers, the priority for searching is as follows;

Font in printer memory
Font in Card

Error

N/A

5. USE CARD COMMANDS FROM POSTSCRIPT

The PostScript emulation recognizes the storage device as a hard disk (except a Flash memory card) and the PostScript file operation allows you to read/write data on these devices.

(i.e.)

Create the file named "test" and write the data, "This is a data string" onto the device which is inserted into Slot 1.

/fl (%disk0%test)(w)file def
fl (This is a data string) write
fl closefile

For PostScript, the following command should be used to specify the hard disk which is to be used;

(%disk#%)

** # = number

The above number corresponds to the slots of the HL-1660e/2060/2400C/2400Ce/3400CN/2460/2460N/7050/2600CN/3450CN/2700CN printer as follows;

Slot 1: (%disk0%)

Slot 2: (%disk1%)

Internal HDD: (%disk2%)

APPENDIX C

HBP MODE

COMMANDS

DESCRIPTIONS......3
COMMAND TO ENTER HBP MODE ....4
HBP COMMANDS....5

3.1 Command List 5
3.2 Commands (Detailed Explanation) 6

3.2.1 Resolution setting commands....6
3.2.2 Economy mode setting commands 6
3.2.3 Sleep mode setting commands 7
3.2.4 Mode setting commands....8
3.2.5 Engine related setting commands 9
3.2.6 Engine related execute commands 9
3.2.7 Graphic data input commands....10
3.2.8 Formfeed commands....10
3.2.9 Exit commands 10

3.3 Graphic Data Format....11

RECOMMENDED COMMAND STRING 13

1. DESCRIPTIONS

The HBP mode commands can be used for the HL-820/1020/1040 printers only.

The following commands and syntax are used in these specifications.

Description: meaning or code

: 0 x 1b

: 0 x 20

: 0 x 0a

*: 1byte of data

+: sign for combining data (This is not a control code.)

(……)B: character string enclosed in parentheses means 1 data byte described in binary format

CHR\$(•): character of the value (in decimal) enclosed in parentheses

••H: means hexadecimal value

(Examples)

% -12345X@PJL

1bH	25H	2dH	31H	32H	33H	34H	35H
58H	40H	50H	4aH	4cH	0aH

@L+(00000000)B

-> 40H 4cH 00H

@J+CHRS (0) + CHRS (1)

-> 40H 4aH 00H 01H

2. COMMAND TO ENTER HBP MODE

Command

% -12345X@PJL

@PJLENTERLANGUAGE=HBP

Function

The printer enters the HBP mode when this command is received.

Explanation

The printer can receive this command when it is in the idle condition (during HP emulation, IBM emulation, Epson emulation and Auto emulation for HL-1040). The printer reports an error if it receives this command when it is already in HBP mode. The printer enters HBP mode when it receives this command. This mode continues until one of following occurs.

(1) The printer receives the Exit command.
(2) The printer power is turned off.
(3) InputPrime Signal is brought LOW.

The printer executes the following HBP commands in HBP mode.

3. HBP COMMANDS

An HBP command is composed of '@' + an Uppercase Alphabetic character + parameters (not necessary for some commands).

3.1 Command List

@A Reserved

@B Reserved

@C Not used

@D Speed setting for Centronics I/F

@E Economy mode setting

@F Form feed

@G Data input

@H Not used

@I Information request

@J Settings for engine related items

@K Execution for engine related items

@L Resolution setting

@m Mode setting

@N Reserved

@O Not used

@P Reserved

@Q Not used

@R Reserved

@S Not used

@T Setting for sleep time

@U Not used

@V Not used

@W Not used

@X Exit

@Y Not used

@Z Not used

Not used : An error occurs in the printer if these character strings are sent as commands.

Reserved: These commands are not necessary to create the driver. Do not use these commands.

3.2 Commands (Detailed Explanation)

3.2.1 Resolution setting commands

Command

@L + *

Function

This command sets the printer resolution.

Command		Resolution
@ L+ (00000000)B	600dpi	(Default)
@ L+ (00000101)B	300dpi
@ L+ (00001010)B	150dpi

Explanation

The resolution is set when the printer receives this command.

This command is applied from the next page printed after the FormFeed command after this command is sent (i.e. the next complete page).

The resolution is valid until the one of the following occurs.

(1) The printer receives the Exit command.

(2) The printer power is turned off.

(3) InputPrime Signal is brought LOW.

After (1) is sent, the printer resolution is uncertain. The driver must resend this command again after the HBP mode switch command is sent.

After (2) or (3), the resolution returns to default (600 dpi).

3.2.2 Economy mode setting commands

Command

@E + *

Function

Command Economy Mode

@ E+ (00000000)B OFF (Default)

@ E+ (00000001)B Level 1 (Darkest)

@ E+ (00000010)B Level 2

@ E+ (00000011)B Level 3 (Lightest)

Explanation

This command is applied from the next page printed after the FormFeed command after this command is input. Default value is Economy Mode OFF.

The ECONOMY MODE is valid until the one of the following occurs.

(1) The printer receives the Exit command.

(2) The printer power is turned off.

(3) InputPrime Signal is brought LOW.

After (1) is sent, the ECONOMY MODE value is uncertain. The driver must resend this command again after the HBP mode switch command is sent.

After (2) or (3), the ECONOMY MODE value returns to default. (OFF)

3.2.3 Sleep mode setting commands

Command

@T+ *

Function

This command sets the sleep time in minutes.

Explanation

This command is valid immediately after the printer receives the command.

The command is valid until one of the following occurs.

(1) The printer receives the Exit command.
(2) The printer receives a new sleep time setting command.
(3) The printer power is turned off.
(4) InputPrime Signal is brought LOW.

This command sets the time from the last printer operation (printing, key pressing, motor being driven) to entering sleep mode.

1 byte of binary data (0-255) after the @T command indicates the minute(s) delay to enter sleep mode. However, there are two exceptions. If the value is set to 0, the sleep time is set to 5 seconds. If the value is set to 255, the printer does not go into sleep mode.

For the HL-1040, the command is valid during HBP mode only, it is not effective after using the @X Exit command.

Note1:

Sleep time means the time from the last operation (Key Pressing, Data receiving, Printing) to entering sleep mode.

Note2:

HL-1040 also accepts the PJL command which sets the sleep time. The sleep time set by the PJL command is valid both in HBP mode and in Non-HBP modes. (PCL, EPSON or IBM emulation)

3.2.4 Mode setting commands

Command

@M+*

Function

This command allows various error mode operations to be set. 1 byte, used as 8 bits, that follows the @M command select the settings for each mode.

Bit0:0 = The printer clears the input buffer when a Paper Jam error or Undefined Code error occurs. The printer does not recover automatically from a Print Overrun error.

1 = The printer does not clear the input buffer when a Paper Jam error or Undefined Code error occurs. The printer recovers automatically 10 seconds later from a Print Overrun error.

Bit1: Not used

Bit2:0 = The printer generates an error when an undefined code is received.

1 = The printer ignores any undefined codes.

Bit3: Not used

Bit4:0 = The printer does not ignore any illegal data which is received before entering the HBP mode. (The printer will ignore any illegal data until approx. 32kbyte is received, then the data after that is recognized as undefined code.)

Bit5: Not used

Bit6: Not used

Bit7: Select printer error messages ON or OFF. (HL-820/1020/1040)

0: The printer does not print an error message when an error occurs.

1: The printer prints an error message when an error occurs. The printer resets when an error occurs when Bit7:1. Therefore the setting of Bit0:1 is ignored.

This command works immediately after it is sent to the printer. The command actions apply to the data before printing.

The most appropriate value is as follows;

@M<81H>

Command

@J+*

Function

This command allows the setting of engine related commands. Each setting depends on the value of the 3 byte command string.

@J+CHR\(0) +CHR\(n): Sets Media Type

This command allows the printer to change the temperature control for the fuser unit when printing.

n=0: Regular (Default)
n=1: Thick paper
n=2: Thicker paper
n=3: Transparency

@J+CHR\(1)+CHR\(n): Sets the toner stirring time

The value of n (0-255) sets the toner stirring time in seconds. The value 0 gives the default setting of 30 seconds stored in the printer, and 1-6 is fixed at 6 seconds. Toner is stirred by the @K+CHR\$(0) command. It is not necessary to set it from the driver.

@J+CHR\(2)+CHR\(n): Indicates Envelope mode

n=0 Normal mode
n=1 Envelope mod

The driver sets the value to 1 if the paper length is from 180 mm to 250 mm, and the value to 0 when it is shorter or longer.

@J+CHR\(3) +CHR\(n): Sets the envelope mode level

The value n sets the time limit in continuous envelope printing. The default (0) is 20 seconds, which represents a printing speed of 3 ppm.

When set to 0, the time limit in continuous envelope printing is set to 20 seconds.

The printing speed is fastest if the setting is shorter than normal loading speed, such as 1 second or 2 seconds. It is not necessary to set it from the driver.

Command

@K+*

Function

This is an immediately executed command.

@K+CHR\$(0): Execute toner stirring

To set the toner stirring time, use the command, @J+CHR\(1)+CHR\(n).

It is not necessary to set this command from the driver.

3.2.7 Graphic data input commands

Command

@G+ [data length(3bytes)] + data

Function

The 3 bytes of data following the @G command shows the length of the data, N. The N bytes following this 3 byte header is handled as graphic data.

(Example)

fprintf(fp,"%@G%c%c%c",
    (char)((data_length>>16)&0xff),
    (char)((data_length>>8)&0xff),
(char)((data_length>>0)&0xff));
fwrite(data,(size_t)1,(size_t)data_length,fp);

See section 2.3 for further details of the data format.

The printer driver can send the printer 1 page of print data divided into sections by sending these commands continuously. It is recommended to send 1 page of print data without dividing into sections when the 1 page print data is more than the printer memory (500 Kbytes) as the printer will print this ' on the fly' and sending it in one block will improve the print performance.

3.2.8 Formfeed commands

Command

Remark: The last raster scan on each page should be a white raster. For instance, the white raster command '@G<00H><00H><01H>' should be sent before the @F command.

Function

This command sets a page break.

The printer works as follows when it receives this command;

(1) If 1 page of print data is less than the input buffer size in the printer, the printer recognizes the command as a page break and starts printing.
(2) If 1 page of print data is more than the input buffer size in the printer, then since the printer has already started printing, this command is handled as a page break only.

When it is received after printing, a Print Overrun error occurs in the printer. If Bit0 is set to 1 in the mode setting command (@M+*) mentioned in section 2.2.5., the printer ignores the data until it receives this form feed command when a Print Overrun error occurs.

3.2.9 Exit commands

Command

Function

This command exits from HBP mode

The HL-1040 printer is restored to the default emulation mode by this command

3.3 Graphic Data Format

The data format, which follows the @G+ [number of data bytes (3 bytes)] command, is as shown below.

the number of command bytes for raster 1

command byte 1

modified data 1

command byte 2

modified data 2

the number of command bytes for raster 2

command byte 1

modified data 1

modified data 2

modified data 3

The number of command bytes for raster n

command byte 1

modified data 1

The description of each byte

(1) the number of command bytes for raster n

This byte describes the number of command bytes for each raster.

In the case that the raster data is the same as the former raster, 00h is sent as the number of command bytes. In the case that the data is all white, FFh is sent as the number of command bytes and the data format, which should follow the number of command bytes, is not necessary.

(2) command byte

The operation of this byte is divided into the following 2 uses.

Data replacement

b6, b5, b4, b3 the replacement position (4bits)

b2, b1, b0 the amount of replacement data (3bits): The input value is 1 less than the actual data count of the replacement data.

When both b6, b5, b4, b3 and b2, b1, b0 are overflow, the next byte shows the replacement position and the byte after the next byte shows the amount of replacement data.

Repeated data replacement

b6, b5 the replacement position (2bits)

b4, b3, b2, b1, b0 the number of loops (5bits): The input value is 2 less than the actual number of loops. (Example)

The 4th byte of data onward is replaced by the three data bytes 00h, AAh, 55h

00100010b,00h,AAh,55h

The 15th byte of data onward is replaced by the two data bytes 33h, 44h and the 20th data onward (absolute value) is replaced by the two data bytes FFh.

01111001b,33h,44h,00100001b,FFh

The 5th byte data onward is replaced by the twelve data bytes AAh.

11101010b,02h,Aah

When the replacement position and the amount of replacement data are overflow, the next data byte becomes an Expansion Offset Byte. However, if the number is FFh, 00h is added.

The number of command bytes = 300, FFh+2Dh

The number of command bytes = 510, FFh+FFh+00h

If there are more than two command bytes for 1 raster, the replacement position for the second command byte onwards is indicated by the offset byte, starting from the data position replaced by the first command byte.

4. RECOMMENDED COMMAND STRING

The command strings below shows the recommended command stream for two pages of a print job.

%-12345X@PJL used for HL-820/1020/1040

@PJL DEFAULT AUTOSLEEP=0 used for HL-820/1020/1040

@PJL DEFAULT TIMEOUTSLEEP=15 used for HL-820/1020/1040

%-12345X@PJL

@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE = HBP Enter into HBP mode

@L<00H> Set 600 dpi resolution

@E<00H> Set economy mode off

@T<0FH> Set Sleep time to 15 minutes

@M<81H>

Set

mode

Error Print on

@J<00H><00H> Set the MediaType (normal paper)

Thick paper : @J<00H><01H>]

@J<02H><00H> Normal Paper (not Envelope)

Envelope

[@J<02H><01H>

@G 1 page of data (1st page)

@G+ <00H><00H><01H> white raster

@F Form feed (1st page)

@G 1 page of data (2nd page)

@G+ <00H><00H><01H> white raster

@F Form feed (2nd page)

@X Exit from HBP mode

APPENDIX D

REFERENCE LIST OF

MX-2000/4000/5000/

7000 SERIES

UNIQUE COMMANDS

INTRODUCTION....3
GENERAL SPECIFICATION ....4
COMMAND REFERENCE LIST....5

3.1. Commands Descriptions....5

3.1.1. PJL output tray & mode setting....5
3.1.2. PJL mailbox protection & bin number setting 6
3.1.3. PJL avoidance of mailbox bin full 6
3.1.4. PCL output tray setting 7
3.1.5. PS output tray & mode setting....7
3.1.6. PS mailbox protection & bin number setting....9

1. INTRODUCTION

This manual covers the general specifications and the command reference list of the MX-2000 series (MX-2001 / MX-2002 / MX-2003), MX-4000 series (MX-4000 / MX-4100 / MX-4200 / MX-4300), MX-5000 and MX-7000 series (MX-7000 / MX-7005 / MX-7010) Mailbox units. The MX-2000 series Mailbox units are optionally installed onto the HL-2060 printer, the MX-4000 is optionally installed onto the HL-L6300/L6400 series printer, the MX-4100 / MX-4200 / MX-4300 is optionally installed onto the HL-2460 printer, MX-5000 series are optionally installed onto the HL-3260N printer, and MX-7000 series are optionally installed onto the HL-7050 printer.

Note:

While the MX-2001/4000/4100/7000 Mailbox unit is available in all countries, the MX-2003/4200/7010 is available in U.S. and Canada only, and the MX-2002/4300/7005 is available in the other countries than U.S. and Canada.

2. GENERAL SPECIFICATION

The Mailbox unit is an option for the HL-2060, HL-2460, HL-3260 or HL-7050 printer and the MX-2000/4000/7000 series composed of three types of units. The MX-2001/4100/7000 Lower Mailbox unit consists of five bins. The MX-2002/4200/7005 Upper Mailbox unit is additionally installed onto the MX-2001/4100 and also consists of five bins. The MX-4000 Mailbox unit consists of four bins. The MX-2003/4300/7010 Mailbox unit consists of ten bins. Once you have installed the unit, it works as a stacker, sorter and mailbox for the printer.

HL-2060 : MX-2001/2002/2003

HL-2460 : MX-4100/4200/4300

HL-3260 : MX-5000

HL-7050 : MX-7000/7005/7010

HL-L6300/L6400 : MX-4000

Function	Description
Stacker Printed	paper is ejected into the multiple output bins behaving as a single high-capacity tray.
Sorter Printed	paper is ejected as a set for a print job into a bin when multiple sets of documents are printed and collated.
Mailbox Printed	paper is ejected into the bin specified as your own mail box.

3. COMMAND REFERENCE LIST

This section describes the specific commands as listed below used to support the functions of the Mailbox unit.

1) PJL output tray & mode setting
2) PJL mailbox protection & bin number setting
3) PJL avoidance of output bin full
4) PCL output tray setting
5) PS output tray & mode setting
6) PS mailbox protection & bin number setting

For the details on each command, refer to the following sections.

3.1. Commands Descriptions

3.1.1. PJL output tray & mode setting

Format

@PJL SET/DEFAULT OUTBIN=TrayName

Parameter
TrayName*

• UPPER:	Select the printer face-down output tray.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN1:	Select the #1 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN2:	Select the #2 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN3:	Select the #3 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN4:	Select the #4 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN5:	Select the #5 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN6:	Select the #6 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN7:	Select the #7 bin of the Mailbox unit.)
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN8:	Select the #8 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN9:	Select the #9 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• OPTIONALOUTPUTBIN10:	Select the #10 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• ALLSTACKER:	Select the stacker function. **
• ALLSORTER:	Select the sorter function. **

^* = The tray names are compatible with the HP tray naming.
** = These are unique tray names (parameters).

Default = ALLSTACKER

Explanation

This command selects the specified output tray and output mode, trays defined as Mailboxes are numbered from the bottom of the unit upwards
This command is ignored when there is no specified tray.
The ALLSTACKER and ALLSORTER parameters are executed for all output trays other than the ones which are defined and protected as mailboxes. (Refer to Section 3.1.2 'PJL mailbox protection & tray number setting'.)
The difference between the SET and DEFAULT selection and the effective period of this setting follow the PJL specifications.

3.1.2. PJL mailbox protection & bin number setting

Format

@PJL SET/DEFAULT MAILBOXPROTECT=TrayNumber

Parameter

TrayNumber

Lower unit: #1 to 5 from bottom to top
Lower unit + Upper unit: #1 to 10 from bottom to top

1 to 4 from bottom to top

Default = 0

HL-L6300/L6400 series do not support this command.

Explanation

This command sets the bins with numbers larger than the TrayNumber specified as mailbox use only. They cannot then be used for either stacker or sorter functions.
If the bin number is set to 0, the mailbox protection is released, then all bins can be used for stacker and sorter functions.
If the bin number is set out of the effective range, this command is ignored.

Setting type Effective range
• MX not installed 0
• Lower unit installed	0, 1 ~ 5
• Lower & upper unit installed	0, 1 ~ 10

Setting type Effective range
• MX not installed 0
• MX installed	0, 1 ~ 4

- The difference between the SET and DEFAULT selection and the effective period of this setting follow the PJL specifications.

3.1.3. PJL avoidance of mailbox bin full

Command

@PJL SET/DEFAULT AVOIDMAILBOXFULL=ON/OFF

Parameter

ON/OFF

OFF: Paper is ejected to the printer face-down output tray when the specified tray is full.
ON: Paper is not ejected to the printer face-down output tray even when the specified tray is full.

Default = OFF

Explanation

When paper is ejected into a bin specified by a setting command which limits the bin selection, this command selects whether to eject automatically paper to the printer face-down output tray or not when the specified bin is full.
The difference between the SET and DEFAULT selection and the effective period of this setting follow the PJL specifications.

3.1.4. PCL output tray setting

Command

Esc&1#G (27) (38) (108) # (71) <1Bh><38h><6ch>#<47h>

Parameter

# denotes the output tray.

• 1:	Select the printer face-down output tray.
• 3:	Select #1 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 4:	Select #2 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 5:	Select #3 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 6:	Select #4 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 7:	Select #5 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 8:	Select #6 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 9:	Select #7 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 10:	Select #8 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 11:	Select #9 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 12:	Select #10 bin of the Mailbox unit.

Default = 1

HL-L6300/L6400 series do not support this command.

Explanation

This command selects the specified output tray, trays defined as Mailboxes are numbered from the bottom of the unit upwards
This command is ignored when the specified tray is not available.
The PJL OUTBIN command is ignored when this command is executed.
• Refer to the Technical Reference Guide Section 4.1.2 'Output tray' in Chapter 2 'PCL'.

3.1.5. PS output tray & mode setting

Command

# setoutputmode

<> setpagedevice

Parameter

0:	Select the printer face-down output tray.
1:	Select the stacker function.
2:	Select the sorter function.
4~10:	Select the printer face-down output tray.
11:	Select #1 bin of the Mailbox unit.
12:	Select #2 bin of the Mailbox unit.
13:	Select #3 bin of the Mailbox unit.
14:	Select #4 bin of the Mailbox unit.
15	Select #5 bin of the Mailbox unit.
16:	Select #6 bin of the Mailbox unit.
17:	Select #7 bin of the Mailbox unit.
18:	Select #8 bin of the Mailbox unit.
19:	Select #9 bin of the Mailbox unit.
20:	Select #10 bin of the Mailbox unit.

Default = 0

: Select the printer face-down output tray.
• 1 Select automatic output tray
• 2: Select the stacker function.
• 3: Select the sorter function.
4\~10: Select the printer face-down output tray.
11: Select #1 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 12: Select #2 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 13: Select #3 bin of the Mailbox unit.
• 14: Select #4 bin of the Mailbox unit.

Default = 0

Explanation

This operator selects the specified output tray and output mode.
This operator is ignored when no tray is specified.
The '1' and '2' parameters are executed for all output trays other than ones which are defined and protected as mailboxes.

(HL-2060)

This operator is registered in 'statusdict'.

statusdict begin

0 setoutputmode

end

(HL-2460/3260/7050)

<> setpagedevice

3.1.6. PS mailbox protection & bin number setting

Command

# setoutputprotect

<> setpagedevice

Parameter

Lower unit: #1 to 5 from bottom to top
Lower unit + Upper unit: #1 to 10 from bottom to top

1 to 4 from bottom to top

Default = 0

Explanation

This operator sets the bins with numbers larger than the TrayNumber specified as mailbox use only. They cannot then be used for either stacker or sorter functions.
If the bin number is set to 0, the mailbox protection is released, then all bins can be used for stacker and sorter functions.
If the bin number is set out of the effective range, this operator is ignored.

Setting type Effective range
• MX not installed 0
• Lower unit installed	0, 1 ~ 5
• Lower & upper unit installed	0, 1 ~ 10

Setting type Effective range
• MX not installed 0
• MX installed	0, 1 ~ 4

(HL-2060)

This operator is registered in 'statusdict'.

statusdict begin

5 setoutputprotect

end

(HL-2460/3260/7050)

<> setpagedevice

APPENDIX E

REFERENCE LIST OF FS-5050 UNIQUE COMMANDS

INTRODUCTION....3
GENERAL SPECIFICATION ....3
COMMAND REFERENCE LIST....3

3.1. Commands Descriptions....4

3.1.1. PJL output tray....4
3.1.2. PCL output tray 4
3.1.3. PS output tray Command 4
3.1.4. PJL staple on/off 5
3.1.5. PS staple on/off.... 5
3.1.6. PJL job offset on/off 6
3.1.7. PS job offset on/off....6
3.1.8. PCL job separate (Esc&ll1T) Command....6

1. INTRODUCTION

This manual covers the general specifications and the command reference list of the FS-5050 Finisher/Stapler units, which are optionally installed onto the HL-3260 printer.

2. GENERAL SPECIFICATION

The Finisher/Stapler unit is an option for the HL-3260 printer.

Function	Description
Finisher/ Stapler	Printed pages can be sorted or stapled.

3. COMMAND REFERENCE LIST

This section describes the specific commands as listed below used to support the functions of the Finisher/Stapler unit.

1) PJL output tray
2) PCL output tray
3) PS output tray
4) PJL staple on/off
5) PS staple on/off
6) PJL job offset on/off
7) PS job offset on/off
8) PCL job separate

For the details on each command, refer to the following sections.

3.1. Commands Descriptions

3.1.1. PJL output tray

Format

@PJL SET/DEFAULT OUTBIN=TrayName

Parameter

TrayName*

• FINISHER: Select the tray of the Finisher/Stapler unit

Default = ALLSTACKER

Explanation

This command selects the Finisher/Stapler unit.
This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.
The difference between the SET and DEFAULT selection and the effective period of this setting follow the PJL specifications.

3.1.2. PCL output tray

Command

Esc&1#G (27) (38) (108) #(71) <1Bh><38h><6ch>#<47h>

Parameter

# denotes the output tray.

• 100 Select the Finisher/Stapler unit.

Default = 1

Explanation

This command selects the Finisher/Stapler unit.
This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.
• The PJL OUTBIN command is ignored when this command is executed.

3.1.3. PS output tray

Command

<>setpagedevice

Parameter

• 3: Select the Finisher/Stapler unit.

Default = 0

Explanation

This command selects the Finisher/Stapler unit.
This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.

<Example>
<</BROutbinMode 3>>setpagedevice

3.1.4. PJL staple on/off

Format

@PJL SET/DEFAULT STAPLE=StapleName

Parameter

StapleName*

• UPPER LEFT: Select the upper left of the Finisher/Stapler unit
• UPPER RIGHT: Select the upper right of the Finisher/Stapler unit
- LOWER LEFT: Select the lower left of the Finisher/Stapler unit
- LOWER RIGHT: Select the lower right of the Finisher/Stapler unit
• OFF:

Default = UPPER LEFT

Explanation

• This command selects the staple.
- This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.
- The difference between the SET and DEFAULT selection and the effective period of this setting follow the PJL specifications.

3.1.5. PS staple on/off

Command

<>setpagedevice

Parameter

• 0: Select off of the Finisher/Stapler unit.
- 1: Select the upper left of the Finisher/Stapler unit.
• 2: Select the upper right of the Finisher/Stapler unit.
• 3: Select the lower left of the Finisher/Stapler unit.
• 4: Select the upper right of the Finisher/Stapler unit.

Default = 0

Explanation

• This command selects the staple.
- This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.

<Example>
<</BRStaple 0>>setpagedevice

3.1.6. PJL job offset on/off

Format

@PJL SET/DEFAULT JOBOFFSET=ON/OFF

Parameter

• ON:	Paper is ejected offset by each job.
• OFF:	Paper is ejected together.

Default = ON

Explanation

This command selects the job offset.
This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.
The difference between the SET and DEFAULT selection and the effective period of this setting follow the PJL specifications.

3.1.7. PS job offset on/off

Command

Parameter
bool

• True:	Paper is ejected offset by each job.
• False:	Paper is ejected together.

Default = false

Explanation

• This command selects the job off set.
- This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.

<Example>
<<BRjoboffset true>>setpagedevice

3.1.8. PCL job separate (Esc&11T)

Command

Esc&11T (27) (38) (108) (49) (84) <1Bh><26h><6ch><31h><54h>

Explanation

• This command separates the job.
- This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.

APPENDIX F

REFERENCE LIST OF SF-4000 UNIQUE COMMANDS

INTRODUCTION....3
GENERAL SPECIFICATION ....3
COMMAND REFERENCE LIST....3

3.1. Commands Descriptions....4

3.1.1. PJL output tray....4
3.1.2. PJL staple on/off 5
3.1.3. PJL job offset on/off 6

1. INTRODUCTION

This manual covers the general specifications and the command reference list of the SF-4000 Finisher/Stapler units, which are optionally installed onto the HL-L6300DW/L6400DW printer.

2. GENERAL SPECIFICATION

The Finisher/Stapler unit is an option for the HL-L6300DW/L6400DW printer.

Function	Description
Finisher/ Stapler	Printed pages can be sorted or stapled.

3. COMMAND REFERENCE LIST

This section describes the specific commands as listed below used to support the functions of the Finisher/Stapler unit.

1) PJL output tray
2) PJL staple on/off
3) PJL job offset on/off

For the details on each command, refer to the following sections.

3.1. Commands Descriptions

3.1.1. PJL output tray

Format

@PJL SET/DEFAULT OUTBIN=TrayName

Parameter

TrayName*

• FINISHER: Select the tray of the Finisher/Stapler unit

Default = ALLSTACKER

Explanation

• This command selects the Finisher/Stapler unit.
- This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.
- The difference between the SET and DEFAULT selection and the effective period of this setting follow the PJL specifications.

3.1.2. PJL staple on/off

Format

@PJL SET/DEFAULT FINISH=STAPLE/NONE

Parameter

• STAPLE: Paper is stapled by each job.
• NONE: Paper is not stapled.

Default = NONE

Explanation

3.1.3. PJL job offset on/off

Format

@PJL SET/DEFAULT JOBOFFSET=ON/OFF

Parameter

• ON:	Paper is ejected offset by each job.
• OFF:	Paper is ejected together.

Default = OFF

Explanation

• This command selects the job offset.
- This command is ignored when the Finisher/Stapler unit is not available.
- The difference between the SET and DEFAULT selection and the effective period of this setting follow the PJL specifications.

HL-L2376DW - Printer BROTHER - Free user manual and instructions

This manual is not available in your language

User questions about HL-L2376DW BROTHER

USER MANUAL HL-L2376DW BROTHER

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOSSARY

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 2 PCL PRINTER CONTROL LANGUAGE

CHAPTER 3 PCL5C

CHAPTER 4 HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS LANGUAGE

CHAPTER 5 PJL PRINTER JOB LANGUAGE

CHAPTER 6 EPSON FX-850

CHAPTER 7 IBM PROPRINTER XL

CHAPTER 8 BAR CODE CONTROL

CHAPTER 9 HP-GL GRAPHICS LANGUAGE

CHAPTER 10 CARBON COPY FUNCTION

APPENDIX A COMPARISON LIST

APPENDIX B FLASH/PCMCIA CARD COMMANDS

APPENDIX C HBP MODE COMMANDS

APPENDIX D REFERENCE LIST OF MX-2000/4000/5000/7000

SERIES UNIQUE COMMANDS

APPENDIX E REFERENCE LIST OF FS-5050 UNIQUE COMMANDS

GLOSSARY

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

CONTENTS

1. ABOUT THE MANUAL ....3

2. AREAS OF USE......4

1. ABOUT THE MANUAL

2. AREAS OF USE

2.1 Using Word Processing Packages and Spreadsheets

2.2 Graphics

2.3 Programming

2.4 Font Development

CHAPTER 2

PCL

PRINTER CONTROL

LANGUAGE

CONTENTS

1. COMMAND LIST....7

2. INTRODUCTION .... 10

3. CONTROLLING THE PRINTER....11

3.1. Control Codes....11

3.2. Escape Sequences....12

3.3. Environments....14

4. JOB CONTROL....15

4.1. Commands....15

4.2. The Page 32

5. USING FONTS 47

5.1. Introduction 47

5.2. Font Selection Commands....53

5.3. Downloadable font manipulation....62

5.4. Creating Downloadable Fonts....63

6. USING GRAPHICS......81

6.1. Source, Pattern and Destination....81

6.2. Plotting Rectangles 87

6.3. Raster Graphics 89

6.4. Vector Graphics 100

6.5. The Picture Frame 101

7. MACROS....102

7.1. The Purpose of a Macro 102

7.2. Defining a Macro....103

7.3. Running a Macro....104

7.4. Handling Macros....105

8. STATUS READBACK......108

9. INDEX......116

1. COMMAND LIST

Control Codes 11

Environments 14

Status Readback 98

2. INTRODUCTION

3. CONTROLLING THE PRINTER

3.1. Control Codes

3.1.1. Backspace

3.1.2. Line feed (10) <0Ah>

3.1.3. Form feed (12) <0Ch>

3.1.4. Carriage return (13) <0Dh>

3.1.5. Select primary font (14) <0Eh>

3.1.6. Select secondary font (15) <0Fh>

3.1.7. Escape